language-pack-gnome-bo-base/0000755000000000000000000000000012321561026013052 5ustar language-pack-gnome-bo-base/COPYING0000644000000000000000000004310312321561026014106 0ustar GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2, June 1991 Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to your programs, too. When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights. We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the software. Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors' reputations. Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow. GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program. You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement.) These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program. In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License. 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable. If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code. 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it. 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License. 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice. This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License. 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License. 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation. 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. NO WARRANTY 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. Copyright (C) This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode: Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. , 1 April 1989 Ty Coon, President of Vice This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General Public License instead of this License. language-pack-gnome-bo-base/data/0000755000000000000000000000000012321561026013763 5ustar language-pack-gnome-bo-base/data/static.tar0000644000000000000000000355400012321556553016002 0ustar usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/a11y-stickykeys.page0000644000373100047300000000673612320733544025563 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. Turn on sticky keys

Sticky keys allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the AltTab shortcut switches between windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would have to hold down both keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, you would press Alt and then Tab to do the same.

You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down several keys at once.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab.

Switch Sticky Keys on.

Quickly turn sticky keys on and off

Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press Shift five times in a row to enable or disable sticky keys.

If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way.

For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press another key if you had this option turned on. It would wait if you only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to press some keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are close together), but not others.

Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this.

You can have the computer make a "beep" sound when you start typing a keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to know that sticky keys is expecting a keyboard shortcut to be typed, so the next key press will be interpreted as part of a shortcut. Select Beep when a modifier key is pressed to enable this.

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page0000644000373100047300000000536612320733544026763 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Turn Bluetooth on or off

The Bluetooth icon in the menu bar

You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and click Turn On Bluetooth.

You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and switch Bluetooth on.

Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not see a Bluetooth icon in the menu bar. Look for a switch on your computer or a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of the Fn key.

Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not see a Bluetooth icon in the top bar. Look for a switch on your computer or a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of the Fn key.

To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and click Turn Off Bluetooth.

To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and switch Bluetooth off.

You only need to switch Visibility on if you are connecting to this computer from another device. See for more information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/power.page0000644000373100047300000000226012320733545023731 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Natalia Ruz nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Suspend, energy savings, power off, screen dimming… Power & battery
Battery settings
Power problems Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries. Problems
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/nautilus-connect.page0000644000373100047300000001467612320733545026106 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or WebDAV. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Browse files on a server or network share

You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on that server, exactly as if they were on your own computer. This is a convenient way to download or upload files on the internet, or to share files with other people on your local network.

To browse files over the network, open the Files application from the Dash, and click Browse Network in the sidebar. The file manager will find any computers on your local area network that advertise their ability to serve files. If you want to connect to a server on the internet, or if you do not see the computer you're looking for, you can manually connect to a server by typing in its internet/network address.

Connect to a file server

In the file manager, click Files in the menu bar and pick Connect to Server from the app menu.

Enter the address of the server, in the form of a URL. Details on supported URLs are listed below.

If you have connected to the server before, you can click on it in the Recent Servers list.

Click Connect. A new window will open showing you the files on the server. You can browse the files just as you would for those on your own computer. The server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it quickly in the future
Writing URLs

A URL, or uniform resource locator, is a form of address that refers to a location or file on a network. The address is formatted like this:

scheme://servername.example.com/folder

The scheme specifies the protocol or type of server. The example.com portion of the address is called the domain name. If a username is required, it is inserted before the server name:

scheme://username@servername.example.com/folder

Some schemes require the port number to be specified. Insert it after the domain name:

scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder

Below are specific examples for the various server types that are supported.

Types of servers

You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a username and password.

You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a server. For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to delete files.

The URL you enter depends on the protocol that the server uses to export its file shares.

SSH

If you have a secure shell account on a server, you can connect using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in.

A typical SSH URL looks like this:

ssh://username@servername.example.com/folder

When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted so that other users on your network can't see it.

 FTP (with login)

FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some servers, however, still allow or require you to use FTP to upload or download files. FTP sites with logins will usually allow you to delete and upload files.

A typical FTP URL looks like this:

ftp://username@ftp.example.com/path/

 Public FTP

Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a username and password, and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files.

A typical anonymous FTP URL looks like this:

ftp://ftp.example.com/path/

Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public username and password, or with a public username using your email address as the password. For these servers, use the FTP (with login) method, and use the credentials specified by the FTP site.

 Windows share

Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into domains for organization and to better control access. If you have the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows share from the file manager.

A typical Windows share URL looks like this:

smb://servername/Share

 WebDAV and Secure WebDAV

Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the server you're connecting to supports secure connections, you should choose this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so that other users can't see your password.

A typical WebDAV URL looks like this:

http://example.hostname.com/path
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/unity-scrollbars-intro.page0000644000373100047300000000603612320733545027247 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com What are overlay scrollbars?

Ubuntu includes overlay scrollbars which take up less screen space than traditional scrollbars, giving you more room for your content. While inspired by mobile devices where traditional scrollbars aren't needed, Ubuntu's overlay scrollbars are designed to work just as well with a mouse.

Some apps like Firefox and LibreOffice don't support the new scrollbars yet.

Use the scrollbars

The overlay scrollbar appears as a thin orange strip at the edge of a scrollable area. The position of the scrollbar corresponds with your screen's position in the scrollable content. The strip length corresponds with the content length; the shorter the strip, the longer the content.

Move your mouse pointer over any point on the scrollable edge of the content to reveal the thumb slider.

Ways to use the scrollbars:

Click the top half of the thumb slider to scroll one page up. Click the bottom half to scroll one page down.

Drag the thumb slider up or down to move the screen's position exactly where you want it.

on the thumb slider to move the screen's position without needing to drag or scroll page by page. This is especially useful in long documents.

Disable the scrollbars

You can disable the new scrollbars if you prefer the traditional style:

Open the Terminal by pressing CtrlAltt or by searching for terminal in the Dash.

Type the following command and press Enter:

gsettings set com.canonical.desktop.interface scrollbar-mode normal

If you change your mind and want to re-enable the scrollbars, run this command:

gsettings reset com.canonical.desktop.interface scrollbar-mode

Setting your theme to High Contrast will also disable the overlay scrollbars.
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/keyboard-nav.page0000644000373100047300000001520312320733545025160 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Use applications and the desktop without a mouse. Keyboard navigation

This page details keyboard navigation for people who cannot use a mouse or other pointing device, or who want to use a keyboard as much as possible. For keyboard shortcuts that are useful to all users, see instead.

If you cannot use a pointing device like a mouse, you can control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. See for details.

 Navigate user interfaces

Tab and CtrlTab

Move keyboard focus between different controls. Ctrl Tab moves between groups of controls, such as from a sidebar to the main content. CtrlTab can also break out of a control that uses Tab itself, such as a text area.

Hold down Shift to move focus in reverse order.

Arrow keys

Move selection between items in a single control, or among a set of related controls. Use the arrow keys to focus buttons in a toolbar, select items in a list or icon view, or select a radio button from a group.

In a tree view, use the left and right arrow keys to collapse and expand items with children.

CtrlArrow keys

In a list or icon view, move the keyboard focus to another item without changing which item is selected.

ShiftArrow keys

In a list or icon view, select all items from the currently selected item to the newly focused item.

Space

Activate a focused item such as a button, check box, or list item.

CtrlSpace

In a list or icon view, select or deselect the focused item without deselecting other items.

Alt

Hold down the Alt key to reveal accelerators: underlined letters on menu items, buttons, and other controls. Press Alt plus the underlined letter to activate a control, just as if you had clicked on it.

Esc

Exit a menu, popup, switcher, or dialog window.

F10

Open the first menu on the menu bar of a window. Use the arrow keys to navigate the menus.

ShiftF10 or the Menu key

Pop up the context menu for the current selection, as if you had right-clicked.

CtrlF10

In the file manager, pop up the context menu for the current folder, as if you had right-clicked on the background and not on any item.

CtrlPageUp and CtrlPageDown

In a tabbed interface, switch to the tab to the left or right.
Navigate the desktop
Navigate windows

AltF4

Close the current window.

CtrlSuper↓

Restore a maximized window to its original size.

AltF7

Move the current window. Press AltF7, then use the arrow keys to move the window. Press Enter to finish moving the window, or Esc to return it to its original place.

AltF8

Resize the current window. Press AltF8, then use the arrow keys to resize the window. Press Enter to finish resizing the window, or Esc to return it to its original size.

CtrlSuper↑

Maximize a window.

CtrlSuper←

Maximize a window vertically along the left side of the screen.

CtrlSuper→

Maximize a window vertically along the right side of the screen.

AltSpace

Pop up the window menu, as if you had right-clicked on the titlebar.
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/sound-alert.page0000644000373100047300000000277512320733545025045 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable alert sounds. Choose or disable the alert sound

Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely.

Click the sound menu in the menu bar and click Sound Settings.

On the Sound Effects tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will play when you click on it so you can hear how it sounds.

Use the volume slider on the Sound Effects tab to set the volume of the alert sound. This won't affect the volume of your music, movies, or other sound files.

To disable alert sounds entirely, just select Mute next to Alert volume.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-visibility.page0000644000373100047300000000266212320733545026775 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Whether or not other devices can discover your computer. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org What is Bluetooth visibility?

Bluetooth visibility simply refers to whether other devices can discover your computer when searching for Bluetooth devices. When Bluetooth visibility is turned on, your computer will advertise itself to all other devices within range, allowing them to attempt to connect to you.

Your computer does not need to be visible to search for other devices, but those devices need to be visible for your computer to discover them.

After you have connected to a device, neither your computer nor the device needs to be visible to communicate with each other.

Unless you or someone you trust needs to connect to your computer from another device, you should leave visibility off.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/wacom.page0000644000373100047300000000104012320733545023676 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adjust the settings of your Wacom tablet. Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Wacom Graphics Tablet usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/keyboard-cursor-blink.page0000644000373100047300000000317012320733545027006 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Make the keyboard cursor blink

If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you can make it blink to make it easier to locate.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Hardware section, click Keyboard.

Select Cursor blinks in text fields.

Use the Speed slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/net-email-virus.page0000644000373100047300000000352112320733545025617 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Viruses are unlikely to infect your computer, but could infect the computers of people you email. Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?

Viruses are programs that cause problems if they manage to find their way onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is through email messages.

Viruses that can affect computers running Linux are quite rare, so you are unlikely to get a virus through email or otherwise. If you receive an email with a virus hidden in it, it will probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably don't need to scan your email for viruses.

You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to forward a virus from one person to another. For example, if one of your friends has a Windows computer with a virus and sends you a virus-infected email, and you then forward that email to another friend with a Windows computer, then the second friend might get the virus too. You could install an anti-virus application to scan your emails to prevent this, but it's unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus software of their own anyway.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/net-chat.page0000644000373100047300000000141612320733545024302 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chat on any network using Empathy, make video calls, install skype, social networking apps The Ubuntu Documentation Team Chat & Social Networking usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/video-dvd-restricted.page0000644000373100047300000000420612320733545026626 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Most commercial DVDs are encrypted and will not play without decryption software. Ubuntu Documentation Project ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com How do I enable restricted codecs to play DVDs?

DVD support cannot be provided by default in Ubuntu due to legal and technical restrictions. Most commercial DVDs are encrypted and so require the use of decryption software in order to play them.

Use Fluendo to legally play DVDs

You can buy a commercial DVD decoder that can handle copy protection from Fluendo. It works with Linux and should be legal to use in all countries.

Use alternative decryption software

In some countries, the use of the below unlicensed decryption software is not permitted by law. Verify that you are within your rights to use it.

Install libdvdnav4, libdvdread4, gstreamer0.10-plugins-bad, and gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly.

If you would like to play encrypted DVDs (see the legal note above), open the Dash and launch a Terminal.

Type the following into the screen which appears, then press Enter:

sudo /usr/share/doc/libdvdread4/install-css.sh

Enter your password to complete the installation.
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/files-delete.page0000644000373100047300000000627212320733545025146 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Remove files or folders you no longer need. Cristopher Thomas crisnoh@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Delete files and folders

If you don't want a file or folder any more, you can delete it. When you delete an item it is moved to the Trash folder, where it is stored until you empty the trash. You can restore items in the Trash folder to their original location if you decide you need them, or if they were accidentally deleted.

To send a file to the trash:

Select the item you want to place in the trash by clicking it once.

Press Delete on your keyboard. Alternatively, drag the item to the Trash in the sidebar.

To delete files permanently, and free up disk space on your computer, you need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click Trash in the sidebar and select Empty Trash.

Permanently delete a file

You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to the trash first.

To permanently delete a file:

Select the item you want to delete.

Press and hold the Shift key, then press the Delete key on your keyboard.

Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to delete the file or folder.

If you frequently need to delete files without using the trash (for example, if you often work with sensitive data), you can add a Delete entry to the right-click menu for files and folders. Click Files in the menu bar, pick Preferences and select the Behavior tab. Select Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash.

Deleted files on a removable device may not be visible on other operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The files are still there, and will be available when you plug the device back into your computer.
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/nautilus-views.page0000644000373100047300000001302212320733545025572 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Specify the default view, sort order, and zoom levels for the file manager. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Views preferences in <app>Files</app>

You can change the default view for new folders, how files and folders are sorted by default, the zoom level for the icon and compact views, and whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. Select Files Preferences in the top bar while Files is open and select the Views tab.

Default view <gui>View new folders using</gui>

By default, new folders are shown in icon view. If you prefer the list view, you can set it here as the default. Alternatively, you can select a different view for each folder as you browse by clicking the View items as a list or View items as a grid of icons button in the toolbar.

 <gui>Arrange items</gui>

You can change the default sort order that is used in folders using the Arrange items drop-down list in the preferences to sort by name, file size, file type, when they were last modified, when they were last accessed or when they were trashed.

You can change how files are sorted in an individual folder by clicking the View options button in the toolbar and choosing By Name, By Size, By Type or By Modification Date, or by clicking the list column headers in list view. This menu only affects the current folder.

 <gui>Sort folders before files</gui>

By default, the file manager no longer shows all folders before files. To see all folders listed before files, enable this option.

 <gui>Show hidden and backup files</gui>

The file manager does not display hidden files and folders by default. You can always show hidden files by selecting this option.

You can also show hidden files in an individual window by selecting Show Hidden Files, from the View options menu in the toolbar.
Icon view defaults <gui>Default zoom level</gui>

You can make the icons and text larger or smaller by default in icon view using this option. You can also change this setting in an individual folder by clicking the View options button in the toolbar and selecting Zoom In, Zoom Out or Normal Size. If you frequently use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option.

In icon view, more or fewer captions are shown based on your zoom level.
List view defaults <gui>Default zoom level</gui>

You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view using this option. You can also do this in an individual folder by clicking the View options button in the toolbar and selecting Zoom In, Zoom Out or Normal Size.
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/color-calibrate-screen.page0000644000373100047300000000446412320733545027124 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colors. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com How do I calibrate my screen?

Calibrating your screen should be a requirement if you're involved in computer design or artwork.

By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different colors that your screen is able to display. By running System SettingsColor you can create a profile, and the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device and what settings to adjust.

By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different colors that your screen is able to display. By running System SettingsColor you can create a profile, and the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device and what settings to adjust.

Screens change all the time - the backlight in a TFT will half in brightness approximately every 18 months, and will get yellower as it gets older. This means you should recalibrate your screen when the [!] icon appears in the color control panel.

LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs.

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/nautilus-display.page0000644000373100047300000000456012320733545026111 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control icon captions used in the file manager. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com File manager display preferences

You can control how the file manager displays captions under icons. Click Edit in the menu bar, pick Preferences and select the Display tab.

Icon captions

File manager icons with captions

When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files and folders displayed in a caption under each icon. This is useful, for example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it was last modified.

You can zoom in a folder by clicking the View Zoom In or press Ctrl+. As you zoom in, the file manager will display more and more information in captions. You can choose up to three things to show in captions. The first will be displayed at most zoom levels. The last will only be shown at very large sizes.

If you have a file manager window open, you may have to reload for icon caption changes to take effect. Click ViewReload or press CtrlR.
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/documents-previews.page0000644000373100047300000000261212320733545026441 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 You can only preview files stored locally. Why don't some files have previews?

When you open Documents, a preview thumbnail is displayed for documents that are stored locally. Those stored on a remote server like Google Docs or SkyDrive show as missing (or blank) preview thumbnails.

If you download a Google Docs or SkyDrive document to local storage, a thumbnail will be generated.

The local copy of a document downloaded from Google Docs or SkyDrive will lose its ability to be updated online. If you want to continue to edit it online, it is better not to download it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-change-size.page0000644000373100047300000000235012320733545027737 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Make the icons in the Launcher larger or smaller. Change the size of icons in the Launcher

You can make the Launcher icons smaller to allow more items to fit in the Launcher. Or you might want to make the Launcher icons larger so they are easier to click.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click Appearance.

Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the size of the Launcher icons.

The default Launcher icon size is 48.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/wacom-left-handed.page0000644000373100047300000000237312320733545026061 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Switch the Wacom tablet to Left-Handed Orientation. Use the tablet left-handed

Some tablets have hardware buttons on one side. The tablet can be rotated 180 degrees to position these buttons for left-handed people. To switch the orientation to left-handed:

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Wacom Graphics Tablet.

If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet.

Switch Left-Handed Orientation to ON.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/disk-capacity.page0000644000373100047300000000641712320733545025332 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check space and capacity. Check how much disk space is left

You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor.

Check with Disk Usage Analyzer

To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage Analyzer:

Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the Dash. The window will display the Total file system capacity and Total file system usage.

Open the Disks application from the Activities overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity and Total file system usage.

Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote folder.

The information is displayed according to Folder, Usage, Size and Contents. See more details in Disk Usage Analyzer.

Check with System Monitor

To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System Monitor:

Open the System Monitor application from the Dash.

Open the System Monitor application from the Activities overview.

Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and disk space usage. The information is displayed according to Total, Free, Available and Used.
What if the disk is too full?

If the disk is too full you should:

Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore.

Make backups of the important files that you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive.
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000050312320733545023543 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/user-admin-explain.page0000644000373100047300000000724412320733545026306 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You need admin privileges to change important parts of your system. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org How do administrative privileges work?

As well as the files that you create, your computer has a number of files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If these important system files are changed improperly they can cause various things to break, so they are protected from changes by default. Certain applications also modify important parts of the system, and so are also protected.

The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with administrative privileges to change the files or use the applications. In day-to-day use, you won't need to change any system files or use these applications, so by default you do not have admin privileges.

Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to temporarily get admin privileges to allow you to make the changes. If an application needs admin privileges, it will ask for your password. For example, if you want to install some new software, the software installer (package manager) will ask for your admin password so it can add the new application to the system. Once it has finished, your admin privileges will be taken away again.

Admin privileges are associated with your user account. Some users are allowed to have admin privileges and some are not. Without admin privileges you will not be able to install software. Some user accounts (for example, the "root" account) have permanent admin privileges. You shouldn't use admin privileges all of the time, because you might accidentally change something you did not intend to (like delete a needed system file, for example).

In summary, admin privileges allow you to change important parts of your system when needed, but prevent you from doing it accidentally.

What does "super user" mean?

A user with admin privileges is sometimes called a super user. This is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. You might see people discussing things like su and sudo; these are programs for temporarily giving you "super user" (admin) privileges.
Why are admin privileges useful?

Requiring users to have admin privileges before important system changes are made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from being broken, intentionally or unintentionally.

If you had admin privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change an important file, or run an application which changes something important by mistake. Only getting admin privileges temporarily, when you need them, reduces the risk of these mistakes happening.

Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have admin privileges. This prevents other users from messing with the computer and doing things like uninstalling applications that you need, installing applications that you don't want, or changing important files. This is useful from a security standpoint.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/wacom-mode.page0000644000373100047300000000331112320733545024623 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Switch the tablet between tablet mode and mouse mode. Set the Wacom tablet's tracking mode

Tracking Mode determines how the pointer is mapped to the screen.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Wacom Graphics Tablet.

If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet.

Next to Tracking Mode, select Tablet (absolute) or Touchpad (relative).

In absolute mode, each point on the tablet maps to a point on the screen. The top left corner of the screen, for instance, always corresponds to the same point on the tablet.

In relative mode, if you lift the pointer off the tablet and put it down in a different position, the cursor on the screen doesn't move. This is the way a mouse operates, allowing you to cover distances on the screen with less hand movement.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/user-accounts.page0000644000373100047300000000302712320733545025372 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Users Add user or guest user, change password, administrators… GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org User accounts

Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose their own settings. It's also more secure. You can only access a different user account if you know the password.

Accounts Manage user accounts
Passwords
Privileges User privileges
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page0000644000373100047300000000545612320733545027234 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Define or change keyboard shortcuts in Keyboard settings. Set keyboard shortcuts

To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab.

Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New accelerator…

Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to clear.
Custom shortcuts

To create your own keyboard shortcut:

Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the + button (or click the + button in any category). The Custom Shortcut window will appear.

Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted the shortcut to open Rhythmbox, you could name it Music and use the rhythmbox command.

Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination.

The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. The command that opens an application may not have exactly the same name as the application itself.

If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom Shortcut window will appear, and you can edit the command.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/power-whydim.page0000644000373100047300000000264012320733545025232 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 When your laptop is running on battery, the screen will dim when the computer is idle in order to save power. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Why does my screen go dim after a while?

When your laptop computer is running on battery, the screen will dim when the computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the computer again, the screen will brighten.

You can stop the screen from dimming itself:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save power.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/sound-nosound.page0000644000373100047300000001226712320733545025420 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Check that it's not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the sound card is detected. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org I can't hear any sounds on the computer

If you can't hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to play music, try these troubleshooting steps to see if you can fix the problem.

Make sure that the sound is not muted

Click the sound menu on the menu bar (it looks like a speaker) and make sure that the sound is not muted or turned down.

Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards—try pressing that key to see if it unmutes the sound.

You should also check that you haven't muted the application that you're using to play sound (e.g. your music player or movie player). The application may have a mute or volume button in its main window, so check that. Also, click the sound menu on the menu bar and choose Sound Settings. When the Sound window appears, go to the Applications tab and check that your application is not muted.

Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly

If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is securely plugged into the "output" audio socket on the back of the computer. This socket is usually light green in color.

Some sound cards are able to switch which socket they use for output (to the speakers) and input (from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may be different when running Linux than on Windows or Mac OS. Try connecting the speaker cable to the different audio sockets on the computer in turn to see if that works.

A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input too.

Check that the right sound device is selected

Some computers have multiple "sound devices" installed. Some of these are capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you have the correct one selected. This might involve some trial-and-error to choose the right one.

Click the sound menu in the menu bar and click Sound Settings.

In the Sound window that appears, try selecting a different output from the Play sound through list.

For the selected device, click Test Sound. In the pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. Each button will speak its position only to the channel corresponding to that speaker.

If that doesn't work, you might want to try doing the same for any other devices that are listed.
Check that the sound card was detected properly

Your sound card may not have been detected properly. If this has happened, your computer will think that it isn't able to play sound. A possible reason for the card not being detected properly is that the drivers for the card are not installed.

Go to the Dash and open the Terminal.

Type aplay -l and press Enter.

A list of devices will be shown. If there are no playback hardware devices, your sound card has not been detected.

If your sound card is not detected, you may need to manually install the drivers for it. How you do this will depend on the card you have.

You can see what sound card you have by using the lspci command in the Terminal. You can get more complete results if you run lspci as superuser; enter sudo lspci and type your password. See if an audio controller or audio device is listed—it should have the sound card's make and model number. sudo lspci -v will show a list with more detailed information.

You may be able to find and install drivers for your card by searching the Internet. Otherwise, you can file a bug.

If you can't get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the computer and external USB sound cards.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/prefs-language.page0000644000373100047300000000225612320733545025502 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team Install languages, change language, region and formats, input sources… Region & Language
Language Support
Text Entry
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/a11y-slowkeys.page0000644000373100047300000000511312320733545025226 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the screen. Turn on slow keys

Turn on slow keys if you would like there to be a delay between pressing a key and that letter being displayed on the screen. This means that you have to hold down each key you want to type for a little while before it appears. Use slow keys if you accidentally press several keys at a time when you type, or if you find it difficult to press the right key on the keyboard first time.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab.

Switch Slow Keys on.

Quickly turn slow keys on and off

Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press and hold Shift for eight seconds to enable or disable slow keys.

Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to hold a key down for it to register.

You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold the key down long enough.

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/clock-set.page0000644000373100047300000000546712320733545024475 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Update the time/date displayed at the top of the screen. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Project ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Change the date and time

If the date and time displayed on the menu bar are incorrect or in the wrong format, you can change them:

If the date and time displayed on the top bar are incorrect or in the wrong format, you can change them:

To adjust the time and date, click on the clock located in the menu bar and select Date & Time Settings.

Change the system time zone by clicking on the map or entering your city into the Location box.

By default, Ubuntu periodically synchronizes the clock with a very accurate clock on the Internet so you don't have to set your clock manually.

Click on the clock at the right side of the top bar and select Date and Time Settings.

You may need to click Unlock and type the admin password.

Adjust the date and time by clicking on the arrows to choose the hour and minute. You can choose the year, month and day from the drop-down lists.

If you like, you can have the clock update itself automatically by switching Network Time on.

When Network Time is switched on, the computer will periodically synchronize its clock with a very accurate clock on the internet, so you don't have to do it manually. This will only work if you are connected to the internet.

You can also change how the hour is displayed by selecting 24-hour or AM/PM format.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/clock-timezone.page0000644000373100047300000000355612320733545025531 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add other timezones so you can see what time it is in other cities. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Show other timezones

If you want to know what time it is in different cities around the world, you can add additional timezones to the clock menu. These additional cities will show up below the calendar when you click on the clock.

Click on the clock and select Date & Time Settings.

Switch to the Clock tab and select Time in other locations.

Click Choose locations.

Click + to add a location.

Fill in the Location blank with the city name you want to add. Wait a moment for a list of possible cities to show up in the drop-down list.

Select the city you want and the current time in that location will fill in automatically.

Click - to delete a city from the list.

You can also drag and drop the cities in this Locations window to change the order in which they will show up in the clock menu.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/a11y-dwellclick.page0000644000373100047300000000632612320733545025472 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com The Hover Click (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by holding the mouse still. Simulate clicking by hovering

You can click or drag simply by hovering your mouse pointer over a control or object on the screen. This is useful if you find it difficult to move the mouse and click at the same time. This feature is called Hover Click or Dwell Click.

When Hover Click is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over a control, let go of the mouse, and then wait for a while before the button will be clicked for you.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and Clicking tab.

Switch Hover Click on.

The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen when you hover. For example, if you select Secondary Click, you will right-click when you hover. After you double-click, right-click, or drag, you will be automatically returned to clicking.

When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be clicked.

Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the mouse pointer still before clicking.

You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. If it moves too much, however, the click will not happen.

Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering.

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/accounts-which-application.page0000644000373100047300000000643512320733545030025 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org 2012-2013 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Applications can use the accounts created in Online Accounts and the services they exploit. Which applications take advantage of online accounts?

Online Accounts can be used by external applications to automatically configure themselves.

With a Google account

Evolution, the email application. Your email account will be added to Evolution automatically, so it will retrieve your mail, give you access to your contacts, and display your calendar items in your Google agenda.

Empathy, the instant messaging application. Your online account will be added and you will be able to communicate with your friends.

Contacts, which will allow to see and edit your contacts.

Documents can access your online documents and display them.

With Windows Live, Facebook or Twitter accounts

Empathy can use these accounts to connect you online and chat with your contacts, friends, and followers.

With a SkyDrive account

Documents can access your online documents in Microsoft SkyDrive and display them.

With a Exchange account

Once you have created an Exchange account, Evolution will start retrieving mails from this account.

With a ownCloud account

When an ownCloud account is set up, Evolution is able to access and edit contacts and calendar appointments.

Files and other applications will be able to list and access your online files stored in the ownCloud installation.

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/user-forgottenpassword.page0000644000373100047300000001703312320733545027347 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Advanced techniques for resetting your password GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org I forgot my password!

It is important to choose not only a good and secure password, but also one that you can remember. If you have forgotten the password to log in to your computer account, you can follow the following steps to reset it.

If you have an encrypted home directory, you will not be able to reset a forgotten password.

If you simply want to change your password, see .

Reset password using Grub

Restart your computer, and hold down Shift during bootup to get into the Grub menu.

If you have a dual-boot machine and you choose at boot time which operating system to boot into, the Grub menu should appear without the need to hold down Shift.

If you are unable to get into the Grub boot menu, and therefore cannot choose to boot into recovery mode, you can use a live CD to reset your user password.

Press the down arrow on your keyboard to highlight the line that ends with the words 'recovery mode', then press Enter.

Your computer will now begin the boot process. After a few moments, a Recovery Menu will appear. Use your down arrow key to highlight root and press Enter.

At the # symbol, type:

passwd username, where username is the username of the account you're changing the password for.

You will be prompted to enter a new UNIX password, and to confirm the new password.

Then type:

# reboot

After you successfully log in, you will not be able to access your keyring (since you don't remember the old password). This means that all your saved passwords for wireless networks, jabber accounts, etc. will no longer be accessible. You will need to delete the old keyring and start a new one.

Reset password using a Live CD or USB

Boot the Live CD or USB.

Mount your drive.

Press AltF2 to get the Run Application window.

Type gksu nautilus to launch the file manager with system-wide privileges.

Within the drive you just mounted, you can check that it is the right drive by clicking home and then your username.

Go to the top-level directory of the mounted drive. Then go into the etc directory.

Locate the 'shadow' file and make a backup copy:

Right-click on the shadow file and select copy.

Then right-click in the empty space and select paste.

Rename the backup "shadow.bak".

Edit the original "shadow" file with a text editor.

Find your username for which you have forgotten the password. It should look something like this (the characters after the colon will be different):

username:$1$2abCd0E or

username:$1$2abCd0E:13721a:0:99999:7:::

Delete the characters after the first colon and before the second colon. This will remove the password for the account.

Save the file, exit out of everything and reboot your computer without the live CD or USB.

When you boot back into your installation, click your name in the menu bar. Open My Account and reset your password.

For Current password do not enter anything, as your current password is blank. Just click Authenticate and enter a new password.

After you successfully log in, you will not be able to access your keyring (since you don't remember the old password). This means that all your saved passwords for wireless networks, jabber accounts, etc. will no longer be accessible. You will need to delete the old keyring and start a new one.

Get rid of the keyring

This will delete all your saved passwords for wireless networks, instant messaging accounts, etc. Only do this if you can't remember the password you used for your keyring.

Go to your Home folder by typing 'home' in the Dash.

Press Ctrlh (or click ViewShow Hidden Files.)

Double click on the folder ~/.local/share.

Double click on the folder called keyrings.

Delete any files you find in the keyrings folder.

Restart the computer.

After you restart and log in you will be asked to enter your wireless networks password.

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/a11y-right-click.page0000644000373100047300000000633712320733545025557 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click. Simulate a right mouse click

You can right-click by holding down the left mouse button. This is useful if you find it difficult to move your fingers individually on one hand, or if your pointing device only has a single button.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and Clicking tab.

Switch Simulated Secondary Click on.

You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, change the Acceptance delay under Simulated Secondary Click.

To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills with blue as you hold down the left mouse button. Once it is entirely blue, release the mouse button to right-click.

Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get visual feedback from the pointer.

If you use Mouse Keys, this also allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your keypad.

In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly differently in the overview: You do not have to release the button to right-click.

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/hardware-driver.page0000644000373100047300000000330712320733545025666 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are attached to it. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org What is a driver?

Devices are the physical "parts" of your computer. They may be external like printers and monitor or internal like graphics and audio cards.

In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a device driver.

When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver installed for that device to work. For example, if you plug in a printer but the correct driver isn't available, you won't be able to use the printer. Normally, each model of device uses a driver that is not compatible with any other model.

On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so everything should work when you plug it in. However, the drivers may need to be installed manually or may not be available at all.

In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially non-functional. For example, you might find that your printer can't do double-sided printing, but is otherwise completely functional.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/net-nonm.page0000644000373100047300000000310712320733545024331 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Press AltF2. Type nm-applet There's no network menu in the menu bar

If the network menu has disappeared from the menu bar, your Network Manager may not be running. To start it up again:

Press AltF2

Type nm-applet and press Enter.

The Wireless Network Authentication box may pop up. Enter your password in the appropriate box and click Connect.

If this doesn't work, there could be a problem with the Network Manager. To see if this is the case, go to the Dash and open the Terminal. Type nm-applet and press Enter and see if the network menu appears. If it doesn't, you should see some error messages appear in the Terminal. These should tell you what is going wrong, but they may be quite technical in nature. If so, ask for help on a support forum and quote these error messages.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/a11y-font-size.page0000644000373100047300000000315612320733545025271 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use larger fonts to make text easier to read. Change text size on the screen

If you have difficulty reading the text on your screen, you can change the size of the font.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab.

Switch Large Text to ON.

In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press Ctrl-.

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/files-preview.page0000644000373100047300000000245012320733546025360 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more. Preview files and folders

You can quickly preview files without opening them in a full-blown application. Select any file and press the space bar. The file will open in a simple preview window. Press the space bar again to dismiss the preview.

The built-in preview supports most file formats for documents, images, video, and audio. In the preview, you can scroll through your documents or seek through your video and audio.

To view a preview full-screen press f. Press f again to leave full-screen, or press the space bar to exit the preview completely.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/files-hidden.page0000644000373100047300000000640612320733546025137 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make a file invisible, so you can't see it in the file manager. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Hide a file

The GNOME file manager gives you the ability to hide and unhide files at your discretion. When a file is hidden, it isn't displayed by the file manager, but it's still there in its folder.

To hide a file, rename it with a . at the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file named example.txt, you should rename it to .example.txt.

You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Hide a folder by placing a . at the beginning of the folder's name.
Show all hidden files

If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and either click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files, or press CtrlH. You will see all hidden files, along with regular files that are not hidden.

To hide these files again, either click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files, or press CtrlH again.

Unhide a file

To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files. Then, find the hidden file and rename it so that it doesn't have a . in front of its name. For example, to unhide a file called .example.txt, you should rename it to example.txt.

Once you have renamed the file, you can either click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files, or press CtrlH to hide any other hidden files again.

By default, you will only see hidden files in the file manager until you close the file manager. To change this setting so that the file manager will always show hidden files, see .

Most hidden files will have a . at the beginning of their name, but others might have a ~ at the end of their name instead. These files are backup files. See for more information.
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/accounts-provider-not-available.page0000644000373100047300000000335012320733546030762 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org Kevin M. Godby kevin@godby.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Why aren't service providers listed? Why is my account type not on the list?

Support for your favorite online service provider needs someone to develop it. Currently, the following types of online accounts are supported:

Facebook

Flickr

Google

Twitter

AIM

Windows Live

Salut

Jabber

Yahoo

If you're interested in adding support for other services, contact the developers on the bug tracker.

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/shell-windows-tiled.page0000644000373100047300000000276512320733546026506 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Maximize two windows side-by-side. Tile windows

You can maximize a window on only the left or right side of the screen, allowing you to place two windows side-by-side to quickly switch between them.

To maximize a window along a side of the screen, grab the titlebar and drag it to the left or right side until half of the screen is highlighted. Using the keyboard, hold down Ctrl and Super and press the Left or Right key.

Hold down the Alt key and drag anywhere in a window to move it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/net-firewall-ports.page0000644000373100047300000000475312320733546026345 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access for a program with your firewall. Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Commonly-used network ports

This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications that provide network services, like file sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can change your system's firewall to block or allow access to these applications. There are thousands of ports in use, so this table isn't complete.

Port

Name

Description

5353/udp

mDNS, Avahi

Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, without you having to specify the details manually.

631/udp

Printing

Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network.

631/tcp

Printing

Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network.

5298/tcp

Presence

Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the network, such as "online" or "busy".

5900/tcp

Remote desktop

Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide remote assistance.

3689/tcp

Music sharing (DAAP)

Allows you to share your music library with others on your network.
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/net.page0000644000373100047300000000235512320733546023371 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Wireless, wired, connection problems, web browsing, email accounts, instant messaging… Networking, web, email & chat usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/nautilus-list.page0000644000373100047300000000675112320733546025424 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control what information is displayed in columns in list view. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com File manager list columns preferences

There are nine columns of information that you can display in the file manager's list view. Click Files in the menu bar, pick Preferences and choose the List Columns tab to select which columns will be visible.

Use the Move Up and Move Down buttons to choose the order in which the selected columns will appear.

<gui>Name</gui>

The name of folders and files in the folder being viewed.

 <gui>Size</gui>

The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the folder. The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB.

 <gui>Type</gui>

Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 audio, and more.

 <gui>Modified</gui>

Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified.

 <gui>Owner</gui>

The name of the user the folder or file is owned by.

 <gui>Group</gui>

The group the file is owned by. On my home computers, each user is in their own group. Groups are sometimes used in corporate environments, where users might be in groups according to department or project.

 <gui>Permissions</gui>

Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--

The first character - is the file type. - means regular file and d means directory (folder).

The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user who owns the file.

The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the group that owns the file.

The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions for all other users on the system.

Each character has the following meanings:

r : Read permission.

w : Write permission.

x : Execute permission.

- : No permission.

<gui>MIME Type</gui>

Displays the MIME type of the item.

 <gui>Location</gui>

The path to the location of the file.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-wepwpa.page0000644000373100047300000000261512320733546026524 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks. What do WEP and WPA mean?

WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used to secure your wireless connection. Encryption scrambles the network connection so that no one can "listen in" to it and look at which web pages you are viewing, for example. WEP stands for Wired Equivalent Privacy, and WPA stands for Wireless Protected Access. WPA2 is the second version of the WPA standard.

Using some encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can avoid it. WPA2 is the most secure of the three. If your wireless card and router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your wireless network.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/contacts-setup.page0000644000373100047300000000253412320733546025556 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Store your contacts in a local address book or in an online account. Starting Contacts for the first time

When you run Contacts for the first time, the Contacts Setup window opens.

If you have online accounts configured, they are listed with Local Address Book. Select an item from the list and click Select.

Click the Online Account Settings to edit existing account settings.

If you have no online accounts configured, click Online Accounts to begin the setup. If you don't wish to set up online accounts at this time, click Local Address Book.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/backup-restore.page0000644000373100047300000000262012320733546025524 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Retrieve your files from a backup. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Restore a backup

If you lost or deleted some of your files, but you have a backup of them, you can restore them from the backup:

To restore your backup from a device such as an external hard drive, USB drive or another computer on the network, you can copy the files back to your computer.

If you created your backup using a backup application such as Déjà Dup, it is recommended that you use the same application to restore your backup. Review the application help for your backup program: it will provide specific instructions on how to restore your files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/keyboard-repeat-keys.page0000644000373100047300000000377112320733546026635 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the delay and speed of repeat keys. Turn off repeated key presses

By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking your finger back up quickly enough, you can disable this feature, or change how long it takes before key presses start repeating.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Hardware section, click Keyboard.

Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable repeated keys entirely.

Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the Speed slider to control how quickly key presses repeat.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/a11y-contrast.page0000644000373100047300000000315612320733546025211 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they're easier to see. Adjust the contrast

You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they're easier to see. This is not the same as changing the brightness of the whole screen; only parts of the user interface will change.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab.

Switch High Contrast to ON.

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/addremove-ppa.page0000644000373100047300000000451212320733546025324 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software. Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)

Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party repositories.

Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!

Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or reliability by Ubuntu members, and may contain software which is harmful to your computer.

Install a PPA

On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look similar to: ppa:mozillateam/firefox-next.

Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, or search for Software Center in the Dash.

When the Software Center launches, click Edit Software Sources

Switch to the Other Software tab.

Click Add and enter the ppa: location.

Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window.

Close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Center will then check your software sources for new software.

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/color-calibrationtargets.page0000644000373100047300000000250712320733546027577 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibration targets are needed to do scanner and camera profiling. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Which target types are supported?

The following types of targets are supported:

CMP DigitalTarget

ColorChecker 24

ColorChecker DC

ColorChecker SG

i1 RGB Scan 14

LaserSoft DC Pro

QPcard 201

IT8.7/2

You can purchase targets from well-known vendors like KODAK, X-Rite and LaserSoft in various online shops.

Alternatively you can buy targets from Wolf Faust at a very fair price.

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/hardware-cardreader.page0000644000373100047300000000516712320733546026476 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Troubleshoot media card readers GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Media card reader problems

Many computers contain readers for SD (Secure Digital), MMC (MultiMediaCard), SmartMedia, Memory Stick, CompactFlash, and other storage media cards. These should be automatically detected and mounted. Here are some troubleshooting steps if they are not:

Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they are upside down when correctly inserted. Also make sure that the card is firmly seated in the slot; some cards, especially CompactFlash, require a small amount of force to insert correctly. (Be careful not to push too hard! If you come up against something solid, do not force it.)

Open Files by using the Dash. Does the inserted card appear in the Devices list in the left sidebar? Sometimes the card appears in this list but is not mounted; click it once to mount. (If the sidebar is not visible, press F9 or click View Sidebar Show Sidebar.)

If your card does not show up in the sidebar, click GoComputer. If your card reader is correctly configured, the reader should come up as a drive when no card is present, and the card itself when the card has been mounted (see the picture below).

If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the card itself. Try a different card or check the card on a different reader if possible.

If no cards or drives are available in the Computer folder, it is possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due to driver issues. If your card reader is internal (inside the computer instead of sitting outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly connect your device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the computer. USB external card readers are also available, and are far better supported by Linux.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/net-install-java-plugin.page0000644000373100047300000000146412320733546027250 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Help your browser work with websites that require Java. Install the Java browser plug-in

Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin to be installed in order to run.

Install the icedtea6-plugin package to view Java programs in your browser.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/user-changepicture.page0000644000373100047300000000301312320733546026370 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add your photo to the login and user screens. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Change your login screen photo

When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your own. You can even take a new login photo with your webcam.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for yourself.

If you'd rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click Browse for more pictures.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/shell-windows-states.page0000644000373100047300000000767412320733546026714 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Restore, resize, arrange and hide. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Window operations

Windows can be resized or concealed to suit workflow.

Minimize, restore and close

To minimize or hide a window:

Click the - in the top left hand corner of the application's menu bar. If the application is maximized (taking up your whole screen), the menu bar will appear at the very top of the screen. Otherwise, the minimize button will appear at the top of the application window.

Or press AltSpace to bring up the window menu. Then press n. The window 'disappears' into the Launcher.

To restore the window:

Click on it in the Launcher or retrieve it from the window switcher by pressing AltTab.

To close the window:

Click the x in the top left hand corner of the window, or

Press AltF4, or

Press AltSpace to bring up the window menu. Then press c.
Resize

A window cannot be resized if it is maximized.

To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:

Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a 'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction.

To resize only in the horizontal direction:

Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a 'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally.

To resize only in the vertical direction:

Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to resize the window vertically.
Arranging windows in your workspace

To place two windows side by side:

Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the left half of the screen becomes highlighted. Release the mouse button and the window will fill the left half of the screen.

Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen.

Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title bar of an application.
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/index.page0000644000373100047300000000353712320733546023715 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Desktop Guide Ubuntu Desktop Guide <media type="image" mime="image/png" width="16" height="16" src="figures/ubuntu-logo.png">Help</media> Ubuntu Desktop Guide <media type="image" src="figures/ubuntu-logo.png">Ubuntu Logo</media> Ubuntu Desktop Guide usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/documents-viewgrid.page0000644000373100047300000000305712320733546026422 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com 2014 Change the way documents are displayed. View files in a list or grid

Documents and collections are presented in Grid format by default. To view in List format:

Go to the top bar and click Documents to display the app menu.

Click List from the View as section.

List view has columns displaying the document type and date modified, and whether it's stored locally, or in Google Docs or SkyDrive.

Click Grid in the app menu to return to the default format.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page0000644000373100047300000000602512320733546033151 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Make sure that simple network settings are correct and prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps. Wireless network troubleshooter Perform an initial connection check

In this step you will check some basic information about your wireless network connection. This is to make sure that your networking problem isn't caused by a relatively simple issue, like the wireless connection being turned off, and to prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps.

Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a wired internet connection.

If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a USB adapter, or a PCMCIA card that plugs into your laptop), make sure that it is firmly inserted into the proper slot on your computer.

If your wireless card is inside your computer, make sure that the wireless switch is turned on (if it has one). Laptops often have wireless switches that you can toggle by pressing a combination of keyboard keys.

Click the network menu on the menu bar and make sure that the Enable Wireless setting is checked.

Open the Terminal, type nm-tool and press Enter.

This will display information about your network hardware and connection status. Look down the list of information and see if there is a section related to the wireless network adapter. The information for each network device is separated by a row of dashes. If you find the line State: connected in the section for your wireless adapter, it means that it is working and connected to your wireless router.

If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet Service Provider (ISP) maybe experiencing some technical problems. Review your router and ISP setup guides to make sure the settings are correct, or contact your ISP for support.

If the information from nm-tool did not indicate that you were connected to the network, click Next to proceed to the next portion of the troubleshooting guide.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/net-wired.page0000644000373100047300000000127512320733546024501 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Wired internet connections, Fixed IP addresses… The Ubuntu Documentation Team Wired Networking usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/session-language.page0000644000373100047300000000641112320733546026044 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Switch to a different language for user interface and help text. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team Change which language you use

You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click Language Support.

Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the language to the top of the list.

You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log out.

Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not support your language at all.

There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard names according to your language. When you log back in, you will be asked if you want to rename these folders to the standard names for your selected language. If you plan to use the new language all the time, you should update the folder names.

Change the system language

When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you log in. You can also change the system language, the language used in places like the login screen.

Change your language, as described above.

Click Apply System-Wide.

Administrative privileges are required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested administrator account.

You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in Language Support Help.
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-files.page0000644000373100047300000000320312320733546025761 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Find files, folders, and downloads. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Files lens

The files lens is the second lens after the Dash home in the lens bar and is represented by a document. The files lens gives you access to recently used files, folders, or downloads.

You can use SuperF to open the Dash directly at the files lens.

If you use Google Drive, be sure to add your Google credentials to Online Accounts to see search results from Google Drive.
Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview shows the file format, file size, and when it was last saved.

You can open a file, email it, or open the folder that contains the file.

Filters

Click Filter results to filter by file type, file size, or the last time the file was saved.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-airplane.page0000644000373100047300000000312012320733546027004 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Team Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless. Turn off wireless (airplane mode)

If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may also want to switch off your wireless for other reasons (to save battery power, for example). To do this:

To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection until you switch it back on again.

To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of it.

Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/documents-select.page0000644000373100047300000000341012320733546026052 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Use selection mode to select more than one document or collection. Selecting documents

From Documents selection mode you can open, print, view or make collections of your documents. To use selection mode:

Click the ✓ button.

Select one or more documents or collections. The button bar appears with the actions that are valid for your selection.
Selection mode actions

After selecting one or more documents you can:

Open with Document Viewer (folder icon).

Print (printer icon): print a document (only available when a single document is selected).

Organize (plus icon): create a collection of documents.

Properties (wrench icon): display the properties of a document (only available when a single document is selected).

Delete (trash icon): delete one or more collections.
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-friends.page0000644000373100047300000000272712320733546026323 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Browse messages from your online social media accounts. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Friends scope

The Friends scope is the sixth lens after the Dash home in the lens bar and is represented by a speaking bubble. The Friends scope gives you access to your social media accounts.

You can use SuperG to open the Dash directly at the Friends Scope icon.

The lens will be blank until you enter your credentials in Online Accounts.
Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview gives you more information and allows you to "like" or reshare posts.

Filters

Click Filter results to filter by account.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/power-suspend.page0000644000373100047300000000337112320733546025415 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Suspend sends your computer to sleep so it uses less power. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com What happens when I suspend my computer?

When you suspend the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your applications and documents remain open, but the screen and other parts of the computer switch off to save power. The computer is still switched on though, and it will still be using a small amount of power. You can wake it up by pressing a key or clicking the mouse. If that does not work, try pressing the power button.

Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they may not be able to suspend or hibernate properly. It is a good idea to test suspend on your computer to see if it does work before relying on it.

Always save your work before suspending

You should save all of your work before suspending the computer, just in case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be recovered when you resume the computer again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/contacts-link-unlink.page0000644000373100047300000000516712320733546026656 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Combine information for a contact from multiple sources. Link and unlink contacts usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/keyboard-layouts.page0000644000373100047300000001312612320733546026077 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Juanjo Marín juanj.marin@juntadeandalucia.es Ubuntu Documentation Team Add input sources and switch between them. Use alternative input sources

Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard behave like a keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols printed on the keys. This is useful if you often switch between multiple languages.

Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the input sources you can choose between enable such a method.

Options with input methods are only available if respective input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a suitable IM engine is automatically installed if applicable. For example, if you install Korean, the package ibus-hangul is installed, and the input source option Korean (Hangul) is made available next time you log in. You can also install the IBus IM engine of your choice separately.
Add input sources

You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and clicking preview.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Text Entry.

Click the + button, select an input source, and click Add.

The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the ↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the list.

If you select a source with an input method, you can click preferences to access that method's preferences dialog if any.
Input source indicator

You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the current source, such as En for the standard English layout or a symbol in case of a source that uses a special input method, e.g. Chinese (Chewing). Click the input source indicator and select from the menu the source you want to use.

Keyboard shortcuts

You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is SuperSpace, but you can change it:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Text Entry.

Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next source using.

When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut.
Set input source for all windows or individually for each window

When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different source for each window is useful, for example, if you're writing an article in another language in a word processor window. Your input source selection will be remembered for each window as you switch between windows.

By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/tips.page0000644000373100047300000000117612320733546023562 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Special characters, middle click shortcuts… Tips & tricks usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/sound-crackle.page0000644000373100047300000000367412320733546025342 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Check your audio cables and sound card drivers. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing

If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem with the drivers for the sound card.

Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly.

If the speakers aren't fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound.

Make sure the speaker/headphone cable isn't damaged.

Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD player) to check if there is still a crackling sound. If there is, you may need to replace the cable or headphones.

Check if the sound drivers aren't very good.

Some sound cards don't work very well on Linux because they don't have very good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching for the make and model of your sound card on the internet, plus the search term "Ubuntu", to see if other people are having the same problem.

You can run sudo lspci -v in the Terminal to get more information about your sound card.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/sound-usemic.page0000644000373100047300000000363112320733546025214 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device. Use a different microphone

You can use an external microphone for chatting with friends, speaking with colleagues at work, making voice recordings, or using other multimedia applications. Even if your computer has a built-in microphone or a webcam with a microphone, a separate microphone usually provides better audio quality.

If your microphone has a circular plug, just plug it into the appropriate adapter on your computer. Most computers have two adapters: one for microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of a microphone next to the adapter. Microphones plugged into the appropriate adapter will usually be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting a default input device.

If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify which microphone to use by default.

Select a default audio input device

Click the sound menu on the menu bar and select Sound Settings.

On the Input tab, select the device in the list of devices. The input level indicator should respond when you speak.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/net-browser.page0000644000373100047300000000151512320733546025047 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin, Silverlight support… The Ubuntu Documentation Team Web Browsers usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/net-default-browser.page0000644000373100047300000000337412320733546026476 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Change the default web browser by going to Details in the System Settings. Change which web browser websites are opened in

When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will automatically open up to that page. If you have more than one browser installed, however, the page may not open up in the browser you wanted it to open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Details and choose Default Applications from the list on the left side of the window.

Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing the Web option.

When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel button (or similar) so that it doesn't try to set itself as the default browser again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/look-resolution.page0000644000373100047300000000632412320733546025750 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation). GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Change the size or rotation of the screen

You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by changing the screen resolution. You can change which way up things appear (for example, if you have a rotating display) by changing the rotation.

Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Displays.

If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area.

Select your desired resolution and rotation.

Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new settings, your old settings will be automatically restored. If you are happy with the new settings, click Keep This Configuration.

When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual display. If this does not happen, just click Detect Displays.
Resolution

The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect ratio, the ratio of the width to the height. Wide-screen displays use a 16:9 aspect ratio, while traditional displays use 4:3. If you choose a resolution that does not match the aspect ratio of your display, the screen will be letterboxed to avoid distortion.

You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may look fuzzy or pixelated.

Rotation

On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the rotation you want for your display from the Rotation drop-down list.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/printing-differentsize.page0000644000373100047300000000334212320733546027271 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a document on a different paper size or orientation. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Change the paper size when printing

If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the document.

Click FilePrint

Select the Page Setup tab.

Under the Paper column, choose your Paper size from the drop-down list.

Click Print and your document should print.

You can also use the Orientation menu to choose a different orientation:

Portrait

Landscape

Reverse portrait

Reverse landscape

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/net-othersconnect.page0000644000373100047300000000415212320733547026243 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that everyone who uses the computer will be able to connect to it. Other users can't connect to the internet

If you have set up a network connection but other users on your computer can't connect to it, they probably aren't entering the right settings when they try to connect. For example, if you have a wireless connection, they may not be entering the right wireless security password.

You can make it so that everyone can share the settings for a network connection once you have set it up. This means that you only need to set it up once, and everyone else on the computer will be able to connect to it without being asked any questions. To do this:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and click Edit Connections.

Find the connection you want everyone to be able to use. You will probably need to switch to the Wireless tab. Select the network name and then click Edit.

Check Available to all users and click Save. You will have to enter your admin password to save the changes. Only admin users can do this.

Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without entering any further details.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/net-chat-skype.page0000644000373100047300000000373212320733547025440 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Skype is proprietary software and must be installed manually on Ubuntu How can I use Skype on Ubuntu?

Skype is proprietary software that allows you to make calls over the Internet using your computer.

Skype uses decentralized peer-to-peer technologies, so your calls do not go through a central server, but through distributed servers and other users.

The Skype software is free to use, but it is not free software; the source code is proprietary and not available for modification.

Skype is not installed by default on Ubuntu. Install the skype package to use it.

You need to activate the Canonical Partner Repository to install Skype

Additional resources for help with <app>Skype</app>

How to record Skype conversations

A list of webcams which are compatible with Skype

Troubleshooting Skype - for advanced users

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page0000644000373100047300000001043412320733547032125 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control who can view and edit your files and folders. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Set file permissions

You can use file permissions to control who can view and edit files that you own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select Properties, then select the Permissions tab.

See and below for details on the types of permissions you can set.

Files

You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all other users of the system. For your files, you are the owner, and you can give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a file to read-only if you don't want to accidentally change it.

Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is common for each user to have their own group, and group permissions are not often used. In corporate environments, groups are sometimes used for departments or projects. As well as having an owner, each file belongs to a group. You can set the file's group and control the permissions for all users in that group. You can only set the file's group to a group you belong to.

You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in the file's group.

If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select Allow executing file as program to run it. Even with this option selected, the file manager may still open the file in an application or ask you what to do. See for more information.

Folders

You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, groups, and other users.

The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can set for a file.

<gui>None</gui>

The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder.

 <gui>List files only</gui>

The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be able to open, create, or delete files.

 <gui>Access files</gui>

The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create new files or delete files.

 <gui>Create and delete files</gui>

The user will have full access to the folder, including opening, creating, and deleting files.

You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the folder by clicking Change Permissions for Enclosed Files. Use the drop-down lists to adjust the permissions of contained files or folders, and click Change. Permissions are applied to files and folders in subfolders as well, to any depth.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/look-background.page0000644000373100047300000000556312320733547025671 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set an image, color, or gradient as your desktop background. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Change the desktop background

You can change the image used for your desktop background, or set it to a simple color or gradient.

Right click on the desktop and select Change Desktop Background.

Select an image or color. The settings are applied immediately. Switch to an empty workspace to view your entire desktop.

There are three choices in the drop-down list on the top right.

Select Wallpapers to use one of the many professional background images that ship with Ubuntu. With the exception of the Ubuntu wallpaper, all of the default wallpaper choices were created by winners of a Community Wallpaper Contest.

Some wallpapers are partially transparent and allow a background color to show through. For these wallpapers, there will be a color selector button in the bottom-right corner.

Select Pictures Folder to use one of your own photos from your Pictures folder. Most photo management applications store photos there.

Select Colors & Gradients to just use a flat color or a linear gradient. Color selector buttons will appear in the bottom right corner.

You can also browse for any picture on your computer by clicking the + button. Any picture you add this way will show up under Pictures Folder. You can remove it from the list by selecting it and clicking the - button. Removing a picture from the list will not delete the original file.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/mouse-mousekeys.page0000644000373100047300000000662712320733547025764 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad

If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This feature is called mouse keys.

Tap the Super key to open the Dash.

Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the Universal Access settings.

Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab.

Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking tab.

Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then press Enter to switch it on.

Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to move the mouse pointer using the keypad.

These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more accessibility options.

The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads.

Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, or quickly press it twice to double-click.

Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding down 5 or the left mouse button.

If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad when Num Lock is turned on, though.

The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used.

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/accounts.page0000644000373100047300000000223512320733547024420 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Add accounts, Remove accounts, Disable services Online accounts

You can enter your login details for online services, such as Google and Facebook, into the Online Accounts application. This will let you access your calendar, mail, chat accounts, and similar applications without having to enter your account details again.

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/color-whatisspace.page0000644000373100047300000000740312320733547026232 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A color space is a defined range of colors. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com What is a color space?

A color space is a defined range of colors. Well known color spaces include sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB.

The human visual system is not a simple RGB sensor, but we can approximate how the eye responds with a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram that shows the human visual response as a horse-shoe shape. You can see that in human vision there are many more shades of green detected than blue or red. With a trichromatic color space like RGB we represent the colors on the computer using three values, which restricts up to encoding a triangle of colors.

Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram is a huge simplification of the human visual system, and real gamuts are expressed as 3D hulls, rather than 2D projections. A 2D projection of a 3D shape can sometimes be misleading, so if you want to see the 3D hull, install gnome-color-manager and then run gcm-viewer.

sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB represented by white triangles

First, looking at sRGB, which is the smallest space and can encode the least number of colors. It is an approximation of a 10 year old CRT display, and so most modern monitors can display more colors than this. sRGB is a least-common-denominator standard and is used in a large number of applications (including the Internet).

AdobeRGB is frequently used as an editing space. It can encode more colors than sRGB, which means you can change colors in a photograph without worrying too much that the most vivid colors are being clipped or the blacks crushed.

ProPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document archival. It can encode nearly the whole range of colors detected by the human eye, and even encode colors that the eye cannot detect!

Now, if ProPhoto is clearly better, why don't we use it for everything? The answer is to do with quantization. If you only have 8 bits (256 levels) to encode each channel, then a larger range is going to have bigger steps between each value.

Bigger steps mean a larger error between the captured color and the stored color, and for some colors this is a big problem. It turns out that key colors, like skin colors are very important, and even small errors will make untrained viewers notice that something in a photograph looks wrong.

Of course, using a 16 bit image is going to leave many more steps and a much smaller quantization error, but this doubles the size of each image file. Most content in existence today is 8bpp, i.e. 8 bits-per-pixel.

Color management is a process for converting from one color space to another, where a color space can be a well known defined space like sRGB, or a custom space such as your monitor or printer profile.

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page0000644000373100047300000001406112320733547033360 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Some device drivers don't work very well with certain wireless adapters, so you may need to find a better one. Wireless network troubleshooter Make sure that working device drivers are installed

In this step you can check to see if you can get working device drivers for your wireless adapter. A device driver is a piece of software which tells the computer how to make a hardware device work properly. Even though the wireless adapter has been recognized by the computer, it may not have drivers which work very well. You may be able to find different drivers for the wireless adapter which do work. Try some of the options below:

Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices

Most Linux distributions keep a list of wireless devices that they have support for. Sometimes, these lists provide extra information on how to get the drivers for certain adapters working properly. Go to the list for your distribution (for example, Ubuntu, Fedora or openSuSE) and see if your make and model of wireless adapter is listed. You may be able to use some of the information there to get your wireless drivers working.

Look for additional open or proprietary drivers

Although Ubuntu includes support for a large amount of devices, some drivers need to be installed separately. Use the Additional Drivers tool to check for these extra open or proprietary drivers.

Click the button at the far right side of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the System section, click Software Sources.

Switch to the Additional Drivers tab.

Use the Windows drivers for your adapter

In general, you cannot use a device driver designed for one operating system (like Windows) on another operating system (like Linux). This is because they have different ways of handling devices. For wireless adapters, however, you can install a compatibility layer called NDISwrapper which lets you use some Windows wireless drivers on Linux. This is useful because wireless adapters almost always have Windows drivers available for them, whereas Linux drivers are sometimes not available. You can learn more about how to use NDISwrapper here. Note that not all wireless drivers can be used through NDISwrapper.

Full information on ndiswrapper kept on this page including troubleshooting help specific to ndiswrapper.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/documents-filter.page0000644000373100047300000000244512320733547026070 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Choose which documents to display. Filter documents

Click the down button next to the search bar to limit the scope of the search in these categories:

Sources: Local, Google, SkyDrive, or All.

Type: Collections, PDF Documents, Presentations, Spreadsheets, Text Documents, or All.

Title, Author, or All.

In order for Google or SkyDrive to appear in the filter list, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live as an online account.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/display-dual-monitors.page0000644000373100047300000000564412320733547027050 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set up dual monitors on your laptop. Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Connect an external monitor to your laptop
Set up an external monitor

To set up an external monitor with your laptop, connect the monitor to your laptop. If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust the settings:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Displays.

Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, then switch it ON/OFF.

By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which monitor is "primary", change the monitor in the Launcher Placement drop-down box. You could also drag the Launcher in the preview to the monitor you want to set as the "primary" monitor.

If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher Placement to All Displays.

To change the "position" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the desired position.

If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the Mirror displays box.

When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click Keep This Configuration.

To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner.

Sticky Edges

A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer to "slip" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's Sticky Edges feature helps with that problem by requiring you to push a little bit harder to move the mouse pointer from one monitor to the other.

You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/power-batterylife.page0000644000373100047300000000767012320733547026255 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tips to reduce the power consumption of your computer. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use less power and improve battery life

Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment. If you have a laptop, this will also help to increase the amount of time it can run on battery power.

General tips

Suspend your computer when you are not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it can be woken up very quickly.

Turn off the computer when you will not be using it for longer periods. Some people worry that turning off a computer regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but this is not the case.

Use the Power preferences in System Settings to change your power settings. There are a number of options that will help to save power: you can automatically dim the display after a certain time; reduce the display brightness (for laptops); and have the computer automatically suspend if you have not used it for a certain period of time.

Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you are not using them.
Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries

Reduce the screen brightness; powering the screen accounts for a significant fraction of a laptop's power consumption.

Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you can use to reduce the brightness.

If you do not need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the wireless/Bluetooth card. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, which takes quite a bit of power.

Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can turn it on again when you need it.
More advanced tips

Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use more power when they have more work to do.

Most of your running applications do very little when you are not actively using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the internet, play music or movies can impact your power consumption.
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/look-display-fuzzy.page0000644000373100047300000000516412320733547026401 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The screen resolution may be set incorrectly. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?

This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not the right one for your screen.

To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set the one that makes the screen look better.

When multiple displays are connected

If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal monitor and a projector), the displays might have different resolutions. However, the computer's graphics card can only display the screen in one resolution at a time, so at least one of the displays might look fuzzy.

You can set it so that the two displays have different resolutions, but you won't be able to display the same thing on both screens simultaneously. In effect, you will have two independent screens connected at the same time. You can move windows from one screen to another, but you can't show the same window on both screens at once.

To set up the displays so that they each have their own resolution:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings. Open Displays.

Uncheck Mirror Displays.

Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the Displays window. Change the Resolution until that display looks right.
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/net-wired-connect.page0000644000373100047300000000337612320733547026135 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a network cable. Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network

To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a network cable. The network icon on the menu bar should pulse for a few seconds and then will change to a "socket" icon when you are connected.

If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network cable is plugged in. One end of the cable should be plugged into the rectangular Ethernet (network) port on your computer, and the other end should be plugged into a switch, router, network wall socket or similar (depending on the network setup you have). Sometimes, a light beside the Ethernet port will indicate that it is plugged in and active.

You can't plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable (at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you should plug them both into a network hub, router or switch.

If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic setup (DHCP). In this case you'll have to configure it manually.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/addremove-install-synaptic.page0000644000373100047300000000544312320733547030047 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com

Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 (CC BY-SA 3.0).

Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to Ubuntu Software Center. Use Synaptic for more advanced software management

Synaptic Package Manager is more powerful and can do some software management tasks which Ubuntu Software Center can't. Synaptic's interface is more complicated and doesn't support newer Software Center features like ratings and reviews and therefore isn't recommended for use by those new to Ubuntu.

Synaptic isn't installed by default, but you can install it with Software Center.

Install software with Synaptic

Open Synaptic from the Dash or the Launcher. You will need to enter your password in the Authenticate window.

Click Search to search for an application, or click Sections and look through the categories to find one.

Right-click the application that you want to install and select Mark for Installation.

If you are asked to mark additional changes, click Mark.

Select any other applications that you would like to install.

Click Apply, and then click Apply in the window that appears. The applications that you chose will be downloaded and installed.

For more information about using Synaptic, consult the Synaptic How To.

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/report-ubuntu-bug.page0000644000373100047300000000575412320733547026220 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How and where to report problems with Ubuntu. Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Report a problem in Ubuntu

If you notice a problem in Ubuntu, you can file a bug report.

Type AltF2 and type ubuntu-bug nameofprogram

If you have a hardware issue or don't know the name of the program affected, just type ubuntu-bug

After running one of the above commands, Ubuntu will gather information about the bug. This may take a few minutes. Review the collected information if you wish. Click Send to continue.

A new web browser tab will open to continue processing the bug data. Ubuntu uses the website Launchpad to manage its bug reports. If you do not have a Launchpad account, you will need to register for one to file a bug and receive email updates about its status. You can do this by clicking Create a new account.

After logging in to Launchpad, enter a description of the problem in the summary field.

After clicking Next Launchpad will search for similar bugs in case the bug you are reporting has already been reported. If the bug has already been reported, you can mark that bug as also affecting you. You can also subscribe to the bug report to receive updates about progress with fixing it. If the bug has not already been reported, click No, I need to report a new bug.

Fill in the description field with as much information as you can. It's important that you specify three things:

What you expected to happen

What actually happened

If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where step 1 is "start the program"

Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!

If you get the "This is not a genuine Ubuntu package" error, it means that the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official Ubuntu repositories. In this case, you cannot use Ubuntu's built-in bug reporting tool.

For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the extensive online documentation.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/net-default-email.page0000644000373100047300000000315412320733547026077 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Change the default email client by going to Details in the System Settings. Change which mail application is used to write emails

When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your word processing application), your default mail application will open up with a blank message, ready for you to write. If you have more than one mail application installed, however, the wrong mail application might open up. You can fix this by changing which one is the default email application:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Details and choose Default Applications from the list on the left side of the window.

Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing the Mail option.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/power-batteryoptimal.page0000644000373100047300000000414512320733547026775 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tips such as "Do not let the battery charge get too low" GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Get the most out of your laptop battery

As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong their useful lifetime, although you should not expect a big difference.

Do not let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge before the battery gets very low, although most batteries have built-in safeguards to prevent the battery running too low. Recharging when it is only partially discharged is more efficient, but recharging when it is only slightly discharged is worse for the battery.

Heat has a detrimental effect on the charging efficiency of the battery. Do not let the battery get any warmer than it has to.

Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage in buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original battery - always buy replacements when you need them.

This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which are the most common type. Other types of battery may benefit from different treatment.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/prefs-language-install.page0000644000373100047300000000404212320733547027143 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Install more translations and related language support packages. Gunnar Hjalmarsson gunnarhj@ubuntu.com Install languages

When you install Ubuntu, the language you select at installation gets installed together with English, but you can add further languages.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Language Support.

Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently installed languages checked.

Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently installed languages you want to remove.

Click Apply Changes.

Administrative privileges are required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested administrator account.

In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a new language may follow various language support components such as dictionaries for spell checking, fonts and input methods.

Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not support your language at all.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-intro.page0000644000373100047300000000604212320733547026017 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The Dash is the top button in the Launcher. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Find apps, files, music, and more with the Dash

Unity Search

The Dash allows you to search for applications, files, music, and videos, and shows you items that you have used recently. If you have ever worked on a spreadsheet or edited an image and forgot where you saved it, you will surely find this feature of the Dash to be useful.

To start using the Dash, click the top icon in the Launcher. This icon has the Ubuntu logo on it. For faster access, you can just press the Super key.

To hide the Dash, click the top icon again or press Super or Esc.

Search everything from the Dash home

The first thing you'll see when opening the Dash is the Dash Home. Without typing or clicking anything, the Dash Home will show you apps and files you've used recently.

Only one row of results will show for each type. If there are more results, you can click See more results to view them.

To search, just start typing and related search results will automatically appear from the different installed lenses.

Click on a result to open it, or you can press Enter to open the first item in the list.

Lenses

Lenses allow you to focus the Dash results and exclude results from other lenses.

You can see the available lenses in the lens bar, the darker strip at the bottom of the Dash.

To switch to a different lens, click the appropriate icon or press CtrlTab.

Filters

Filters allow you to narrow down your search even further.

Click Filter results to choose filters. You may need to click a filter heading such as Sources to see the available choices.

Previews

If you right click on a search result, a preview will open with more information about the result.

To close the preview, click any empty space or press Esc.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/disk-format.page0000644000373100047300000000546712320733547025033 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash drive by formatting it. Wipe everything off a removable disk

If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all of the files on the disk and leaves it empty.

Format a removable disk

Open the Disks application from the Dash.

Open the Disks application from the Activities overview.

Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list.

Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!

In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click Format Volume.

In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk.

If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file system type will be presented as a label.

Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk.

Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It should now be blank and ready to use again.

 Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files

Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such as shred.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/sound-broken.page0000644000373100047300000000161612320733547025211 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Sound problems

There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-photos.page0000644000373100047300000000301312320733547026173 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 View photos from your computer or your online social media accounts. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Photos lens

The photos lens is the fifth lens after the Dash home in the lens bar and is represented by a camera. The photos lens gives you access to photos on your computer or from Online Accounts such as Facebook or Google Picasa.

You can use SuperC to open the Dash directly at the photos lens.

Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview with more information about the photo and a larger thumbnail.

For photos stored on your computer, you can open, print, view, or email them.

Filters

Click Filter results to filter by date the photo was taken or the source.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/net-what-is-ip-address.page0000644000373100047300000000323312320733547026771 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer. What is an IP address?

"IP address" stands for Internet Protocol address, and each device that is connected to a network (like the internet) has one.

An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique set of numbers that identifies your phone so that other people can call you. Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers that identifies your computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers.

Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated by a period. 192.168.1.42 is an example of an IP address.

An IP address can either be dynamic or static. Dynamic IP addresses are temporarily assigned each time your computer connects to a network. Static IP addresses are fixed, and do not change. Dynamic IP addresses are more common that static addresses - static addresses are typically only used when there is a special need for them, such as administering a server.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/color-howtoimport.page0000644000373100047300000000302412320733547026305 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Color profiles can be imported by opening them. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com How do I import color profiles?

The profile can be imported by double clicking on the .ICC or .ICM file in the file browser.

Alternatively you can select Import profile… from System SettingsColor when selecting a profile for a device.

Alternatively you can select Import profile… from System SettingsColor when selecting a profile for a device.

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/wacom-stylus.page0000644000373100047300000000427412320733547025255 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Define the button functions and pressure feel of the Wacom stylus. Configure the stylus

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Wacom Graphics Tablet.

If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet.

The lower part of the panel contains details and settings specific to your stylus, with the device name (the stylus class) and diagram to the left. These settings can be adjusted:

Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the "feel" (how physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft and Firm.

Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: No Action, Left Mouse Button Click, Middle Mouse Button Click, Right Mouse Button Click, Scroll Up, Scroll Down, Scroll Left, Scroll Right, Back, Forward.

Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the "feel" between Soft and Firm.

If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use the pager to choose which stylus to configured.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/mouse-problem-notmoving.page0000644000373100047300000001132112320733547027401 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to check your mouse if it is not working. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Mouse pointer is not moving
Check that the mouse is plugged in

If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your computer.

If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the green mouse port rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer if it was not plugged in.

Check that the mouse was recognized by your computer

Type CtrlAltT to open the Terminal.

In the terminal window, type xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer, exactly as it appears here, and press Enter.

A short list of mouse devices will appear. Check that at least one of the items says [XExtensionPointer] next to it, and that one of the [XExtensionPointer] items has the name of the mouse to the left of it.

If there is no entry that has the name of the mouse followed by [XExtensionPointer], then the mouse was not recognized by your computer. If the entry exists, your mouse was recognized by your computer. In this case you should check that the mouse is plugged in and in working condition.

If your mouse has a serial (RS-232) connector, you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model of your mouse.

It can be complicated to fix problems with mouse detection. Ask for support from your distribution or vendor if you think that your mouse has not been detected properly.

Check that the mouse actually works

Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works.

If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of the bottom of the mouse if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that it is turned on. If it is and there is still no light, the mouse may be broken.

Checking wireless mice

Make sure the mouse is turned on. There is often a switch on the bottom of the mouse to turn the mouse off completely, so you can move it from place to place without it constantly waking up.

If you are using a Bluetooth mouse, make sure you have actually paired the mouse with your computer. See .

Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button. See .

Check that the battery of the mouse is charged.

Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer.

If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make sure that they are both set to the same channel.

You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if this is the case.

Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them into your computer. If you have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model of your mouse.

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/documents-print.page0000644000373100047300000000223712320733547025736 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Print documents that are stored locally or online. Print a document

To print a document:

Click the ✓ button.

In selection mode, check the document to be printed.

Click the Print button in the button bar. The Print dialog opens.

Printing is not available when more than one document is selected, or when a collection is selected.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/color-calibrationdevices.page0000644000373100047300000000431312320733547027546 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 We support a large number of calibration devices. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com What color measuring instruments are supported?

GNOME relies on the Argyll color management system to support color instruments. Thus the following display measuring instruments are supported:

Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (spectrometer)

Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (spectrometer)

Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 or LT (colorimeter)

X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorimeter)

X-Rite ColorMunki Design or Photo (spectrometer)

X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorimeter)

X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colorimeter)

Pantone Huey (colorimeter)

MonacoOPTIX (colorimeter)

ColorVision Spyder 2 and 3 (colorimeter)

Colorimètre HCFR (colorimeter)

The Pantone Huey is currently the cheapest and best supported hardware in Linux.

Thanks to Argyll there's also a number of spot and strip reading reflective spectrometers supported to help you calibrating and characterizing your printers:

X-Rite DTP20 "Pulse" ("swipe" type reflective spectrometer)

X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (spot type reflective spectrometer)

X-Rite DTP41 (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)

X-Rite DTP41T (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)

X-Rite DTP51 (spot reading reflective spectrometer)

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/a11y-visualalert.page0000644000373100047300000000360212320733547025704 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is played. Flash the screen for alert sounds

Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages and events. If you have a hard time hearing these sounds, you can have either the entire screen or your current window visually flash whenever the alert sound is played.

This can also be useful if you're in an environment where you need your computer to be silent, such as in a library (see to learn how to mute the alert sound).

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab.

Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire screen or just your current window title to flash.

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/color-testing.page0000644000373100047300000000405212320733547025371 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Testing color management isn't hard, and we even supply some test profiles. How do I test if color management is working correctly?

The effects of a color profile are sometimes subtle and it may be hard to see if anything much has changed.

In GNOME we ship several profiles for testing that make it very clear when the profiles are being applied:

Bluish Test: This will turn the screen blue and tests if the calibration curves are being sent to the display

ADOBEGAMMA-test: This will turn the screen pink and tests different features of a screen profile

FakeBRG: This will not change the screen, but will swap around the RGB channels to become BGR. This will make all the colors gradients look mostly correct, and there won't be much difference on the whole screen, but images will look very different in applications that support color management.

Add one of the test profiles to your display device using the System SettingsColor preferences.

Using these profiles you can clearly see when an application supports color management.

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/disk-benchmark.page0000644000373100047300000000544212320733547025466 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is. Test the performance of your hard disk

To test the speed of your hard disk:

Open the Disks application from the Dash.

Open the Disks application from the activities overview.

Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list.

Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive.

Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and Access Time parameters as desired.

Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from the disk. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested administrator account.

If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take longer to complete.

When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis.

Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last benchmark test.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/color-calibrate-printer.page0000644000373100047300000000326512320733547027330 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating your printer is important to print accurate colors. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com How do I calibrate my printer?

There are two ways to profile a printer device:

Using a photospectrometer device like the Pantone ColorMunki

Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company

Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile.

Using an expensive device such as a ColorMunki works out cheaper only if you are profiling a large number of ink sets or paper types.

If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/files-templates.page0000644000373100047300000000412212320733547025674 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Quickly create new documents from custom file templates. Anita Reitere nitalynx@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Templates for commonly-used document types

If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit from using file templates. A file template can be a document of any type with the formatting or content you would like to reuse. For example, you could create a template document with your letterhead.

Make a new template

Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you could make your letterhead in a word processing application.

Save the file with the template content in the Templates folder in your Home folder. If the Templates folder doesn't exist, you will need to create it first.

 Use a template to create a document

Open the folder where you want to place the new document.

Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose New Document. The names of available templates will be listed in the submenu.

Choose your desired template from the list.

Enter a filename for the newly-created document.

Double-click the file to open it and start editing.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/color-notifications.page0000644000373100047300000000364012320733547026567 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com You can be notified if your color profile is old and inaccurate. Can I get notified when my color profile is inaccurate?

Unfortunately we can't tell without recalibrating whether a device profile is accurate. We can use a simple metric of the amount of time since calibration to determine if a recalibrate is recommended.

Some companies have very specific timeout policies for profiles, as an inaccurate color profile can make a huge difference to an end product.

If you set the timeout policy and a profile is older than the policy then a red warning triangle will be shown in the System SettingsColor dialog next to the profile. A warning notification will also be shown every time you log into your computer.

To set the policy for display and printer devices, you specify the maximum age of the profile in days:

[rupert@gnome] gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180 [rupert@gnome] gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/addremove-remove.page0000644000373100047300000000347112320733547026045 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Remove software that you no longer use. Remove an application

The Ubuntu Software Center helps you to remove software that you no longer use.

Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher or search for Software Center in the Dash.

When the Software Center opens, click the Installed button at the top.

Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by looking through the list of installed applications.

Select the application and click Remove.

You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the application will be removed.

Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be removed. You will be asked to confirm whether you want this to happen before the applications are removed.

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/net-othersedit.page0000644000373100047300000000457512320733547025550 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com You need to uncheck the Available to all users option in the network connection settings. Other users can't edit the network connections

If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can't, you may have set the connection to be available to all users. This makes it so that everyone on the computer can connect using that connection, but only users with administrative rights are allowed to change its settings.

The reason for this is that, since everyone is affected if the settings are changed, only highly-trusted (admin) users should be allowed to modify the connection.

If other users really need to be able to change the connection themselves, make it so the connection is not set to be available to everyone on the computer. This way, everyone will be able to manage their own connection settings rather than relying on one set of shared, system-wide settings for the connection.

Make it so that the connection isn't shared any more

Click the network menu on the menu bar and click Edit Connections.

Find the connection you want everyone to be able to manage/edit themselves. Click to select it and then click Edit.

You will have to enter your admin password to change the connection. Only admin users can do this.

Uncheck Available to all users and click Save. Other users of the computer will now be able to manage the connection themselves.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/hardware.page0000644000373100047300000000235412320733550024372 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Hardware Hardware problems, printers, power settings, color management, Bluetooth, disks… Hardware & drivers More topics
Problems Hardware problems Common problems
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/net-macaddress.page0000644000373100047300000000400612320733550025463 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com The unique identifier assigned to network hardware. What is a MAC address?

A MAC address is the unique identifier that is assigned by the manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an Ethernet card). MAC stands for Media Access Control, and each identifier is intended to be unique to a particular device.

A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a colon. 00:1B:44:11:3A:B7 is an example of a MAC address.

To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:

Click the network menu on the menu bar.

Select Connection Information.

Your MAC address will be displayed as the Hardware Address.

In practice, you may need to modify or "spoof" a MAC address. For example, some internet service providers may require that a specific MAC address be used to access their service. If the network card stops working, and you need to swap a new card in, the service won't work anymore. In such cases, you would need to spoof the MAC address.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/sharing-bluetooth.page0000644000373100047300000000262512320733550026234 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Bluetooth file sharing and receiving options. Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Control sharing over Bluetooth

You can allow access to your Public and Downloads folders for Bluetooth file sharing, and also restrict that access to only trusted devices. Configure Personal File Sharing Preferences to control access to the shared folders on your computer.

A Bluetooth device is trusted if you have paired, or connected your computer to it. See .

 Share your <file>Public</file> folder over Bluetooth

In the Dash, open Personal File Sharing.

Select the desired Bluetooth file sharing and receiving options options from the list.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/app-cheese.page0000644000373100047300000000325312320733550024606 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com It is like your own personal photo booth. Create fun photos and videos with your webcam

With the Cheese application and your webcam, you can take photos and videos, apply fun special effects and share the fun with others.

Cheese is not installed by default in Ubuntu. To install Cheese:

Click this link to launch the Software Center.

Read the information and reviews about Cheese to make sure you want to install it.

If you choose to install it, click Install from the Software Center window.

You may need to provide the administrative password to complete the installation.

For help with using Cheese, read the Cheese user guide.

You need to install Cheese before you can read the Cheese user guide.

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/about-this-guide.page0000644000373100047300000000406112320733550025744 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Team A few tips on using the Ubuntu Desktop Guide. About this guide

This guide gives you a tour of Ubuntu desktop features, answers your computer-related questions, and provides tips on using your computer effectively.

The guide is divided into small, task-oriented topics - not chapters. This means that you don't need to skim through an entire manual to find answers to your questions.

Related items are linked together. "See Also" links at the bottom of some pages direct you to related topics.

The text input box at the top of this guide acts as a search bar, and relevant results will appear beneath it as soon as you start typing. Left-click on any result to open its page.

The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you with a comprehensive collection of helpful information, we know we won't answer all of your questions here. We will keep adding more information to make things more helpful, though.

Thank you for taking the time to read the Ubuntu Desktop Guide.

-- The Ubuntu Documentation team

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/shell-workspaces-switch.page0000644000373100047300000000356312320733550027365 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Open the workspace switcher and double-click one of the workspaces. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Switch between workspaces Using the mouse:

Open the Launcher and click the workspace switcher button near the bottom. Double-click on any window or workspace to switch to it, or press the workspace switcher button again to return to your previous workspace.

 Using the keyboard:

Press CtrlAlt→ to move to a workspace which is to the right of the current workspace.

Press CtrlAlt← to move to a workspace which is to the left of the current workspace.

Press CtrlAlt↓ to move to a workspace which is below the current workspace.

Press CtrlAlt↑ to move to a workspace which is above the current workspace.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-menu.page0000644000373100047300000000317212320733550026505 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Stephen M. Webb stephen@ubuntu.com Right clicking a Launcher Icon reveals a menu of actions. The Launcher Icon Menus

Right clicking on a Launcher icon will reveal a menu of actions. The actions available depend on whether the icon is locked to the launcher or not, if the icons is for an application whether it's running or not, and on the specific icon itself. Available actions can include the following.

launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device

unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )

locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )

quitting the application if it's running

switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one instance or window

application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/bluetooth.page0000644000373100047300000000236312320733550024602 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Connect, send files, turn on and off… Bluetooth

Bluetooth is a wireless protocol that allows you to connect many different types of devices to your computer. Bluetooth is commonly used for headsets and input devices like mice and keyboards. You can also use Bluetooth to send files between devices, such as from your computer to your cell phone.

Bluetooth problems Problems
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/net-install-moonlight.page0000644000373100047300000000301012320733550027013 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in lets you view these pages. Install the Silverlight plug-in

Silverlight is a plug-in for your web browser which allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some websites won't work without Silverlight.

If you view a Silverlight-enabled website but don't have the plug-in installed, you will probably see a message telling you so. This message should have instructions telling you how to get the plug-in, but these instructions might not be suitable for your web browser or version of Linux.

If you want to view Silverlight-enabled websites, you should install the Moonlight plug-in instead. This is a free, open-source version of Silverlight which runs on Linux.

Please see the Moonlight website for more information and installation instructions.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/documents-search.page0000644000373100047300000000236612320733550026044 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Find your documents by title or author. Search for files

To start a search in Documents:

Press CtrlF.

Click the magnifying glass icon.

Start typing. Documents will match by title or author.

You can restrict or filter the search results by clicking the down button and selecting various filters.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/printing-2sided.page0000644000373100047300000000320512320733550025573 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Print two-sided and multi-page layouts

To print on both sides of each sheet of paper:

Click FilePrint.

Go to the Page Setup tab of the Print window and choose an option from the Two-sided drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-sided printing is not available for your printer.

Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It's a good idea to experiment with your printer to see how it works.

You can print more than one page of the document per side of paper too. Use the Pages per side option to do this.

The availability of these options may depend on the type of printer you have, as well as the application you are using. This option may not always be available.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/color-notspecifiededid.page0000644000373100047300000000273412320733550027215 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Default monitor profiles do not have a calibration date. Why don't the default monitor profiles have a calibration expiry?

The default color profile used for each monitor is generated automatically based on the display EDID which is stored in a memory chip inside the monitor. The EDID only gives us a snapshot of the available colors the monitor was capable of displaying when it was manufactured, and does not contain much other information for color correction.

As the EDID cannot be updated, it has no expiry date.

Getting a profile from the monitor vendor or creating a profile yourself would lead to more accurate color correction.

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/documents-view.page0000644000373100047300000000265012320733550025545 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 View documents full-screen. Display documents stored locally or online

When you open Documents, all of your documents, those stored locally as well as online, are displayed as thumbnails.

In order for your Google Docs or SkyDrive documents to appear, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live, respectively, as an online account.

To view the contents of a document:

Click the thumbnail. The document is displayed full-width in the Documents window (or full-screen if maximized).

To exit the document, click the back arrow button.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page0000644000373100047300000001167012320733550030630 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default applications. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org File properties

To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select Properties. You can also select the file and press AltEnter.

The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the size of the file, and when you last modified it. If you need this information often, you can have it displayed in list view columns or icon captions.

The information given on the Basic tab is explained below. There are also Permissions and Open With tabs. For certain types of files, such as images and videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information like the dimensions, duration, and codec.

Basic properties <gui>Name</gui>

You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file outside the properties window. See .

 <gui>Type</gui>

This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The file type determines which applications can open the file, among other things. For example, you can't open a picture with a music player. See for more information on this.

The MIME type of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a standard way that computers use to refer to the file type.

 Contents

This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder rather than a file. It helps you see the number of items in the folder. If the folder includes other folders, each inner folder is counted as one item, even if it contains further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If the folder is empty, the contents will display nothing.

 Size

This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The size of a file tells you how much disk space it takes up. This is also an indicator of how long it will take to download a file or send it in an email (big files take longer to send/receive).

Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, the size in bytes will also be given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is 1024 bytes, 1 MB is 1024 KB and so on.

 Location

The location of each file on your computer is given by its absolute path. This is a unique "address" of the file on your computer, made up of a list of the folders that you would need to go into to find the file. For example, if Jim had a file called Resume.pdf in his Home folder, its location would be /home/jim/Resume.pdf.

 Volume

The file system or device that the file is stored on. This shows you where the file is physically stored, for example if it is on the hard disk or on a CD, or a network share or file server. Hard disks can be split up into several disk partitions; the partition will be displayed under Volume too.

 Free Space

This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which is available on the disk that the folder is on. This is useful for checking if the hard disk is full.

 Accessed

The date and time when the file was last opened.

 Modified

The date and time when the file was last changed and saved.
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/user-changepassword.page0000644000373100047300000000613112320733550026556 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account settings. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Change your password

It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if you think someone else knows what your password is.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

Click the label next to Password.

The label should look like a series of dots or boxes if you already have a password set.

Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password again in the Confirm password field.

You can also click the button next to the New password field to select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so be careful.

Click Change.

Make sure you choose a good password. This will help to keep your user account safe.

Change the keyring password

If you change your login password, it may become out of sync with the keyring password. The keyring keeps you from having to remember lots of different passwords by just requiring one master password to access them all. If you change your user password (see above), your keyring password will remain the same as your old password. To change the keyring password (to match your login password):

Open the Passwords and Keys application from the Dash.

In the View menu, ensure By keyring is checked.

In the sidebar under Passwords, right-click on Login keyring and select Change Password.

Enter your Old Password, followed by your new Password, and Confirm your new password by entering it again.

Click OK.
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/power-batteryestimate.page0000644000373100047300000000470612320733550027140 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The battery life displayed when you click on the battery icon is an estimate. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com The estimated battery life is wrong

When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the time remaining that it reports is different to how long the battery actually lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery life can only be estimated. Normally, the estimates improve over time.

In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be taken into account. One is the amount of power currently being used by the computer: power consumption varies depending on how many programs you have open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any intensive tasks (like watching a DVD or converting music files, for example). This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict.

Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge faster the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life can be made.

As the battery discharges, the power manager will figure out its discharge properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They will never be completely accurate, though.

If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of days), the power manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to make a sensible estimate.

If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug it in and let it recharge again, the power manager should be able to get the data it needs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/files-copy.page0000644000373100047300000000770112320733550024650 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Copy or move items to a new folder. Cristopher Thomas crisnoh@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Copy or move files and folders

A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or using keyboard shortcuts.

For example, you might want to copy a presentation onto a memory stick so you can take it to work with you. Or, you could make a back-up copy of a document before you make changes to it (and then use the old copy if you don't like your changes).

These instructions apply to both files and folders. You copy and move files and folders in exactly the same way.

Copy and paste files

Select the file you want to copy by clicking on it once.

Right-click and pick Copy, or press CtrlC.

Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file.

Click the gear icon and pick Paste to finish copying the file, or press CtrlV. There will now be a copy of the file in the original folder and the other folder.

 Cut and paste files to move them

Select the file you want to move by clicking on it once.

Right-click and pick Cut, or press CtrlX.

Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the file.

Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick Paste to finish moving the file, or press CtrlV. The file will be taken out of its original folder and moved to the other folder.

 Drag files to copy or move

Open the file manager and go to the folder which contains the file you want to copy.

Click Files in the top bar, select New Window (or press CtrlN) to open a second window. In the new window, navigate to the folder where you want to move or copy the file.

Click and drag the file from one window to another. This will move it if the destination is on the same device, or copy it if the destination is on a different device.

For example, if you drag a file from a USB memory stick to your Home folder, it will be copied because you're dragging from one device to another.

You can force the file to be copied by holding down the Ctrl key while dragging, or force it to be moved by holding down the Shift key while dragging.

You can't copy or move a file into a folder that is read-only. Some folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their contents. You can change things from being read-only by changing file permissions .

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/accounts-disable-service.page0000644000373100047300000000400712320733550027450 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Some online accounts allow you to use multiple services (like calendar and email). You can control which of these services can be used by local applications. Disable account services

Some types of online accounts allow access to several services from a single user account. For example, Google accounts provide access to email, calendar, code, contacts, among others. You can choose Google for email and Yahoo! for chat, or any combination the service provider allows.

To disable services:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Select Online Accounts.

Select the account you want to change from left windowpane.

Services available for this account are listed in the right windowpane.

Switch off the services you do not want used.

Once a service has been disabled, local applications no longer have access to it. To regain access, go back into Online Accounts and switch it on.

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/documents-collections.page0000644000373100047300000000413712320733550027113 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Group related documents in a collection. Make collections of documents

Documents lets you put together documents of different types in one place called a collection. If you have documents that are related, you can group them to make them easier to find. For example, if you had a business trip where you made a presentation, your slides, your flight itinerary (a PDF file), your budget spreadsheet, and other hybrid PDF/ODF documents, can be grouped in one collection.

To create or add to a collection:

Click the ✓ button.

In selection mode, check the documents to be collected.

Click the + button in the button bar.

In the collection list, click Add and type a new collection name, or select an existing collection. The selected documents will be added to the collection.

Collections do not behave like folders and their hierarchy: you cannot put collections inside collections.

To delete a collection:

Click the ✓ button.

In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted.

Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, leaving the original documents.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/user-goodpassword.page0000644000373100047300000001040112320733550026254 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use longer, more complicated passwords. Choose a secure password

Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for others (including computer programs) to guess.

Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your personal information.

People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your password, so even one that would be difficult for a human to guess might be extremely easy for a computer program to crack. Here are some tips for choosing a good password:

Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols, and spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess. There are more symbols to choose from, so more possible passwords would have to be checked by someone when trying to guess yours.

A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a movie, a book, a song, or an album. For example, "Flatland: A Romance of Many Dimensions" would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd.

Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it.

Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is "password" -- people can guess passwords like this very quickly!

Do not use any personal information, such as a date, license plate number, or any family member's name.

Do not use any nouns.

Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to reduce the chance of someone being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be watching you.

Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be found!

Use different passwords for different things.

Use different passwords for different accounts.

If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it will be able to access all of your accounts immediately.

It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords. Though not as secure as using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to use the same one for things that don't matter (like websites), and different ones for important things (like your online banking account and your email).

Change your passwords regularly.

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/media.page0000644000373100047300000000306112320733550023650 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Digital cameras, iPods, playing videos… Sound, video & pictures
Sound Sound Sound Volume, speakers and headphones, microphones… Basic sound
Music and players Music and portable audio players
Photos Photos and digital cameras
Videos Videos and video cameras
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/a11y-braille.page0000644000373100047300000000203012320733550024747 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Use the Orca screen reader with a refreshable Braille display. Read screen in Braille

GNOME provides the Orca screen reader to display the user interface on a refreshable Braille display. Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. Install Orca, then refer to the Orca Help for more information.

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-connect-device.page0000644000373100047300000000745212320733550027472 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Pair Bluetooth devices. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Connect your computer to a Bluetooth device

Before you can use a Bluetooth device like a mouse or a headset, you first need to connect your computer to the device. This is also called pairing the Bluetooth devices.

Before you begin, make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your computer. See .

Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select Set Up New Device.

Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select Set up a New Device.

Make the other Bluetooth device discoverable or visible and place it within 10 meters (about 33 feet) of your computer. Click Continue. Your computer will begin searching for devices.

If there are too many devices listed, use the Device type drop-down to display only a single type of device in the list.

Click PIN options to set how a PIN will be delivered to the other device.

The automatic PIN setting will use a six-digit numerical code. A device with no input keys or screen, such as a mouse or headset, may require a specific PIN such as 0000, or no PIN at all. Check your device's manual for the proper setting.

Choose an appropriate PIN setting for your device, then click Close.

Click Continue to proceed. If you did not choose a preset PIN, the PIN will be displayed on the screen.

If required, confirm the PIN on your other device. The device should show you the PIN you see on your computer screen, or may prompt you to enter the PIN. Confirm the PIN on the device, then click Matches.

You need to finish your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or the connection will not be completed. If that happens, return to the device list and start again.

A message appears when the connection successfully completes. Click Close.

You can remove a Bluetooth connection later if desired.

To control access to your shared files, refer to the Bluetooth Sharing settings. See .

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/user-admin-change.page0000644000373100047300000000406612320733550026066 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can change which users are allowed to make changes to the system by giving them administrative privileges. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Change who has administrative privileges

Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to important parts of the system. You can change which users have admin privileges and which ones don't. They are a good way of keeping your system secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized changes.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

Click Unlock and enter your password to unlock the account settings. (To give a user admin privileges, you must have admin privileges yourself.)

Select the user whose privileges you want to change.

Click the label Standard next to Account type and select Administrator.

Close the User Accounts window. The user's privileges will be changed when they next log in.

The first user account on the system has admin privileges. This is the user account that was created when you first installed the system.

It is unwise to have too many users with Administrator privileges on one system.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page0000644000373100047300000000530212320733550030361 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might be disabled or blocked. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com I can't connect my Bluetooth device

There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a Bluetooth device, such as a phone or headset.

Connection blocked or untrusted

Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to change a setting to allow connections to be made. Make sure that your device is set up to allow connections.

 Bluetooth hardware not recognized

Your Bluetooth adapter/dongle may not have been recognized by the computer. This could be because drivers for the adapter aren't installed. Some Bluetooth adapters aren't supported on Linux, so you may not be able to get the right drivers for them. In this case, you will probably have to get a different Bluetooth adapter.

 Adapter not switched on

Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and check that it's not disabled.

Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and check that it's not disabled.

 Device Bluetooth connection switched off

Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you're trying to connect to. For example, if you're trying to connect to a phone, make sure that it's not in airplane mode.

 No Bluetooth adapter in your computer

Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you want to use Bluetooth.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-disconnecting.page0000644000373100047300000000657712320733550030056 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect properly. Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?

You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network icon on the menu bar will pulse if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be annoying, especially if you were using the internet at the time.

Weak wireless signal

A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too far away from the wireless base station you may not be able to get a strong enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you and the base station can also weaken the signal.

The network icon on the menu bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station.

Network connection not being established properly

Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected soon after. This normally happens because your computer was only partially successful in connecting to the network - it managed to establish a connection, but was unable to finalize the connection for some reason and so was disconnected.

A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because the network requires a username to log in, for example).

Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers

Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into minor problems and may drop connections. This is annoying, but it happens quite regularly with many devices. If you are disconnected from wireless connections from time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens very regularly, you may want to consider getting some different hardware.

Busy wireless networks

Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to handle all of the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/power-willnotturnon.page0000644000373100047300000000534312320733550026666 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org My computer will not turn on

There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons.

Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable

Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and the power outlets are switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in and switched on too. If you have a laptop, connect the charging cable (in case it has run out of battery). You may also want to check that the battery is correctly fitted in place (check the underside of the laptop) if it's removable.

Problem with the computer hardware

A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the case, you will need to get your computer repaired. Common faults include a broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components (such as the memory/RAM) and a faulty motherboard.

The computer beeps and then switches off

If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off (or fails to start), it may be indicating that it has detected a problem. These beeps are sometimes referred to as beep codes, and the pattern of beeps is intended to tell you what the problem with the computer is. Different manufacturers use different beep codes, so you will have to consult the manual for your computer's motherboard, or take your computer in for repairs.

The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen

The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on.

This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in for repairs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/color-assignprofiles.page0000644000373100047300000000420212320733550026733 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Look in System SettingsColor for the option to change this. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com How do I assign profiles to devices?

Open System SettingsColor, and click the device that you wish to add a profile to.

Open System SettingsColor, and click the device that you wish to add a profile to.

By clicking Add profile you can select an existing profile or import a new file.

Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile can be the default profile. The default profile is used when there is no extra information to allow the profile to be chosen automatically. An example of this automatic selection would be if one profile was created for glossy paper and another plain paper.

You can make a profile default by changing it with the radio button.

If calibration hardware is connected the Calibrate… button will create a new profile.

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/sound-usespeakers.page0000644000373100047300000000502412320733550026252 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device. Use different speakers or headphones

You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers usually either connect using a circular TRS (tip, ring, sleeve) plug or with USB.

If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of headphones next to the socket. Speakers or headphones plugged into a TRS socket will usually be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting the default device.

Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are unsure which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in the sound settings. Click the sound menu on the menu bar then click Sound Settings. Select your speakers in the list of devices, then click Test Sound. In the pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. Each button will speak its position only to the channel corresponding to that speaker.

If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify which speakers to use by default.

Select a default audio input device

Click the sound menu on the menu bar and select Sound Settings.

On the Output tab, select the device in the list of devices.

If you don't see your device on the Output tab, check the Hardware tab. Select your device and try different profiles.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/sound-volume.page0000644000373100047300000000462212320733550025232 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each application. Change the sound volume

To change the sound volume, click the sound menu on the menu bar and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely turn off sound by checking Mute.

Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look like stylized speakers with waves coming out of them. They are often near the "F" keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the "F" keys. Hold down the Fn key on your keyboard to use them.

Of course, if you have external speakers, you can also change the volume using the volume control on the speakers themselves. Some headphones have a volume control too.

Changing the sound volume for individual applications

You can change the volume for one application, but leave the volume for others unchanged. This is useful if you're listening to music and browsing the web, for example. You might want to turn off the volume in the web browser so sounds from websites don't interrupt the music.

Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your application has one of these, use that to change the volume. Otherwise, click the sound menu on the menu bar and click Sound Settings. Go to the Applications tab and change the volume of the application there.

Only applications that are playing sounds will be listed. If an application is playing sounds but isn't listed, it might not support the feature that lets you control its volume in this way. In that case, you can't change its volume.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-apps.page0000644000373100047300000000360212320733550025620 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Run, install, or uninstall apps. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Applications lens

The applications lens is the first lens after the Dash home in the lens bar. The applications lens gives you access to your apps or apps available for install.

You can use SuperA to open the Dash directly at the applications lens.

Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview shows a short description of the app, a screenshot, its Software Center rating, and what version is available.

For installed apps, you can see when the app was installed and either launch the app or uninstall it. Certain essential apps cannot be uninstalled from the preview.

For apps that haven't been installed, you can install them right from the preview.

Filters

Click Filter results if you'd like to only see results for a certain type of application. You can also click SourcesLocal Apps to only view installed apps or SourcesSoftware Center to only show apps available for install.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page0000644000373100047300000000415312320733550030256 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Open the workspace switcher and drag the window to a different workspace. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Move a window to a different workspace

Using the mouse:

Open the Launcher and click the workspace switcher button near the bottom.

Drag the window to the workspace you choose.

Using the keyboard:

Select the window you want to move.

Press CtrlAltShift→ to move the window to a workspace which is to the right of the current workspace on the workspace switcher.

Press CtrlAltShift← to move the window to a workspace which is to the left of the current workspace on the workspace switcher.

Press CtrlAltShift↓ to move the window to a workspace which is below the current workspace on the workspace switcher.

Press CtrlAltShift↑ to move the window to a workspace which is above the current workspace on the workspace switcher.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/net-chat-empathy.page0000644000373100047300000000312712320733551025745 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com With Empathy you can chat, call and video call with friends and colleagues on a variety of networks Instant messaging on Ubuntu

With the Empathy application, you can chat with people online and with friends and colleagues who use Google Talk, AIM, Windows Live and many other chat programs. With a microphone or a webcam you can also have audio or video calls.

Empathy is installed by default in Ubuntu. Start Empathy Instant Messaging from the Dash, the Launcher or choose Chat from the Messaging menu.

You can change your instant messaging status (Available, Away, Busy, etc.) from the Messaging menu.

For help with using Empathy, read the Empathy manual.

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page0000644000373100047300000000424212320733551027351 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Edit folder bookmarks

Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager.

Add a bookmark:

Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark.

Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick Bookmark this Location.

 Delete a bookmark:

Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from the app menu.

In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete and click the - button.

 Rename a bookmark:

Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from the app menu.

In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename.

In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark.

Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same name, the bookmarks will have the same name, and you won't be able to tell them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other than the name of the folder it points to.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/disk.page0000644000373100047300000000141012320733551023520 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Disk space, performance, problems, volumes and partitions… Disks & storage usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/keyboard.page0000644000373100047300000000231212320733551024370 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Input sources, cursor blinking, super key, keyboard accessibility… Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Keyboard Region & Language Universal access Other topics usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/mouse-sensitivity.page0000644000373100047300000000442012320733551026312 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Adjust speed of the mouse and touchpad

If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your touchpad, you can adjust the pointer speed for these devices.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is comfortable for you.

You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the most comfortable for another. Just set the sliders on both the Mouse and Touchpad sections.

The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-shapes.page0000644000373100047300000000400512320733551027021 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com The triangles show you your currently running apps. What do the different shapes and colors in Launcher icons mean?

When you start an app, the Launcher icon pulses to let you know that Ubuntu is starting your app. This is useful because while some apps start immediately, others may take a minute to load.

Once the app has finished starting, a small white triangle will show to the left of the Launcher square. Two triangles means that you have two windows of the same app open. If you have three or more windows of the same app open, three triangles will show.

Apps that aren't currently running have translucent Launcher icon squares. When an app is running, the Launcher icon square is full of color.
Notifications

If an app wants your attention to notify you of something (like a finished download), the Launcher icon will wiggle and glow and the white triangle will become blue. Click the Launcher icon to dismiss the notification.

Apps can also show a number on their Launcher icon. Messaging apps use the number to tell you how many unread messages you have. Software Updater uses it to tell you how many updates are available.

Finally, apps can use a progress bar to let you know how long a process is taking without you needing to keep the app window in view.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/addremove-install.page0000644000373100047300000000525512320733551026213 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Use the Ubuntu Software Center to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful. Install additional software

The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you.

To install additional software, complete the following steps:

Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired connection.

Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, or search for Software Center in the Dash.

When the Software Center launches, search for an application, or select a category and find an application from the list.

Select the application that you are interested in and click Install.

You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the installation will begin.

The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection.

A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in Launcher.

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/sharing.page0000644000373100047300000000141512320733551024226 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Desktop sharing, Share files… Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Sharing usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/net-mobile.page0000644000373100047300000000551612320733551024634 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Connect to the internet using mobile broadband Connect to mobile broadband

Mobile Broadband refers to any kind of high speed Internet connection which is provided by an external device such as a 3G USB stick or mobile phone with built-in HSPA/UMTS/GPRS data connection. Some laptops have recently been produced with mobile broadband devices already inside them.

Most mobile broadband devices should be recognized automatically when you connect them to your computer. Ubuntu will prompt you to configure the device.

The New Mobile Broadband Connection wizard will open automatically when you connect the device.

Click Forward and enter your details, including the country where your Mobile Broadband device was issued, the network provider and type of connection (for example, Contract or pre-pay).

Give your connection a name and click Apply.

Your connection is now ready to use. To connect, click the network menu in the menu bar and select your new connection.

To disconnect, click the network menu in the menu bar and click Disconnect.

If you are not prompted to configure the device when you connect it, it may still be recognized by Ubuntu. In such cases you can add the connection manually.

Click the network menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections...

Switch to the Mobile Broadband tab.

Click Add.

This should open the New Mobile Broadband Connection wizard. Enter your details as described above.

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/contacts-add-remove.page0000644000373100047300000000345012320733551026433 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Lucie Hankey ldhankey@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Add or remove a contact in the local address book. Add or remove a contact

To add a contact:

Press New.

In the New contact window, enter the contact name and the desired information. Click on the menu next to each field to choose Work, Home or Other.

Press Create Contact.

To remove a contact:

Select the contact from your contact list.

Press Edit in the top-right corner of Contacts.

Press Remove Contact.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/mouse-touchpad-click.page0000644000373100047300000001010612320733551026610 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Click, drag, or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Click, drag, or scroll with the touchpad

You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click.

The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad.

To click, tap on the touchpad.

To double-click, tap twice.

To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop.

If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-click. See for a method of right-clicking without a second mouse button.

If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once.

When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may think they're a single finger.
Two finger scroll

You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll.

When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will scroll instead. If you also select Enable horizontal scrolling, you can move your fingers left and right to scroll horizontally. Be careful to space your fingers a bit apart. If your fingers are too close together, they just look like one big finger to your touchpad.

Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads.
Content sticks to fingers

You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the touchpad.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to fingers.

This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse Scrolling.
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/shell-windows-maximize.page0000644000373100047300000000342512320733551027216 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Double-click or drag a titlebar to maximize or restore a window. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Maximize and unmaximize a window

You can maximize a window to take up all of the space on your desktop and unmaximize a window to restore it to its normal size. You can also maximize windows vertically along the left and right sides of the screen, so you can look at two windows at once. See for details.

To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the screen, or double-click the titlebar. To maximize a window using the keyboard, hold down Ctrl and Super and press ↑.

To restore a window to its unmaximized size, drag it away from the edges of the screen. If the window is fully maximized, you can double-click the titlebar to restore it. You can also use the keyboard shortcut Ctrl Super ↓.

Hold down the Alt key and drag anywhere in a window to move it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/printing.page0000644000373100047300000000260512320733551024427 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Local setup, order and collate, two-sided and multi-page… Printing
Setup Set up a printer
Sizes and layouts Different paper sizes and layouts
Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong… Printer problems
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/a11y-bouncekeys.page0000644000373100047300000000404712320733551025517 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ignore quickly-repeated key presses of the same key. Turn on bounce keys

Turn on bounce keys to ignore key presses that are rapidly repeated. For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a key multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on bounce keys.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab.

Switch Bounce Keys on.

Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for the first time. Select Beep when a key is rejected if you want the computer to make a sound each time it ignores a key press because it happened too soon after the previous key press.

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/nautilus-preview.page0000644000373100047300000000467612320733551026132 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control when thumbnails are used for files. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com File manager preview preferences

The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image, video, and text files. Thumbnail previews can be slow for large files or over networks, so you can control when previews are made. Click Files in the menu bar, pick Preferences and select the Preview tab.

<gui>Files</gui>

By default, all previews are done for Local Files Only, those on your computer or connected external drives. You can set this feature to Always or Never. The file manager can browse files on other computers over a local area network or the internet. If you often browse files over a local area network, and the network has high bandwidth, you may want to set the preview option to Always.

In addition, you can use the Only for files smaller than setting to limit the size of files previewed.

 <gui>Folders</gui>

If you show file sizes in list view columns or icon captions, folders will be shown with a count of how many files and folders they contain. Counting items in a folder can be slow, especially for very large folders, or over a network. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it on only for files on your computer and local external drives.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/printing-envelopes.page0000644000373100047300000000427212320733551026427 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make sure that you have the envelope/label the right way up, and have chosen the correct paper size. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Print envelopes and labels

Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope or sheet of labels. This is especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for example.

Printing onto envelopes

There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an envelope. The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. After you click Print and the Print window appears, go to the Page Setup tab and choose the Paper type as "Envelope" if you can. If you can't do this, see if you can change the Paper size to an envelope size (e.g. "C5"). The pack of envelopes will say what size they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes.

Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right side up in the printer's in-tray. Check the printer's manual for this, or try to print a single envelope and check which side is printed on to see which way is the right way up.

Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially some laser printers. Check your printer's manual to see if it accepts envelopes; otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelope in.
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page0000644000373100047300000000263312320733551030570 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Show the Launcher only when you need it. Auto-hide the Launcher

You can hide the Launcher if you only want to see it when you move your mouse or touchpad pointer to the left side of the screen.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Appearance.

Switch to the Behavior tab.

Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on.

To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make the Launcher show. You can adjust the force needed by setting the Reveal sensitivity lower or higher.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/net-manual.page0000644000373100047300000000456312320733551024643 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com If network settings don't get assigned automatically, you may have to enter them yourself. Manually set network settings

If your network doesn't automatically assign network settings to your computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic assumes that you already know the correct settings to use. If not, you may need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings of your router or network switch.

To manually set your network settings:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and click Edit Connections.

Select the network connection that you want to set up manually. For example, if you plug in to the network with a cable, look at the Wired tab.

Click the connection you want to edit to select it, then click Edit.

Go to the IPv4 Settings tab and change the Method to Manual.

Click Add and type the IP address, network mask and default gateway IP address into the corresponding columns of the Addresses list. Press Enter or Tab after typing each address.

These three addresses must be IP addresses; that is, they must be four numbers separated by periods (e.g., 123.45.6.78).

Type the IP addresses of the DNS servers you want to use, separated by commas.

Click Save. If you are not connected to the network, click the network icon on the menu bar and connect. Test the network settings by trying to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for example.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-music.page0000644000373100047300000000264512320733551026004 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Find and play music from your computer or the internet. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Music lens

The music lens is the fourth lens after the Dash home in the lens bar and is represented by a music note. The music lens gives you access to your music or music available online.

You can use SuperM to open the Dash directly at the music lens.

Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview shows the cover art and the tracks.

Click the track number to play the song right from the preview. Click the track number again to pause the song.

Filters

Click Filter results to filter by decade or genre.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/unity-introduction.page0000644000373100047300000000520712320733551026465 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A visual introduction to the Unity desktop. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Welcome to Ubuntu

Ubuntu features Unity, a reimagined way to use your computer. Unity is designed to minimize distractions, give you more room to work, and help you get things done.

This guide is designed to answer your questions about using Unity and your Ubuntu desktop. First we will take a moment to look at some of Unity's key features, and how you can use them.

Getting started with Unity

The Unity desktop
The Launcher

The Launcher

The Launcher appears automatically when you log in to your desktop, and gives you quick access to the applications you use most often.

Learn more about the Launcher.
The Dash

The Ubuntu Button sits near the top left corner of the screen and is always the top item in the Launcher. If you click the Ubuntu Button, Unity will present you with an additional feature of the desktop, the Dash.

The Unity Dash

The Dash is designed to make it easier to find, open, and use apps, files, music, and more. For example, if you type the word "document" into the Search Bar, the Dash will show you applications that help you write and edit documents. It will also show you relevant folders and documents that you have been working on recently.

Learn more about the Dash.
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page0000644000373100047300000001523512320733551033314 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Even though your wireless adapter is connected, it may not have been recognized properly by the computer. Wireless connection troubleshooter Check that the wireless adapter was recognized

Even though the wireless adapter is connected to the computer, it may not have been recognized as a network device by the computer. In this step, you will check whether the device was recognized properly.

Open a Terminal window, type sudo lshw -C network and press Enter. If this gives an error message, you can install the lshw program on your computer by typing sudo apt-get install lshw into the terminal.

Look through the information that appeared and find the Wireless interface section. If your wireless adapter was detected properly, you should see something similar (but not identical) to this:

If a wireless device is listed, continue on to the Device Drivers step.

If a wireless device is not listed, the next steps you take will depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to the section below that is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that your computer has (internal PCI, USB, or PCMCIA).
PCI (internal) wireless adapter

Internal PCI adapters are the most common, and are found in most laptops made within the past few years. To check if your PCI wireless adapter was recognized:

Open a Terminal, type lspci and press Enter.

Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that are marked Network controller or Ethernet controller. Several devices may be marked in this way; the one corresponding to your wireless adapter might include words like wireless, WLAN, wifi or 802.11. Here is an example of what the entry might look like:

Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection

If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the Device Drivers step. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see the instructions below.
USB wireless adapter

Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less common. They can plug directly into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB cable. 3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless (wifi) adapters, so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that it is not actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was recognized:

Open a Terminal, type lsusb and press Enter.

Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that seem to refer to a wireless or network device. The one corresponding to your wireless adapter might include words like wireless, WLAN, wifi or 802.11. Here is an example of what the entry might look like:

If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the Device Drivers step. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see the instructions below.
Checking for a PCMCIA device

PCMCIA wireless adapters are typically rectangular cards which slot into the side of your laptop. They are more commonly found in older computers. To check if your PCMCIA adapter was recognized:

Start your computer without the wireless adapter plugged in.

Open a Terminal and type the following, then press Enter:

tail -f /var/log/dmesg

This will display a list of messages related to your computer's hardware, and will automatically update if anything to do with your hardware changes.

Insert your wireless adapter into the PCMCIA slot and see what changes in the Terminal window. The changes should include some information about your wireless adapter. Look through them and see if you can identify it.

To stop the command from running in the Terminal, press CtrlC. After you have done that, you can close the Terminal if you like.

If you found any information about your wireless adapter, proceed to the Device Drivers step. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see the instructions below.
Wireless adapter was not recognized

If your wireless adapter was not recognized, it might not be working properly or the correct drivers may not be installed for it.

To get specific help, look at the support options on your distribution's website. These might include mailing lists and web chats where you can ask about your wireless adapter, for example.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/accounts-add.page0000644000373100047300000000555312320733551025147 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Connect to online accounts Add an account

Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set up for you.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Select Online Accounts.

Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane.

If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process afterwards.

A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your Google username, password and sign in.

If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password.

Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want the calendar, turn the calendar option off.

After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will automatically use those credentials when you log into your account.

For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, remove it.

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/backup-check.page0000644000373100047300000000330112320733551025107 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Verify your backup was successful. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Check your backup

After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup was successful. If it didn't work properly, you could lose important data since some files could be missing from the backup.

When you use the file manager to copy or move files, the computer checks to make sure that all of the data transferred correctly. However, if you are transferring data that is very important to you, you may want to perform additional checks to confirm that your data has been transferred properly.

You can do an extra check by looking through the copied files and folders on the destination media. By checking to make sure that the files and folders you transferred are actually there in the backup, you can have extra confidence that the process was successful.

If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may find it easier to use a dedicated backup program, such as Déjà Dup. Such a program is more powerful and more reliable than just copying and pasting files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/session-screenlocks.page0000644000373100047300000000335412320733551026573 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the Brightness & Lock settings. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com The screen locks itself too quickly

If you leave your computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This is done for security reasons (so no one can mess with your work if you leave the computer unattended), but it can be annoying if the screen locks itself too quickly.

To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click Brightness & Lock.

Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list.

If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch Lock off.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/contacts.page0000644000373100047300000000127712320733551024417 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Access your contacts. Contacts

Use Contacts to store, access or edit information for your contacts, locally or in your Online Accounts.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/contacts-search.page0000644000373100047300000000346412320733551025662 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Search for a contact. Search for a contact

You can search for an online contact in one of two ways:

In the Activities overview, start typing the name of the contact.

Matching contacts will appear in the overview instead of the usual list of applications.

Press Enter to select the contact at the top of the list or click the contact that you want to select if they are not at the top.

To search from inside Contacts:

Click inside the search field.

Start typing the name of the contact.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page0000644000373100047300000001235212320733551027536 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Get around the desktop using the keyboard. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Useful keyboard shortcuts

This page provides an overview of keyboard shortcuts that can help you use your desktop and applications more efficiently. If you cannot use a mouse or pointing device at all, see for more information on navigating user interfaces with only the keyboard.

Getting around the desktop

AltF4

Close the current window.

AltF2

Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)

AltTab

Quickly switch between windows. Hold down Shift for reverse order.

Alt`

Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected application after AltTab.

This shortcut uses ` on US keyboards, where the ` key is above Tab. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is Alt plus whatever key is above Tab.

SuperS

Activate the workspace switcher. Zoom out on all workspaces.

SuperW

Activate "Expo" mode. Show all windows from current workspace.

CtrlAltArrow keys

Switch between workspaces.

CtrlAltShiftArrow keys

Move the current window to a different workspace.

CtrlAltDelete

Log out.

CtrlSuperD

Hide all windows and show the desktop. Press the keys again to restore your windows.

CtrlAltL

Lock the screen.
Common editing shortcuts

CtrlA

Select all text or items in a list.

CtrlX

Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard.

CtrlC

Copy selected text or items to the clipboard.

CtrlV

Paste the contents of the clipboard.

CtrlZ

Undo the last action.
Capturing from the screen

Print Screen

Take a screenshot.

AltPrint Screen

Take a screenshot of a window.

ShiftPrint Screen

Take a screenshot of an area of the screen. The pointer changes to a crosshair. Click and drag to select an area.
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-remove-connection.page0000644000373100047300000000346012320733551030232 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Remove a connection between Bluetooth devices

If you don't want to be connected to a Bluetooth device anymore, you can remove the connection. This is useful if you no longer want to use a device like a mouse or headset, or if you no longer wish to transfer files to or from a device.

Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select Bluetooth Settings.

Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select Bluetooth Settings.

Select the device you want to disconnect in the left pane, then click the - icon underneath the list.

Click Remove in the confirmation window.

You can reconnect a Bluetooth device later if desired.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/shell-guest-session.page0000644000373100047300000000514412320733551026513 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Let a friend or colleague borrow your computer in a secure manner. Gunnar Hjalmarsson gunnarhj@ubuntu.com Launch a restricted guest session
Temporary session with restricted privileges

Once in a while a friend, family member, or colleague may want to borrow your computer. The Ubuntu Guest Session feature provides a convenient way, with a high level of security, to lend your computer to someone else. A guest session can be launched either from the login screen or from within a regular session. If you are currently logged in, click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select Guest Session. This will lock the screen for your own session and start the guest session.

A guest cannot view the home folders of other users, and by default any saved data or changed settings will be removed/reset at logout. It means that each session starts with a fresh environment, unaffected by what previous guests did.

Customization

The Customize Guest Session online tutorial explains how to customize the appearance and behavior.

Disabling the feature

If you prefer to not allow guest access to your computer, you can disable the Guest Session feature. To do so, press CtrlAltT to open a terminal window, and then run this command (it's one long command, even if it may be shown wrapped on the screen - copy and paste to get it right):

sudo sh -c 'printf "[SeatDefaults]\nallow-guest=false\n" >/usr/share/lightdm/lightdm.conf.d/50-no-guest.conf'

The command creates a small configuration file. To re-enable Guest Session, simply remove that file:

sudo rm /usr/share/lightdm/lightdm.conf.d/50-no-guest.conf

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/files-share.page0000644000373100047300000000532412320733551025000 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Transfer files to your email contacts from the file manager. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Share and transfer files

You can share files with your contacts or transfer them to external devices or network shares directly from the file manager.

Open the file manager.

Locate the file you want to transfer.

Right-click the file and select Send To.

The Send To window will appear. Choose where you want to send the file and click Send. See the list of destinations below for more information.

You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down Ctrl, then right-click any selected file. You can have the files automatically compressed into a zip or tar archive.

 Destinations

To email the file, select Email and enter the recipient's email address.

To send the file to an instant messaging contact, select Instant Message, then select contact from the drop-down list. Your instant messaging application may need to be started for this to work.

To write the file to a CD or DVD, select CD/DVD Creator. See to learn more.

To transfer the file to a Bluetooth device, select Bluetooth (OBEX Push) and select the device to send the file to. You will only see devices you have already paired with. See for more information.

To copy a file to an external device like a USB flash drive, or to upload it to a server you've connected to, select Removable disks and shares, then select the device or server you want to copy the file to.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-video.page0000644000373100047300000000252612320733551025770 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Find and play videos from your computer or the internet. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Video lens

The video lens is the third lens after the Dash home on the lens bar and is represented by a film strip. The video lens gives you access to your videos or videos available online.

You can even buy or rent videos from the Dash.

You can use SuperV to open the Dash directly at the video lens.

Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview with more information about the video.

Filters

Click Filter results to filter by video source.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/documents-tracker.page0000644000373100047300000000217212320733551026226 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Local or remote documents do not appear. My documents cannot be seen

If your documents fail to display in Documents, Tracker may not be running or properly configured. Make sure Tracker is running in your session. The default configuration, set to index files in your home directory (non-recursively) and XDG folders (recursively), should be adequate. Ensure that your documents are in one of these paths.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/wacom-multi-monitor.page0000644000373100047300000000252412320733551026520 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Map the Wacom tablet to a specific monitor. Choose a monitor

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Wacom Graphics Tablet.

If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet.

Click Map to Monitor…

Check Map to single monitor.

Next to Output, select the monitor you wish to receive input from your graphics tablet.

Only the monitors that are configured will be selectable.

Click Close.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/display-dimscreen.page0000644000373100047300000000520612320733551026211 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Dim the screen to save power or increase the brightness to make it more readable in bright light. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Set screen brightness

You can change the brightness of your screen to save power or to make the screen more readable in bright light. You can also have the screen dim automatically when on battery power and have it turn off automatically when not in use.

Set the brightness

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Select Brightness & Lock.

Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value.

Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at the top. Hold down the Fn key to use these keys.

Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your screen can take a lot of power and significantly reduce how long your battery will last before it needs to be recharged.

The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. You can adjust how long you have to be inactive with the Turn screen off when inactive for option.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/net-vpn-connect.page0000644000373100047300000000651012320733551025612 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org VPNs allow you to connect to a local network over the internet. Learn how to set up a VPN connection. Connect to a VPN

A VPN (or Virtual Private Network) is a way of connecting to a local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the local network at your workplace while you're on a business trip. You would find an internet connection somewhere (like at a hotel) and then connect to your workplace's VPN. It would be as if you were directly connected to the network at work, but the actual network connection would be through the hotel's internet connection. VPN connections are usually encrypted to prevent people from accessing the local network you're connecting to without logging in.

There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which VPN client you need to use. Then, open Ubuntu Software Center and search for the network-manager package which works with your VPN (if there is one) and install it. You will need to click the Show technical items link at the bottom of Ubuntu Software Center.

If there isn't a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will probably have to download and install some client software from the company that provides the VPN software. You'll probably have to follow some different instructions to get that working.

Once that's done, you can set up the VPN connection:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and, under VPN Connections, select Configure VPN.

Click Add and choose which kind of VPN connection you have.

Click Create and follow the instructions on the screen, entering details like your username and password as you go.

When you've finished setting-up the VPN, click the network menu on the menu bar, go to VPN Connections and click on the connection you just created. It will try to establish a VPN connection - the network icon will change as it tries to connect.

Hopefully, you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this by clicking the network menu, selecting Edit Connections and going to the VPN tab.

To disconnect from the VPN, click the network menu and select Disconnect under the name of your VPN connection.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/mouse-doubleclick.page0000644000373100047300000000430612320733551026203 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to double-click. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Adjust the double-click speed

Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you'll just get two separate clicks, not a double click. If you have difficulty pressing the mouse button quickly, you should increase the timeout.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a value you find comfortable.

Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight the inside circle.

If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works properly. Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see if it still has the same problem.

This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other pointing device.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/screen-shot-record.page0000644000373100047300000000374712320733551026313 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Take a picture of what's happening on your screen. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Screenshots

You can take a picture of your screen (a screenshot). This is useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the computer, for example. Screenshots are just normal picture files, so you can email them and share them on the web.

Take a screenshot

To take a picture of what's on your screen:

Go to the Dash and open the Screenshot tool.

In the Take Screenshot window, select whether to grab the entire desktop, a single window, or an area of the screen. Set a delay if you need to select a window or otherwise set up your desktop for the screenshot. Then choose any effects you want.

Click Take Screenshot.

If you selected Select area to grab, the pointer changes into a crosshair. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot.

In the Save Screenshot window, enter a file name and choose a folder, then click Save.
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/prefs-display.page0000644000373100047300000000127112320733552025356 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Background, size and rotation, brightness… Display & screen usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page0000644000373100047300000000432412320733552030444 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Identify and fix problems with wireless connections Wireless network troubleshooter

This is a step-by step troubleshooting guide to help you identify and fix wireless problems. If you cannot connect to a wireless network for some reason, try following the instructions here.

We will proceed through the following steps to get your computer connected to the internet:

Performing an initial check

Gathering information about your hardware

Checking your hardware

Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router

Performing a check of your modem and router

To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you through each step in the guide.

Using the command line

Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in the Dash.

If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are case-sensitive (so you must type them exactly as they appear here), and to press Enter after typing each command to run it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/user-add.page0000644000373100047300000000655212320733552024307 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Add a new user account

You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home folder, documents, and settings.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

You need administrator privileges to add user accounts. Click Unlock in the top right corner and type your password.

In the list of accounts on the left, click the + button to add a new user account.

If you want the new user to have administrative access to the computer, select Administrator for the account type. Administrators can do things like add and delete users, install software and drivers, and change the date and time.

Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can change it if you like.

Click Create.

The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the user's password. Under Login Options click Account disabled next to Password. Select Set a password now from the Action drop-down list, and have the user type their password in the New password and Confirm password fields. See .

You can also click the button next to the New password field to select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so be careful.

Click Change.

In the User Accounts window you can click the image next to the user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image will be shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/unity-shopping.page0000644000373100047300000000366712320733552025604 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Online results make the Dash more useful and help fund Ubuntu development. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Why are there shopping links in the Dash?

In addition to helping you find apps or files on your computer, the Dash also shows you related online results for your searches. Online sources include Amazon.com and dozens of other online sources.

When you purchase music or products from these sources, Canonical receives a small portion of the profits in exchange for directing more business to these stores. Canonical, the company that created and continues to support the Ubuntu project, then uses this money to make Ubuntu better.

Turn off online search results

If you don't want to receive online search suggestions, you can disable this feature.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab.

Switch off Include online search results.

Log out and log back in for the change to take effect.
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page0000644000373100047300000000506112320733552033167 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org You may need details such as the model number of your wireless adapter in subsequent troubleshooting steps. Wireless network troubleshooter Gather information about your network hardware

In this step, you will collect information about your wireless network device. The way you fix many wireless problems depends on the make and model number of the wireless adapter, so you will need to make a note of these details. It can also be helpful to have some of the items that came with your computer too, like device driver installation discs. Look for the following items, if you still have them:

The packaging and instructions for your wireless devices (especially the user guide for your router)

The disc containing drivers for your wireless adapter (even if it only contains Windows drivers)

The manufacturers and model numbers of your computer, wireless adapter and router. This information can usually be found on the underside/reverse of the device.

Any version/revision numbers that may be printed on your wireless network devices or their packaging. These can be especially helpful, so look carefully.

Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself, its "firmware" version, or the components (chipset) it uses.

If possible, try to get access to an alternative working internet connection so that you can download software and drivers if necessary. (Plugging your computer directly into the router with an Ethernet network cable is one way of providing this, but only plug it in when you need to.)

Once you have as many of these items as possible, click Next.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/files.page0000644000373100047300000000346312320733552023703 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Files Searching, delete files, backups, removable drives, documents… Files, folders & search

Nautilus file manager

 Common tasks More topics
Removable drives and external disks
Backing up
Documents
Tips and questions
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/disk-check.page0000644000373100047300000000601112320733552024576 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it's healthy. Check your hard disk for problems
Checking the hard disk

Hard disks have a built-in health-check tool called SMART (Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology), which continually checks the disk for potential problems. SMART also warns you if the disk is about to fail, helping you avoid loss of important data.

Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk's health by running the Disks application:

Check your disk's health using the Disks application

Open the Disks application from the Dash.

Open the Disks application from the Activities overview.

Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive.

SMART Status should say "Disk is healthy".

Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to run a self-test.
What if the disk isn't healthy?

Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be prepared with a backup to prevent data loss.

If the status says "Pre-fail", the disk is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse.

If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a professional for further diagnosis or repair.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/get-involved.page0000644000373100047300000000252112320733552025176 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How and where to report problems with these help topics. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Participate to improve this guide

This help system is created by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate. If you notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, incorrect instructions or topics that should be covered but aren't), you can file a bug report.

To file a bug, press AltF2 and type ubuntu-bug ubuntu-docs. Press Enter to begin the bug collection process.

See the Ubuntu bug reporting instructions for more information about how to file your bug.

Thanks for helping make the Ubuntu Help better!

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/contacts-connect.page0000644000373100047300000000251412320733552026042 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2013 Email, chat with, or phone a contact. Connect with your contact

To email, chat with, or phone someone in Contacts:

Select the contact from your contact list.

Press on the Detail that you want to use. For example, to email your contact, press the email address.

The corresponding application will be launched using the contact's details.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/power-othercountry.page0000644000373100047300000000410212320733552026467 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a travel adapter. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Will my computer work with a power supply in another country?

Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V or 220-240V) and AC frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer should work with a power supply in a different country as long as you have an appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch.

If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for your power adapter. Some laptops come packaged with more than one plug for their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If not, plugging your existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice.

If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different plug, or use a travel adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change the voltage switch on the computer's power supply, if there is one. Many computers don't have a switch like this, and will happily work with either voltage. Look at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked "110V" or "230V" (for example). Switch it if you need to.

Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch everything off first if you can.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/shell-exit.page0000644000373100047300000000704612320733552024660 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and so on. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Alexandre Franke afranke@gnome.org Log out, power off, switch users

When you've finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it (to save power), or leave it powered on and log out.

Log out or switch users

To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave yourself logged in and just switch users. If you switch users, all of your applications will continue running, and everything will be where you left it when you log back in.

To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the appropriate option.

Lock the screen

If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running applications. When you return, simply enter your password to log back in. If you don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a certain amount of time.

To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and select Lock Screen.

When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back to your desktop when they are finished.

Suspend

To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. This saves your state to your computer's memory and powers off most of the computer's functions. A very small amount of power is still used during suspend.

To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the menu bar and select Suspend.

Power off or restart

If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click the system menu and select Shut Down.

If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an administrative user, you may be asked for your password to power off.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/net-email.page0000644000373100047300000000122612320733552024447 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Default email apps The Ubuntu Documentation Team The GNOME Documentation Project Email & email software usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/power-constantfan.page0000644000373100047300000000363612320733552026253 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running hot. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org The laptop fan is always running

If your laptop's cooling fan is always running, it could be that the hardware that controls the laptop's cooling system isn't very well supported in Linux. Some laptops need extra software to control their cooling fans efficiently, but this software may not be installed (or available for Linux at all) and so the fans just run at full speed all of the time.

If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install extra software that allows full control of the fan. For example, vaiofand can be installed to control the fans of some Sony VAIO laptops. Installing this software is quite a technical process which is highly dependent on the make and model of your laptop, so you may wish to seek specific advice on how to do it for your computer.

It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does not necessarily mean that it is overheating; it might just need the fan to run at full speed all of the time to allow it to stay cool enough. If this is the case, you have little option but to let the fan run at full speed all of the time. You can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your laptop which may help.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/power-batteryslow.page0000644000373100047300000000201512320733552026302 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Why is my laptop slow when it is on battery?

Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in order to conserve power. The processor (CPU) in the laptop switches to a slower speed, and processors use less power when running slower, so the battery should last longer.

This feature is called CPU frequency scaling.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/net-security-tips.page0000644000373100047300000000552712320733552026214 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 General tips to keep in mind when using the internet Steven Richards steven.richardspc@gmail.com Staying safe on the internet

A possible reason for why you are using Ubuntu is the robust security that Linux based systems are known for. One reason that Linux is relatively safe from malware and viruses is due to the lower number of people who use it. Viruses are targeted at popular operating systems like Windows, that have an extremely large user base. Linux based systems are also very secure due to their open source nature, which allows experts to modify and enhance the security features included with each distribution.

Despite the measures taken to ensure that your installation of Ubuntu is secure, there are always vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet you can still be susceptible to:

Phishing Scams (websites and emails that try to obtain sensitive information through deception)

Forwarding malicious emails

Applications with malicious intent (viruses)

Unauthorized remote/local network access

To stay safe online, keep in mind the following tips:

Be wary of emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do not know.

If a website's offer is too good to be true, or asks for sensitive information that seems unnecessary, then think twice about what information you are submitting and the potential consequences if that information is compromised by identity thieves or other criminals.

Be careful in providing any application root level permissions, especially ones that you have not used before or apps that are not well-known. Providing anyone/anything with root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation.

Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having SSH or VNC running can be useful, but also leaves your computer open to intrusion if not secured properly. Consider using a firewall to help protect your computer from intrusion.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/windows-key.page0000644000373100047300000000432412320733552025056 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The Super key provides access to the Dash and the Launcher. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com What is the "Super" key?

This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your keyboard, next to the Alt key, and usually has a window/squares icon on it. It is sometimes called the Windows key, logo key, or system key.

If you have an Apple keyboard, there will not be a Windows key on your keyboard. The ⌘ (Command) key can be used instead.

The Super key serves a special function in Unity. If you press the Super key, the Dash is displayed. If you press and hold the Super key, an overlay showing many of Unity's keyboard shortcuts appears until you release the Super key.

The Super key can help you do even more than that, though. To learn about more uses for the Super key, see the keyboard shortcuts page.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/user-admin-problems.page0000644000373100047300000000247612320733552026471 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have admin privileges. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Problems caused by administrative restrictions

You may experience a few problems if you don't have administrative privileges. Some tasks require admin privileges in order to work, such as:

Connecting to networks or wireless networks

Viewing the contents of a removable disk connected to the computer, or the contents of a different disk partition (e.g. a Windows partition)

Installing new applications

You can change who has admin privileges.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/net-findip.page0000644000373100047300000000406612320733552024636 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems. Find your IP address

Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot problems with your internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have two IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal network and an IP address for your computer on the internet.

Find your internal (network) IP address

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Network and select Wired or Wireless from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to find the IP address for.

Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information.

 Find your external (internet) IP address

Visit whatismyipaddress.com.

The site will display your external IP address for you.

Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may be the same.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/session-formats.page0000644000373100047300000000561312320733552025734 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement. Change date and measurement formats

You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, currency, and measurement to match the local customs of your region.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats tab.

Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the Language tab.

You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log out.

After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the examples, your region also controls the starting day of the week in calendars.

Change the system formats

When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the formats used in places like the login screen.

Change your formats, as described above.

Click Apply System-Wide.

Administrative privileges are required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested administrator account.

You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in Language Support Help.
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/backup-thinkabout.page0000644000373100047300000000602312320733552026207 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you may want to back up. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Where can I find the files I want to back up?

Listed below are the most common locations of important files and settings that you may want to back up.

Personal files (documents, music, photos and videos)

These are usually stored in your home folder (/home/your_name). They could be in subfolders such as Desktop, Documents, Pictures, Music, and Videos.

If your backup medium has sufficient space (if it's an external hard disk, for example), consider backing up the entire Home folder. You can find out how much disk space your Home folder takes up by using the Disk Usage Analyzer.

Hidden files

Any file or folder name that starts with a period (.) is hidden by default. To view hidden files, click ViewShow Hidden Files or press CtrlH. You can copy these to a backup location like any other file.

Personal settings (desktop preferences, themes, and software settings)

Most applications store their settings in hidden folders inside your Home folder (see above for information on hidden files).

Most of your application settings will be stored in the hidden folders .config, .gconf, .gnome2, and .local in your Home folder.

System-wide settings

Settings for important parts of the system aren't stored in your Home folder. There are a number of locations that they could be stored, but most are stored in the /etc folder. In general, you won't need to back up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, however, you should back up the files for the services that it is running.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/net-chat-social.page0000644000373100047300000000352112320733552025547 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Post to Twitter, Facebook and other social networking sites directly from your desktop Social networking from the desktop

With Ubuntu you can post to your favorite social networking sites from your desktop. Ubuntu uses the Friends scope to allow you to organize your social networking sites in one place, and to post updates from the Me Menu without opening any website.

To set up your social networking accounts:

Open the System menu on the right hand side of the menu bar and select "System Settings...".

Choose Online accounts

Choose the social networking site you want to set up and click Add Account...

Click Authorize and insert your account settings for that site, and follow the instructions

You can now view your social networking messages from the Messaging menu on the right hand side of the menu bar, in the Broadcast section. Click on any of the items in that section to open Friends scope and to read or post messages to your social network.

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/color.page0000644000373100047300000000177412320733552023722 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Why is this important, Color profiles, How to calibrate a device… Color management
Color profiles
Calibration
Problems
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/net-wireless.page0000644000373100047300000000170212320733552025214 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting… The Ubuntu Documentation Team Wireless Networking usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-hidden.page0000644000373100047300000000410512320733552026445 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Team Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wireless Network. Connect to a hidden wireless network

It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is "hidden." Hidden networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you click the network menu in the menu bar (or the list of wireless networks on any other computer). To connect to a hidden wireless network:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wireless Network.

In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of wireless security, and click Connect.

You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID (Basic Service Set Identifier), and looks something like this: 02:00:01:02:03:04.

You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look for terms like WEP and WPA.

You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but it is still detectable.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/power-batterybroken.page0000644000373100047300000000313612320733552026603 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Your battery is probably not broken; it's more likely that it's just old. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org An error reports my battery has low capacity

When you first log in, you might see a message that says:

Battery may be broken. Your battery has a very low capacity which means that it may be old or broken.

This message is displayed when the computer detects that your battery is not capable of storing much charge. The most likely reason for this is that your battery is old; it's probably not broken, so there's no need to worry.

Over time, all laptop batteries lose their ability to store charge. After a while (normally a year or more), the battery will only be able to store a fraction of the charge that it could when it was new. The message above is shown when this happens.

If your computer or battery is relatively new, it should be capable of holding a high percentage of its design charge. If it can't, then your battery may be broken and you might need to seek a replacement.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/net-general.page0000644000373100047300000000161312320733552024775 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Find your IP address, WEP & WPA security, MAC addresses, proxies… The Ubuntu Documentation Team The GNOME Documentation Project Networking terms & tips usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/more-help.page0000644000373100047300000000146712320733552024473 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Tips on using this guide, help improve this guide… Get more help

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/net-problem.page0000644000373100047300000000134412320733552025021 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Troubleshooting wireless connections, finding your wifi network… The Ubuntu Documentation Team Network problems usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/color-canshareprofiles.page0000644000373100047300000000334312320733552027242 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sharing color profiles is never a good idea as hardware changes over time. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Can I share my color profile?

Color profiles that you have created yourself are specific to the hardware and lighting conditions that you calibrated for. A display that has been powered for a few hundred hours is going to have a very different color profile to a similar display with the next serial number that has been lit for a thousand hours.

This means if you share your color profile with somebody, you might be getting them closer to calibration, but it's misleading at best to say that their display is calibrated.

Similarly, unless everyone has recommended controlled lighting (no sunlight from windows, black walls, daylight bulbs etc.) in a room where viewing and editing images takes place, sharing a profile that you created in your own specific lighting conditions doesn't make a lot of sense.

You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles downloaded from vendor websites or that were created on your behalf.

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/printing-order.page0000644000373100047300000000375212320733552025545 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Collate and reverse the print order. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Make pages print in a different order
Reverse

Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can reverse this printing order.

To reverse the order:

Click FilePrint.

In the General tab of the Print window under Copies, check Reverse. The last page will be printed first, and so on.
Collate

If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will be grouped by page number by default (i.e. all of the copies of page one come out, then the copies of page two, and so on). Collating will make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order instead.

To Collate:

Click FilePrint.

In the General tab of the Print window under Copies check Collate.
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/video-sending.page0000644000373100047300000000544412320733552025335 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Check that they have the right video codecs installed. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Other people can't play the videos I made

If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video.

To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right codecs installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows how to take the video and display it on the screen. There are lots of different video formats and each requires a different codec to play it back. You can check which format your video is by doing:

Open the file manager.

Right-click on video file and select Properties.

Go to the Audio/Video tab and look at which codec is listed under Video.

Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec installed. They may find it helpful to search the web for the name of the codec plus the name of their video playback application. For example, if your video uses the Theora format and you have a friend using Windows Media Player to try and watch it, search for "theora windows media player". You will often be able to download the right codec for free if it's not installed.

If you can't find the right codec, try the VLC media player. It works on Windows and Mac OS as well as Linux, and supports a lot of different video formats. Otherwise, try converting your video into a different format. Most video editors are able to do this, and specific video converter applications are available. Check the Ubuntu Software Center to see what's available.

There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your video. The video could have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes big files aren't copied across perfectly), they could have problems with their video playback application, or the video may not have been created properly (there could have been some errors when you saved the video).

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/printing-streaks.page0000644000373100047300000000341012320733552026075 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels or clean the print head. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?

If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that shouldn't be there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with the printer or a low ink/toner supply.

Fading text or images

You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary.

Streaks and lines

If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially blocked. Try cleaning the print head (see the printer's manual for instructions).

Wrong colors

The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary.

Jagged lines, or lines aren't straight

If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may need to align the print head. See the printer's instruction manual for details on how to do this.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/files-search.page0000644000373100047300000000711212320733552025141 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Search for files

You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as special folders in your home folder.

Other search applications Search

Open the file manager

If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that folder.

Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press CtrlF.

Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if you name all your invoices with the word "Invoice", type invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless of case.

You can narrow your results by location and file type.

Click Home to restrict the search results to your Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere.

Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x button to remove this option and widen the search results.

You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager.

Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder.

If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them quickly.

Save a search

Start a search as above.

When you're happy with the search parameters, click the ⚙ gear button and select Save Search As.

Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it.

To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search matched.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/power-hibernate.page0000644000373100047300000000713212320733552025671 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Hibernate is disabled by default since it's not well supported. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com How do I hibernate my computer?

When the computer hibernates, all of your applications and documents are stored and the computer completely switches off so it does not use any power, but the applications and documents will still be open when you switch on the computer again.

Unfortunately, hibernate doesn't work in many cases, which can cause you to lose data if you expect your documents and applications to re-open when you switch your computer back on. Therefore, hibernate is disabled by default.

Test if hibernate works Always save your work before hibernating

You should save all of your work before hibernating the computer, just in case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be recovered when you switch on the computer again.

You can use the command line to test if hibernate works on your computer.

Open the Terminal by pressing Ctrl Altt or by searching for terminal in the Dash.

Open the Terminal by searching for terminal in the Activities overview.

Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press Enter.

Enter your password when prompted.

After you computer turns off, switch it back on. Did your open applications re-open?

If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large as your available RAM.
Enable hibernate

If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-hibernate command when you want to hibernate.

You can also enable the hibernate option in the menus. To do that, use your favorite text editor to create /etc/polkit-1/localauthority/50-local.d/com.ubuntu.enable-hibernate.pkla. Add the following to the file and save:

[Re-enable hibernate by default in upower] Identity=unix-user:* Action=org.freedesktop.upower.hibernate ResultActive=yes [Re-enable hibernate by default in logind] Identity=unix-user:* Action=org.freedesktop.login1.hibernate ResultActive=yes
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-send-file.page0000644000373100047300000001133112320733552026443 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Share files to Bluetooth devices such as your phone. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Send a file to a Bluetooth device

You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of files, or specific types of files. You can send files in one of three ways: using the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar, from the Bluetooth settings window, or directly from the file manager.

You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of files, or specific types of files. You can send files using the Bluetooth icon on the top bar, or from the Bluetooth settings window.

To send files directly from the file manager, see .

Before you begin, make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your computer. See .

 Send files using the Bluetooth icon

Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select Send Files to Device.

Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select Send Files to Device.

Choose the file you want to send and click Select.

To send more than one file in a folder, hold down Ctrl as you select each file.

Select the device which you want to send the files to and click Send.

The list of devices will show both devices you are already connected to as well as visible devices within range. If you have not already connected to the selected device, you will be prompted to pair with the device after clicking Send. This will probably require confirmation on the other device.

If there are many devices, you can limit the list to only specific device types using the Device type drop-down.

The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file transfer will be shown on your screen.

 Send files from the Bluetooth settings

Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select Bluetooth Settings.

Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select Bluetooth Settings.

Select the device to send files to from the list on the left. The list only shows devices you've already connected to. See .

In the device information on the right, click Send Files.

Choose the file you want to send and click Select.

To send more than one file in a folder, hold down Ctrl as you select each file.

The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file transfer will be shown on your screen.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/color-calibrate-scanner.page0000644000373100047300000000346212320733552027271 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating your scanner is important to capture accurate colors. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com How do I calibrate my scanner?

You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You can then click Calibrate… from System SettingsColor to create a profile for the device.

You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You can then click Calibrate… from System SettingsColor to create a profile for the device.

Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature and do not usually need to be recalibrated.

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/user-delete.page0000644000373100047300000000364712320733552025023 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Remove users that no longer use your computer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Delete a user account

You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. See to learn how. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can delete that user's account.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

Click Unlock in the top right corner and type your password to make changes. You must be an administrative user to delete user accounts.

Select the user you want to delete and click the - button.

Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can choose to keep or delete the user's home folder. Click Delete Files if you're sure they won't be used anymore and you need to free up disk space. These files are permanently deleted. They can't be recovered. You may want to back up the files to an external drive or CD before deleting them.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/printing-paperjam.page0000644000373100047300000000243512320733552026226 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that you have. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Clearing a paper jam

Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed.

The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer's panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but carefully!) pull the jammed paper out of the printer's feeding mechanism.

Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer's Resume button to start printing again. With some printers, you may even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the print job again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/accounts-whyadd.page0000644000373100047300000000245012320733553025672 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Susanna Huhtanen ihmis.suski@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Why add your email or social media accounts to your desktop? Why should I add an account?

Adding your accounts brings a choice of services like calendar, chat, and e-mail straight to your desktop, making services a seamless part of your user experience. By adding accounts, you can keep in touch with services of different accounts, like chats, at the same time. Just set your account once and every time you start your computer all the accounts and services you've added will be ready for you.

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/color-calibrate-camera.page0000644000373100047300000000320312320733553027062 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating your camera is important to capture accurate colors. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com How do I calibrate my camera?

Camera devices are calibrated by taking a photograph of a target under the desired lighting conditions. By converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it can be used to calibrate the camera device in the color control panel.

You will need to crop the TIFF file so that just the target is visible. Ensure the white or black borders are still visible. Calibration will not work if the image is upside-down or is distorted by a large amount.

The resulting profile is only valid under the lighting condition that you acquired the original image from. This means you might need to profile several times for studio, bright sunlight and cloudy lighting conditions.

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-connect.page0000644000373100047300000000640612320733553026652 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org The Ubuntu Documentation Team Get on the internet - wirelessly. Connect to a wireless network

If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless network that is within range to get access to the internet, view shared files on the network, and so on.

If you have a wireless hardware switch on your computer, make sure that it is turned on.

Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the network you want to connect to.

If the name of the network isn't in the list, select More Networks to see if the network is further down the list. If you still don't see the network, you may be out of range or the network might be hidden.

If the network is protected by a password (encryption key), enter the password when prompted and click Connect.

If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the wireless router or base station, in its instruction manual, or you may have to ask the person who administers the wireless network.

The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect to the network.

If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several bars above it. More bars indicate a stronger connection to the network. If there aren't many bars, the connection is weak and might not be very reliable.

If the connection is not successful, you may be asked for your password again or it might just tell you that the connection has been disconnected. There are a number of things that could have caused this to happen. You could have entered the wrong password, the wireless signal could be too weak, or your computer's wireless card might have a problem, for example. See for more help.

A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download speeds. The wireless connection connects your computer to the device which provides the internet connection (like a router or modem), but the two connections are actually different, and so will run at different speeds.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/net-fixed-ip-address.page0000644000373100047300000000452412320733553026515 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Using a static IP address can make it easier to provide some network services from your computer. Create a connection with a fixed IP address

Most networks will automatically assign an IP address and other details to your computer when you connect to the network. These details can change periodically, but you might want to have a fixed IP address for the computer so you always know what its address is (for example, if it is a file server).

To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Edit Connections.

Select the Wired connection on the Wired tab or your WiFi network on the Wireless tab and click Edit.

Click on the IPv4 Settings tab and change the Method to Manual.

If no connection information is listed in the Addresses list, or if you want to set up a new connection, click Add.

Enter the IP Address, Netmask, and Gateway information into the appropriate boxes. How you choose these will depend on your network setup; there are specific rules governing which IP addresses and netmasks are valid for a given network.

If necessary, enter a Domain Name Server address into the DNS servers box. This is the IP address of a server which looks up domain names; most corporate networks and internet providers have dedicated DNS servers.

Click Save. The network connection should now have a fixed IP address.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/sharing-desktop.page0000644000373100047300000000735112320733553025704 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC. Share your desktop

You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer with a desktop viewing application. Configure Desktop Sharing to allow others to access your desktop and set the security preferences.

In the Dash, open Desktop Sharing.

To let others view your desktop, select Allow other users to view your desktop. This means that other people will be able to attempt to connect to your computer and view what's on your screen.

To let others interact with your desktop, select Allow other users to control your desktop. This may allow the other person to move your mouse, run applications, and browse files on your computer, depending on the security settings which you are currently using.
Security

It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security option means before changing it.

Confirm access to your machine

If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your desktop, select You must confirm each access to this machine. If you disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want to allow someone to connect to your computer.

This option is enabled by default.

 Enable password

To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, select Require the user to enter this password. If you do not use this option, anyone can attempt to view your desktop.

This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a secure password.

 Allow access to your desktop over the Internet

If your router supports UPnP Internet Gateway Device Protocol and it is enabled, you can allow other people who are not on your local network to view your desktop. To allow this, select Automatically configure UPnP router to open and forward ports. Alternatively, you can configure your router manually.

This option is disabled by default.
Show notification area icon

To be able to disconnect someone who is viewing your desktop, you need to enable this option. If you select Always, this icon will be visible regardless of whether someone is viewing your desktop or not.

If this option is disabled, it is possible for someone to connect to your desktop without your knowledge, depending on the security settings.
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/video-dvd.page0000644000373100047300000000434612320733553024464 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong region. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Why won't DVDs play?

If you insert a DVD into your computer and it doesn't play, you may not have the right DVD codecs installed, or the DVD might be from a different region.

Installing the right codecs for DVD playback

In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right codecs installed. A codec is a piece of software that allows applications to read a video or audio format. If you try to play a DVD and don't have the right codecs installed, the Movie Player should tell you about this and offer to install them for you.

DVDs are also copy-protected using a system called CSS. This prevents you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them unless you have extra software to handle the copy protection.

Checking the DVD region

DVDs have a region code, which tells you in which region of the world they are allowed to be played. If the region of your computer's DVD player doesn't match the region of the DVD you are trying to play, you won't be able to play the DVD. For example, if you have a Region 1 DVD player, you will only be allowed to play DVDs from North America.

It is often possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but it can only be done a few times before it locks into one region permanently. To change the DVD region of your computer's DVD player, use regionset.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/power-hotcomputer.page0000644000373100047300000000522212320733553026300 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which can be damaging. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org My computer gets really hot

Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is normal: it's simply part of the way that the computer cools itself. However, if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that it is overheating, which can potentially cause damage.

Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. It's generally nothing to worry about - computers produce a lot of heat and laptops are very compact, so they need to remove their heat rapidly and their outer casing warms up as a result. Some laptops do get too hot, however, and may be uncomfortable to use. This is normally the result of a poorly-designed cooling system. You can sometimes get additional cooling accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient cooling.

If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have insufficient cooling. If this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans or check that the cooling fans and vents are free from dust and other blockages. You might want to consider putting the computer in a better-ventilated area too - if kept in confined spaces (e.g. in a cupboard), the computer's cooling system may not be able to remove heat and circulate cool air fast enough.

Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There are suggestions that prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might possibly reduce (male) fertility, and there are reports of minor burns being suffered too (in extreme cases). If you are concerned about these potential problems, you may wish to consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of course, you can simply choose not to rest the laptop on your lap.

Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, to prevent themselves from becoming damaged. If your computer keeps shutting down, this might be the reason. If your computer is overheating, you will probably need to get it repaired.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/a11y.page0000644000373100047300000000560012320733553023350 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Seeing, hearing, mobility, braille… Universal access

The Unity desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the Universal Access section of System Settings.

The GNOME desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the accessibility menu in the top bar.

Visual impairments Blindness Low vision Color-blindness Other topics
Hearing impairments
Mobility impairments Mouse movement Clicking and dragging Keyboard use Other topics
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/backup-what.page0000644000373100047300000000475312320733553025013 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Back up anything that you can't bear to lose if something goes wrong. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com What to back up

Your priority should be to back up your most important files as well as those that are difficult to recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:

Your personal files

This may include documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, financial data, family photos, or any other personal files that you would consider irreplaceable.

 Your personal settings

This includes changes you may have made to colors, backgrounds, screen resolution and mouse settings on your desktop. This also includes application preferences, such as settings for LibreOffice, your music player, and your email program. These are replaceable, but may take a while to recreate.

 System settings

Most people never change the system settings that are created during installation. If you do customize your system settings for some reason, or if you use your computer as a server, then you may wish to back up these settings.

 Installed software

The software you use can normally be restored quite quickly after a serious computer problem by reinstalling it.

In general, you will want to back up files that are irreplaceable and files that require a great time investment to replace without a backup. If things are easy to replace, on the other hand, you may not want to use up disk space by having backups of them.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/accounts-remove.page0000644000373100047300000000330312320733553025705 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Remove online account services Remove an account

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Select Online Accounts.

From the left windowpane, select the account you wish to remove.

Click the Remove Account button in the lower-right portion of the window.

Removing the selection from Online Accounts in no way affects the account from your service provider.

Click Remove.

Instead of deleting the account completely, you can restrict the service from being accessed by your desktop.

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/unity-hud-intro.page0000644000373100047300000000400512320733553025652 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the HUD to search menus of the apps you use. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com What is the HUD?

The HUD or Heads Up Display is a search-based alternative to traditional menus and was introduced in Ubuntu 12.04 LTS.

Some apps like Gimp or Inkscape have hundreds of menu items. If you're using apps like these, you may remember the name of a menu option, but you might not remember how to find it in the menus.

Using a search box can be quite a bit faster than navigating extended menu hierarchies. The HUD also can be more accessible than normal menus as some people are unable to precisely control a mouse pointer.

Use the HUD

To try the HUD:

Tap Alt to open the HUD.

Start typing.

When you see a result that you want to run, use the up and down keys to select the result, then press Enter, or click your desired search result.

If you change your mind and want to exit the HUD, tap the Alt again or the Esc. You can also click anywhere outside the HUD to close the HUD.

The HUD keeps track of your search history and adjusts the search results to be even more useful the more you use it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/color-whatisprofile.page0000644000373100047300000000257112320733553026575 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A color profile is a simple file that expresses a color space or device response. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com What is a color profile?

A color profile is a set of data that characterizes either a device such as a projector or a color space such as sRGB.

Most color profiles are in the form of an ICC profile, which is a small file with a .ICC or .ICM file extension.

Color profiles can be embedded into images to specify the gamut range of the data. This ensures that users see the same colors on different devices.

Every device that is processing color should have it's own ICC profile and when this is achieved the system is said to have an end-to-end color-managed workflow. With this kind of workflow you can be sure that colors are not being lost or modified.

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/display-lock.page0000644000373100047300000000367612320733553025203 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your computer. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Automatically lock your screen

When you leave your computer, you should lock the screen to prevent other people from using your desktop and accessing your files. You will still be logged in and all your applications will keep running, but you will have to enter your password to use your computer again. You can lock the screen manually, but you can also have the screen lock automatically.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Select Brightness & Lock.

Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/unity-menubar-intro.page0000644000373100047300000001304712320733553026531 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The menu bar is the dark strip on the top of your screen. Ubuntu Documentation Team Manage apps & settings with the menu bar

The menu bar is the dark strip on the top of your screen. It contains the window management buttons, the app menus, and the status menus.

Window management buttons

The window management buttons are on the top left corner of windows. When maximized, the buttons are in the top left of the screen. Click the buttons to close, minimize, maximize or restore windows.

App menus

The app menus are by default located to the right of the window management buttons. Unity hides the app menus and the window management buttons unless you move your mouse pointer to the top left of the screen or press AltF10. This feature enables you to see more of your content at once, which is especially valuable on small screens like netbooks.

If you want, you can change the default behavior, and have your menus attached to the window title bar of respective application instead of the menu bar.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the Behavior tab.

Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's title bar.
Status menus

Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status menus are a convenient place where you can check and modify the state of your computer and applications.

List of status menus and what they do

Network menu Offline network icon

Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, and VPN networks.

Input source menu Input source icon

Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources.

Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon

Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected.

Messaging menu Message icon

Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications including email, social networking, and Internet chat.

Battery menu Battery icon

Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a battery isn't detected.

Sound menu Volume icon

Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like Rhythmbox.

Clock

Access the current time and date. Appointments from your Evolution calendar can also display here.

System menu Power cog icon

Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, suspend, restart or shutdown your computer.

Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status of the application.

Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also add indicator menus to the panel.
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/net-wrongnetwork.page0000644000373100047300000000326612320733553026135 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Edit your connection settings, and remove the unwanted connection option. My computer connects to the wrong network

When you turn your computer on or move to a different location, your computer will automatically try to connect to wireless networks that you have connected to in the past. If it tries to connect to the wrong network each time (that is, not the one that you want it to connect to), do the following:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Edit Connections.

Go to the Wireless tab and find the network that you don't want it to keep connecting to.

Click that network once to select it and click Delete. Your computer won't try to connect to that network any more.

If you later want to connect to the network you just deleted, simply select it from the list of wireless networks that appears when you click the network menu on the menu bar - just as you would connect to any other wireless network.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/clock-calendar.page0000644000373100047300000000466512320733553025451 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Display your appointments on the calendar at the top of the screen. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Calendar appointments

You can organize your calendar appointments by clicking on the clock in the panel, if you're using a mail and calendar application called Evolution.

If you have already set up Evolution, click the clock on the menu bar and then click the Add Event to start adding appointments. As appointments are added, they will appear below the calendar when you click on the clock.

To quickly get to the full Evolution calendar, click on the clock and click the first line where today's date is.

This will work only if you have an existing Evolution account. Otherwise, a window will appear with the necessary steps for adding your first account.
Turn off Evolution calendar integration

You can also turn off this feature if you like.

Click on the clock and select Time & Date Settings.

Now, switch to the Clock tab.

Uncheck Coming events from Evolution Calendar.
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/color-whyimportant.page0000644000373100047300000000706012320733553026460 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Why is color management important?

Color management is the process of capturing a color using an input device, displaying it on a screen, and printing it all whilst managing the exact colors and the range of colors on each medium.

The need for color management is probably explained best with a photograph of a bird on a frosty day in winter.

A bird on a frosty wall as seen on the camera view-finder

Displays typically over-saturate the blue channel, making the images look cold.

This is what the user sees on a typical business laptop screen

Notice how the white is not 'paper white' and the black of the eye is now a muddy brown.

This is what the user sees when printing on a typical inkjet printer

The basic problem we have here is that each device is capable of handling a different range of colors. So while you might be able to take a photo of electric blue, most printers are not going to be able to reproduce it.

Most image devices capture in RGB (Red, Green, Blue) and have to convert to CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black) to print. Another problem is that you can't have white ink, and so the whiteness can only be as good as the paper color.

Another problem is units. Without specifying the scale on which a color is measured, we don't know if 100% red is near infrared or just the deepest red ink in the printer. What is 50% red on one display is probably something like 62% on another display. It's like telling a person that you've just driven 7 units of distance, without the unit you don't know if that's 7 kilometers or 7 meters.

In color, we refer to the units as gamut. Gamut is essentially the range of colors that can be reproduced. A device like a DSLR camera might have a very large gamut, being able to capture all the colors in a sunset, but a projector has a very small gamut and all the colors are going to look "washed out".

In some cases we can correct the device output by altering the data we send to it, but in other cases where that's not possible (you can't print electric blue) we need to show the user what the result is going to look like.

For photographs it makes sense to use the full tonal range of a color device, to be able to make smooth changes in color. For other graphics, you might want to match the color exactly, which is important if you're trying to print a custom mug with the Red Hat logo that has to be the exact Red Hat Red.

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/files-disc-write.page0000644000373100047300000000647512320733553025762 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner. Write files to a CD or DVD

You can put files onto a blank disc by using CD/DVD Creator. The option to create a CD or DVD will appear in the file manager as soon as you place the CD into your CD/DVD writer. The file manager lets you transfer files to other computers or perform backups by putting files onto a blank disc. To write files to a CD or DVD:

Place an empty disc into your CD/DVD writable drive.

In the Blank CD/DVD-R Disc window that appears, select CD/DVD Creator and click OK. The CD/DVD Creator folder window will open.

(You can also click on Blank CD/DVD-R Disc under Devices in the file manager sidebar.)

In the Disc Name field, type a name for the disc.

Drag or copy the desired files into the window.

Click Write to Disc.

Under Select a disc to write to, choose the blank disc.

(You could choose Image file instead. This will put the files in a disc image, which will be saved on your computer. You can then burn that disc image onto a blank disc at a later date.)

Click Properties if you want to adjust burning speed, the location of temporary files, and other options. The default options should be fine.

Click the Burn button to begin recording.

If Burn Several Copies is selected, you will be prompted for additional discs.

When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose Make More Copies or Close to exit.

For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero.

For help with using Brasero, read the user guide.
If the disc wasn't burned properly

Sometimes the computer doesn't record the data correctly, and you won't be able to see the files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a computer.

In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, e.g. 12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You can choose the speed by clicking the Properties button in the CD/DVD Creator window.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/files-select.page0000644000373100047300000000403612320733553025156 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Press CtrlS to select multiple files which have similar names. Select files by pattern

You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press CtrlS to bring up the Select Items Matching window. Type in a pattern using common parts of the file names plus wild card characters. There are two wild card characters available:

* matches any number of any characters, even no characters at all.

? matches exactly one of any character.

For example:

If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all have the same base name Invoice, select all three with the pattern

Invoice.*

If you have some photos that are named like Vacation-001.jpg, Vacation-002.jpg, Vacation-003.jpg; select them all with the pattern

Vacation-???.jpg

If you have photos as before, but you've edited some of them and added -edited to the end of the file name of the photos you've edited, select the edited photos with

Vacation-???-edited.jpg

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/printing-cancel-job.page0000644000373100047300000000606612320733553026431 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Jana Svarova jana.svarova@gmail.com 2013 Cancel, pause or release a print job

You can cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue in the printer settings.

Cancel a print job

If you accidentally started printing a document, you can cancel the print so that you do not need to waste any ink or paper.

How to cancel a print job:

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click Printers.

Click the Show Jobs button on the right-hand side of the Printers dialog.

Cancel the print job by clicking the stop button on the play-pause-stop symbols.

If this does not cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down the Cancel button on your printer.

As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages that won't cancel, remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. The printer should realize that there is no paper and will stop printing. You can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer off and then on again.

Be careful that you don't damage the printer when removing the paper, though - if you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should probably just leave it where it is.
Pause and release a print job

If you want to pause or release a print job, you can do so by going to the jobs dialog in the printer settings and click the appropriate button.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click Printers.

Click the Show Jobs button on the right-hand side of the Printers dialog and either pause or release the print job based on your needs.
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/net-firewall-on-off.page0000644000373100047300000000557412320733553026362 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep your computer secure. Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Enable or block firewall access

Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall (ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services (except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections.

For more information about how to use ufw, see the online documentation.

Turn the firewall on or off

To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable.

Allow or block specific network activity

Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter sudo ufw block ssh.

Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to its assigned port on the firewall. To allow connections on port 53, enter sudo ufw allow 53 in a terminal. To block port 53, enter sudo ufw block 53.

To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a terminal.

Use ufw without a terminal

You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall without using a terminal. To install, click this link.

You can launch this program by searching for Firewall Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be kept open for the firewall to work.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/whats-new.page0000644000373100047300000000645712320733553024525 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Improvements in the latest version of Ubuntu. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com What's new in Ubuntu 14.04?

Ubuntu 14.04 LTS continues the evolution of the Unity interface. Below are a few highlights of changes since Ubuntu 12.04 LTS.

New and improved features

The menus of the currently focused application are by default available in Ubuntu's integrated menu bar. However, if you want you can switch to the conventional style and show the app menus in the window title bar of respective application instead (this latter option is new since Ubuntu 13.10).

Support added for scaling Unity on a per-monitor basis, which allows for a better experience on high-DPI displays. Similar scaling support is also available in LibreOffice and Chromium.

Improved look and style including rounded window decorations, a new interface for screen unlock, and other tweaks to the theme.

The integrated Text Entry interface and the related input source status menu are designed to set both keyboard layout and IBus input methods.

A number of improvements have been made to the Dash:

The Dash may now search dozens of different online sources simultaneously. The Internet-based searches may be disabled.

The Dash search results may be filtered by category and source..

Right-clicking on a search result in the Dash will display a full-screen preview with more information.

Use the photos lens to view photos from your computer or from your social networks.

Add or remove scopes from the Dash to customize your experience.

Browse messages from your social networks with the new Friends scope.

Enter your credentials in Online Accounts to easily set up online integration for the Dash, Empathy, and more.

Keep track of contact information for your friends and colleagues with Contacts, your personal address book.
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/files-sort.page0000644000373100047300000000700712320733553024667 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Sort files and folders

You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting them in order of date or file size. See below for a list of common ways to sort files. See for information on how to change the default sort order.

The way that you can sort files depends on the folder view that you are using. You can change the current view using the list or icon buttons in the toolbar.

Icon view

To sort files in a different order, click the down button in the toolbar and choose By Name, By Size, By Type or By Modification Date.

As an example, if you select By Name, the files will be sorted by their names, in alphabetical order. See for other options.

You can sort in the reverse order by selecting Reversed Order from the pull-down menu.

List view

To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the file manager. For example, click Type to sort by file type. Click the column heading again to sort in the reverse order.

In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those columns. Click the down button in the toolbar, pick Visible Columns and select the columns that you want to be visible. You will then be able to sort by those columns. See for descriptions of available columns.

Ways of sorting files By Name

Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file.

 By Size

Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from smallest to largest by default.

 By Type

Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped together, then sorted by name.

 By Modification Date

Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest to newest by default.
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/clock-more-info.page0000644000373100047300000000364012320733553025563 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Choose to show additional information such as the date or day of the week. Ubuntu Documentation Project ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Change how much information is shown in the clock

By default, Ubuntu only shows the time in the clock. You can set the clock to show additional information if you choose.

Click on the clock and select Date & Time Settings. Switch to the Clock tab. Select the time and date options you want to display.

You can also turn the clock off entirely by unchecking Show a clock in the menu bar.

If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date.
Change the date format

You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard for your location.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Language Support.

Switch to the Regional Formats tab.

Select your preferred location in the dropdown list.

You will need to log out and log back in for this change to take effect.
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/tips-specialchars.page0000644000373100047300000000573212320733553026221 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, mathematical symbols, and dingbats. Enter special characters

You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some different ways you can enter special characters.

Methods to enter characters
Character map

GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you want, and then copy and paste it to wherever you need it.

You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more information on the character map, see the Character Map Manual.

Code points

You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-character code point. To find the code point for a character, find the character in the character map application and look in the status bar or the Character Details tab. The code point is the four characters after U+.

To enter a character by its code point, hold down Ctrl and Shift, type u followed by the four-character code point, then release Ctrl and Shift. If you often use characters that you can't easily access with other methods, you might find it useful to memorize the code point for those characters so you can enter them quickly.

Input sources

You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between different input sources using an icon in the menu bar. To learn how, see .

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/power-suspendfail.page0000644000373100047300000000776612320733553026263 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend or hibernate. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Why won't my computer turn back on after I suspended it?

If you suspend or hibernate your computer, then try to resume it or turn it back on, you may find that it does not work as you expected. This could be because suspend and hibernate aren't supported properly by your hardware.

My computer is suspended and isn't resuming

If you suspend your computer and then press a key or click the mouse, it should wake up and display a screen asking for your password. If this doesn't happen, try pressing the power button (don't hold it in, just press it once).

If this still doesn't help, make sure that your computer's monitor is switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again.

As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for 5-10 seconds, although you will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You should then be able to turn on the computer again.

If this happens every time you suspend your computer, the suspend feature may not work with your hardware.

If your computer loses power and doesn't have an alternative power supply (such as a working battery), it will switch off.
None of my applications/documents are open when I turn on the computer again

If you hibernated your computer and switched it on again, but none of your documents or applications are open, it probably failed to hibernate properly. Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and the computer will be able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It might also happen because you had installed a software update which required the computer to be restarted; in this case, the computer may have shut down instead of hibernating.

It is also possible that the computer is not capable of hibernating because the hardware doesn't support it properly. This might be because of a problem with Linux drivers for your hardware, for example. You can test this by hibernating again and seeing if it works the second time. If it doesn't, it is probably a problem with your computer's drivers.

My wireless connection (or other hardware) doesn't work when I wake up my computer

If you suspend or hibernate your computer and then resume it again, you may find that your internet connection, mouse, or some other device doesn't work properly. This could be because the device's driver doesn't properly support suspend or hibernate. This is a problem with the driver and not the device itself.

If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In most cases, the device will start working again. If it connects via a USB cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in again and see if it works.

If you cannot turn off/unplug the device, or if this does not work, you may need to restart your computer for the device to start working again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/documents-formats.page0000644000373100047300000000155312320733553026252 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhill@src.gnome.org 2012 Documents displays a number of popular document types. Formats supported

Documents displays PDF, DVI, XPS, PostScript and the formats supported by Document Viewer (Evince), Microsoft Office, LibreOffice and Google Docs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/music-cantplay-drm.page0000644000373100047300000000401012320733553026300 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be "copy protected". I can't play the songs I bought from an online music store

If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won't play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS X computer and then copied it over.

This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by your computer. To be able to play a song you need to have support for the right audio formats installed - for example, if you want to play MP3 files, you need MP3 support installed. If you don't have support for a given audio format, you should see a message telling you so when you try to play a song. The message should also provide instructions for how to install support for that format so that you can play it.

If you do have support installed for the song's audio format but still can't play it, the song might be copy protected (also known as being DRM restricted). DRM is a way of restricting who can play a song and on what devices they can play it. The company that sold the song to you is in control of this, not you. If a music file has DRM restrictions, you will probably not be able to play it - you generally need special software from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but this software is often not supported on Linux.

You can learn more about DRM from the Electronic Frontier Foundation.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/files-open.page0000644000373100047300000000635412320733553024645 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Open files using an application that isn't the default one for that type of file. You can change the default too. Cristopher Thomas crisnoh@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Open files with other applications

When you double-click a file in the file manager, it will be opened with the default application for that file type. You can open it in a different application, search online for applications, or set the default application for all files of the same type.

To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If you don't see the application you want, click Open With Other Application. By default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click Show other applications.

If you still can't find the application you want, you can search for more applications by clicking Find applications online. The file manager will search online for packages containing applications that are known to handle files of that type.

Change the default application

You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given type. This will allow you to open your preferred application when you double-click to open a file. For example, you might want your favorite music player to open when you double-click an MP3 file.

Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For example, to change which application is used to open MP3 files, select a .mp3 file.

Right-click the file and select Properties.

Select the Open With tab.

Select the application you want and click Set as default. By default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click Show other applications.

If Other Applications contains an application you sometimes want to use, but don't want to make the default, select that application and click Add. This will add it to Recommended Applications. You will then be able to use this application by right-clicking the file and selecting it from the list.

This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for all files with the same type.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/documents-info.page0000644000373100047300000000420412320733553025526 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com 2014 See a document's name, location, date modified, or type. Find information about documents

When a document is created, it comes with metadata. Documents displays the following metadata for each document:

Title: the name of the document, which can be edited;

Source: the path of the folder containing the document;

Date Modified;

Type: the file format of the document.

To see a document's properties:

Click the Check button to switch to selection mode.

Select a document.

Click the Properties button at the right end of the button bar.

Some types of documents (e.g. PDF files) can be password protected, preventing access to their metadata or content.

Files does not currently offer any mechanism to add privacy to a document. You may be able to do this from the application you used to create the document (e.g. LibreOffice or Adobe Acrobat ).

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/backup-where.page0000644000373100047300000000440112320733553025150 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Advice on where to store your backups and what type of storage device to use. c GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Where to store your backup

You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your computer - on an external hard disk, for example. That way, if the computer breaks, the backup will still be intact. For maximum security, you shouldn't keep the backup in the same building as your computer. If there is a fire or theft, both copies of the data could be lost if they are kept together.

It is important to choose an appropriate backup medium, too. You need to store your backups on a device that has sufficient disk capacity for all of the backed-up files.

Local and remote storage options

USB memory key (low capacity)

Writable CDs or DVDs (low/medium capacity)

External hard disk (typically high capacity)

Internal disk drive (high capacity)

Network-connected drive (high capacity)

File/backup server (high capacity)

Online backup service (Amazon S3, for example; capacity depends on price)

Some of these options have sufficient capacity to allow for a backup of every file on your system, which is also known as a complete system backup.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/files-rename.page0000644000373100047300000001040312320733553025141 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change file or folder name. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Rename a file or folder

You can use the file manager to change the name of a file or folder.

To rename a file or folder:

Right-click on the item and select Rename, or select the file and press F2.

Type the new name and press Enter.

You can also rename a file from the properties window.

When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is selected, not the file extension (the part after the "."). The extension normally denotes what type of file it is (e.g. file.pdf is a PDF document), and you usually do not want to change that. If you need to change the extension as well, select the entire file name and change it.

If you renamed the wrong file, or named your file improperly, you can undo the rename. To revert the action, immediately click the gear button in the toolbar and select Undo to restore the former name.
Valid characters for file names

You can use any character except the / (slash) character in file names. Some devices, however, use a file system that has more restrictions on file names. Therefore, it is a best practice to avoid the following characters in your file names: |, \, ?, *, <, ", :, >, /.

If you name a file with a . as the first character, the file will be hidden when you attempt to view it in the file manager.
Common problems The file name is already in use

You can't have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you are working in, the file manager will not allow it.

File and folder names are case sensitive, so the file name File.txt is not the same as FILE.txt. Using different file names like this is allowed, though it is not recommended.

 The file name is too long

On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in their names. This 255 character limit includes both the file name and the path to the file (e.g., /home/wanda/Documents/work/business-proposals/… ), so you should avoid long file and folder names where possible.

 The option to rename is grayed out

If Rename is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the file. You should use caution with renaming such files, as renaming some protected files may cause your system to become unstable. See for more information.
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/addremove-sources.page0000644000373100047300000000707712320733553026236 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and upgrades. Add additional software repositories

Software is available from third-party sources, as well as from the default Ubuntu software repositories. If you want to install software from a third-party software repository, you must add it to Ubuntu's list of available repositories.

Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!

Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or reliability by Ubuntu members, and may contain software which is harmful to your computer.

Install other repositories

Click on the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, or search for Ubuntu Software Center in the search bar of the Dash.

When the Software Center launches, click Edit Software Sources

You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to the Other Software tab.

Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:

deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ trusty main

Click Add Source then close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Center will then check your software sources for new updates.

Activate the Canonical Partner repository

The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software like Skype, Adobe Reader and Adobe Flash Plugin. Software in this repository will appear in Ubuntu Software Center search results but won't be installable until this repository is enabled.

To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other Software tab in Software Sources. If you see the Canonical Partners repository in the list, make sure it is checked then close the Software Sources window. If you don't see it, click Add and enter:

deb http://archive.canonical.com/ubuntu trusty partner

Click Add Source then close the Software Sources window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software Center to download the repository information.

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/music-player-ipodtransfer.page0000644000373100047300000000406112320733553027705 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward. Songs don't appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it

When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music player application and also in the file manager (the Files application in the Launcher). You must copy songs onto the iPod using the music player - if you copy them across using the file manager, it won't work because the songs won't be put into the right location. iPods have a special location for storing songs that music player applications know how to get to but the file manager does not.

You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you unplug it. Before unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to safely remove it. This will make sure that all of the songs have been copied across properly.

A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the music player application you're using does not support converting the songs from one audio format to another. If you copy a song which is saved in an audio format that is not supported by your iPod (for example, an Ogg Vorbis (.oga) file), the music player will try to convert it to a format that the iPod does understand, such as MP3. If the appropriate conversion software (also called a codec or encoder) is not installed, the music player will not be able to do the conversion and so will not copy the song. Look in the software installer for an appropriate codec.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/net-antivirus.page0000644000373100047300000000352312320733553025407 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don't need anti-virus software. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Team Do I need anti-virus software?

If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having anti-virus software running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the background, constantly checking for computer viruses that might find their way onto your computer and cause problems.

Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don't need to use it. Viruses that affect Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this is because Linux is not as widely used as other operating systems, so no-one writes viruses for it. Others argue that Linux is intrinsically more secure, and security problems that viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly.

Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don't really need to worry about them at the moment.

If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the Ubuntu Software Center where a number of applications are available.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/net-security.page0000644000373100047300000000127412320733553025233 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Antivirus software, basic firewalls… The Ubuntu Documentation Team Keeping safe on the internet usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/prefs.page0000644000373100047300000000154512320733553023720 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Settings Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Keyboard, mouse, display, languages, user accounts… User & system settings usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/files-browse.page0000644000373100047300000000615512320733554025205 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Manage and organize files with the file manager. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team Browse files and folders

Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares.

To start the file manager, open Files in the Launcher. You can also search for files and folders with the Dash in the same way you would search for applications. They will appear under the heading Files and Folders.

Exploring the contents of folders

In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window.

The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. Click a parent folder in the path bar to go to that folder. Right-click any folder in the path bar to open it in a new tab or window, copy or move it, or access its properties.

If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches your search.

You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or simply drag a folder into the sidebar.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/files-removedrive.page0000644000373100047300000000553112320733554026230 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device. Safely remove an external drive

When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should safely remove them before unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you run the risk of unplugging while an application is still using it. This could result in some of your files being lost or damaged. When you use an optical disc like a CD or DVD, you can use the same steps to eject the disc from your computer.

To eject a removable device:

Open the file manager.

Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device.

Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and select Eject.
Safely remove a device that is in use

If any of the files on the device are open and in use by an application, you will not be able to safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a window telling you that "the volume is busy," and listing all the open files on the device. Once you close all the files on the device, the device will automatically be safe to remove. At that time you can unplug or eject it.

If you can't close one of the files, for example if the application using the file is locked up, you can right-click the file in the Volume is busy window and select End Process. This will force the entire locked up application to close, which could close other files you have open with that application.

You can also choose Eject Anyway to remove the device without closing the files. This may cause errors in applications that have those files open.
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/net-slow.page0000644000373100047300000000657712320733554024364 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it could be a busy time of day. The internet seems slow

If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of things that could be causing the slow down.

Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from the internet and then reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things that might be causing the internet to run slowly.)

Busy time of day

Internet service providers commonly setup internet connections so that they are shared between several households. Even though you connect separately, through your own phone line or cable connection, the connection to the rest of the internet at the telephone exchange might actually be shared. If this is the case and lots of your neighbors are using the internet at the same time as you, you might notice a slow-down. You're most likely to experience this at times when your neighbors are probably on the internet (in the evenings, for example).

Downloading lots of things at once

If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower.

Unreliable connection

Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference center, the internet connection might be too busy or simply unreliable.

Low wireless connection signal

If you're connected to the internet by wireless (wifi), check the network menu on the menu bar to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the internet may be slow because you don't have a very strong signal.

Using a slower mobile internet connection

If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may have moved into an area where signal reception is poor. When this happens, the internet connection will automatically switch from a fast "mobile broadband" connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, connection like GPRS.

Web browser has a problem

Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem that makes them run slow. This could be for any number of reasons - you could have visited a website that the browser struggled to load, or you might have had the browser open for a long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser's windows and then opening the browser again to see if this makes a difference.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/hardware-driver-proprietary.page0000644000373100047300000000330612320733554030243 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Proprietary device drivers are not freely available or open source. Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com What are proprietary drivers?

Most of the devices (hardware) attached to your computer should function properly in Ubuntu. These devices are likely to have open source drivers, which means that the drivers can be modified by the Ubuntu developers and problems with them can be fixed.

Some hardware does not have open source drivers, usually because the hardware manufacturer has not released details of their hardware which would make it possible to create such a driver. These devices may have limited functionality or may not work at all.

If a proprietary driver is available for a certain device, you can install it in order to allow your device to function properly, or to add new features. For example, installing a proprietary driver for certain graphics cards may allow you to use more advanced visual effects.

Many computers do not need proprietary drivers at all because the open source drivers fully support the hardware.

Most problems with proprietary drivers cannot be fixed by Ubuntu developers.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/power-lowpower.page0000644000373100047300000000373512320733554025615 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?

When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will automatically suspend. It does this to make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have time to shut down properly either.

You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, click the battery menu in the menu bar and select Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your applications and documents will not be saved when the computer turns off.

Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/backup-why.page0000644000373100047300000000241712320733554024653 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Why, what, where and how of backups. Backups GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Back up your important files

Backing up your files simply means making a copy of them for safekeeping. This is done in case the original files become unusable due to loss or corruption. These copies can be used to restore the original data in the event of loss. Copies should be stored on a different device from the original files. For example, you may use a USB drive, an external hard drive, a CD/DVD, or an off-site service.

The best way to back up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the copies off-site and (possibly) encrypted.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/printing-inklevel.page0000644000373100047300000000321712320733554026241 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges. Anita Reitere nitalynx@gmail.com How can I check my printer's ink/toner levels?

How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the model and manufacturer of your printer, and the drivers and applications installed on your computer.

Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other information.

The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply proprietary drivers with similar features.

Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink levels. Inkblot shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon printers. See if your printer is on the list of supported models. Another ink levels application for Epson and some other printers is mktink.

Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not designed to report their ink levels.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page0000644000373100047300000000417212320733554030510 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2013 Set up dual monitors on your desktop computer. Connect an extra monitor

To set up a second monitor with your desktop computer, connect the monitor. If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust the settings:

Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Displays.

Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, then switch it ON/OFF.

The monitor with the menu bar is the main monitor. To change which monitor is "main", click on the top bar and drag it over to the monitor you want to set as the "main" monitor.

To change the "position" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the desired position.

If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the Mirror displays box.

When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click Keep This Configuration.

To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner.

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/files-autorun.page0000644000373100047300000001274712320733554025405 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and other devices and media. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Open applications for devices or discs

You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or insert a disc or media card. For example, you might want your photo organizer to start when you plug in a digital camera. You can also turn this off, so that nothing happens when you plug something in.

To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Select DetailsRemovable Media.

Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or action for that media type. See below for a description of the different types of devices and media.

Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what to do, or nothing will happen automatically.

The Software option is slightly different from the others - if the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it can try to automatically run the software if you like. This is good if you have an application installed on a CD and want it to start when the disc is inserted (for example, a slideshow).

If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media to see a more detailed list of devices. Select the type of device or media from the Type drop-down and the application or action from the Action drop-down.

If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion at the bottom of the Removable Media window.
Types of devices and media Audio discs

Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other Media. If you open an audio disc with the file manager, the tracks will appear as WAV files that you can play in any audio player application.

 Video discs

Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, video CD (VCD), and super video CD (SVCD). If DVDs or other video discs do not work correctly when you insert them, see .

Blank discs

Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs.

 Cameras and photos

Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card from a camera, such as a CF, SD, MMC, or MS card. You can also simply browse your photos using the file manager.

Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular data CDs with JPEG images in a folder called PICTURES.

 Music players

Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager.

 E-book readers

Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file manager.

 Software

Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option to control what to do when media with autorun software is inserted. You will always be prompted for a confirmation before software is run.

Never run software from media you don't trust.
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/mouse-middleclick.page0000644000373100047300000000703112320733554026170 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the middle mouse button to open applications, paste text, open tabs, and more. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Middle-click

Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these instructions.

On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work.

Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts.

One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at the mouse position.

Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button.

On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set amount (such as one page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-click in the empty space to move to exactly the location you clicked.

You can quickly open a new window for an application with middle-click. Simply middle-click on the application's icon, either in the Launcher on the left, or in the Dash.

Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter.

In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you had double-clicked.

Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or middle mouse button.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/shell-apps-favorites.page0000644000373100047300000000332712320733554026652 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add, move, or remove frequently-used program icons on the Launcher. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Project ubuntu-doc@list.ubuntu.com Change which applications show in the Launcher

To add an application to the Launcher for quick access:

Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher.

Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the application icon and select Lock to Launcher.

The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location.

To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the application icon and select Unlock from Launcher.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/color-why-calibrate.page0000644000373100047300000000263112320733554026446 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating is important if you care about the colors you display or print. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Why do I need to do calibration myself?

Generic profiles are usually bad. When a manufacturer creates a new model, they just take a few items from the production line and average them together:

Averaged profiles

Display panels differ quite a lot from unit to unit and change substantially as the display ages. It is also more difficult for printers, as just changing the type or weight of paper can invalidate the characterization state and make the profile inaccurate.

The best way of ensuring the profile you have is accurate is by doing the calibration yourself, or by letting an external company supply you with a profile based on your exact characterization state.

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/backup-frequency.page0000644000373100047300000000375712320733554026055 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Learn how often you should backup your important files to make sure that they're safe. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Frequency of backups

How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. For example, if you are running a network environment with critical data stored on your servers, then even nightly backups may not be enough.

On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then hourly backups would likely be unnecessary. You may find it helpful to consider the following points when planning your backup schedule:

The amount of time you spend on the computer.

How often and by how much the data on the computer changes.

If the data you want to back up is lower priority, or subject to few changes, like music, e-mails and family photos, then weekly or even monthly backups may suffice. However, if you happen to be in the middle of a tax audit, more frequent backups may be necessary.

As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more than the amount of time you are willing to spend re-doing any lost work. For example, if spending a week re-writing lost documents is too long for you, you should back up at least once per week.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/power-closelid.page0000644000373100047300000000507512320733554025534 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power. Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?

When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will suspend in order to save power. This means that the computer isn't actually turned off - it has just gone to sleep. You can resume it by opening the lid. If it doesn't resume, try clicking the mouse or pressing a key. If that still doesn't work, press the power button.

Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their hardware isn't completely supported by the operating system (for example, the Linux drivers are incomplete). In this case, you may find that you are unable to resume your computer after you've closed the lid. You can try to fix the problem with suspend, or you can prevent the computer from trying to suspend when you close the lid.

Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed

If you don't want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can change the settings for that behavior:

Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if they are left running with the lid closed, especially if they are in a confined place like a backpack.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Hardware section, click Power.

Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do nothing.
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/keyboard-osk.page0000644000373100047300000000270212320733554025170 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse. Use a screen keyboard

If you don't have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use it, you can turn on the screen keyboard to enter text.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab.

Switch on Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/addremove.page0000644000373100047300000000143112320733554024542 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add/remove software Ubuntu Documentation Team Install, remove, extra repositories… Add & remove software usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/music-player-notrecognized.page0000644000373100047300000000446012320733554030063 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Add a .is_audio_player file to tell your computer that it's an audio player. Why isn't my audio player recognized when I plug it in?

If your audio player (MP3 player etc.) is plugged in to the computer but you can't see it in your music organizer application, it may not have been properly recognized as an audio player.

Try unplugging the player and then plugging it in again. If that doesn't help, open the file manager. You should see the player listed under Devices in the sidebar - click it to open the folder for the audio player. Now, click FileNew DocumentEmpty Document, type .is_audio_player and press Enter (the period and underscores are important, and it should be all lower-case). This file tells your computer to recognize the device as an audio player.

Now, find the audio player in the file manager sidebar and eject it (right-click and click Eject). Unplug it, then plug it back in. This time it should have been recognized as an audio player by your music organizer. If not, try closing the music organizer and then re-opening it.

These instructions won't work for iPods and some other audio players. They should work if your player is a USB Mass Storage device, though; it should say in its manual if it is.

When you look in the audio player folder again, you won't see the .is_audio_player file. This is because the period in the file's name tells the file manager to hide the file. You can check that it is still there by clicking ViewShow Hidden Files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/nautilus-behavior.page0000644000373100047300000001065512320733554026245 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify trash behavior. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in File manager behavior preferences

You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, how executable text files are handled, and the trash behavior. Click Files in the menu bar, pick Preferences and select the Behavior tab.

Behavior <gui>Single click to open items</gui> <gui>Double click to open items</gui>

By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can instead choose to have files and folders open when you click on them once. When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the Ctrl key while clicking to select one or more files.
Executable text files

An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run (execute). The file permissions must also allow for the file to run as a program. The most common are Shell, Python and Perl scripts. These have extensions .sh, .py and .pl, respectively.

When you open an executable text file, you can select from:

Run executable text files when they are opened

View executable text files when they are opened

Ask each time

If Ask each time is selected, a dialog will pop up asking if you wish to run or view the selected text file.

Executable text files are also called scripts. All scripts in ~/.local/share/nautilus/scripts folder will appear in the context menu for a file under the Scripts submenu. When a script is executed from a local folder, all selected files will be pasted to the script as parameters. To execute a script on a file:

Navigate to the desired folder.

Select the desired file.

Right click on the file to open the context menu and select the desired script to execute from the Scripts menu.

A script will not be passed any parameters when executed from a remote folder such as a folder showing web or ftp content.
File manager trash preferences Trash <gui>Ask before emptying the Trash or deleting files</gui>

This option is selected by default. When emptying the trash, a message will be displayed confirming that you would like to empty the trash or delete files.

 <gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>

Selecting this option will add a Delete item to the menu that pops up when you right-click on an item in the Files application.

Deleting an item using the Delete menu option bypasses the Trash altogether. The item is removed from the system completely. There is no way to recover the deleted item.
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/a11y-screen-reader.page0000644000373100047300000000167112320733554026072 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Use the Orca screen reader to speak the user interface. Read screen aloud

GNOME provides the Orca screen reader to speak the user interface. Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. Install Orca, and then refer to the Orca Help for more information.

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/mouse-wakeup.page0000644000373100047300000000235212320733554025221 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Mouse reacts with delay before it starts working

Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to "wake up" before they start working. They automatically go to sleep when not in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad, you can click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse.

Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the touchpad with your palm while typing. See for details.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/mouse.page0000644000373100047300000000235312320733554023730 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Left-handed, speed and sensitivity, touchpad clicking and scrolling… Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Mouse
Common mouse problems Common problems Common problems
Mouse tips Tips Tips
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/net-install-flash.page0000644000373100047300000000474512320733554026134 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, which display videos and interactive web pages. Install the Flash plug-in

Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some websites won't work without Flash.

If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free (but not open-source) download for most web browsers.

How to install Flash

Click this link to launch the Software Center.

Read the information and reviews to make sure you want to install Flash.

If you choose to install Flash, click Install from the Software Center window.

If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash.
Open-source alternatives to Flash

A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web).

You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible on your computer. Here are a few of the options:

Gnash

LightSpark
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/mouse-disabletouchpad.page0000644000373100047300000000273412320733554027064 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Disable touchpad while typing

Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time after your last key stroke.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing.

The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-find.page0000644000373100047300000000420212320733554026132 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org The wireless could be turned off or broken, there might be too many wireless networks nearby, or you might be out of range. I can't see my wireless network in the list

There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless network on the list of networks which appears when you click the network icon on the menu bar.

If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned off, or it may not be working properly. Make sure it is turned on.

If there are lots of wireless networks nearby, the network you are looking for might not be on the first page of the list. If this is the case, look at the bottom of the list for an arrow pointing towards the right and hover your mouse over it to display the rest of the wireless networks.

You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while.

The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so and then check if the network has appeared in the list.

The network could be hidden. You need to connect in a different way if it is a hidden network.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-noconnection.page0000644000373100047300000000577012320733554027721 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Double-check the password, try using the pass key instead of the password, turn the wireless card off and on again… I've entered the correct password, but I still can't connect

If you're sure that you entered the correct wireless password but you still can't successfully connect to a wireless network, try some of the following:

Double-check that you have the right password

Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-case letters), so check that you didn't get the case of one of the letters wrong.

Try the hex or ASCII pass key

The password you enter can also be represented in a different way - as a string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f) called a pass key. Each password has an equivalent pass key. If you have access to the pass key as well as the password/passphrase, try typing the pass key instead. Make sure you select the correct wireless security option when asked for your password (for example, select WEP 40/128-bit Key if you're typing the 40-character pass key for a WEP-encrypted connection).

Try turning your wireless card off and then on again

Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means they won't connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it - see for more information.

Check that you're using the right type of wireless security

When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by the router or wireless base station. This should be selected by default, but sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don't know which one it is, use trial and error to go through the different options.

Check that your wireless card is properly supported

Some wireless cards aren't supported very well. They show up as a wireless connection, but they can't connect to a network because their drivers lack the ability to do this. See if you can get an alternative wireless driver, or if you need to perform some extra set-up (like installing a different firmware). See for more information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/disk-partitions.page0000644000373100047300000000631012320733554025721 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to manage them. Manage volumes and partitions

The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, because you can split the storage up into chunks. The computer makes this storage accessible via your file system in a process referred to as mounting. Mounted volumes may be hard drives, USB drives, DVD-RWs, SD cards, and other media. If a volume is currently mounted, you can read (and possibly write) files on it.

Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area of storage on a single disk drive. Once a partition has been mounted, it can be referred to as a volume because you can access the files on it. You can think of volumes as the labeled, accessible “storefronts” to the functional “back rooms” of partitions and drives.

View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility

You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk utility.

Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application.

In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to inspect.

In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes.

Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with these utilities.

Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating system for memory management, and is rarely mounted. The primary partition contains your operating system, applications, settings, and personal files. These files can also be distributed among multiple partitions for security or convenience.

One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/files-tilde.page0000644000373100047300000000316112320733554024777 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 These are backup files. They are hidden by default. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com What is a file with a "~" at the end of its name?

Files with a "~" at the end of their names (for example, example.txt~) are automatically created backup copies of documents edited in the gedit text editor or other applications. It is safe to delete them, but there's no harm to leave them on your computer.

These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because you either selected Show Hidden Files (in the down menu of the Files toolbar) or pressed CtrlH. You can hide them again by repeating either of these steps.

These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See for advice on dealing with hidden files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/color-calibrationcharacterization.page0000644000373100047300000000523412320733554031457 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibration and characterization are different things entirely. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com What's the difference between calibration and characterization?

Many people are initially confused about the difference between calibration and characterization. Calibration is the process of modifying the color behavior of a device. This is typically done using two mechanisms:

Changing controls or internal settings that it has

Applying curves to its color channels

The idea of calibration is to put a device in a defined state with regard to its color response. Often this is used as a day to day means of maintaining reproducible behavior. Typically calibration will be stored in device or systems specific file formats that record the device settings or per-channel calibration curves.

Characterization (or profiling) is recording the way a device reproduces or responds to color. Typically the result is stored in a device ICC profile. Such a profile does not in itself modify color in any way. It allows a system such as a CMM (Color Management Module) or a color aware application to modify color when combined with another device profile. Only by knowing the characteristics of two devices, can a way of transferring color from one device representation to another be achieved.

Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device if it's in the same state of calibration as it was when it was characterized.

In the case of display profiles there is some additional confusion because often the calibration information is stored in the profile for convenience. By convention it is stored in a tag called the vcgt tag. Although it is stored in the profile, none of the normal ICC based tools or applications are aware of it, or do anything with it. Similarly, typical display calibration tools and applications will not be aware of, or do anything with the ICC characterization (profile) information.

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/shell-overview.page0000644000373100047300000000210012320733554025541 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Desktop Introduction, keyboard shortcuts, windows… GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Desktop, apps & windows
The Desktop
Applications and windows
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/mouse-lefthanded.page0000644000373100047300000000266412320733554026031 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use your mouse left-handed

You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the General section, switch Primary button to Right.

This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other pointing device.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-edit-connection.page0000644000373100047300000002173612320733554030307 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean. Edit a wireless connection

This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections.

Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here are provided to give you greater control over more advanced networks.
Available to all users / Connect automatically <gui>Connect automatically</gui>

Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this wireless network whenever it is in range.

If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range.

 <gui>Available to all users</gui>

Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the password themselves.

If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this network. You may be asked to enter your admin password.
Wireless <gui>SSID</gui>

This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you have changed the name of the wireless network (for example, by changing the settings of your wireless router or base station).

 <gui>Mode</gui>

Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to a central base station or router) or an Ad-hoc network (where there is no base station, and the computers in the network connect to one another). Most networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to set-up your own ad-hoc network though.

If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, Band and Channel. These determine which wireless frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too.

 <gui>BSSID</gui>

This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it will have a BSSID.

 <gui>Device MAC address</gui>

A MAC address is a code which identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an Ethernet network card or a router). Every device that you can connect to a network has a unique MAC address which was given to it in the factory.

This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card.

 <gui>Cloned MAC address</gui>

Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC address rather than its real one.

 <gui>MTU</gui>

This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When files are sent over a network, data is broken up into small chunks (or packets). The optimal MTU for your network will depend on how likely it is for packets to be lost (due to a noisy connection) and how fast the connection is. In general, you should not need to change this setting.
Wireless Security <gui>Security</gui>

This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being intercepted, so other people can't "listen in" and see what websites you're visiting and so on.

Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also require a username and a digital "certificate". See for more information on popular types of wireless encryption.
IPv4 Settings

Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see different ways of getting/setting that information.

The following methods are available:

<gui>Automatic (DHCP)</gui>

Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) connected to the network which decides which network settings your computer should have - when you first connect to the network, you will automatically be assigned the correct settings. Most networks use DHCP.

 <gui>Automatic (DHCP) addresses only</gui>

If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS server to use).

 <gui>Manual</gui>

Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings yourself, including which IP address the computer should use.

 <gui>Link-Local Only</gui>

Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other information. If you connect to a Link-Local network, the computers on the network will decide amongst themselves which IP addresses to use and so on. This is useful if you want to temporarily connect a few computers together so they communicate with each other.

 <gui>Disabled</gui>

This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled.
IPv6 Settings

This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular at the moment.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/printing-setup-default-printer.page0000644000373100047300000000401512320733554030670 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Pick the printer that you use most often. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Jana Svarova jana.svarova@gmail.com 2013 Set the default printer

If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Printers.

Right click your desired default printer from the list of available printers, and click Set as Default.

When choosing from the list of available printers, you can filter the printer search results by specifying a name or location of the printer (for example, 1st floor or entrance).

The search results filtering is available only in the dialog for addition of new printers.

When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, unless you choose a different printer for that specific print job.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/shell-windows.page0000644000373100047300000000445612320733554025405 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Move and organize your windows. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Windows and workspaces

Like other desktops, Unity uses windows to display your running applications. Using both the Dash and the Launcher, you can launch new applications and control which window is active.

In addition to windows, you can also group your applications together within workspaces. Visit the window and workspace help topics below to better learn how to use these features.

Windows Working with windows
Workspaces Working with workspaces
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/backup-how.page0000644000373100047300000000455712320733554024650 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use Déjà Dup (or some other backup application) to make copies of your valuable files and settings to protect against loss. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com How to back up

The recommended way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup application manage the backup process for you. A number of different backup applications are available, like Déjà Dup.

The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting your preferences for the backup, as well as how to restore your data.

An alternative option is to copy your files to a safe location, such as an external hard drive, another computer on the network, or a USB drive. Your personal files and settings are usually in your Home folder, so you can copy them from there.

The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage device. If you have the room on your backup device, it is best to back up the entire Home folder with the following exceptions:

Files that are already backed up somewhere else, such as to a CD, DVD, or other removable media.

Files that you can recreate easily. For example, if you are a programmer, you don't have to back up the files that get produced when you compile your programs. Instead, just make sure that you back up the original source files.

Any files in the Trash folder. Your Trash folder can be found in ~/.local/share/Trash.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/net-chat-video.page0000644000373100047300000000220012320733554025376 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team What applications can I use to make video calls? Video calls

You can make video calls from Ubuntu without installing any additional software using Empathy - via the Google Talk, MSN , Jabber , and SIP networks. See the Empathy manual for help on making video calls with Empathy.

Other applications which support video calls include

Skype

Ekiga

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/contacts-edit-details.page0000644000373100047300000000354512320733554026770 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Edit the information for each contact. Edit contact details

Editing contact details helps you keep the information in your address book up to date and complete.

Select the contact from your contact list.

Press Edit in the top-right corner of Contacts.

Edit the contact details.

To add a detail such as a new phone number or email address, press New Detail and select the field that you want to add.

Press Done to finish editing the contact.

In the case of linked contacts, you can edit a profile by clicking on the profile's avatar.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/music-player-newipod.page0000644000373100047300000000247712320733554026664 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can use them. My new iPod won't work

If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, it won't be recognized properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. This is because iPods need to be set up and updated using the iTunes software, which only runs on Windows and Mac OS X.

To set up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it in. You will be led through a few steps to set it up. If asked for the Volume Format, choose MS-DOS (FAT), Windows or similar. The other format (HFS/Mac) does not work as well with Linux.

Once you have finished setup, the iPod should work normally when you plug it into a Linux computer.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/printing-select.page0000644000373100047300000000241112320733554025702 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Print only certain pages

To only print certain pages from the document:

Click FilePrint

In the General tab in the Print window choose Pages from the Range section.

Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages.

For example, if you enter "1,3,5-7,9" in the Pages text box, pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed.

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/power-nowireless.page0000644000373100047300000000407512320733555026130 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is suspended and doesn't resume properly. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer

If you have suspended your computer, or it has hibernated, you may find that your wireless internet connection does not work when you resume it again. This happens when the driver for the wireless device does not fully support certain power saving features. Typically, the wireless connection fails to turn on properly when the computer is resumed.

If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings

Open Network and select the Wireless tab

Switch the wireless off and then on again

If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and then switch it off again

If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/clock.page0000644000373100047300000000136712320733555023700 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set time and date, timezone, calendar and appointments… Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Time & date usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/files-lost.page0000644000373100047300000000404712320733555024664 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Follow these tips if you can't find a file you created or downloaded. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Find a lost file

If you created or downloaded a file, but now you can't find it, follow these tips.

If you don't remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of how you named it, you can search for the file by name. See to learn how.

If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically saved it to a common folder. Check the Desktop and Downloads folders in your home folder.

You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it gets moved to the trash, where it stays until you manually empty the trash. See to learn how to recover a deleted file.

You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-intro.page0000644000373100047300000000325412320733555026702 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The Launcher is at the left of your screen. Ubuntu Documentation Team Use the Launcher to start applications

Launcher icons

The Launcher is one of the key components of the Unity desktop. When you log in to your desktop, it will appear along the left-hand side of the screen. The Launcher provides you with quick access to applications, workspaces, removable devices and the trash.

If an application that you want to start using is present in the Launcher, you can click on that application's icon, and it will start up, ready for you to use.

To learn more about the Launcher, explore any of the Launcher help topics below.

Use the Launcher
Customize the Launcher
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-adhoc.page0000644000373100047300000000351412320733555026276 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Use an ad-hoc network to allow other devices to connect to your computer and its network connections. Create a wireless hotspot

You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired network or over the cellular network.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Network and select Wireless on the left.

Click the Use as Hotspot button.

If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot to confirm.

A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/printing-setup.page0000644000373100047300000000621112320733555025566 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set up a printer that is connected to your computer. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Steven Richards steven.richardspc@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Set up a local printer

Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to your computer.

You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local printer now. They are listed in one window.

Make sure the printer is turned on.

Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to authenticate to install them.

A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or Options to make additional changes in the printer setup.

If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer settings.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Printers.

Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window.

Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers.

You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. When finished, click Apply.

You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step.

If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the make and model screens.

After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/power-batterywindows.page0000644000373100047300000000364612320733555027026 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the cause of this problem. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?

Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux than they do when running Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that computer vendors install special software for Windows/Mac OS that optimizes various hardware/software settings for a given model of computer. These tweaks are often highly specific, and may not be documented, so including them in Linux is difficult.

Unfortunately, there is not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself without knowing exactly what they are. You may find that using some power-saving methods helps, though. If your computer has a variable-speed processor, you might find that changing its settings is also useful.

Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating battery life is different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual battery life could be exactly the same, but the different methods give different estimates.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/files-recover.page0000644000373100047300000000365012320733555025347 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Deleted files are normally sent to the Trash, but can be recovered. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Recover a file from the Trash

If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into the Trash, and should be able to be restored.

To restore a file from the Trash:

Open the Launcher and then click the Trash shortcut which is located at the bottom of the Launcher.

If your deleted file is there, right-click on it and select Restore. It will be restored to the folder it was deleted from.

If you deleted the file by pressing ShiftDelete , or by using the command line, the file has been permanently deleted. Files that have been permanently deleted can't be recovered from the Trash.

There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to recover files that were permanently deleted. These tools are generally not very easy to use, however. If you accidentally permanently deleted a file, it's probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can recover it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/color-missingvcgt.page0000644000373100047300000000230712320733555026251 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Whole-screen color correction modifies all the screen colors on all windows. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Missing information for whole-screen color correction?

Unfortunately, many vendor-supplied ICC profiles do not include the information required for whole-screen color correction. These profiles can still be useful for applications that can do color compensation, but you will not see all the colors of your screen change.

In order to create a display profile, which includes both calibration and characterization data, you will need to use a special color measuring instruments called a colorimeter or a spectrometer.

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/nautilus-prefs.page0000644000373100047300000000116612320733555025563 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org File manager preferences usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/color-virtualdevice.page0000644000373100047300000000405712320733555026566 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the computer. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com What's a virtual color managed device?

A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the computer. Examples of this might be:

An online print-shop where photos are uploaded, printed and sent to you

Photos from a digital camera stored on a memory card

To create a virtual profile for a digital camera just drag and drop one of the image files onto the System Settings Color dialog. You can then assign profiles to it like any other device or even calibrate it.

To create a virtual profile for a digital camera just drag and drop one of the image files onto the System Settings Color dialog. You can then assign profiles to it like any other device or even calibrate it.

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/net-proxy.page0000644000373100047300000000502412320733555024544 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com A proxy filters websites that you look at, usually for control or security purposes. Define proxy settings
What is a proxy?

A web proxy filters websites that you look at, it receipts requests from your web browser to fetches the web pages and their elements, and following a policy will decide to pass them you back. They are commonly used in businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites you can look at, prevent you from accessing the internet without logging in, or to do security checks on websites.

Change proxy method

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on the left side of the window.

Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods.

None

The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the web.

 Manual

For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, FTP and SOCKS.

 Automatic

An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration for your system.

The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network connection to use the chosen configuration.

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/shell-workspaces.page0000644000373100047300000000451312320733555026067 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org What is a workspace, and how will it help me?

Workspace switcher button

Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. These virtual desktops increase the size of your working area. Workspaces are meant to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate.

Workspaces can be used to organize your work. For example, you could have all your communication windows, such as e-mail and your chat program, on one workspace, and the work you are doing on a different workspace. Your music manager could be on a third workspace.

Open the Launcher and click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, Ubuntu shows 4 workspaces, arranged in 2 rows and 2 columns. You can change the number of workspaces:

Change the number of workspaces

Go to the Dash and open the Terminal.

To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final number to the number you wish. Press Enter.

gsettings set org.compiz.core:/org/compiz/profiles/unity/plugins/core/ vsize 2

To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the final number to the number you wish. Press Enter.

gsettings set org.compiz.core:/org/compiz/profiles/unity/plugins/core/ hsize 3 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/documents.page0000644000373100047300000000234012320733555024576 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Organize the documents stored locally on your computer or created online. Documents

Documents is a GNOME application that lets you display, organize, and print the documents on your computer or those created remotely using Google Docs or SkyDrive.

View, Sort and Search
Select, Organize, Print
Questions
usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/shell-windows-switching.page0000644000373100047300000000602512320733555027375 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Press AltTab. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Project ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Switch between windows
From the Launcher

Show the Launcher by moving your mouse to the top left corner of your screen.

Applications that are running have a small white triangle arrow on the left. Click on a running application icon to switch to it.

If a running application has multiple windows open, there will be multiple white arrows on the left. Click the application icon a second time to show all open windows zoomed out. Click the window you want to switch to.

From the keyboard

Press AltTab to bring up the window switcher.

Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the switcher.

Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle through the list of open windows, or ShiftTab to cycle backwards.

Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through.

You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the mouse.

Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the ↓ key.

Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all workspaces, hold down the Ctrl and Alt keys and press Tab or ShiftTab.

Press SuperW to show all open windows zoomed out.

Click the window you want to switch to.

usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/hardware-problems-graphics.page0000644000373100047300000000140112320733555030006 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems. Screen problems

Most problems with the display are caused by issues with graphics drivers or configuration. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?

 usr/share/help-langpack/bo/ubuntu-help/color-gettingprofiles.page0000644000373100047300000000310212320733555027113 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Color profiles are provided by vendors and can be generated yourself. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Where do I get color profiles?

The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this does require some initial outlay.

Many manufacturers do try to provide color profiles for devices, although sometimes they are wrapped up in driver bundles which you may need to download, extract and then search for the color profiles.

Some manufacturers do not provide accurate profiles for the hardware and the profiles are best avoided. A good clue is to download the profile, and if the creation date is more than a year before the date you bought the device then it's likely dummy data generated that is useless.

See for information on why vendor-supplied profiles are often worse than useless.

language-pack-gnome-bo-base/data/bo/0000755000000000000000000000000012321561026014363 5ustar language-pack-gnome-bo-base/data/bo/LC_MESSAGES/0000755000000000000000000000000012321561032016145 5ustar language-pack-gnome-bo-base/data/bo/LC_MESSAGES/eog.po0000644000000000000000000017051712321561026017275 0ustar # Tibetan translation for eog # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the eog package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: eog\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-11 11:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-22 12:42+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Launchpad Translations Administrators \n" "Language-Team: Tibetan \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:39+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. Translaters: This string is for a toggle to display a toolbar. #. * The name of the toolbar is automatically computed from the widgets #. * on the toolbar, and is placed at the %s. Note the _ before the %s #. * which is used to add mnemonics. We know that this is likely to #. * produce duplicates, but don't worry about it. If your language #. * normally has a mnemonic at the start, please use the _. If not, #. * please remove. #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:992 #, c-format msgid "Show “_%s”" msgstr "%s ་སྟོན་པ" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:1485 msgid "_Move on Toolbar" msgstr "ལག་ཆའི་གནས་ཀྱི་ནང་དུ་སྤོར་བ(_M)" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:1486 msgid "Move the selected item on the toolbar" msgstr "བདམས་ཟིན་པའི་དོན་ཚན་ལག་ཆའི་གནས་ཀྱི་ནང་དུ་སྤོར་བ" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:1487 msgid "_Remove from Toolbar" msgstr "ལག་ཆའི་གནས་ཀྱི་ནང་ནས་འདོར་བ(_R)" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:1488 msgid "Remove the selected item from the toolbar" msgstr "བདམས་ཟིན་པའི་དོན་ཚན་འདི་ལག་ཆའི་གནས་ཀྱི་ནང་ནས་འདོར་བ" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:1489 msgid "_Delete Toolbar" msgstr "ལག་ཆའི་གནས་བསུབ་པ(_D)" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:1490 msgid "Remove the selected toolbar" msgstr "བདམས་ཟིན་པའི་ལག་ཆའི་གནས་བསུབ་པ" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-toolbar-editor.c:489 msgid "Separator" msgstr "ཁག་བཟོ་རྟགས" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:1 ../src/eog-window.c:4038 msgid "_View" msgstr "ལྟ་ཀློག(_V)" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:2 ../src/eog-window.c:4064 msgid "_Toolbar" msgstr "ལག་ཆའི་གནས (_T)" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:3 ../src/eog-window.c:4067 msgid "_Statusbar" msgstr "གནས་སྟངས་གནས(_S)" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:4 ../src/eog-window.c:4070 msgid "_Image Gallery" msgstr "" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:5 ../src/eog-window.c:4073 msgid "Side _Pane" msgstr "ཟུར་པང(_P)" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:6 ../src/eog-window.c:4052 msgid "Prefere_nces" msgstr "རང་མོས་སྒྲིག་འཛུགས(_N)" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:7 ../src/eog-window.c:2565 #: ../src/eog-window.c:4041 msgid "_Help" msgstr "རོགས་རམ(_H)" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:8 msgid "_About Image Viewer" msgstr "" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:9 msgid "_Quit" msgstr "" #: ../data/eog.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/eog-application.c:269 #: ../src/eog-window.c:6163 msgid "Image Viewer" msgstr "གཟུགས་རིས་ལྟ་ཀློག་ཆས" #: ../data/eog.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Browse and rotate images" msgstr "གཟུགས་རིས་ལྟ་བཤེར་དང་ཁ་སྐོར་བ" #. Extra keywords that can be used to search for eog in GNOME Shell and Unity #: ../data/eog.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Picture;Slideshow;Graphics;" msgstr "" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:1 ../src/eog-window.c:5039 msgid "Image Properties" msgstr "གཟུགས་རིས་ངོ་བོ" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "_Previous" msgstr "གོང་མ(_P)" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "_Next" msgstr "རྗེས་མ(_N)" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:4 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:495 msgid "Name:" msgstr "མིང་：" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:5 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:497 msgid "Width:" msgstr "རྒྱ་ཆེ་ཆུང：" # SUN CHANGED MESSAGE #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:6 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:499 msgid "Height:" msgstr "མཐོ་ཚད：" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:7 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:501 msgid "Type:" msgstr "རིགས：" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:8 msgid "Bytes:" msgstr "ཚིག་གྲངས：" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:9 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:505 msgid "Folder:" msgstr "" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:10 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:493 msgid "General" msgstr "རྒྱུན་ལྡན" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:11 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:530 msgid "Aperture Value:" msgstr "འོད་ལམ་ཐོབ་གྲངས：" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:12 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:533 msgid "Exposure Time:" msgstr "གཟུགས་རིས་སྡུད་པའི་དུས་ཚོད：" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:13 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:536 msgid "Focal Length:" msgstr "འོད་བསྣོལ་རིང་ཚད：" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:14 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:538 msgid "Flash:" msgstr "འོད་འཁྱུག：" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:15 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:542 msgid "ISO Speed Rating:" msgstr "ISO མྱུར་ཚད་གྱི་ཚོད་：" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:16 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:545 msgid "Metering Mode:" msgstr "ཚད་འཇལ་བའི་རྣམ་པ：" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:17 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:548 msgid "Camera Model:" msgstr "པར་ཆས་བཟོ་དབྱིབས་：" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:18 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:550 msgid "Date/Time:" msgstr "ཟླ་ཚེས་དང་དུས་ཚོད：" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:19 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:555 msgid "Description:" msgstr "གསལ་འགྲེལ：" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:20 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:558 msgid "Location:" msgstr "གནས་ཡུལ：" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:21 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:561 msgid "Keywords:" msgstr "གཙོ་ཚིག：" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:22 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:563 msgid "Author:" msgstr "རྩོམ་མཁན：" # SUN CHANGED MESSAGE #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:23 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:566 msgid "Copyright:" msgstr "པར་བཤུ་ཐོབ་ཐང：" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:24 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:569 msgid "Details" msgstr "ཞིབ་ཕྲ" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:25 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:526 msgid "Metadata" msgstr "ཆ་འཕྲིན་གྲངས་སྐོར་གྱི་ཆ་འཕྲིན" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Save As" msgstr "ཉར་སྟངས" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:5 #, no-c-format msgid "%f: original filename" msgstr "%f: ཐོག་མའི་ཡིག་ཆའི་མིང" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:7 #, no-c-format msgid "%n: counter" msgstr "%n: རྩི་རྒྱག་ཆས" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "Filename format:" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆའི་མིང་གི་རིགས：" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "Choose a folder" msgstr "ཡིག་སྣོད་ཞིག་གདམ་པ" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:8 msgid "Destination folder:" msgstr "འཇུག་སའི་ཡིག་སྣོད：" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:11 msgid "File Path Specifications" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་བརྒྱུད་ལམ་གསལ་འགོད" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "Start counter at:" msgstr "རྩི་རྒྱག་འགོ་འཛུགས་དུས་ཚོད：" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:11 msgid "Replace spaces with underscores" msgstr "སྟོང་བའི་ཚབ་ལ་འོག་ཐིག་འཇོག་པ་" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:14 msgid "Options" msgstr "འདེམས་སྟངས" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:15 msgid "Rename from:" msgstr "མིང་བརྗེ་སའི་འབྱུང་ཁུངས：" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:16 msgid "To:" msgstr "དུས་འདིའི་བར་ལ：" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:17 msgid "File Name Preview" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆའི་མིང་སྔོན་ལྟ" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "Image Enhancements" msgstr "གཟུགས་རིས་སྤུས་ལེགས་བཟོ་བ" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Smooth images when zoomed _out" msgstr "" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Smooth images when zoomed _in" msgstr "" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "_Automatic orientation" msgstr "རང་འགུལ་ཁ་ཕྱོགས(_A)" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "Background" msgstr "རྒྱབ་ལྗོངས(_B)" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "As custom color:" msgstr "རང་བཟོས་ཚོས་མདངས་བཞིན(_O)：" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:8 #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Background Color" msgstr "རྒྱབ་ལྗོངས་ཀྱི་ཚོན་མདོག(_B)" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "Transparent Parts" msgstr "དྭངས་ཆ་ཁུལ" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "As check _pattern" msgstr "བརྟག་ཞིབ་ལུགས(_P)" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:11 msgid "As custom c_olor:" msgstr "སྲོལ་རྒྱུན་ཚོས་མདངས(_O)：" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:12 msgid "Color for Transparent Areas" msgstr "དྭངས་ཆའི་ཁུལ་ལ་སྤྱོད་པའི་ཁ་དོག" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:13 msgid "As _background" msgstr "རྒྱབ་ལྗོངས་ལ་བསྒྱུར་བ(_B)" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:14 msgid "Image View" msgstr "གཟུགས་རིས་ལྟ་ཀློག" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:15 msgid "Image Zoom" msgstr "གཟུགས་རིས་རྒྱང་བསྐྱེད་ཚད" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:16 msgid "E_xpand images to fit screen" msgstr "གཟུགས་རིས་རྒྱ་བསྐྱེད་ནས་འཆར་ངོས་དང་འཚམས་པོ་བཟོ་བ(_X)" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:17 msgid "Sequence" msgstr "གོ་རིམ" #. I18N: This sentence will be displayed above a horizonzal scale to select a number of seconds in eog's preferences dialog. #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:19 msgid "_Time between images:" msgstr "" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:20 msgid "_Loop sequence" msgstr "འཁོར་རྒྱུག་གོ་རིམ(_L)" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:21 msgid "Slideshow" msgstr "འགྲེམ་སྟོན" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:22 msgid "Plugins" msgstr "ནང་འཛུགས" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Automatic orientation" msgstr "རང་འགུལ་གྱི་ཁ་ཕྱོགས" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Whether the image should be rotated automatically based on EXIF orientation." msgstr "EXIF་ལ་གཞིགས་ནས་གཟུགས་རིས་རང་འགུལ་གྱིས་ཁ་སྐོར་གདམ་ཀ" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "" "The color that is used to fill the area behind the image. If the use-" "background-color key is not set, the color is determined by the active GTK+ " "theme instead." msgstr "" "གཟུགས་རིས་རྒྱབ་ངོས་ཁ་སྐོང་བྱེད་ཀྱི་ཚོན་མདོག use-background-color " "སྒྲིག་འཛུགས་བྱས་མེད་ན་ཚོན་མདོག་འདི་བེད་སྤྱོད་བཞིན་པའི་GTK+་གཞི་ཁོག་གིས་གཏན་འབ" "ེབས་བྱེད་ཆོག" # SUN CHANGED MESSAGE #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Interpolate Image" msgstr "Interpolate Image" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Whether the image should be interpolated on zoom-out. This leads to better " "quality but is somewhat slower than non-interpolated images." msgstr "" "གཟུགས་རིས་གམ་དུ་འཐེན་སྐབས་ཚོད་བགམ་བྱེད་དགོས་སམ། " "ཚོད་བགམ་བྱས་པའི་གཟུགས་རིས་ཀྱི་སྤུས་ཚད་ཡག་ནའང་དུས་ཚོད་འགྱངས་ཡོད" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Extrapolate Image" msgstr "ཚོད་བགམ་ཅན་གཟུགས་རིས" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "" "Whether the image should be extrapolated on zoom-in. This leads to blurry " "quality and is somewhat slower than non-extrapolated images." msgstr "" "གཟུགས་རིས་གམ་དུ་འཐེན་སྐབས་ཚོད་བགམ་བྱེད་དགོས་སམ། " "ཚོད་བགམ་བྱས་པའི་གཟུགས་རིས་ཀྱི་སྤུས་ཚད་མི་ཡག་པ་དང་དུས་ཚོད་འགྱངས་བ་ཡོད" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Transparency indicator" msgstr "དྭངས་ཆ་མཚོན་བྱེད" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "" "Determines how transparency should be indicated. Valid values are " "CHECK_PATTERN, COLOR and NONE. If COLOR is chosen, then the trans-color key " "determines the color value used." msgstr "" "དྭངས་ཚད་གཏན་འབེབས་བྱེད་པ ནུས་ལྡན་གྱི་ཐོབ་གྲངས་ནི་ " "CHECK_PATTERN་་རྟགས་འགོད་གཟུགས་རིས་དང་COLOR་་ཚོན་མདངས། NONE་་ཅི་ཡང་མེད་་ " "གསུམ་ཡིན་ཏེ། " "གལ་སྲིད་COLOR་་ཚོན་མདོག་་བདམས་ན་དྭངས་ཆ་སྒོ་འབྱེད་_c་ཀྱིས་ཚོས་མདོག་ཐོབ་གྲངས་གཏ" "ན་ཁེལ་བྱེད" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Scroll wheel zoom" msgstr "འཁོར་ལོས་རྒྱ་བསྐྱེད་ཚད་བཟོ་བ" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Whether the scroll wheel should be used for zooming." msgstr "ཡར་མར་འཐེན་བྱེད་འཁོར་ལོས་རྒྱ་བསྐྱེད་ཚད་ལ་སྤྱོད་དགོས་སམ" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Zoom multiplier" msgstr "རྒྱང་བསྐྱེད་ཚད་ལྡབ་རིམ་པ" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:15 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The multiplier to be applied when using the mouse scroll wheel for zooming. " "This value defines the zooming step used for each scroll event. For example, " "0.05 results in a 5% zoom increment for each scroll event and 1.00 result in " "a 100% zoom increment." msgstr "" "རྒྱང་བསྐྱེད་ཚད་ལ་ཙིག་རྟགས་ཡར་མར་འཐེན་བྱེད་འཁོར་ལོ་སྤྱོད་པའི་སྐབས་ལྡབ་རིམ་པ་ཚད" "།ཐོག་གྲངས་འདིས་ཡར་མར་འཐེན་བྱེད་བྱ་འགུལ་སོ་སོའི་རྒྱང་བསྐྱེད་ཚད་རིམ་པ་གཏན་འབེབས" "་བྱེད་པ།དཔེར་ན། 0.05 " "བཙུག་ན་ཡར་མར་འཐེན་བྱེད་བྱ་འགུལ་རེ་རེས་5%་ཡི་རྒྱང་བསྐྱེད་ཚད་རིམ་པ་བཟོ་བ་དང་1.0" "0་ཡིན་ན་100%་ཡི་རྒྱང་བསྐྱེད་ཚད་རིམ་པ་བཟོ་བ" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "Transparency color" msgstr "དྭངས་གསལ་ཁ་དོག" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "" "If the transparency key has the value COLOR, then this key determines the " "color which is used for indicating transparency." msgstr "" "གལ་སྲིད་དྭངས་ཆ་སྒོ་འབྱེད་ལ་COLOR་་ཚོན་མདོག་་སྒྲིག་འཛུགས་བྱས་ཡོད་ན་སྒོ་འབྱེད་འ" "དིས་དྭངས་ཆ་མཚོན་བྱེད་གྱི་ཚོན་མདོག་གང་ཡིན་གཏན་འབེབས་བྱེད" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Use a custom background color" msgstr "རང་བཟོས་རྒྱབ་ལྗོངས་ཚོན་མདོག་སྤྱོད་པ(_D)" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "" "If this is active, the color set by the background-color key will be used to " "fill the area behind the image. If it is not set, the current GTK+ theme " "will determine the fill color." msgstr "" "འདི་འགོ་སློང་ན་use-background-" "color་ཡིས་གཟུགས་རིས་རྒྱབ་ངོས་ཁ་སྐོང་བྱེད་ཀྱི་ཚོན་མདོག་སྒྲིག་པ་དང་། " "སྒྲིག་འཛུགས་བྱས་མེད་ན་ཚོན་མདོག་འདི་བེད་སྤྱོད་བཞིན་པའི་GTK+་གཞི་ཁོག་གིས་གཏན་འབ" "ེབས་བྱེད་ཆོག" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Loop through the image sequence" msgstr "གཟུགས་རིས་གོ་རིམ་བཞིན་འཁོར་རྒྱུག་བྱེད་པ" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "Whether the sequence of images should be shown in an endless loop." msgstr "གཟུགས་རིས་གོ་རིམ་འཚམས་མེད་པའི་འཁོར་རྒྱུ་ཚུལ་གྱིས་ཤར་དགོས་སམ" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:23 #, no-c-format msgid "Allow zoom greater than 100% initially" msgstr "འགོ་འཛུགས་པ་དང་རྒྱ་བསྐྱེད་ཚད་100% i ལས་བརྒལ་དུ་བཅུག་པ" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "" "If this is set to FALSE small images will not be stretched to fit into the " "screen initially." msgstr "" "འདིར་གལ་སྲིད་FALSE་འམ་་མི་བདེན་པ་་བཙུགས་ན་གཟུགས་རིས་ཆུང་ངུ་སྒོ་འབྱེད་པ་དང་འཆར" "་་ངོས་དང་མཚམས་པའི་ཆེ་ཆུང་སྒྲིག་མི་ཐུབ་པ།" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:25 msgid "Delay in seconds until showing the next image" msgstr "གཟུགས་རིས་གཉིས་བར་གྱི་དུས་ཚོད" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:26 msgid "" "A value greater than 0 determines the seconds an image stays on screen until " "the next one is shown automatically. Zero disables the automatic browsing." msgstr "" "0་ལས་ཆེའི་ཐོབ་གྲངས་ནི་འཆར་ངོས་ཐོག་གཟུགས་རིས་དེ་འོག་གི་གཟུགས་དང་རང་འགུལ་གྱིས་བ" "རྗེ་བའི་དུས་ཚོད་ཡིན། ཀླད་ཀོར་གྱིས་རང་འགུལ་ཀློག་འདོན་ནུས་མེད་སྒྱུར" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:27 msgid "Show/Hide the window toolbar." msgstr "སྒེའུ་ཁུང་ལག་ཆའི་གནས་མངོན་པ་དང་སྐུང་པ" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:28 msgid "Show/Hide the window statusbar." msgstr "སྒེའུ་ཁུང་གནས་སྟངས་འདོན་ས་མངོན་པ་དང་སྐུང་པ" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:29 msgid "Show/Hide the image gallery pane." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:30 msgid "" "Image gallery pane position. Set to 0 for bottom; 1 for left; 2 for top; 3 " "for right." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:31 msgid "Whether the image gallery pane should be resizable." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:32 msgid "Show/Hide the window side pane." msgstr "སྒེའུ་ཁུང་ཟུར་པང་མངོན་པ་དང་སྐུང་པ" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:33 msgid "Show/Hide the image gallery pane scroll buttons." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:34 msgid "Close main window without asking to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:35 msgid "Trash images without asking" msgstr "གཟུགས་རིསསྒྙིགས་སྣོད་ནང་གཡུག་དུས་བཀའ་འདྲི་མི་བྱེད་པ" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:36 msgid "" "If activated, Eye of GNOME won't ask for confirmation when moving images to " "the trash. It will still ask if any of the files cannot be moved to the " "trash and would be deleted instead." msgstr "" "འདི་གལ་སྲིད་འགོ་སློང་ན་ཇི་ནོམ་མིག་གིས་གཟུགས་རིས་སྙིགས་སྣོད་ནང་འདོར་སྐབས་གཏན་ཁ" "ེལ་ཡིན་མིན་མི་འདྲི་བ། " "ཡིན་ན་ཡང་སྙིད་སྣོད་ནང་འདོར་མི་ཐུབ་པའི་ཡིག་ཆ་བསུབ་བཞིན་ཡོད་ན་གཏན་ཁེལ་ཡིན་མིན་འ" "དྲི་འོང་།" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:37 msgid "" "Whether the file chooser should show the user's pictures folder if no images " "are loaded." msgstr "" "གལ་སྲིད་ཀློག་འཇུག་བྱེད་རྒྱུའི་གཟུགས་རིས་མེད་ན་ཡིག་ཆ་གདམ་བྱེད་ཀྱིས་སྤྱོད་མཁན་ག" "ྱི་པར་སྣོད་འཆར་དུ་འཇུག་གམ" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:38 msgid "" "If activated and no image is loaded in the active window, the file chooser " "will display the user's pictures folder using the XDG special user " "directories. If deactivated or the pictures folder has not been set up, it " "will show the current working directory." msgstr "" "འདི་འགོ་བསླང་ན་སྒེའུ་ཁུང་ནང་དུ་པར་རིས་གཅིག་ཀྱང་ནང་འཇུག་མི་བྱེད་པ། " "ཡིག་ཆ་འདེམས་བསྐོ་བས་XDG་སྤྱོད་མཁན་འཇུག་ཐོ་ཁྱད་པར་ཅན་སྤྱད་ནས་སྤྱོད་མཁན་གྱི་པར་" "རིས་འཇུག་སྣོད་འཆར་བ། " "དེ་མིན་པ་དང་པར་སྣོད་ལ་འདི་བསྒྲིགས་མེད་ན་ད་ལྟ་སྤྱོད་བཞིན་པའི་འཇུག་ཐོ་དེ་མངོན་པ" "།" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:39 msgid "" "Whether the metadata list in the properties dialog should have its own page." msgstr "" "ངོ་བོ་ནང་གི་ཆ་འཕྲིན་གྲངས་སྐོར་གྱི་ཐོ་འགོད་དེ་ཤོག་ལེབ་གསར་བའི་ནང་མངོན་དགོས་སམ" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:40 msgid "" "If activated, the detailed metadata list in the properties dialog will be " "moved to its own page in the dialog. This should make the dialog more usable " "on smaller screens, e.g. as used by netbooks. If disabled, the widget will " "be embedded on the \"Metadata\" page." msgstr "" "གལ་སྲིད་འདི་འགོ་བསླང་ན་ངོ་བོའི་ནང་ཆ་འཕྲིན་གྲངས་སྐོར་གྱི་ཐོ་འགོད་ཞིབ་ཕྲ་དེ་ཤོག" "་དེབ་ལོག་ཀར་བའི་ནང་མངོན་པ། " "འདིས་འཆར་ངོས་ཆུང་བའི་ཐོག་གླེང་སྒྲོམ་བེད་སྤྱོད་གཏོང་སླ་དཔེར་ན་དྲ་བའི་ཡིག་ཁུག་ན" "ང་བེད་སྤྱོད་བཞིན་པ། " "འདི་ནུས་མེད་བཟོས་ན་\"Metadata\"ཆ་འཕྲིན་གྲངས་སྐོར་་གྱི་ཤོག་དེབ་ཐོག་ཏུ་ཡོ་བྱད་ཚ" "ུད་ཡོད།" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:41 msgid "External program to use for editing images" msgstr "ཕྱི་གཏོགས་བྱ་རིམ་བེད་སྤྱད་ནས་གཟུགས་རིས་ཞུ་དག་བྱེད་པ" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:42 msgid "" "The desktop file name (including the \".desktop\") of the application to use " "for editing images (when the \"Edit Image\" toolbar button is clicked). Set " "to the empty string to disable this feature." msgstr "" "གཟུགས་རིས་བཟོ་བཅོས་བྱེད་པར་(ལག་ཆའི་གནས་འདོན་སའི་ནང་གི་\"Edit " "Image\"གནོན་མཐེབ་རྡེབ་པའི་སྐབས)སྤྱོད་པའི་ཉེར་སྤྱོད་ཀྱི་སྒྲོག་སྟེགས་ཡིག་ཆའི་མི" "ང་(\".desktop\"ཡང་ཡོད་པ)ཡིག་ཕྲེང་སྟོང་བ་བཙུགས་ན་དོན་ཚན་འདི་ནུས་མེད་འགྱུར་རོ།" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:43 msgid "Active plugins" msgstr "འགུལ་སྐྱོད་ཡོད་པའི་ནང་འཛུགས" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:44 msgid "" "List of active plugins. It doesn't contain the \"Location\" of the active " "plugins. See the .eog-plugin file for obtaining the \"Location\" of a given " "plugin." msgstr "" "འགུལ་སྐྱོད་བྱེད་བཞིན་པའི་ནང་འཛུགས་མིང་ཐོ། " "འདིའི་ནང་འགུལ་སྐྱོད་ནང་འཛུགས་ཀྱི་\"Location\" ་་གནས་ཡུལ་་ཚུད་མེད།eog-" "plugin་ཡིག་ཆ་ལ་གཟིགས་ནས་སྤྲད་ཟིན་པའི་ནང་འཇུག་གི་\"Location\" " "་་གནས་ཡུལ་་ལེན་དགོས" #: ../plugins/fullscreen/fullscreen.plugin.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Fullscreen with double-click" msgstr "གཉིས་རྡེབ་ཀྱིས་འཆར་ངོས་བཀང་བ" #: ../plugins/fullscreen/fullscreen.plugin.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Activate fullscreen mode with double-click" msgstr "གཉིས་རྡེབ་བྱས་ནས་འཆར་ངོས་གང་བའི་རྣམ་པ་འགོ་སློང་བ" #: ../plugins/reload/eog-reload-plugin.c:74 #: ../plugins/reload/reload.plugin.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Reload Image" msgstr "གཟུགས་རིས་བསྐྱར་འཇུག" #: ../plugins/reload/eog-reload-plugin.c:76 #: ../plugins/reload/reload.plugin.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Reload current image" msgstr "མིག་སྔོན་གྱི་གཟུགས་རིས་བསྐྱར་འཇུག" #: ../plugins/statusbar-date/statusbar-date.plugin.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Date in statusbar" msgstr "གནས་སྟངས་ཐོག་ཏུ་ཟླ་ཚེས་ཤར་བ" #: ../plugins/statusbar-date/statusbar-date.plugin.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Shows the image date in the window statusbar" msgstr "སྒེའུ་ཁུང་གནས་སྟངས་ཤར་སའི་ཐོག་གཟུགས་རིས་ཀྱི་ཟླ་ཚེས་ཤར་བ" #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:166 msgid "Close _without Saving" msgstr "ཉར་ཚགས་མི་བྱེད་པར་སྒོ་རྒྱག(_W)" #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:212 msgid "Question" msgstr "དྲི་བ" #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:391 msgid "If you don't save, your changes will be lost." msgstr "ཉར་ཚགས་མ་བྱས་ན་ཁྱོད་ཀྱི་བཟོ་བཅོས་རྣམས་བརླག་འགྲོ་ངེས" #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:428 #, c-format msgid "Save changes to image \"%s\" before closing?" msgstr "སྒོ་མ་བརྒྱབ་གོང་གཟུགས་རིས་%s་ཡི་བཟོ་བཅོས་ཉར་ཚགས་དགོས་སམ" #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:635 #, c-format msgid "There is %d image with unsaved changes. Save changes before closing?" msgid_plural "" "There are %d images with unsaved changes. Save changes before closing?" msgstr[0] "" "བཟོ་བཅོས་ཉར་ཚགས་མ་བྱས་པའི་གཟུགས་རིས་%d་འདུག་པས་སྒོམ་མ་བརྒྱབ་གོང་བཟོ་བཅོས་གསོག" "་་འཇོག་དགོས་སམ" #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:652 msgid "S_elect the images you want to save:" msgstr "ཉར་ཚགས་དགོས་པའི་གཟུགས་རིས་རྣམས་འདེམས་རོགས(_E)：" #. Secondary label #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:671 msgid "If you don't save, all your changes will be lost." msgstr "ཉར་ཚགས་མ་བྱས་ན་ཁྱོད་ཀྱི་བཟོ་བཅོས་རྣམས་བརླག་འགྲོ་དགོས" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:2 #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:172 #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:119 ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:456 #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:464 ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:472 #: ../src/eog-window.c:3367 ../src/eog-window.c:3370 ../src/eog-window.c:3621 msgid "_Cancel" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:124 ../src/eog-window.c:847 msgid "_Reload" msgstr "བསྐྱར་འཇུག_R" #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:129 ../src/eog-window.c:4085 msgid "Save _As…" msgstr "ཉར་ཚགས་བྱེད་སྟངས_A་་་" #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:171 #, c-format msgid "Could not load image '%s'." msgstr "གཟུགས་རིས་%s་ནང་འཇུག་མི་ཐུབ་པ" #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:213 #, c-format msgid "Could not save image '%s'." msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:256 #, c-format msgid "No images found in '%s'." msgstr "%s་ནང་དུ་གཟུགས་རིས་མ་རྙེད་པ" #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:263 msgid "The given locations contain no images." msgstr "སྤྱད་ཟིན་པའི་གནས་ཡུལ་རྣམས་ལ་གཟུགས་རིས་མེད་པ" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:65 msgid "Camera" msgstr "པར་ཆས" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:66 msgid "Image Data" msgstr "གཟུགས་རིས་ཆ་འཕྲིན་གྲངས" # SUN CHANGED MESSAGE #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:67 msgid "Image Taking Conditions" msgstr "པར་རྒྱག་ཆ་རྐྱེན" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:68 msgid "GPS Data" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:69 msgid "Maker Note" msgstr "Maker Note" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:70 msgid "Other" msgstr "གཞན་པ" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:72 msgid "XMP Exif" msgstr "XMP Exif" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:73 msgid "XMP IPTC" msgstr "XMP IPTC" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:74 msgid "XMP Rights Management" msgstr "XMP ཐོབ་ཐང་དོ་དམ" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:75 msgid "XMP Other" msgstr "XMP གཞན་པ" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:251 msgid "Tag" msgstr "ཁ་ཡིག" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:258 msgid "Value" msgstr "ཐོབ་གྲངས" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:436 msgid "North" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:439 msgid "East" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:442 msgid "West" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:445 msgid "South" msgstr "" #. A strftime-formatted string, to display the date the image was taken. #: ../src/eog-exif-util.c:120 ../src/eog-exif-util.c:160 msgid "%a, %d %B %Y %X" msgstr "%Yལོའི་ཟླ་%m་ཚེས་%d %X" #. A strftime-formatted string, to display the date the image was taken, for the case we don't have the time. #: ../src/eog-exif-util.c:154 msgid "%a, %d %B %Y" msgstr "%Yལོའི་ཟླ%mཚེས%d %A" #. TRANSLATORS: This is the actual focal length used when #. the image was taken. #: ../src/eog-exif-util.c:251 #, c-format msgid "%.1f (lens)" msgstr "%.1f (འབུར་ཤེལ)" #. Print as float to get a similar look as above. #. TRANSLATORS: This is the equivalent focal length assuming #. a 35mm film camera. #: ../src/eog-exif-util.c:262 #, c-format msgid "%.1f (35mm film)" msgstr "%.1f (35mm པར་སྡུད་ཐག་པ)" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:119 msgid "File format is unknown or unsupported" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆའི་རིགས་ལ་རྒྱུས་མེད་པ་དང་རྒྱབ་སྐྱོར་མེད་པ" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:124 msgid "" "Image Viewer could not determine a supported writable file format based on " "the filename." msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:125 msgid "Please try a different file extension like .png or .jpg." msgstr "མཐུད་སྣེ་འདྲ་མིན་སྤྱད་ནས་ཚོད་ལྟ་བྱེད་རོགས། དཔེར་ན.png འམ.jpg ་ལ་སོགས" #. Filter name: First description then file extension, eg. "The PNG-Format (*.png)". #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:160 #, c-format msgid "%s (*.%s)" msgstr "%s (*.%s)" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:212 msgid "All files" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:217 msgid "Supported image files" msgstr "" #. Pixel size of image: width x height in pixel #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:289 ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:232 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:236 ../src/eog-properties-dialog.c:134 #: ../src/eog-properties-dialog.c:136 ../src/eog-thumb-view.c:515 msgid "pixel" msgid_plural "pixels" msgstr[0] "ཚོན་གྲངས" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:459 msgid "Open Image" msgstr "གཟུགས་རིས་ཁ་ཕྱེ" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:467 msgid "Save Image" msgstr "གཟུགས་རིས་ཉར་ཚགས" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:475 msgid "Open Folder" msgstr "ཡིག་སྣོད་ཁ་ཕྱེ" #: ../src/eog-image.c:613 #, c-format msgid "Transformation on unloaded image." msgstr "ཀློག་འཇུག་མ་བྱས་པའི་དབྱིབས་འགྱུར" #: ../src/eog-image.c:641 #, c-format msgid "Transformation failed." msgstr "དབྱིབས་འགྱུར་ཕམ་ཉེས" #: ../src/eog-image.c:1116 #, c-format msgid "EXIF not supported for this file format." msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་འདིའི་བཟོ་རིགས་ལ་EXIF་ཡིས་རྒྱབ་སྐྱོར་མེད་པ" #: ../src/eog-image.c:1265 #, c-format msgid "Image loading failed." msgstr "གཟུགས་རིས་འདོན་ལེན་བྱེད་མ་ཐུབ" #: ../src/eog-image.c:1846 ../src/eog-image.c:1966 #, c-format msgid "No image loaded." msgstr "འདོན་ལེན་ཚར་བའི་གཟུགས་རིས་མེད་པ" #: ../src/eog-image.c:1854 ../src/eog-image.c:1975 #, c-format msgid "You do not have the permissions necessary to save the file." msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-image.c:1864 ../src/eog-image.c:1986 #, c-format msgid "Temporary file creation failed." msgstr "གནས་སྐབས་ཡིག་ཆ་གསར་བཟོ་མ་ཐུབ" #: ../src/eog-image-jpeg.c:374 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't create temporary file for saving: %s" msgstr "%s་ཉར་ཚགས་བྱེད་པར་གནས་སྐབས་ཡིག་ཆ་གསར་བཟོ་མི་ཐུབ་པ" #: ../src/eog-image-jpeg.c:393 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't allocate memory for loading JPEG file" msgstr "JPEG ཡིག་ཆའི་རིགས་འདོན་ལེན་བྱེད་པར་ཡིད་འཛིན་གནས་བགོ་མི་ཐུབ་པ" #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:245 ../src/eog-properties-dialog.c:151 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "མི་ཤེས་པ" #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:503 msgid "File size:" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:519 ../src/eog-properties-dialog.c:666 #: ../src/eog-window.c:4089 msgid "Show the folder which contains this file in the file manager" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-preferences-dialog.c:109 #, c-format msgid "%lu second" msgid_plural "%lu seconds" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/eog-print.c:371 msgid "Image Settings" msgstr "གཟུགས་རིས་སྒྲིག་འཛུགས" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:902 msgid "Image" msgstr "གཟུགས་རིས" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:903 msgid "The image whose printing properties will be set up" msgstr "གཟུགས་རིས་འདིའི་པར་འདེབས་ངོ་བོ་སྒྲིག་བཟོ་བྱེད་ངེས་སོ" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:909 msgid "Page Setup" msgstr "ཤོག་ངོས་སྒྲིག་འཛུགས" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:910 msgid "The information for the page where the image will be printed" msgstr "The information for the page where the image will be printed" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:936 msgid "Position" msgstr "གནས་ཡུལ" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:940 msgid "_Left:" msgstr "གཡོན(_L)：" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:942 msgid "_Right:" msgstr "གཡས(_R)：" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:943 msgid "_Top:" msgstr "གོང(_T)：" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:944 msgid "_Bottom:" msgstr "འོག(_B)：" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:947 msgid "C_enter:" msgstr "དཀྱིལ(_E)：" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:952 msgid "None" msgstr "མེད་པ" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:954 msgid "Horizontal" msgstr "གཡས་གཡོན་" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:956 msgid "Vertical" msgstr "གོང་འོག" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:958 msgid "Both" msgstr "གཉིས་ཀ" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:974 msgid "Size" msgstr "ཆེ་ཆུང" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:977 msgid "_Width:" msgstr "ཞེང་ཚད(_W)：" # SUN CHANGED MESSAGE #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:979 msgid "_Height:" msgstr "མཐོ་ཚད(_H)：" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:982 msgid "_Scaling:" msgstr "ཆ་ཚད(_S)：" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:993 msgid "_Unit:" msgstr "རྩིས་གཞི(_U)：" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:998 msgid "Millimeters" msgstr "སྨི་སྟོང་ཆ" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:1000 msgid "Inches" msgstr "ཚུན" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:1029 msgid "Preview" msgstr "སྔོན་ལྟ" #: ../src/eog-save-as-dialog-helper.c:162 msgid "as is" msgstr "འདྲ་བ" #. Translators: This string is displayed in the statusbar. #. * The first token is the image number, the second is total image #. * count. #. * #. * Translate to "%Id" if you want to use localized digits, or #. * translate to "%d" otherwise. #. * #. * Note that translating this doesn't guarantee that you get localized #. * digits. That needs support from your system and locale definition #. * too. #: ../src/eog-statusbar.c:126 #, c-format msgid "%d / %d" msgstr "%d / %d" #: ../src/eog-thumb-view.c:543 msgid "Taken on" msgstr "པར་རྒྱག་དུས་ཚོད" #: ../src/eog-uri-converter.c:980 #, c-format msgid "At least two file names are equal." msgstr "ཐ་ནའང་ཡིག་ཆའི་མིང་གཉིས་མཚུངས་པ" #: ../src/eog-util.c:68 msgid "Could not display help for Image Viewer" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-util.c:116 msgid " (invalid Unicode)" msgstr " (ཕན་ནུས་མེད་པའི་སྤྱི་སྤྱོད་ཨང་རྟགསUnicode)" #. Translators: This is the string displayed in the statusbar #. * The tokens are from left to right: #. * - image width #. * - image height #. * - image size in bytes #. * - zoom in percent #: ../src/eog-window.c:541 #, c-format msgid "%i × %i pixel %s %i%%" msgid_plural "%i × %i pixels %s %i%%" msgstr[0] "%i × %i ཚོན་གྲངས %s %i%%" #: ../src/eog-window.c:849 ../src/eog-window.c:2784 msgctxt "MessageArea" msgid "Hi_de" msgstr "ཡིབ_d" #. The newline character is currently necessary due to a problem #. * with the automatic line break. #: ../src/eog-window.c:859 #, c-format msgid "" "The image \"%s\" has been modified by an external application.\n" "Would you like to reload it?" msgstr "" "གཟུགས་རིས་\"%s\"་འདི་ཕྱི་རོལ་གྱི་ཉེར་སྤྱོད་ཞིག་གིས་བཟོ་བཅོས་བྱས་ཡོད།་\n" "ཁྱོད་ཀྱིས་དེ་བསྐྱར་འཇུག་བྱེད་དགོས་སམ" #: ../src/eog-window.c:1023 #, c-format msgid "Use \"%s\" to open the selected image" msgstr "%s་སྤྱད་ནས་བདམས་ཟིན་པའི་གཟུགས་རིས་ཁ་འབྱེད" #. Translators: This string is displayed in the statusbar #. * while saving images. The tokens are from left to right: #. * - the original filename #. * - the current image's position in the queue #. * - the total number of images queued for saving #: ../src/eog-window.c:1179 #, c-format msgid "Saving image \"%s\" (%u/%u)" msgstr "གཟུགས་རིས་%s་ཉར་ཚགས་བྱེད་བཞིན་པ(%u/%u)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:1574 #, c-format msgid "Opening image \"%s\"" msgstr "གཟུགས་རིས་%s་ཁ་ཕྱེ་བཞིན་པ" #. L10N: This the reason why the screensaver is inhibited. #: ../src/eog-window.c:2030 msgid "Viewing a slideshow" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:2259 #, c-format msgid "" "Error printing file:\n" "%s" msgstr "" "ཡིག་ཆ་པར་འདེབས་སྐབས་ནོར་འཁྲུལ：\n" "%s" #: ../src/eog-window.c:2558 msgid "Toolbar Editor" msgstr "ལག་ཆའི་གནས་འདོན་ས་བཟོ་བཅོས་མཁན" #: ../src/eog-window.c:2561 msgid "_Reset to Default" msgstr "སྔོན་འཛུགས་བསྐྱར་གསོ(_R)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:2731 ../src/eog-window.c:2746 msgid "Error launching System Settings: " msgstr "" #. I18N: When setting mnemonics for these strings, watch out to not #. clash with mnemonics from eog's menubar #: ../src/eog-window.c:2782 msgid "_Open Background Preferences" msgstr "རྒྱབ་ལྗོངས་ཀྱི་སྒྲིག་འགོད(_O)" #. The newline character is currently necessary due to a problem #. * with the automatic line break. #: ../src/eog-window.c:2798 #, c-format msgid "" "The image \"%s\" has been set as Desktop Background.\n" "Would you like to modify its appearance?" msgstr "" "གཟུགས་རིས་\"%s\"་འདི་མདུན་ངོས་རྒྱབ་ལྗོངས་ལ་བཙུགས་འདུག་པས་\n" "འདིའི་བཟོ་ལྟ་བཟོ་བཅོས་བྱེད་དགོས་སམ" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3265 msgid "Saving image locally…" msgstr "གཟུགས་རིས་རང་ཁུལ་དུ་ཉར་བཞིན་པ་" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3343 #, c-format msgid "" "Are you sure you want to remove\n" "\"%s\" permanently?" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3346 #, c-format msgid "" "Are you sure you want to remove\n" "the selected image permanently?" msgid_plural "" "Are you sure you want to remove\n" "the %d selected images permanently?" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3368 ../src/eog-window.c:3632 msgid "_Delete" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3371 ../src/eog-window.c:3634 msgid "_Yes" msgstr "" #. add 'dont ask again' button #: ../src/eog-window.c:3375 ../src/eog-window.c:3626 msgid "Do _not ask again during this session" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3419 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't retrieve image file" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3435 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't retrieve image file information" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3451 ../src/eog-window.c:3693 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't delete file" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་བསུབ་མི་ཐུབ་པ" #. set dialog error message #: ../src/eog-window.c:3501 ../src/eog-window.c:3789 #, c-format msgid "Error on deleting image %s" msgstr "%s་བསུབ་སྐབས་ཀྱི་ནོར་འཁྲུལ" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3594 #, c-format msgid "" "Are you sure you want to move\n" "\"%s\" to the trash?" msgstr "" "ཁྱོད་ཀྱིས་%sསྙིགས་སྣོད་ནང་གཡུག་པར་\n" "གཏན་ཁེལ་ཡིན་ནམ" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3597 #, c-format msgid "" "A trash for \"%s\" couldn't be found. Do you want to remove this image " "permanently?" msgstr "" "%s་ཡི་སྙིགས་སྣོད་མ་རྙེད་པས་ཁྱོད་ཀྱིས་དུས་གཏན་དུ་བསུབ་པ་གཏན་ཁེལ་ཡིན་ནམ" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3602 #, c-format msgid "" "Are you sure you want to move\n" "the selected image to the trash?" msgid_plural "" "Are you sure you want to move\n" "the %d selected images to the trash?" msgstr[0] "" "ཁྱོད་ཀྱིས་བདམས་ཟིན་པའི་གཟུགས་རིས་%d་དེ་\n" "་སྙིགས་སྣོད་ནང་དུ་གཡུག་པ་གཏན་ཁེལ་ཡིན་ནམ" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3607 msgid "" "Some of the selected images can't be moved to the trash and will be removed " "permanently. Are you sure you want to proceed?" msgstr "" "གཟུགས་རིས་འགའ་སྙིགས་སྣོད་ནང་དུ་གཡུག་མི་ཐུབ་པས་དུས་གཏན་དུ་བསུབ་པ་གཏན་ཁེལ་ཡིན་ན" "མ" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3624 ../src/eog-window.c:4115 ../src/eog-window.c:4142 msgid "Move to _Trash" msgstr "གད་སྙིགས་གཡུག་པ(_T)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3671 ../src/eog-window.c:3685 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't access trash." msgstr "གད་སྙིགས་བཀོལ་སྤྱོད་མི་ཐུབ་པ" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4036 msgid "_Image" msgstr "གཟུགས་རིས(_I)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4037 msgid "_Edit" msgstr "ཞུ་དག(_E)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4039 msgid "_Go" msgstr "སྐྱོད་པ(_G)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4040 msgid "_Tools" msgstr "ལག་ཆའི་གནས(_T)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4043 msgid "_Open…" msgstr "ཁ་ཕྱེ(_O)་་་" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4044 msgid "Open a file" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་ཞིག་ཁ་ཕྱེ" #: ../src/eog-window.c:2563 ../src/eog-window.c:4046 msgid "_Close" msgstr "སྒོ་རྒྱག་པ(_C)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4047 msgid "Close window" msgstr "སྒེའུ་ཁུང་སྒོ་རྒྱག་པ" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4049 msgid "T_oolbar" msgstr "ལག་ཆའི་གནས་འདོན་ས(_O)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4050 msgid "Edit the application toolbar" msgstr "ཉེར་སྤྱོད་ལག་ཆའི་གནས་འདོན་ས་བཟོ་བཅོས" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4053 msgid "Preferences for Image Viewer" msgstr "" # SUN CHANGED MESSAGE #: ../src/eog-window.c:4055 msgid "_Contents" msgstr "ནང་དོན(_C)" # SUN CHANGED MESSAGE #: ../src/eog-window.c:4056 msgid "Help on this application" msgstr "ཉེར་སྤྱོད་འདིའི་རོགས་རམ" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:8 ../src/eog-window.c:4058 msgid "_About" msgstr "སྐོར(_A)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4059 msgid "About this application" msgstr "ཉེར་སྤྱོད་འདིའི་སྐོར" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4065 msgid "Changes the visibility of the toolbar in the current window" msgstr "ད་ལྟའི་སྒེའུ་ཁུང་ནང་གི་ལག་ཆའི་གནས་ཀྱི་་པར་རིས་ངོ་བོ་་བསྒྱུར་བ" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4068 msgid "Changes the visibility of the statusbar in the current window" msgstr "ད་ལྟའི་སྒེའུ་ཁུང་ནང་གནས་སྟངས་གནས་བསྒྱུར་བཟོ" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4071 msgid "" "Changes the visibility of the image gallery pane in the current window" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4074 msgid "Changes the visibility of the side pane in the current window" msgstr "མིག་སྔོན་སྒེའུ་ཁུང་ནང་ཟུར་པང་གི་པར་རིས་ཀྱི་ངོ་བོ་་བསྒྱུར་བཟོ" #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:178 ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:465 #: ../src/eog-window.c:4079 msgid "_Save" msgstr "ཉར་ཚགས(_S)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4080 msgid "Save changes in currently selected images" msgstr "བདམས་ཟིན་པའི་གཟུགས་རིས་ཐོག་གི་བཟོ་བཅོས་ཉར་ཚགས" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4082 msgid "Open _with" msgstr "ཁ་འབྱེད་སྟངས་(_W)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4083 msgid "Open the selected image with a different application" msgstr "ཉེར་སྤྱོད་མི་འདྲ་བ་ཞིག་བེད་སྤྱད་ནས་བདམས་ཟིན་པའི་གཟུགས་རིས་ཁ་འབྱེད" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4086 msgid "Save the selected images with a different name" msgstr "མིང་མི་འདྲ་བ་བཏགས་ནས་གཟུགས་རིས་ཉར་ཚགས" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4088 msgid "Show Containing _Folder" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4091 msgid "_Print…" msgstr "པར་འདེབས་(_P)་་་" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4092 msgid "Print the selected image" msgstr "བདམས་ཟིན་པའི་གཟུགས་རིས་པར་འདེབས་པ" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4094 msgid "Prope_rties" msgstr "ངོ་བོ(_R)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4095 msgid "Show the properties and metadata of the selected image" msgstr "བདམས་ཟིན་པའི་གཟུགས་རིས་ཀྱི་ངོ་བོ་དང་ཆ་འཕྲིན་སྐོར་མངོན་པ" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4097 msgid "_Undo" msgstr "མི་བྱེད་པ(_U)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4098 msgid "Undo the last change in the image" msgstr "གཟུགས་རིས་ཀྱི་ཐེངས་རྗེས་མའི་བཟོ་བཅོས་མི་བྱེད་པ" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4100 msgid "Flip _Horizontal" msgstr "གཡས་གཡོན་བརྗེ་བ(_H)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4101 msgid "Mirror the image horizontally" msgstr "གཟུགས་རིས་གཡས་གཡོན་བརྗེ་བ" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4103 msgid "Flip _Vertical" msgstr "གོང་འོག་བརྗེ་བ(_V)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4104 msgid "Mirror the image vertically" msgstr "གཟུགས་རིས་གོང་འོག་བརྗེ་བ" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4106 msgid "_Rotate Clockwise" msgstr "གཡས་སྐོར་རྒྱག(_R)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4107 msgid "Rotate the image 90 degrees to the right" msgstr "གཟུགས་རིས་དེ་གཡས་སུ་སྐོར་ཚད་90་རྒྱག་པ" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4109 msgid "Rotate Counterc_lockwise" msgstr "གཡོན་སྐོར་རྒྱག་པ(_L)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4110 msgid "Rotate the image 90 degrees to the left" msgstr "གཟུགས་རིས་དེ་གཡོན་དུ་སྐོར་ཚད་90་རྒྱག་པ" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4112 msgid "Set as Wa_llpaper" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4113 msgid "Set the selected image as the wallpaper" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4116 msgid "Move the selected image to the trash folder" msgstr "བདམས་ཟིན་པའི་གཟུགས་རིས་དེ་སྙིགས་སྣོད་ནང་དུ་གཡུག" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4118 msgid "_Delete Image" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4119 msgid "Delete the selected image" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4121 msgid "_Copy" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4122 msgid "Copy the selected image to the clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4124 ../src/eog-window.c:4133 ../src/eog-window.c:4136 msgid "_Zoom In" msgstr "གམ་དུ་འཐེན(_Z)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4125 ../src/eog-window.c:4134 msgid "Enlarge the image" msgstr "གཟུགས་རིས་རྒྱ་བསྐྱེད" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4127 ../src/eog-window.c:4139 msgid "Zoom _Out" msgstr "རྒྱང་བསྐྱེད་པ(_O)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4128 ../src/eog-window.c:4137 ../src/eog-window.c:4140 msgid "Shrink the image" msgstr "གཟུགས་རིས་བསྐུམ་པ" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4130 msgid "_Normal Size" msgstr "རྒྱུན་ལྡན་ཞེང་ཚད(_N)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4131 msgid "Show the image at its normal size" msgstr "གཟུགས་རིས་རང་ཉིད་ཀྱི་རྒྱུན་ལྡན་ཞེང་ཚད་འཆར་བ" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4148 msgid "_Fullscreen" msgstr "འཆར་ངོས་གང་བ(_F)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4149 msgid "Show the current image in fullscreen mode" msgstr "འཆར་ངོས་གང་བའི་རྣམ་པའི་ཐོག་དང་ཐོག་གི་གཟུགས་རིས་ཤར་བ" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4151 msgid "Pause Slideshow" msgstr "འགྲེམས་སྟོན་བར་མཚམས་བཞག" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4152 msgid "Pause or resume the slideshow" msgstr "འགྲེམ་སྟོན་དེ་བར་མཚམས་བཞག་པ་དང་མུ་མཐུད་པ" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4154 msgid "_Best Fit" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4155 msgid "Fit the image to the window" msgstr "གཟུགས་རིས་སྒེའུ་ཁུང་ནང་རན་པ" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4160 ../src/eog-window.c:4175 msgid "_Previous Image" msgstr "གཟུགས་རིས་སྔོན་མ(_P)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4161 msgid "Go to the previous image of the gallery" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4163 msgid "_Next Image" msgstr "གཟུགས་རིས་རྗེས་མ(_N)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4164 msgid "Go to the next image of the gallery" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4166 ../src/eog-window.c:4178 msgid "_First Image" msgstr "གཟུགས་རིས་དང་པོ་(_F)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4167 msgid "Go to the first image of the gallery" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4169 ../src/eog-window.c:4181 msgid "_Last Image" msgstr "གཟུགས་རིས་རྗེས་མ(_L)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4170 msgid "Go to the last image of the gallery" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4172 msgid "_Random Image" msgstr "གཟུགས་རིས་གང་རུང་(_R)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4173 msgid "Go to a random image of the gallery" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4331 msgid "S_lideshow" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4332 msgid "Start a slideshow view of the images" msgstr "པར་ཀློག་བྱེད་པར་རང་འགུལ་སྟོན་སྟངས་འགོ་འཛུགས་པ" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4404 msgid "Previous" msgstr "གོང་མ" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4409 msgid "Next" msgstr "འོག་མ" # SUN CHANGED MESSAGE #: ../src/eog-window.c:4416 msgid "Right" msgstr "གཡས" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4419 msgid "Left" msgstr "གཡོན" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4422 msgid "Show Folder" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4425 msgid "In" msgstr "གམ་དུ་འཐེན" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4428 msgid "Out" msgstr "རྒྱང་བསྐྱེད་པ" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4431 msgid "Normal" msgstr "རྒྱུན་ལྡན" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4434 msgid "Fit" msgstr "འོས་འཚམས་" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4437 msgid "Gallery" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4454 msgctxt "action (to trash)" msgid "Trash" msgstr "་སྙིགས་སྣོད་ནང་གཡུག་" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4820 #, c-format msgid "Edit the current image using %s" msgstr "%sབེད་སྤྱད་ནས་དང་ཐོག་གི་པར་ཞུ་དག་བྱེད་པ" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4822 msgid "Edit Image" msgstr "གཟུགས་རིས་ཞུ་དག" #: ../src/eog-window.c:6166 msgid "The GNOME image viewer." msgstr "ཇི་ནོམ་གྱི་པར་ཀློག་མིག" #: ../src/eog-window.c:6169 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Daniel https://launchpad.net/~dev-lib-etc\n" " Yaerge https://launchpad.net/~yaerge11" #: ../src/main.c:56 msgid "GNOME Image Viewer" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.c:63 msgid "Open in fullscreen mode" msgstr "འཆར་ངོས་གང་བའི་ནང་ཁ་ཕྱེ" #: ../src/main.c:64 msgid "Disable image gallery" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.c:65 msgid "Open in slideshow mode" msgstr "རང་འགུལ་སྟོན་སྟངས་ནང་དུ་སྟོན" #: ../src/main.c:66 msgid "Start a new instance instead of reusing an existing one" msgstr "དེ་སྔར་ཡོད་པ་དེའི་ཚབ་ལ་མ་དཔེ་གཞན་པ་འཇུག་པ་" #: ../src/main.c:67 msgid "" "Open in a single window, if multiple windows are open the first one is used" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.c:69 msgid "Show the application's version" msgstr "ཉེར་སྤྱོད་ཀྱི་པར་གཞི་སྟོན་པ" #: ../src/main.c:99 msgid "[FILE…]" msgstr "[ཡིག་ཆ་་་]" #. I18N: The '%s' is replaced with eog's command name. #: ../src/main.c:112 #, c-format msgid "Run '%s --help' to see a full list of available command line options." msgstr "" "་་%s --help་་ནང་འཇུག་བྱས་ནས་བཀའ་བརྡ་ཡིག་ཕྲེང་འདེམས་སྟངས་ཡོད་ཚད་ཀློག་པ" language-pack-gnome-bo-base/data/bo/LC_MESSAGES/file-roller.po0000644000000000000000000012522212321561026020730 0ustar # Tibetan translation for file-roller # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the file-roller package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: file-roller\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-27 16:23+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-02-12 13:37+0000\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: Tibetan \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:49+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:165 #, c-format msgid "File is not a valid .desktop file" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་འདི་ནི་ཕན་ནུས་ཅན་གྱི་ .desktop ་་མདུན་ངོས་་ཡིག་ཆ་མ་རེད" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:190 #, c-format msgid "Unrecognized desktop file Version '%s'" msgstr "རྒྱུས་མེད་པའི་མདུན་ངོས་ཡིག་ཆའི་པར་གཞི་%s" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:973 #, c-format msgid "Starting %s" msgstr "%s་སྒོ་འབྱེད་བཞིན་པ" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:1115 #, c-format msgid "Application does not accept documents on command line" msgstr "ཉེར་སྤྱོད་ཀྱིས་བཀའ་བརྡ་ཡིག་ཕྲེང་ཐོག་ཡིག་ཆ་དང་ལེན་མི་བྱེད་པ" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:1183 #, c-format msgid "Unrecognized launch option: %d" msgstr "རྒྱུས་མེད་པའི་སྒོ་འབྱེད་འདེམས་སྟངས：%d" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:1388 #, c-format msgid "Can't pass documents to this desktop element" msgstr "" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:1409 #, c-format msgid "Not a launchable item" msgstr "སྒོ་འབྱེད་ནུས་པའི་དོན་ཚན་མིན་པ" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:226 msgid "Disable connection to session manager" msgstr "ལེ་ཚན་དོ་དམ་པ་དང་སྦྲེལ་མཐུད་ནུས་མེད་བཟོ་བ" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:229 msgid "Specify file containing saved configuration" msgstr "སྒྲིག་བཟོ་གསོག་འཇོག་ཡོད་པའི་ཡིག་ཆ་འདོན་པ" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:229 msgid "FILE" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:232 msgid "Specify session management ID" msgstr "ལེ་ཚན་དོ་དམ་ཚབཡིག་ID་འདོན་པ" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:232 msgid "ID" msgstr "ཚབ་ཡིག" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:253 msgid "Session management options:" msgstr "ལེ་ཚན་དོ་དམ་འདེམས་སྟངས：" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:254 msgid "Show session management options" msgstr "ལེ་ཚན་དོ་དམ་འདེམས་སྟངས་མངོན་པ" #: ../data/file-roller.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/fr-window.c:2052 #: ../src/fr-window.c:5441 msgid "Archive Manager" msgstr "ཡིག་ཚགས་དོ་དམ་པ" #: ../data/file-roller.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Create and modify an archive" msgstr "ཡིག་ཚགས་གསར་བཟོ་དང་བཟོ་བཅོས" #: ../data/file-roller.desktop.in.in.h:3 msgid "zip;tar;extract;unpack;" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "How to sort files" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "What criteria must be used to arrange files. Possible values: name, size, " "type, time, path." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Sort type" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "" "Whether to sort in ascending or descending direction. Possible values: " "ascending, descending." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:5 ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:2 msgid "List Mode" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Use 'all-files' to view all the files in the archive in a single list, use " "'as-folder' to navigate the archive as a folder." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Display type" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Display the type column in the main window." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Display size" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Display the size column in the main window." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Display time" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Display the time column in the main window." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Display path" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Display the path column in the main window." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Name column width" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "The default width of the name column in the file list." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Max history length" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Max number of items in the 'Open Recents' submenu." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "View toolbar" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Whether to display the toolbar." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "View statusbar" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:22 msgid "Whether to display the statusbar." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:23 ../src/ui.h:208 msgid "View the folders pane" msgstr "ཡིག་སྣོད་པང་ལེབ་ལྟ་ཀློག་" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "Whether to display the folders pane." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:25 msgid "Editors" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:26 msgid "" "List of applications entered in the 'Open File' dialog and not associated " "with the file type." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:27 msgid "Compression level" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:28 msgid "" "Compression level used when adding files to an archive. Possible values: " "very-fast, fast, normal, maximum." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:29 msgid "Encrypt the archive header" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:30 msgid "" "Whether to encrypt the archive header. If the header is encrypted the " "password will be required to list the archive content as well." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:31 msgid "Do not overwrite newer files" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:32 msgid "Recreate the folders stored in the archive" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:33 msgid "Default volume size" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:34 msgid "The default size for volumes." msgstr "" #: ../nautilus/nautilus-fileroller.c:327 msgid "Extract Here" msgstr "གཅིག་སྒྲིལ་འདིར་དཀྲོལ" #. Translators: the current position is the current folder #: ../nautilus/nautilus-fileroller.c:329 msgid "Extract the selected archive to the current position" msgstr "" #: ../nautilus/nautilus-fileroller.c:346 msgid "Extract To..." msgstr "གཅིག་སྒྲིལ་དཀྲོལ་སའི་ཡུལ་་་" #: ../nautilus/nautilus-fileroller.c:347 msgid "Extract the selected archive" msgstr "བདམས་ཟིན་པའི་ཡིག་ཚགས་གཅིག་སྒྲིལ་དཀྲོལ་བ" #: ../nautilus/nautilus-fileroller.c:366 msgid "Compress..." msgstr "གཅིག་ཏུ་སྒྲིལ་བ་་་" #: ../nautilus/nautilus-fileroller.c:367 msgid "Create a compressed archive with the selected objects" msgstr "བདམས་ཟིན་པའི་དངོས་པོས་གཅིག་སྒྲིལ་ཡིག་ཚགས་གསར་བཟོ་བྱེད་པ" #: ../src/actions.c:112 ../src/fr-window.c:5735 ../src/fr-window.c:6262 msgid "Open" msgstr "ཁ་ཕྱེ" #: ../src/actions.c:125 ../src/fr-window.c:5291 msgid "All archives" msgstr "ཡིག་ཚགས་ཡོངས་རྫོགས" #: ../src/actions.c:132 msgid "All files" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་ཡོངས་རྫོགས" #: ../src/actions.c:499 msgid "Copyright © 2001–2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc." msgstr "" #: ../src/actions.c:500 msgid "An archive manager for GNOME." msgstr "ཇི་ནོམ་གྱི་ཡིག་ཚགས་དོ་དམ་པ་ཞིག་ཡིན" #: ../src/actions.c:503 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Jonas Bonn https://launchpad.net/~jonas.bonn" #: ../src/dlg-add.c:116 msgid "Could not add the files to the archive" msgstr "ཡིག་ཚགས་ཐོག་ཏུ་ཡིག་ཆ་སྣོན་མི་ཐུབ་པ" #: ../src/dlg-add.c:117 #, c-format msgid "You don't have the right permissions to read files from folder \"%s\"" msgstr "ཡིག་སྣོད་%s་ནང་གི་ཡིག་ཆ་ཀློག་ཆོག་པའི་ཐོབ་ཐང་ཡང་དག་པ་མི་འདུག" #: ../src/dlg-add.c:182 ../src/ui.h:47 msgid "Add Files" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་ཁ་སྣོན" #: ../src/dlg-add.c:193 msgid "_Options" msgstr "" #. load options #: ../src/dlg-add.c:202 ../src/ui/add-options.ui.h:1 msgid "Load Options" msgstr "འདེམས་སྟངས་ཀློག་འཇུག" #. save options #: ../src/dlg-add.c:209 ../src/dlg-add.c:827 msgid "Save Options" msgstr "འདེམས་སྟངས་ཉར་བ" #. clear options #: ../src/dlg-add.c:216 msgid "Reset Options" msgstr "" #: ../src/dlg-add.c:828 msgid "_Options Name:" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/dlg-ask-password.c:132 #, c-format msgid "Password required for \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../src/dlg-ask-password.c:141 msgid "Wrong password." msgstr "" #: ../src/dlg-batch-add.c:87 ../src/fr-application.c:329 #: ../src/fr-application.c:683 msgid "Compress" msgstr "གཅིག་སྒྲིལ" #: ../src/dlg-extract.c:96 ../src/fr-window.c:6820 #, c-format msgid "" "Destination folder \"%s\" does not exist.\n" "\n" "Do you want to create it?" msgstr "" "འཇུག་ཡུལ་ཡིག་སྣོད་%s་གནས་མེད་པ\n" "\n" "ཁྱོད་ཀྱིས་གསར་བཟོ་དགོས་སམ" #: ../src/dlg-extract.c:105 ../src/fr-window.c:6829 msgid "Create _Folder" msgstr "ཡིག་སྣོད་གསར་བཟོ(_F)" #: ../src/dlg-extract.c:124 ../src/dlg-extract.c:142 ../src/dlg-extract.c:169 #: ../src/fr-window.c:4241 ../src/fr-window.c:6724 ../src/fr-window.c:6729 #: ../src/fr-window.c:6850 ../src/fr-window.c:6869 ../src/fr-window.c:6874 msgid "Extraction not performed" msgstr "གཅིག་སྒྲིལ་དཀྲོལ་མ་ཐུབ" #: ../src/dlg-extract.c:125 ../src/fr-window.c:6846 #, c-format msgid "Could not create the destination folder: %s." msgstr "འཇུག་ཡུལ་ཡིག་སྣོད་གསར་བཟོ་བྱེད་མི་ཐུབ་པ：%s" #: ../src/dlg-extract.c:170 ../src/fr-window.c:4410 ../src/fr-window.c:4494 #, c-format msgid "" "You don't have the right permissions to extract archives in the folder \"%s\"" msgstr "ཡིག་སྣོད་%s་ནང་དུ་ཡིག་ཚགས་གཅིག་སྒྲིལ་དཀྲོལ་བའི་ཐོབ་ཐང་ཡང་དག་མེད་པ" #: ../src/dlg-extract.c:283 ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:1 #: ../src/ui.h:114 msgid "Extract" msgstr "གཅིག་སྒྲིལ་དཀྲོལ་བ" #: ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:112 ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:225 msgid "There was an internal error trying to search for applications:" msgstr "ཉེར་སྤྱོད་འཚོལ་བཤེར་བཞིན་པའི་སྐབས་ནང་ཁུལ་གྱི་ནོར་འཁྲུལ་ཞིག་བྱུང་བ：" #: ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:294 ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:303 #: ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:331 ../src/fr-archive.c:744 #: ../src/fr-window.c:3970 ../src/fr-window.c:7453 ../src/fr-window.c:7810 #: ../src/fr-window.c:9357 msgid "Archive type not supported." msgstr "ཡིག་ཚགས་ཀྱི་རིགས་ལ་རྒྱབ་སྐྱོར་མེད་པ" #: ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:313 #, c-format msgid "" "There is no command installed for %s files.\n" "Do you want to search for a command to open this file?" msgstr "" "ཡིག་ཆ་%s་ལ་བཀའ་བརྡ་སྒྲིག་འཇུག་བྱས་མེད་པ།\n" "ཁྱོད་ཀྱིས་བཀའ་བརྡ་ཞིག་འཚོལ་ནས་ཡིག་ཆ་འདི་ཁ་ཕྱེ་དགོས་སམ" #: ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:318 msgid "Could not open this file type" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་འདིའི་རིགས་ཁ་ཕྱེ་མི་ཐུབ" #: ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:321 msgid "_Search Command" msgstr "འཚོལ་བཤེར་གྱི་བཀའ་བརྡ(_S)" #: ../src/dlg-password.c:91 #, c-format msgid "Enter a password for \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../src/dlg-prop.c:96 #, c-format msgid "%s Properties" msgstr "%s ་ངོ་བོ" #: ../src/dlg-update.c:163 #, c-format msgid "Update the file \"%s\" in the archive \"%s\"?" msgstr "ཡིག་ཚགས་%2$s་ནང་གི་ཡིག་ཆ་%1$s་གསར་སྒྱུར་བྱེད" #. secondary text #: ../src/dlg-update.c:174 ../src/dlg-update.c:199 ../src/ui/update.ui.h:2 #, c-format msgid "" "The file has been modified with an external application. If you don't update " "the file in the archive, all of your changes will be lost." msgid_plural "" "%d files have been modified with an external application. If you don't " "update the files in the archive, all of your changes will be lost." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/dlg-update.c:189 #, c-format msgid "Update the files in the archive \"%s\"?" msgstr "ཡིག་ཚགས་%s་ནང་གི་ཡིག་ཆ་གསར་སྒྱུར་བྱེད་པ" #: ../src/fr-application.c:65 msgid "Add files to the specified archive and quit the program" msgstr "གཏན་འབེབས་བྱས་ཟིན་པའི་ཡིག་ཚགས་ནང་ཡིག་ཆ་སྣོན་ནས་བྱ་རིམ་མཚམས་བཞག་པ" #: ../src/fr-application.c:66 msgid "ARCHIVE" msgstr "ཡིག་ཚགས" #: ../src/fr-application.c:69 msgid "Add files asking the name of the archive and quit the program" msgstr "ཡིག་ཚགས་ཀྱི་མིང་དྲིས་ནས་ཡིག་ཆ་སྣོན་པ་དང་བྱ་རིམ་མཚམས་བཞག་པ" #: ../src/fr-application.c:73 msgid "Extract archives to the specified folder and quit the program" msgstr "གཏན་འབེབས་བྱས་པའི་་ཡིག་སྣོད་ནང་དུ་ཡིག་ཚགས་གློད་ནས་བྱ་རིམ་མཚམས་བཞག་པ" #: ../src/fr-application.c:74 ../src/fr-application.c:86 msgid "FOLDER" msgstr "ཡིག་སྣོད" #: ../src/fr-application.c:77 msgid "Extract archives asking the destination folder and quit the program" msgstr "འཇུག་ཡུལ་མིང་དྲིས་ནས་ཡིག་ཚགས་གློད་པ་དང་བྱ་རིམ་མཚམས་བཞག་པ" #: ../src/fr-application.c:81 msgid "" "Extract the contents of the archives in the archive folder and quit the " "program" msgstr "" "ཡིག་ཚགས་ཡིག་སྣོད་ནང་དུ་ཡིག་ཚགས་ཀྱི་ནང་དོན་འདོན་པ་དང་བྱ་རིམ་མཚམས་བཞག་པ" #: ../src/fr-application.c:85 msgid "Default folder to use for the '--add' and '--extract' commands" msgstr "--add ་དང་ --extract་བཀའ་བརྡ་ལ་སྤྱོད་པའི་སྔོན་འཛུགས་ཡིག་སྣོད" #: ../src/fr-application.c:89 msgid "Create destination folder without asking confirmation" msgstr "ངོས་འཛིན་མི་འདྲི་བ་འཇུག་སའི་ཡིག་སྣོད་གསར་བཟོ" #: ../src/fr-application.c:93 msgid "Use the notification system to notify the operation completion" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-application.c:96 msgid "Start as a service" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-application.c:99 msgid "Show version" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-application.c:365 ../src/fr-application.c:401 #: ../src/fr-application.c:427 ../src/fr-application.c:707 #: ../src/fr-window.c:9420 msgid "Extract archive" msgstr "ཡིག་ཚགས་གཅིག་སྒྲིལ་དཀྲོལ་བ" #: ../src/fr-application.c:565 msgid "- Create and modify an archive" msgstr "- ཡིག་ཚགས་གསར་བཟོ་དང་བཟོ་བཅོས" #. manually set name and icon #: ../src/fr-application.c:833 msgid "File Roller" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་གཅིག་སྒྲིལ་བྱེད་པ" #: ../src/fr-archive.c:1845 msgid "You don't have the right permissions." msgstr "ཁྱོད་ལ་ཐོབ་ཐང་ཡང་དག་ཞིག་མི་འདུག" #: ../src/fr-archive.c:1845 msgid "This archive type cannot be modified" msgstr "ཡིག་ཚགས་ཀྱི་རིགས་འདི་བཟོ་བཅོས་བྱེད་མི་ཐུབ་པ" #: ../src/fr-archive.c:1859 msgid "You can't add an archive to itself." msgstr "ཡིག་ཚགས་རང་ཉིད་ཀྱི་ཐོག་ལ་ཁ་སྣོན་བྱེད་མི་ཐུབ" #. Translators: %s is a filename. #: ../src/fr-command-7z.c:297 ../src/fr-command-rar.c:422 #: ../src/fr-command-tar.c:304 #, c-format msgid "Adding \"%s\"" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a filename. #: ../src/fr-command-7z.c:447 ../src/fr-command-rar.c:554 #: ../src/fr-command-tar.c:425 #, c-format msgid "Extracting \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-command.c:597 #, c-format msgid "Archive not found" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a filename. #: ../src/fr-command-rar.c:503 ../src/fr-command-tar.c:370 #, c-format msgid "Removing \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-command-rar.c:685 #, c-format msgid "Could not find the volume: %s" msgstr "འབོར་ཚད་འདི་རྙེད་མི་ཐུབ་པ：%s" #: ../src/fr-command-tar.c:380 msgid "Deleting files from archive" msgstr "ཡིག་ཚགས་ནང་ནས་ཡིག་ཆ་བསུབ་བཞིན་པ" #: ../src/fr-command-tar.c:485 msgid "Recompressing archive" msgstr "ཡང་བསྐྱར་གཅིག་སྒྲིལ་བཞིན་པ" #: ../src/fr-command-tar.c:744 msgid "Decompressing archive" msgstr "ཡིག་ཚགས་གཅིག་སྒྲིལ་དཀྲོལ་བཞིན་པ" #: ../src/fr-file-selector-dialog.c:772 ../src/fr-file-selector-dialog.c:817 msgid "Could not load the location" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:344 ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:363 #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:379 ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:427 #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:445 ../src/fr-window.c:2915 msgid "Could not create the archive" msgstr "ཡིག་ཚགས་གསར་བཟོ་བྱེད་མི་ཐུབ" #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:346 ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:365 msgid "You have to specify an archive name." msgstr "ཡིག་ཚགས་ཀྱི་མིང་གཏན་འབེབས་བྱེད་དགོས" #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:429 msgid "You don't have permission to create an archive in this folder" msgstr "ཁྱོད་ལ་ཡིག་སྣོད་འདིའི་ནང་ཡིག་ཚགས་གསར་བཟོ་བྱེད་པའི་ཐོབ་ཐང་མེད" #. Translators: the name references to a filename. This message can appear when renaming a file. #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:447 ../src/fr-window.c:8123 msgid "New name is the same as old one, please type other name." msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:466 #, c-format msgid "A file named \"%s\" already exists. Do you want to replace it?" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:467 #, c-format msgid "" "The file already exists in \"%s\". Replacing it will overwrite its contents." msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:474 ../src/fr-window.c:6652 msgid "_Replace" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:489 msgid "Could not delete the old archive." msgstr "ཡིག་ཚགས་རྙིང་པ་བསུབ་མི་ཐུབ་པ" #: ../src/fr-stock.c:41 msgid "C_reate" msgstr "གསར་བཟོ(_R)" #: ../src/fr-stock.c:42 ../src/fr-stock.c:43 msgid "_Add" msgstr "ཁ་སྣོན(_A)" #: ../src/fr-stock.c:44 msgid "_Extract" msgstr "གཅིག་སྒྲིལ་དཀྲོལ(_E)" #: ../src/fr-window.c:1173 msgid "Operation completed" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:1290 #, c-format msgid "%d object (%s)" msgid_plural "%d objects (%s)" msgstr[0] "བྱ་བ་%d(%s)" #: ../src/fr-window.c:1295 #, c-format msgid "%d object selected (%s)" msgid_plural "%d objects selected (%s)" msgstr[0] "བྱ་བ་%d་བདམས་ཟིན་པ(%s)" #: ../src/fr-window.c:1680 msgid "Folder" msgstr "ཡིག་སྣོད" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2060 msgid "[read only]" msgstr "[ཀློག་འདོན་ཁོ་ན]" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2179 #, c-format msgid "Could not display the folder \"%s\"" msgstr "ཡིག་སྣོད་%s་མངོན་མི་ཐུབ་པ" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2270 ../src/fr-window.c:2308 #, c-format msgid "Creating \"%s\"" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2274 #, c-format msgid "Loading \"%s\"" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2278 #, c-format msgid "Reading \"%s\"" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2282 #, c-format msgid "Deleting the files from \"%s\"" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2286 #, c-format msgid "Testing \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2289 msgid "Getting the file list" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆའི་མིང་ཐོ་འདོན་བཞིན་པ" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2293 #, c-format msgid "Copying the files to add to \"%s\"" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2297 #, c-format msgid "Adding the files to \"%s\"" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2301 #, c-format msgid "Extracting the files from \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2304 msgid "Copying the extracted files to the destination" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2313 #, c-format msgid "Saving \"%s\"" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2320 #, c-format msgid "Renaming the files in \"%s\"" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2324 #, c-format msgid "Updating the files in \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2499 msgid "_Open the Archive" msgstr "ཡིག་ཚགས་འདི་ཁ་ཕྱེ(_O)" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2500 msgid "_Show the Files" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་མངོན(_S)" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2617 #, c-format msgid "%d file remaining" msgid_plural "%'d files remaining" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2621 ../src/fr-window.c:3196 msgid "Please wait…" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2677 msgid "Extraction completed successfully" msgstr "གཅིག་སྒྲིལ་དཀྲོལ་བ་ལེགས་འགྲུབ་བྱུང་བ" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2709 ../src/fr-window.c:6248 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" created successfully" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2799 ../src/fr-window.c:2971 msgid "Command exited abnormally." msgstr "བཀའ་བརྡ་རྒྱུན་ལྡན་མིན་པའི་སྒོ་ནས་ཕྱིར་དོན་སོང" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2920 msgid "An error occurred while extracting files." msgstr "གཅིག་སྒྲིལ་དཀྲོལ་བའི་སྐབས་ནོར་འཁྲུལ་བྱུང་བ" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2926 #, c-format msgid "Could not open \"%s\"" msgstr "%s་ཁ་འབྱེད་མི་ཐུབ་པ" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2931 msgid "An error occurred while loading the archive." msgstr "གཅིག་སྒྲིལ་ཀློག་འཇུག་སྐབས་ནོར་འཁྲུལ་བྱུང་བ" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2935 msgid "An error occurred while deleting files from the archive." msgstr "གཅིག་སྒྲིལ་ནས་ཡིག་ཆ་བསུབ་སྐབས་ནོར་འཁྲུལ་བྱུང་བ" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2941 msgid "An error occurred while adding files to the archive." msgstr "ཡིག་ཚགས་ཐོག་ཏུ་ཡིག་ཆ་ཁ་སྣོན་སྐབས་ནོར་འཁྲུལ་བྱུང་བ" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2945 msgid "An error occurred while testing archive." msgstr "ཡིག་ཚགས་ཚོད་ལྟ་སྐབས་ནོར་འཁྲུལ་བྱུང་བ" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2950 msgid "An error occurred while saving the archive." msgstr "ཡིག་ཚགས་གསོག་འཇོག་སྐབས་ནོར་འཁྲུལ་བྱུང་བ" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2954 msgid "An error occurred while renaming the files." msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2958 msgid "An error occurred while updating the files." msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2962 msgid "An error occurred." msgstr "ནོར་འཁྲུལ་བྱུང་བ" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2968 msgid "Command not found." msgstr "བཀའ་བརྡ་མ་རྙེད་པ" #: ../src/fr-window.c:3124 msgid "Test Result" msgstr "ཚོད་ལྟའི་འཇུག་འབྲས" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4088 ../src/fr-window.c:8803 ../src/fr-window.c:8837 #: ../src/fr-window.c:9116 msgid "Could not perform the operation" msgstr "བཀོལ་སྤྱོད་འདི་ལག་ལེན་མི་ཐུབ་པ" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4114 msgid "" "Do you want to add this file to the current archive or open it as a new " "archive?" msgstr "" "ཁྱོད་ཀྱིས་ཡིག་ཆ་འདི་ཡིག་ཚགས་ནང་ཁ་སྣོན་དགོས་སམ་ཡང་ན་ཡིག་ཚགས་གསར་པ་ཞིག་གི་ནང་ཁ་" "ཕྱེ་དགོས" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4144 msgid "Do you want to create a new archive with these files?" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་འདི་དག་ལ་ཡིག་ཚགས་གསར་བཟོ་བྱེད་དགོས་སམ" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4147 msgid "Create _Archive" msgstr "ཡིག་ཚགས་གསར་བཟོ(_A)" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4176 ../src/fr-window.c:7261 msgid "New Archive" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4750 msgid "Folders" msgstr "ཡིག་སྣོད" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4788 ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:7 msgctxt "File" msgid "Size" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4789 msgctxt "File" msgid "Type" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4790 ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:8 msgctxt "File" msgid "Modified" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4791 msgctxt "File" msgid "Location" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4800 ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:6 msgctxt "File" msgid "Name" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is the label for the "open recent file" sub-menu. #: ../src/fr-window.c:5723 msgid "Open _Recent" msgstr "ཉེར་ཆར་ཁ་ཕྱེ(_R)" #: ../src/fr-window.c:5724 ../src/fr-window.c:5736 msgid "Open a recently used archive" msgstr "ཉེར་ཆར་སྤྱད་པའི་ཡིག་ཚགས་ཁ་ཕྱེ" #: ../src/fr-window.c:5752 msgid "_Other Actions" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:5753 msgid "Other actions" msgstr "" #. Translators: after the colon there is a folder name. #: ../src/fr-window.c:5821 ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:4 #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "_Location:" msgstr "གནས་ཡུལ(_L)：" #: ../src/fr-window.c:6640 #, c-format msgid "Replace file \"%s\"?" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:6643 #, c-format msgid "Another file with the same name already exists in \"%s\"." msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:6650 msgid "Replace _All" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:6651 msgid "_Skip" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:7445 ../src/fr-window.c:7802 #, c-format msgid "Could not save the archive \"%s\"" msgstr "ཡིག་ཚགས་%s་གསོག་འཇོག་མི་ཐུབ་པ" #: ../src/fr-window.c:7572 msgid "Save" msgstr "གསོག་འཇོག" #: ../src/fr-window.c:7896 msgid "Last Output" msgstr "ཐེངས་རྗེས་མའི་ཕྱིར་འདོན" #. Translators: the name references to a filename. This message can appear when renaming a file. #: ../src/fr-window.c:8118 msgid "New name is void, please type a name." msgstr "" #. Translators: the %s references to a filename. This message can appear when renaming a file. #: ../src/fr-window.c:8128 #, c-format msgid "" "Name \"%s\" is not valid because it contains at least one of the following " "characters: %s, please type other name." msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8164 #, c-format msgid "" "A folder named \"%s\" already exists.\n" "\n" "%s" msgstr "" "མིང་%s་བཏགས་ཡོད་པའི་ཡིག་སྣོད་ཞིག་ཡོད་པ\n" "\n" "%s" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8164 ../src/fr-window.c:8166 msgid "Please use a different name." msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་ལ་མིང་གཞན་པ་བེད་སྤྱོད་རོགས" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8166 #, c-format msgid "" "A file named \"%s\" already exists.\n" "\n" "%s" msgstr "" "མིང་%s་བཏགས་ཡོད་པའི་ཡིག་ཆ་ཡོད་པ\n" "\n" "%s" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8236 msgid "Rename" msgstr "མིང་བསྐྱར་དུ་འདོགས་པ" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8237 msgid "_New folder name:" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8237 msgid "_New file name:" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8241 msgid "_Rename" msgstr "མིང་བསྐྱར་དུ་འདོགས(_R)" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8258 ../src/fr-window.c:8277 msgid "Could not rename the folder" msgstr "ཡིག་སྣོད་མིང་གསར་པ་འདོགས་མི་ཐུབ་པ" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8258 ../src/fr-window.c:8277 msgid "Could not rename the file" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་ལ་མིང་གསར་པ་འདོགས་མི་ཐུབ་པ" #. Translators: %s are archive filenames #: ../src/fr-window.c:8710 #, c-format msgid "Moving the files from \"%s\" to \"%s\"" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s are archive filenames #: ../src/fr-window.c:8713 #, c-format msgid "Copying the files from \"%s\" to \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8764 msgid "Paste Selection" msgstr "བདམས་ཟིན་པ་སྦྱར་བ" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8765 msgid "_Destination folder:" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:9375 msgid "Add files to an archive" msgstr "ཡིག་ཚགས་ཞིག་གི་ནང་དུ་ཡིག་ཆ་སྣོན་པ" #. This is the time format used in the "Date Modified" column and #. * in the Properties dialog. See the man page of strftime for an #. * explanation of the values. #: ../src/glib-utils.c:769 msgid "%d %B %Y, %H:%M" msgstr "%Y%ལོའི་ཟླ་-m%-ཚེས་d %H:%M" #: ../src/gtk-utils.c:557 msgid "Could not display help" msgstr "རོགས་འདེགས་མངོན་མི་ཐུབ་པ" #: ../src/gtk-utils.c:651 msgid "Change password visibility" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:1 msgid "Add" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:2 msgid "Include _files:" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་ཚུད་པ(_F)：" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:3 msgid "E_xclude files:" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་མ་ཚུད་པ(_X)：" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:4 msgid "_Exclude folders:" msgstr "ཡིག་སྣོད་མ་ཚུད་པ(_E)：" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:5 ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:5 msgid "example: *.o; *.bak" msgstr "དཔེར་ན：*.o; *.bak" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:6 ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:6 msgid "Actions" msgstr "བྱེད་སྟངས" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:7 msgid "Add only if _newer" msgstr "གསར་པ་ཁོ་ན་སྣོན་པ(_N)" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:8 msgid "_Follow symbolic links" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:1 msgid "_New Archive" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:3 ../src/ui.h:223 msgid "View All _Files" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་ཡོངས་རྫོགས་ལྟ་ཀློག(_F)" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:4 ../src/ui.h:226 msgid "View as a F_older" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་ནང་བཞིན་ཀློག་པ(_O)" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:5 ../src/ui.h:207 msgid "_Folders" msgstr "ཡིག་སྣོད(_F)" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:6 ../src/ui.h:34 msgid "_Help" msgstr "རོགས་འདེགས(_H)" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:7 msgid "_About Archive Manager" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:8 msgid "_Quit" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/ask-password.ui.h:1 ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "_Password:" msgstr "གསང་གྲངས(_P)：" #: ../src/ui/delete.ui.h:1 msgid "Delete" msgstr "བསུབ་པ" #: ../src/ui/delete.ui.h:2 ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:4 msgid "_Files:" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ(_F)：" #: ../src/ui/delete.ui.h:3 msgid "example: *.txt; *.doc" msgstr "དཔེར་ན：*.txt; *.doc" #: ../src/ui/delete.ui.h:4 ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:2 msgid "_All files" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་ཡོངས་རྫོགས(_A)" #: ../src/ui/delete.ui.h:5 ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:3 msgid "_Selected files" msgstr "བདམས་ཟིན་པའི་ཡིག་ཆ(_S)" #: ../src/ui/error-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "C_ommand Line Output:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:7 msgid "_Keep directory structure" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:8 msgid "Do not _overwrite newer files" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:1 msgid "_Select All" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:2 ../src/ui.h:102 msgid "Dese_lect All" msgstr "བདམས་པ་ཡོངས་རྫོགས་ལོག་པ(_L)" #: ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:3 msgid "Show Hidden Files" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:5 ../src/ui.h:184 msgid "Go up one level" msgstr "རིམ་པ་གཅིག་ཡར་སྐྱོད་པ" #: ../src/ui.h:31 msgid "_Archive" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui.h:32 msgid "_Edit" msgstr "ཞུ་དག(_E)" #: ../src/ui.h:33 msgid "_View" msgstr "ལྟ་ཀློག(_V)" #: ../src/ui.h:35 msgid "_Arrange Files" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་བཀོད་སྒྲིག་བྱེད་པ(_A)" #: ../src/ui.h:40 msgid "Information about the program" msgstr "བྱ་རིམ་གྱི་གནས་ཚུལ་སྐོར" #: ../src/ui.h:43 msgid "_Add Files…" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui.h:44 ../src/ui.h:48 msgid "Add files to the archive" msgstr "ཡིག་ཚགས་ནང་དུ་ཡིག་ཆ་སྣོན་པ" #: ../src/ui.h:52 msgid "Close the current archive" msgstr "དང་ཐོག་གི་ཡིག་ཚགས་སྒོ་རྒྱག་པ" #: ../src/ui.h:55 msgid "Contents" msgstr "ནང་ཚན" #: ../src/ui.h:56 msgid "Display the File Roller Manual" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་གཅིག་སྒྲིལ་ཆས་ཀྱི་ལག་དེབ་མངོན་པ" #: ../src/ui.h:61 ../src/ui.h:82 msgid "Copy the selection" msgstr "བདམས་ཟིན་པ་འདྲ་བཤུས" #: ../src/ui.h:65 ../src/ui.h:86 msgid "Cut the selection" msgstr "བདམས་ཟིན་པ་གཅོད་པ" #: ../src/ui.h:69 ../src/ui.h:90 msgid "Paste the clipboard" msgstr "གཅོད་པང་ཐོག་ནས་སྦྱར་བ" #: ../src/ui.h:72 ../src/ui.h:93 msgid "_Rename…" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui.h:73 ../src/ui.h:94 msgid "Rename the selection" msgstr "བདམས་ཟིན་པ་དེ་མིང་གཞན་འདོགས་པ" #: ../src/ui.h:77 ../src/ui.h:98 msgid "Delete the selection from the archive" msgstr "བདམས་ཟིན་པ་དེ་ཡིག་ཚགས་ནང་ནས་བསུབ་པ" #: ../src/ui.h:103 msgid "Deselect all files" msgstr "བདམས་པའི་ཡིག་ཆ་ཡོངས་རྫོགས་ལོག་པ" #: ../src/ui.h:106 ../src/ui.h:110 msgid "_Extract…" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui.h:107 ../src/ui.h:111 ../src/ui.h:115 msgid "Extract files from the archive" msgstr "ཡིག་ཚགས་ནང་ནས་གཅིག་སྒྲིལ་དཀྲོལ་བ" #: ../src/ui.h:118 msgid "New…" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui.h:119 msgid "Create a new archive" msgstr "ཡིག་ཚགས་གསར་བཟོ" #: ../src/ui.h:122 msgid "Open…" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui.h:123 ../src/ui.h:127 msgid "Open archive" msgstr "ཡིག་ཚགས་ཁ་ཕྱེ" #: ../src/ui.h:130 msgid "_Open With…" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui.h:131 msgid "Open selected files with an application" msgstr "ཉེར་སྤྱོད་ཞིག་གིས་བདམས་ཟིན་པའི་ཡིག་ཆ་ཁ་ཕྱེ་བ" #: ../src/ui.h:134 msgid "Pass_word…" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui.h:135 msgid "Specify a password for this archive" msgstr "ཡིག་ཚགས་འདི་ལ་གསང་གྲངས་ཞིག་གཏན་འབེབས་བྱེད་པ" #: ../src/ui.h:139 msgid "Show archive properties" msgstr "ཡིག་ཚགས་ཀྱི་ངོ་བོ་མངོན་པ" #: ../src/ui.h:143 msgid "Reload current archive" msgstr "དང་ཐོག་གི་ཡིག་ཚགས་བསྐྱར་འཇུག" #: ../src/ui.h:146 msgid "Save As…" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui.h:147 msgid "Save the current archive with a different name" msgstr "དང་ཐོག་གི་ཡིག་ཚགས་འདི་ལམིང་གཞན་བཏགས་ནས་ཉར་བ" #: ../src/ui.h:151 msgid "Select all files" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་ཡོངས་རྫོགས་གདམ་པ" #: ../src/ui.h:154 msgid "_Test Integrity" msgstr "ཆ་ཚང་ཚད་ཚོད་ལྟ་་བྱེད་པ(_T)" #: ../src/ui.h:155 msgid "Test whether the archive contains errors" msgstr "ཡིག་ཚགས་ལ་ནོར་འཁྲུལ་ཡོད་མིན་ཚོད་ལྟ་བྱེད་པ" #: ../src/ui.h:159 ../src/ui.h:163 msgid "Open the selected file" msgstr "བདམས་ཟིན་པའི་ཡིག་ཆ་ཁ་ཕྱེ" #: ../src/ui.h:167 ../src/ui.h:171 msgid "Open the selected folder" msgstr "བདམས་ཟིན་པའི་ཡིག་སྣོད་ཁ་ཕྱེ" #: ../src/ui.h:176 msgid "Go to the previous visited location" msgstr "དེའི་སྔོན་ནས་ལྟ་སྐོར་ཕྱིན་པའི་གནས་ཡུལ་ཐོག་ཏུ་སྐྱོད་པ" #: ../src/ui.h:180 msgid "Go to the next visited location" msgstr "དེའི་རྗེས་ནས་ལྟ་སྐོར་ཕྱིན་པའི་གནས་ཡུལ་ཐོག་ཏུ་སྐྱོད་པ" #. Translators: the home location is the home folder. #: ../src/ui.h:189 msgid "Go to the home location" msgstr "རང་གནས་ཐོག་ཏུ་ལོག་པ" #: ../src/ui.h:197 msgid "_Toolbar" msgstr "ལག་ཆ་འཇུག་ས(_T)" #: ../src/ui.h:198 msgid "View the main toolbar" msgstr "རྩ་བའི་ལག་ཆ་འཇུག་ས་" #: ../src/ui.h:202 msgid "Stat_usbar" msgstr "གནས་སྟངས་འཆར་ས(_U)" #: ../src/ui.h:203 msgid "View the statusbar" msgstr "གནས་སྟངས་འཆར་ས་ཀློག་པ" #: ../src/ui.h:212 msgid "Find…" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui.h:213 msgid "Find files by name" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "_Filename:" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆའི་མིང(_F)：" #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Location" msgstr "གནས་ཡུལ" #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "_Encrypt the file list too" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆའི་མིང་ཐོ་གསང་རྒྱ་བྱེད་པ(_E)" #. this is part of a sentence, for example "split into volumes of 10.0 MB", where MB stands for megabyte. #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "Split into _volumes of" msgstr "འབོར་ཚད་འདི་འདྲ་བ་ཁག་བགོ(_V)" #. MB means megabytes #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "MB" msgstr "ས་ཡ་ཚིག" #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "_Other Options" msgstr "འདེམས་སྟངས་གཞན་པ(_O)" #: ../src/ui/password.ui.h:1 msgid "Password" msgstr "གསང་གྲངས" #: ../src/ui/password.ui.h:2 msgid "_Encrypt the file list" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:1 msgctxt "File" msgid "Name:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:2 msgid "Archive size:" msgstr "ཡིག་ཚགས་ཆེ་ཆུང：" #. after the colon there is a folder name. #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:4 msgid "Location:" msgstr "གནས་ཡུལ：" #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:5 msgid "Compression ratio:" msgstr "གཅིག་སྒྲིལ་ཚད：" #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:6 msgid "Last modified:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:7 msgid "Content size:" msgstr "ནང་དོན་ཆེ་ཆུང：" #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:8 msgid "Number of files:" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆའི་གྲངས：" #. after the colon there is a file type. #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:10 msgid "Type:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/update.ui.h:1 msgid "_Update" msgstr "གསར་སྒྱུར(_U)" #: ../src/ui/update.ui.h:3 msgid "S_elect the files you want to update:" msgstr "གསར་བསྒྱུར་དགོས་པའི་ཡིག་ཆ་གདམ་(_E)：" language-pack-gnome-bo-base/data/bo/LC_MESSAGES/gedit.po0000644000000000000000000042715612321561026017623 0ustar # Tibetan translation for gedit # Copyright (c) 2010 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2010 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gedit package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gedit\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 18:17+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-07-24 04:39+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yaerge \n" "Language-Team: Tibetan \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:01+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/gedit.appdata.xml.in.h:1 msgid "" "gedit is the official text editor of the GNOME desktop environment. While " "aiming at simplicity and ease of use, gedit is a powerful general purpose " "text editor." msgstr "" #: ../data/gedit.appdata.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Whether you are writing the next bestseller, programming an innovative " "application, or simply taking some quick notes, gedit will be a reliable " "tool to accomplish your task." msgstr "" #: ../data/gedit.appdata.xml.in.h:3 msgid "" "Its flexible plugin system allows you to tailor the application to your " "needs and adapt it to your workflow." msgstr "" #: ../data/gedit.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "gedit" msgstr "gedit" #: ../data/gedit.desktop.in.in.h:2 ../gedit/gedit-print-job.c:784 msgid "Text Editor" msgstr "དཔེ་དེབ་རྩོམ་སྒྲིག་ཆས" #: ../data/gedit.desktop.in.in.h:3 msgid "Edit text files" msgstr "རྩོམ་སྒྲིག་དཔེ་དེབ་ཡིག་ཚག" #: ../data/gedit.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Text;Editor;Plaintext;Write;" msgstr "" #: ../data/gedit.desktop.in.in.h:5 msgid "Open a New Window" msgstr "" #: ../data/gedit.desktop.in.in.h:6 msgid "Open a New Document" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Use Default Font" msgstr "སོར་བཞག་ཡིག་ཚུགས་བེད་སྤྱོད་བྱེད་" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Whether to use the system's default fixed width font for editing text " "instead of a font specific to gedit. If this option is turned off, then the " "font named in the \"Editor Font\" option will be used instead of the system " "font." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "'Monospace 12'" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Editor Font" msgstr "རྩོམ་སྒྲིག་ཆས་ཡིག་ཚུགས" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "" "A custom font that will be used for the editing area. This will only take " "effect if the \"Use Default Font\" option is turned off." msgstr "" "རྩོམ་སྒྲིག་ས་ཁུལ་དུ་བེད་སྤྱོཕད་པའི་གོམ་སྲོལ་ཡིག་གཟུགས " "་མངོན་ཆུང་ཡིག་གཟུགས་བེད་སྤྱོད་གདམས་ངོསསྒོ་བརྒྱབས་ཚེ་ད་གཟོད་་ཕན་འབྲས་ཐོན" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "Style Scheme" msgstr "ཁྱད་ཆོས་གཙོ་འཛིན" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "The ID of a GtkSourceView Style Scheme used to color the text." msgstr "ཡིག་་དེབ་ཁ་མདོག་གི་GtkSourceView བཟོ་ལྟའི་གཙོ་གནད་IDསྤྱོད་པ" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Create Backup Copies" msgstr "སྤྱོད་དམིགས་ཡིག་ཆ་སློང་སྑྲུན་བྱེད་པ" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "" "Whether gedit should create backup copies for the files it saves. You can " "set the backup file extension with the \"Backup Copy Extension\" option." msgstr "" "གསར་འཛུགས་གྲབ་ཉར་ཡིག་ཆ་ཉར་ཚགས་བྱེད་དམ " "ཁྱོད་ཀྱིས་གྲབ་ཉར་ཡིག་ཆའི་རྒྱ་སྐྱེད་མིང་གདམས་ངོས་དཀྱིལ་གྲབ་ཉར་ཡིག་ཆའི་རྒྱ་སྐྱེ" "ད་མིང་སྒྲིག་བཀོད་བྱེད་ཆོག་པ" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Autosave" msgstr "རང་འགུལ་ཉར་ཚགས" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "" "Whether gedit should automatically save modified files after a time " "interval. You can set the time interval with the \"Autosave Interval\" " "option." msgstr "" "དུས་ཐུན་རེའི་བར་མཚམས་རེར་སྔར་བཟོ་བཅོས་བྱས་བའི་ཡིག་ཆ་རང་འགུལ་གྱིས་ཉར་ཚགས་བྱེད་" "ད་དམ། " "ཁྱོད་ཀྱིས་དུས་ཚོད་བར་མཚམས་རང་འགུལ་གྱིས་ཉར་ཚགས་གདམས་ངོས་དཀྱིལ་འོས་པའི་དུས་ཚོད་" "བར་མཚམས་སྒྲིག་བཀོད་བྱེད་ཆོག" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Autosave Interval" msgstr "རང་འགུལཉར་ཚགས་དུས་ཚོད་བར་མཚམས" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "" "Number of minutes after which gedit will automatically save modified files. " "This will only take effect if the \"Autosave\" option is turned on." msgstr "" "ཡིག་ཆ་བཟོ་བཅོས་རྗེས་སུ་རང་འགུལ་གྱི་ཉར་ཚགས་སྐབས " "རང་འགུལ་ཉར་ཚགས་གདམས་ངོས་སྒོ་ཕྱེས་རྗེས་གཞི་ནས་ཕན་འབྲས་ཐོན" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Undo Actions Limit (DEPRECATED)" msgstr "ཚོད་འཛིན་གྲངས་ཀ་འཚོལ་བཤེར་ཕྱིར་འཐེན་བྱེད་པ" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "" "Maximum number of actions that gedit will be able to undo or redo. Use \"-" "1\" for unlimited number of actions. Deprecated since 2.12.0" msgstr "" "geditཕྱིར་འཐེན་དང་ཡང་ན་བཀོལ་སྤྱོད་བསྐྱར་བཟོ་ཡི་ཆེས་མང་བའི་གྲངས་ཀ " "ཚད་མེད་ཚབ་མཚོན་“-1”བེད་སྤྱོད་བྱེད་པ 2.12.0རྗེས་ནས་བེད་སྤྱོད་མི་བྱེད་པ" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "Maximum Number of Undo Actions" msgstr "བཀོག་སྤྱོད་ཕྱིར་འཐེན་གགྱི་ཆེས་མང་བའི་གྲངས་ཚད" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "" "Maximum number of actions that gedit will be able to undo or redo. Use \"-" "1\" for unlimited number of actions." msgstr "" "geditཕྱིར་འཐེན་དང་ཡང་ན་བཀོལ་སྤྱོད་བསྐྱར་བཟོ་ཡི་ཆེས་མང་བའི་གྲངས་ཀ " "ཚད་མེད་ཚབ་མཚོན་“-1”བེད་སྤྱོད་བྱེད་པ" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Line Wrapping Mode" msgstr "རང་འགུལ་ཕྲེང་འབེབས་དཔེ་དབྱིབས" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "" "Specifies how to wrap long lines in the editing area. Use \"none\" for no " "wrapping, \"word\" for wrapping at word boundaries, and \"char\" for " "wrapping at individual character boundaries. Note that the values are case-" "sensitive, so make sure they appear exactly as mentioned here." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Tab Size" msgstr "རེའུ་མིག་བཟོ་རྟགས་རང་ཚད" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "" "Specifies the number of spaces that should be displayed instead of Tab " "characters." msgstr "ཚབ་བྱེད་རེའུ་མིག་བཟོ་རྟགས་ཀྱི་སྟོང་རྟགས་ཨང་སྒྲིག་བཀོད་བྱེད་པ" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:22 msgid "Insert spaces" msgstr "ནང་འཇུག་སྟོང་རྟགས" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:23 msgid "Whether gedit should insert spaces instead of tabs." msgstr "སྟོང་རྟགས་ཚབ་བྱེད་རེའུམིག་བཟོ་་རྟགས་བར་འཇུག་བྱེད་དམ" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "Automatic indent" msgstr "རང་འགུལ་ནང་འཐེན" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:25 msgid "Whether gedit should enable automatic indentation." msgstr "རང་འགུལ་ནང་སྐུམ་བེད་སྤྱོད་བྱེད་དམ" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:26 msgid "Display Line Numbers" msgstr "འཆར་སྟོན་སྐུད་ཨང" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:27 msgid "Whether gedit should display line numbers in the editing area." msgstr "རྩོམ་སྒྲིག་ས་ཁུལ་དུ་སྐུད་ཨང་མངོན་འཆར་བྱེད་དམ" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:28 msgid "Highlight Current Line" msgstr "འོད་མཐོའི་འཆར་སྟོན་མདུན་དུ་སྤྱོད་ནེཝུས" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:29 msgid "Whether gedit should highlight the current line." msgstr "མཐོ་འོད་མིག་སྔར་མངོན་ནམ" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:30 msgid "Highlight Matching Brackets" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:31 msgid "Whether gedit should highlight matching brackets." msgstr "" "gedit ནང་མངོན་འཆར་མཐུན་སྒྲིག་རྟགས་གློ་བུར་མངོན་འཆར་བྱེད་པ་དམིགས་འཛུགས" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:32 msgid "Display Right Margin" msgstr "འཆར་སྟོན་གཡས་ཀྱི་སྟོང་ཆ" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:33 msgid "Whether gedit should display the right margin in the editing area." msgstr "རྩོམ་སྒྲིག་ས་ཁུལ་དུ་གཡས་ཀྱི་བར་ཐག་མངོན་འཆར་བྱེད་དམ" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:34 msgid "Right Margin Position" msgstr "གཡས་ཕྱོགས་བར་ཐག་གནས་ཡུལ" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:35 msgid "Specifies the position of the right margin." msgstr "དམིགས་འཛུགས་གཡས་ཕྱོགས་བར་ཐག་གི་གནས་ཡུལ་" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:36 msgid "Smart Home End" msgstr "རིག་ནུསHome End" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:37 msgid "" "Specifies how the cursor moves when the HOME and END keys are pressed. Use " "\"disabled\" to always move at the start/end of the line, \"after\" to move " "to the start/end of the line the first time the keys are pressed and to the " "start/end of the text ignoring whitespaces the second time the keys are " "pressed, \"before\" to move to the start/end of the text before moving to " "the start/end of the line and \"always\" to always move to the start/end of " "the text instead of the start/end of the line." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:38 msgid "Restore Previous Cursor Position" msgstr "གོང་གི་འོད་རྟགས་སླར་གསོ" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:39 msgid "" "Whether gedit should restore the previous cursor position when a file is " "loaded." msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་ནང་འཇུག་བྱེད་སྐབས་གོང་གི་འོད་རྟགས་ས་གནས་ནང་འཇུག་བྱེད་དམཉ" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:40 msgid "Enable Syntax Highlighting" msgstr "བརྡ་སྤྲོད་འོད་སྣོནསྤྱོད་འགོ་ཚུགས་པ" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:41 msgid "Whether gedit should enable syntax highlighting." msgstr "བརྡ་སྤྲོད་གློ་བུར་མངོན་འཆར་བེད་སྤྱོད་བྱེད་དམ" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:42 msgid "Enable Search Highlighting" msgstr "ཞིབ་བཤེར་ཚད་མཐོའི་འོད་ཀྱི་འཆར་སྟོན་སྤྱོད་འགོ་ཚུགས་པ" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:43 msgid "" "Whether gedit should highlight all the occurrences of the searched text." msgstr "གློ་བུར་དུ་བཤེར་འཚོལ་མ་དེབ་ཀྱི་ཐམས་ཅད་མངོན་འཆར་བྱེད་དམ" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:44 msgid "Ensure Trailing Newline" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:45 msgid "" "Whether gedit will ensure that documents always end with a trailing newline." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:46 msgid "Toolbar is Visible" msgstr "ལག་ཆའི་ཚང་མངོན་པ" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:47 msgid "Whether the toolbar should be visible in editing windows." msgstr "རྩོམ་སྒྲིག་སྒེའུ་ཀུང་དཀྱིལ་ལག་ཆའི་ཚང་མངོན་འཆར་བྱེད་དམ" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:48 msgid "Notebook Show Tabs Mode" msgstr "ལག་ཁྱེར་གློག་ཀླད་དུ་ཡིག་རྟགས་དཔེ་དབྱིབས་མངོན་འཆར" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:49 msgid "" "Specifies when to show the notebook tabs. Use \"never\" to never show the " "tabs, \"always\" to always show the tabs, and \"auto\" to show the tabs only " "when there is more than one tab. Note that the values are case-sensitive, so " "make sure they appear exactly as mentioned here." msgstr "" "Specifies when to show the notebook tabs. Use \"never\" to never show the " "tabs, \"always\" to always show the tabs, and \"auto\" to show the tabs only " "when there is more than one tab. Note that the values are case-sensitive, so " "make sure they appear exactly as mentioned here." #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:50 msgid "Status Bar is Visible" msgstr "རྣམ་པའི་ཐོ་གཞུང་མཐོང་རུང་བ" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:51 msgid "" "Whether the status bar at the bottom of editing windows should be visible." msgstr "རྩོམ་སྒྲིག་སྒེའུ་ཀུང་མཐའ་ངོས་ཀྱི་གནས་སྟེངས་མངོན་འཆར་བྱེད་དམ" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:52 msgid "Side panel is Visible" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:53 msgid "" "Whether the side panel at the left of editing windows should be visible." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:54 msgid "Maximum Recent Files" msgstr "ཉེར་ཆར་བེད་སྤྱོད་ཡིག་ཆའི་ཆེས་ཆེ་བའི་གྲངས་ཚད" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:55 msgid "" "Specifies the maximum number of recently opened files that will be displayed " "in the \"Recent Files\" submenu." msgstr "" "ཉེ་ལམ་ཁ་ཕྱེས་པའི་ཡིག་ཆའི་གྲངས་ཀྱི་གྲངས་ཐང་ཆེ་ཤོས་སྒྲིག་བཀོད་བྱེད་པ། " "འདི་་ནི་ ཉེ་ལམ་ཁ་ཕྱེས་པའི་ཡིག་ཆའི་དཀྱིལ་མངོན་འཆར་བྱེད་ངེས།" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:56 msgid "Print Syntax Highlighting" msgstr "བརྡ་སྤྲོད་མཐོ་འོད་པར་འདེབས་པ" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:57 msgid "" "Whether gedit should print syntax highlighting when printing documents." msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་པར་འདེབས་སྐབས་པར་འདེབས་བརྡ་སྤྲོད་མཐོ་འོད་མངོན་འཆར་བྱེད་དམ" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:58 msgid "Print Header" msgstr "མགོ་བྱང་པར་འདེབས་པ" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:59 msgid "" "Whether gedit should include a document header when printing documents." msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་པར་འདེབས་སྐབས་ཡིག་ཆའི་མགོ་པར་འདེབས་བྱེད་དམ" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:60 msgid "Printing Line Wrapping Mode" msgstr "པར་འདེབས་སྐབས་དཔེ་དབྱིབས་ཕྲེང་འབེབས" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:61 msgid "" "Specifies how to wrap long lines for printing. Use \"none\" for no wrapping, " "\"word\" for wrapping at word boundaries, and \"char\" for wrapping at " "individual character boundaries. Note that the values are case-sensitive, so " "make sure they appear exactly as mentioned here." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:62 msgid "Print Line Numbers" msgstr "སྐུད་ཨང་པར་འདེབས་པ" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:63 msgid "" "If this value is 0, then no line numbers will be inserted when printing a " "document. Otherwise, gedit will print line numbers every such number of " "lines." msgstr "" "གལ་སྲིད་གྲངས་ཐང་༠་ཡིན་ན ཡིག་ཚགས་པར་རྒྱག་སྐབས་སྐུད་ཨང་མི་འཇུག་པ། གཞན " "geditདཀྱིལ་དུ་ནང་འཇུག་སྐུད་ཨང་རེ་རེར་འཚོལ" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:64 msgid "'Monospace 9'" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:65 msgid "Body Font for Printing" msgstr "དཔར་རྒྱག་སྑབས་་སྤྱོད་པའི་ཡིག་གཟུགས་ཡོངས" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:66 msgid "" "Specifies the font to use for a document's body when printing documents." msgstr "པར་འདེབས་སྐབས་ཡིག་ཆའི་གཙོ་གཞིར་སྤྱོད་པའི་ཡིག་ཚུགས" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:67 msgid "'Sans 11'" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:68 msgid "Header Font for Printing" msgstr "དཔར་རྒྱག་སྐབས་སྤྱོད་པའི་ཡིག་ཚུགས་ཡོངས" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:69 msgid "" "Specifies the font to use for page headers when printing a document. This " "will only take effect if the \"Print Header\" option is turned on." msgstr "" "པར་འདེབས་སྒྲིག་བཀོད་སྐབས་སྐུད་ཨང་བེད་སྤྱོད་པའི་ཡི་ཚུགས། " "པར་འདེབས་སྐུད་ཨང་གདམས་ངོས་ཁ་འབྱེད་སྐབས་ད་གཟོད་ཕན་འབྲས་ཐོན" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:70 msgid "'Sans 8'" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:71 msgid "Line Number Font for Printing" msgstr "ཡིག་དཔར་རྒྱག་སྐབས་སྤྱོད་པའི་ཡིག་ཚུགས" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:72 msgid "" "Specifies the font to use for line numbers when printing. This will only " "take effect if the \"Print Line Numbers\" option is non-zero." msgstr "" "པར་འདེབས་སྒྲིག་བཀོད་སྐབས་སྐུད་ཨང་བེད་སྤྱོད་པའི་ཡི་ཚུགས། " "པར་འདེབས་སྐུད་ཨང་གདམས་ངོས་ཁ་འབྱེད་སྐབས་ད་གཟོད་ཕན་འབྲས་ཐོན" #. Translators: This is the sorted list of encodings used by gedit #. for automatic detection of the file encoding. You may want to customize it adding #. encodings that are common in your country, for instance the GB18030 encoding #. for the Chinese translation. You may also want to remove the ISO-8859-15 encoding #. (covering English and most Western European languages) if you think people #. in your country will rarely use it. #. "CURRENT" is a magic value used by gedit and it represents the encoding #. for the current locale, so please don't translate the "CURRENT" term. #. Only recognized encodings are used. #. See http://git.gnome.org/browse/gedit/tree/gedit/gedit-encodings.c#n152 for #. a list of supported encodings #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:84 msgid "['UTF-8', 'CURRENT', 'ISO-8859-15', 'UTF-16']" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:85 msgid "Automatically Detected Encodings" msgstr "རང་འགུལ་ཞིབ་དཔྱད་ཨང་སྒྲིག" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:86 msgid "" "Sorted list of encodings used by gedit for automatically detecting the " "encoding of a file. \"CURRENT\" represents the current locale encoding. Only " "recognized encodings are used." msgstr "" "geditརང་འགུལ་ཡིག་ཆའི་སྒྲིག་ཨང་དཔྱལ་འཇལ་སྐབས་བེད་སྤྱོད་པའི་སྒྲིག་ཨང་ཞིབ་ཐོ " "\"CURRENT\"ཡིས་ མིག་སྔའི་ས་ཁོངས་སྒྲིག་ཨང་ལ། " "ཞན་འབྱེད་སྒྲིག་ཨང་ཙམ་བེད་སྤྱོད་པ།" #. Translators: This is the list of encodings shown by default in the Character Encoding #. menu in open/save file selector. Only recognized encodings are displayed. #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:89 msgid "['ISO-8859-15']" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:90 msgid "Encodings shown in menu" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:91 msgid "" "List of encodings shown in the Character Encoding menu in open/save file " "selector. Only recognized encodings are used." msgstr "" "ད་ལྟ་ཁ་འབྱེད་པ " "ཡིག་ཆ་གདམས་ཆས་དབྱིལ་གྱི་ཚབ་ཨང་་སྒྲིག་ཨང་དཀྱིལ་མངོན་འཆར་བྱེད་པ" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:92 msgid "Active plugins" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:93 msgid "" "List of active plugins. It contains the \"Location\" of the active plugins. " "See the .gedit-plugin file for obtaining the \"Location\" of a given plugin." msgstr "" "སྐུལ་སློང་སྒྲིག་བཀོད་འཇུག་སྣེ། དཀྱིལ་དུ སྐུལ་སློང་འཇུག་སྣེ་ཡི་གནས་ཡུལ་འདུ་བ། " "ཉིད་ཀྱིསgedit-pluginཡིག་ཆ་ལགཏན་ཁེལ་གྱི་གནས་ཡུལ་ཐོབ་པར་ལྟ་ཞིབ་བྱེད་པ" #: ../gedit/gedit-app.c:113 msgid "Show the application's help" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-app.c:119 msgid "Show the application's version" msgstr "ཉེར་སྤྱོད་བྱ་རིམ་པར་གཞི་མངོན་འཆར་བྱེད་པ" #: ../gedit/gedit-app.c:125 msgid "Display list of possible values for the encoding option" msgstr "སྤྱོད་རུང་བའི་སྒྲིག་ཨང་གདམ་ཚན་རེའུ་མིག་མངོན་འཆར་བྱེད་པ" #: ../gedit/gedit-app.c:133 msgid "" "Set the character encoding to be used to open the files listed on the " "command line" msgstr "" "བཀའ་བརྡའི་དཀྱིལ་གྱི་་ཡིག་ཆ་སྒོ་འབྱེད་སྒྲིག་སྐབས་སྤྱོད་པའི་ཡིག་རྟགས་སྒྲིག་ཨང" #: ../gedit/gedit-app.c:134 msgid "ENCODING" msgstr "སྒྲིག་ཨང" #: ../gedit/gedit-app.c:141 msgid "Create a new top-level window in an existing instance of gedit" msgstr "" "ཉར་ཚགས་བྱས་པའིgedit " "དངོས་དཔེའི་དཀྱིལ་གོང་རིམ་ཅན་གྱི་སྒེའུ་ཁུང་ཞིག་གསར་འཛུགས་བྱེད་པ" #: ../gedit/gedit-app.c:149 msgid "Create a new document in an existing instance of gedit" msgstr "" "ཉར་ཚགས་བྱས་པའི་gedit དངོས་དཔེའི་དཀྱིལ་ཡིག་གས་གསར་བ་ཞིག་གསར་འཛུགས་བྱེད་པ" #: ../gedit/gedit-app.c:157 msgid "Set the size and position of the window (WIDTHxHEIGHT+X+Y)" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-app.c:158 msgid "GEOMETRY" msgstr "དབྱིབས་རྩིའི་ངོ་བོ" #: ../gedit/gedit-app.c:165 msgid "Open files and block process until files are closed" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-app.c:173 msgid "Run gedit in standalone mode" msgstr "ཚུགས་ཐུབ་དཔེ་དབྱིབས་ནང་དུ་geditའཁོར་སྐྱོད་བྱེད་པ" #: ../gedit/gedit-app.c:182 msgid "[FILE...] [+LINE[:COLUMN]]" msgstr "[ཡིག་ཆ...] [+ཕྲེང[:རེའུ་མིག]]" #: ../gedit/gedit-app.c:281 msgid "There was an error displaying the help." msgstr "ནོར་འཁྲུལ་མངོན་འཆར་བྱེད་པ་རོགས་འདེགས་" #: ../gedit/gedit-app.c:702 msgid "- Edit text files" msgstr "མ་དེབ་རྩོམ་སྒྲིག་ཡིག་ཆ" #: ../gedit/gedit-app.c:811 ../gedit/gedit-app.c:901 #, c-format msgid "" "%s\n" "Run '%s --help' to see a full list of available command line options.\n" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-app.c:832 #, c-format msgid "%s: invalid encoding." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-app-osx.c:260 msgid "About gedit" msgstr "geditཀྱི་སྐོར" #: ../gedit/gedit-close-confirmation-dialog.c:146 msgid "Question" msgstr "དོག་གནད" #: ../gedit/gedit-close-confirmation-dialog.c:317 msgid "Close _without Saving" msgstr "ཉར་ཚགས་མ་བྱེད་པ་དང་སྒོ་རྒྱག་པ" #: ../gedit/gedit-close-confirmation-dialog.c:365 #, c-format msgid "" "If you don't save, changes from the last %ld second will be permanently lost." msgid_plural "" "If you don't save, changes from the last %ld seconds will be permanently " "lost." msgstr[0] "" "གལ་སྲིད་ཉར་ཚགས་མ་བྱས་ན་། གོང་དུ་%ldནང་བཟོ་བཅོས་བྱས་བ་དག་འཐོར་བརླག་དུ་འགྲོ" #: ../gedit/gedit-close-confirmation-dialog.c:374 msgid "" "If you don't save, changes from the last minute will be permanently lost." msgstr "" "གལ་ཏེ་ཁྱོད་ཀྱིས་ཉར་ཚགས་མ་བྱས་ཚེ་མདུན་གྱི་སྐར་མ་གཅིག་གི་ནང་དུ་བཟོ་བཅོས་བྱས་པའི" "་ཡིག་ཆ་ཐམས་ཅད་འཐོར་བརླག་ཏུ་འགྲོ་ངེས" #: ../gedit/gedit-close-confirmation-dialog.c:380 #, c-format msgid "" "If you don't save, changes from the last minute and %ld second will be " "permanently lost." msgid_plural "" "If you don't save, changes from the last minute and %ld seconds will be " "permanently lost." msgstr[0] "" "གལ་ཏེ་ཁྱོད་ཀྱིས་ཉར་ཚགས་མ་བྱས་ཚེ་མདུན་གྱི་སྐར་མ་གཅིག་གི་ནང་དུ་ %ld " "བཟོ་བཅོས་བྱས་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་འཐོར་བརླག་ཏུ་འགྲོ་ངེས" #: ../gedit/gedit-close-confirmation-dialog.c:390 #, c-format msgid "" "If you don't save, changes from the last %ld minute will be permanently lost." msgid_plural "" "If you don't save, changes from the last %ld minutes will be permanently " "lost." msgstr[0] "" "གལ་ཏེ་ཁྱོད་ཀྱིས་ཉར་ཚགས་མ་བྱས་ཚེ་མདུན་གྱི་སྐར་མ %ld " "ནང་བཟོ་བཅོས་བྱས་ཐམས་ཅད་འཐོར་བརླག་ཏུ་འགྲོ་ངེས" #: ../gedit/gedit-close-confirmation-dialog.c:405 msgid "" "If you don't save, changes from the last hour will be permanently lost." msgstr "" "གལ་ཏེ་ཁྱོད་ཀྱིས་ཉར་ཚགས་མ་བྱས་ཚེ་མདུན་གྱི་སྐར་མ %ld " "ནང་བཟོ་བཅོས་བྱས་ཐམས་ཅད་འཐོར་བརླག་ཏུ་འགྲོ་ངེས" #: ../gedit/gedit-close-confirmation-dialog.c:411 #, c-format msgid "" "If you don't save, changes from the last hour and %d minute will be " "permanently lost." msgid_plural "" "If you don't save, changes from the last hour and %d minutes will be " "permanently lost." msgstr[0] "" "གལ་ཏེ་ཁྱོད་ཀྱིས་ཉར་ཚགས་མ་བྱས་ཚེགོང་གི་་%dསྐར་ཆའི་ནང་དུ་བཟོ་བཅོས་བྱས་ཐམས་ཅད་འཐ" "ོར་བརླག་ཏུ་འགྲོ་སྲིད" #: ../gedit/gedit-close-confirmation-dialog.c:426 #, c-format msgid "" "If you don't save, changes from the last %d hour will be permanently lost." msgid_plural "" "If you don't save, changes from the last %d hours will be permanently lost." msgstr[0] "" "གལ་ཏེ་ཁྱོད་ཀྱིས་ཉར་ཚགས་མ་བྱས་ཚེགོང་གི་་%dསྐར་ཆའི་ནང་དུ་བཟོ་བཅོས་བྱས་ཐམས་ཅད་འཐ" "ོར་བརླག་ཏུ་འགྲོ་སྲིད" #: ../gedit/gedit-close-confirmation-dialog.c:476 #, c-format msgid "Changes to document “%s” will be permanently lost." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-close-confirmation-dialog.c:481 #, c-format msgid "Save changes to document “%s” before closing?" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-close-confirmation-dialog.c:496 #: ../gedit/gedit-close-confirmation-dialog.c:717 msgid "Saving has been disabled by the system administrator." msgstr "ཉར་ཚགས་བྱས་བ་མ་ལག་དོ་དམ་པས་བེད་མི་སྤྱོད་པ" #: ../gedit/gedit-close-confirmation-dialog.c:666 #, c-format msgid "Changes to %d document will be permanently lost." msgid_plural "Changes to %d documents will be permanently lost." msgstr[0] "%d ཡི་་ཡགཚགས་བཟོས་ཐམས་ཅད་འཐོར་བརླག་ཏུ་འགྲོ་ངེས" #: ../gedit/gedit-close-confirmation-dialog.c:674 #, c-format msgid "" "There is %d document with unsaved changes. Save changes before closing?" msgid_plural "" "There are %d documents with unsaved changes. Save changes before closing?" msgstr[0] "" "ད་དུང་ %dཡིག་ཚགས་ཤིག་ཉར་ཚགས་བྱས་མེད་པའི་སྒོ་བརྒྱབ་པའི་སྔོན་དུ་ཉར་ཚགས་བྱེད་དམ" #: ../gedit/gedit-close-confirmation-dialog.c:694 msgid "Docum_ents with unsaved changes:" msgstr "བཟོ་བཅོས་བྱས་ཤིང་ཉར་ཚགས་མ་བྱས་པའི་ཡིག་ཚགས" #: ../gedit/gedit-close-confirmation-dialog.c:698 msgid "S_elect the documents you want to save:" msgstr "ཉིད་ཀྱིས་ཉར་ཚགས་བྱེད་་འདོད་པའི་ཡིག་ཚགས་གདམ་པ(_E)：" #: ../gedit/gedit-close-confirmation-dialog.c:721 msgid "If you don't save, all your changes will be permanently lost." msgstr "ཡིག་རྟགས་སྒྲིག་ཨང" #: ../gedit/gedit-commands-file.c:268 #, c-format msgid "Loading file '%s'…" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་ནང་འཇུག་བྱེད་བཞིན་པ'%s'" #: ../gedit/gedit-commands-file.c:277 #, c-format msgid "Loading %d file…" msgid_plural "Loading %d files…" msgstr[0] "%d ཡིག་ཆ་ནང་འཇུག་བྱེད་བཞིན་པ" #. Translators: "Open" is the title of the file chooser window #: ../gedit/gedit-commands-file.c:442 ../gedit/gedit-window.c:1175 msgid "Open" msgstr "ཁ་ཕྱེ" #: ../gedit/gedit-commands-file.c:553 #, c-format msgid "The file \"%s\" is read-only." msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ\"%s\"ཙམ་ཀློག་པ" #: ../gedit/gedit-commands-file.c:558 msgid "Do you want to try to replace it with the one you are saving?" msgstr "" "ཁྱོད་ཀྱིས་ད་ལྟ་ཉར་ཚགས་བྱེད་བཞིན་པའི་ཡིག་ཆ་རྗེས་སུ་ཚབ་བརྗེ་བྱེད་པ་ཚོད་ལྟ་བྱེད་" "དམ" #: ../gedit/gedit-commands-file.c:566 ../gedit/gedit-replace-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "_Replace" msgstr "ཚབ་བརྗེ" #: ../gedit/gedit-commands-file.c:608 msgid "Save the file using compression?" msgstr "སྐུམ་བཙིར་ཡིག་ཆ་ཉར་ཚགས་བྱེད་དམ？" #: ../gedit/gedit-commands-file.c:609 #, c-format msgid "" "The file \"%s\" was previously saved as plain text and will now be saved " "using compression." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-commands-file.c:611 msgid "_Save Using Compression" msgstr "སྐུམ་བཙིར་བེད་སྤྱོད་ཉར་ཚགས་བྱེད་དམ(_S)" #: ../gedit/gedit-commands-file.c:615 msgid "Save the file as plain text?" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་གཙང་མ་ཉར་ཚགས་བྱེད་དམ" #: ../gedit/gedit-commands-file.c:616 #, c-format msgid "" "The file \"%s\" was previously saved using compression and will now be saved " "as plain text." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-commands-file.c:618 msgid "_Save As Plain Text" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་གཙང་མ་ལ་ཉར་ཚགས་བྱེད་པ(_S)" #: ../gedit/gedit-commands-file.c:738 ../gedit/gedit-commands-file.c:955 #, c-format msgid "Saving file '%s'…" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-commands-file.c:842 msgid "Save As" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-commands-file.c:1168 #, c-format msgid "Reverting the document '%s'…" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་སོར་ལོག་བྱེད་བཞིན་པ '%s'…" #: ../gedit/gedit-commands-file.c:1213 #, c-format msgid "Revert unsaved changes to document '%s'?" msgstr "“%s”ཡིག་ཆ་དེ་ལ་སོར་བཞག་བྱས་ནས་ར྄ཇེས་མར་བཟོས་བཅོས་བྱེད་དམ" #: ../gedit/gedit-commands-file.c:1222 #, c-format msgid "" "Changes made to the document in the last %ld second will be permanently lost." msgid_plural "" "Changes made to the document in the last %ld seconds will be permanently " "lost." msgstr[0] "" "%ldགོང་གི་སྐར་ཆའི་ནང་དུ་བཟོསབཅོས་བྱས་བ་ཐམས་ཅད་འཐོར་བརླག་ཏུ་འགྲོ་ངེས" #: ../gedit/gedit-commands-file.c:1231 msgid "" "Changes made to the document in the last minute will be permanently lost." msgstr "" "གོང་གི་སྐར་མ་གཅིག་གི་ནང་དུ་བཟོསབཅོས་བྱས་བ་ཐམས་ཅད་འཐོར་བརླག་ཏུ་འགྲོ་ངེས" #: ../gedit/gedit-commands-file.c:1237 #, c-format msgid "" "Changes made to the document in the last minute and %ld second will be " "permanently lost." msgid_plural "" "Changes made to the document in the last minute and %ld seconds will be " "permanently lost." msgstr[0] "" "%ldགོང་གི་སྐར་ཆའི་ནང་དུ་བཟོསབཅོས་བྱས་བ་ཐམས་ཅད་འཐོར་བརླག་ཏུ་འགྲོ་ངེས" #: ../gedit/gedit-commands-file.c:1247 #, c-format msgid "" "Changes made to the document in the last %ld minute will be permanently lost." msgid_plural "" "Changes made to the document in the last %ld minutes will be permanently " "lost." msgstr[0] "" "%ldགོང་གི་སྐར་ཆའི་ནང་དུ་བཟོསབཅོས་བྱས་བ་ཐམས་ཅད་འཐོར་བརླག་ཏུ་འགྲོ་ངེས" #: ../gedit/gedit-commands-file.c:1262 msgid "" "Changes made to the document in the last hour will be permanently lost." msgstr "%ldགོང་གི་སྐར་ཆའི་ནང་དུ་བཟོསབཅོས་བྱས་བ་ཐམས་ཅད་འཐོར་བརླག་ཏུ་འགྲོ་ངེས" #: ../gedit/gedit-commands-file.c:1268 #, c-format msgid "" "Changes made to the document in the last hour and %d minute will be " "permanently lost." msgid_plural "" "Changes made to the document in the last hour and %d minutes will be " "permanently lost." msgstr[0] "" "གོང་གི%d ་དུས་ཚོད་ཀྱི་ནང་དུ་བཟོ་བཅོས་བྱས་ཡོངས་འཐོར་བརླག་ཏུ་འགྲོ་ངེས" #: ../gedit/gedit-commands-file.c:1283 #, c-format msgid "" "Changes made to the document in the last %d hour will be permanently lost." msgid_plural "" "Changes made to the document in the last %d hours will be permanently lost." msgstr[0] "" "གོང་གི%d ་དུས་ཚོད་ཀྱི་ནང་དུ་བཟོ་བཅོས་བྱས་ཡོངས་འཐོར་བརླག་ཏུ་འགྲོ་ངེས" #: ../gedit/gedit-commands-file.c:1309 msgid "_Revert" msgstr "སོར་བཞག(_R)" #: ../gedit/gedit-commands-help.c:89 msgid "gedit is a small and lightweight text editor for the GNOME Desktop" msgstr "Gedit དེ་ GNOME གཙོ་ངོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིབས་ཆུང་མ་དེབ་རྩོམ་སྒྲིག་ཆས་རེད" #: ../gedit/gedit-commands-help.c:114 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Yaerge https://launchpad.net/~yaerge11\n" " neowangdue https://launchpad.net/~neowangdue" #: ../gedit/gedit-commands-search.c:113 #, c-format msgid "Found and replaced %d occurrence" msgid_plural "Found and replaced %d occurrences" msgstr[0] "%d ཐེངས་བརྗེ་བོ་རྒྱག་བྱེད་རྙེད་པ" #: ../gedit/gedit-commands-search.c:122 msgid "Found and replaced one occurrence" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is replaced by the text #. entered by the user in the search box #: ../gedit/gedit-commands-search.c:148 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" not found" msgstr "\"%s\" མི་རྙེད་པ" #: ../gedit/gedit-document.c:1266 ../gedit/gedit-document.c:1292 #, c-format msgid "Untitled Document %d" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-documents-panel.c:119 ../gedit/gedit-documents-panel.c:133 #: ../gedit/gedit-window.c:2080 ../gedit/gedit-window.c:2087 msgid "Read-Only" msgstr "ཀློག་ཙམ" #: ../gedit/gedit-documents-panel.c:1140 ../gedit/gedit-window.c:3458 msgid "Documents" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:142 ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:184 #: ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:186 ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:188 #: ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:190 ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:192 #: ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:194 ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:196 msgid "Unicode" msgstr "སྤྱི་སྤྱོད་སྒྲིག་ཨང" #: ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:155 ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:179 #: ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:229 ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:272 msgid "Western" msgstr "ནུབ་ཕྱོགས" #: ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:157 ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:231 #: ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:268 msgid "Central European" msgstr "ཡོ་རབ་དཀྱིལ" #: ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:159 msgid "South European" msgstr "ལྷོ་ཡོ་རབ" #: ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:161 ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:175 #: ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:282 msgid "Baltic" msgstr "པོ་ལོ་ཡི་སྐད" #: ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:163 ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:233 #: ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:246 ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:250 #: ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:252 ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:270 msgid "Cyrillic" msgstr "ཤི་ལིས་ཀྱི་སྐད" #: ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:165 ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:239 #: ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:280 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "ཨ་ལ་པོ་ཡི་སྐད" #: ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:167 ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:274 msgid "Greek" msgstr "ཞིས་ལ་ཡི་སྐད" #: ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:169 msgid "Hebrew Visual" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:171 ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:235 #: ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:276 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "ཐོ་ཨིར་ཆེས་ཀྱི་སྐད" #: ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:173 msgid "Nordic" msgstr "རི་ཨིར་མན་གྱི་སྐད" #: ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:177 msgid "Celtic" msgstr "བིས་ཨིར་ཐི་ཡི་སྐད" #: ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:181 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "ལོ་མ་ནིས་ཡ་ཡི་སྐད" #: ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:199 msgid "Armenian" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:201 ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:203 #: ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:217 msgid "Chinese Traditional" msgstr "རྒྱའི་་གནའ་བོའི་ཡི་གེ" #: ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:205 msgid "Cyrillic/Russian" msgstr "ཞིས་གིས་ཨིར་གྱི་སྐད" #: ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:208 ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:210 #: ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:212 ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:242 #: ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:257 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "འཇར་པན་གྱི་སྐད" #: ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:215 ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:244 #: ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:248 ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:263 msgid "Korean" msgstr "ཁོ་རེ་ཡ་ཡི་སྐད" #: ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:220 ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:222 #: ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:224 msgid "Chinese Simplified" msgstr "རྒྱའི་ཡིག་གསར" #: ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:226 msgid "Georgian" msgstr "ལྗར་མིན་གྱི་སྐད" #: ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:237 ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:278 msgid "Hebrew" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:254 msgid "Cyrillic/Ukrainian" msgstr "Cyrillic/Ukrainian" #: ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:259 ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:265 #: ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:284 msgid "Vietnamese" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:261 msgid "Thai" msgstr "ཐེ་གོའི་སྐད" #: ../gedit/gedit-encodings.c:435 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "ཤེས་མི་ཐུབ་པ" #: ../gedit/gedit-encodings-combo-box.c:293 msgid "Automatically Detected" msgstr "རང་འགུལ་དཔྱད་འཇལ" #: ../gedit/gedit-encodings-combo-box.c:312 #: ../gedit/gedit-encodings-combo-box.c:328 #, c-format msgid "Current Locale (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-encodings-combo-box.c:380 msgid "Add or Remove..." msgstr "ཁ་སྣོན་་འམ་སུབ་པ" #. ex:set ts=8 noet: #: ../gedit/gedit-encodings-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Character encodings" msgstr "ཡིག་རྟགས་སྒྲིག་ཨང" #: ../gedit/gedit-encodings-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "A_vailable encodings:" msgstr "བེད་སྤྱོད་བྱེད་རུང་བའི་སྒྲིག་ཨང" #: ../gedit/gedit-encodings-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "_Description" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-encodings-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "_Encoding" msgstr "སྒྲིག་ཨང" #: ../gedit/gedit-encodings-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "E_ncodings shown in menu:" msgstr "ཚལ་ཐོའི་དཀྱིལ་དུ་མངོན་པའི་སྒྲིག་ཨང" #: ../gedit/gedit-file-chooser-dialog.c:50 #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.c:874 msgid "All Files" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་ཐམས་ཅད་" #: ../gedit/gedit-file-chooser-dialog.c:51 msgid "All Text Files" msgstr "མ་དེབ་ཡིག་ཆ་ཡོངས" #: ../gedit/gedit-file-chooser-dialog.c:91 msgid "C_haracter Encoding:" msgstr "ཡིག་་རྟགས་སྒྲིག་ཨང" #: ../gedit/gedit-file-chooser-dialog.c:150 msgid "L_ine Ending:" msgstr "L_ine Ending:" #: ../gedit/gedit-file-chooser-dialog.c:169 msgid "Unix/Linux" msgstr "Unix/Linux" #: ../gedit/gedit-file-chooser-dialog.c:175 msgid "Mac OS Classic" msgstr "Mac མ་ལག་འཚོལ་བཤེར་ཁྱད་ཆོས" #: ../gedit/gedit-file-chooser-dialog.c:181 msgid "Windows" msgstr "སྒེའུ་ཁུང" #: ../gedit/gedit-highlight-mode-dialog.c:295 ../gedit/gedit-window.c:1791 #: ../gedit/gedit-window.c:2179 ../plugins/externaltools/tools/manager.py:146 #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/manager.py:463 #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/manager.py:579 #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/manager.py:915 #| msgid "Find Ne_xt" msgid "Plain Text" msgstr "ཡི་གེ་གཙང་མ" #. ex:set ts=8 noet: #: ../gedit/gedit-highlight-mode-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Highlight Mode" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-highlight-mode-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "Search highlight mode..." msgstr "" #. Add a cancel button #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:148 #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:491 #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:1171 #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-utils.c:173 msgid "_Cancel" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:161 #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:471 msgid "_Retry" msgstr "བསྐྱར་དུ་ཚོད་ལྟ" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:181 #, c-format msgid "Could not find the file “%s”." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:183 #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:223 #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:230 msgid "Please check that you typed the location correctly and try again." msgstr "" "མཐེབ་འཇུག་བྱས་བའི་གནས་ཡུལ་ཡང་དག་ཡིན་མིན་ཞིབ་ལྟ་བྱས་རྗེས་བསྐྱར་དུ་ཚོད་ལྟ་བྱེད་" "པ" #. Translators: %s is a URI scheme (like for example http:, ftp:, etc.) #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:202 #, c-format msgid "Unable to handle “%s:” locations." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:208 msgid "Unable to handle this location." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:217 msgid "The location of the file cannot be accessed." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:221 #, c-format msgid "“%s” is a directory." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:228 #, c-format msgid "“%s” is not a valid location." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:264 #, c-format msgid "" "Host “%s” could not be found. Please check that your proxy settings are " "correct and try again." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:279 #, c-format msgid "" "Hostname was invalid. Please check that you typed the location correctly and " "try again." msgstr "" "གཙོ་འཕྲུལ་གྱི་མིང་ནུས་མེད་རེད ་འདུག " "ཁྱོད་ཀྱིས་མཐེབ་འཇུག་གི་ས་གནས་ཡང་དག་ཡིན་མིན་ཞིབ་ལྟ་བྱས་རྗེས་བསྐྱར་དུ་ཚོད་ལྟ་བྱ" "ེད་པ" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:287 #, c-format msgid "“%s” is not a regular file." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:292 msgid "Connection timed out. Please try again." msgstr "སྦྲེལ་མཐུད་དུས་བརྒལ་བྱས་འདུག བསྐྱར་དུ་ཚོད་ལྟ་བྱེད་པ" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:315 msgid "The file is too big." msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་ཧ་ཅང་ཆེན་པོ་རེད" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:356 #, c-format msgid "Unexpected error: %s" msgstr "བློ་ཡིད་ལས་འདས་པའི་ནོར་འཁྲུལ: %s" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:392 msgid "Cannot find the requested file. Perhaps it has recently been deleted." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:402 #, c-format msgid "Could not revert the file “%s”." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:429 msgid "Ch_aracter Encoding:" msgstr "ཡིག་རྟགས་སྒྲིག་ཨང(_A)：" #. Translators: the access key chosen for this string should be #. different from other main menu access keys (Open, Edit, View...) #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:479 #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:751 msgid "Edit Any_way" msgstr "ལུགས་བཞིན་རྩོམ་སྒྲིག(_W)" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:577 msgid "" "The number of followed links is limited and the actual file could not be " "found within this limit." msgstr "" "སྦྲེལ་མཐུད་ཀྱི་གྲངས་ཀ་ལ་ཚོད་འཛིན་་ཐེབས་འདུག " "ཚོདའཛིན་ཐེབས་པའི་ནང་ནས་དངོས་གནས་ཀྱི་ཡིག་ཆ་རྙེད་ཐུབ་ཀྱི་མི་འདུག" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:581 msgid "You do not have the permissions necessary to open the file." msgstr "ཁྱོད་ཀྱིས་ཡིག་ཆར་འགོས་ངེས་ཀྱི་ཚད་དབང་སྒོ་འབྱེད་བྱས་མི་འདུག" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:587 msgid "Unable to detect the character encoding." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:588 #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:610 msgid "Please check that you are not trying to open a binary file." msgstr "" "ཉིད་ཀྱིས་ད་ལྟ་གཉིས་འགྲིལ་ཡིག་ཆ་ཞིག་ཁ་ཕྱེ་བ་ཚོད་ལྟ་བྱེད་བཞིན་ཡོད་མེད་རྟོག་ཞིབ་" "བྱེད་རོགས" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:589 msgid "Select a character encoding from the menu and try again." msgstr "" "ཚལ་ཐོའི་དཀྱིལ་ནས་ཡིག་རྟགས་སྒྲིག་ཅང་ཞིག་བདམས་རྗེས་བསྐྱར་དུ་ཚོད་ལྟ་བྱེད་པ" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:595 #, c-format msgid "There was a problem opening the file “%s”." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:597 msgid "" "The file you opened has some invalid characters. If you continue editing " "this file you could corrupt this document." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:600 msgid "You can also choose another character encoding and try again." msgstr "ཉིད་ཀྱིས་་ཡིག་རྟགས་གཞན་ཞིག་བདམས་རྗེས་བསྐྱར་དུ་ཚོད་ལྟ་བྱེད་" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:607 #, c-format msgid "Could not open the file “%s” using the “%s” character encoding." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:611 #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:685 msgid "Select a different character encoding from the menu and try again." msgstr "" "ཚལ་ཐོའི་ནང་ནས་ཡིག་རྟགས་རིགས་མི་གཅིག་པ་ཞིག་བདམས་རྗེས་བསྐྱར་དུ་ཚོད་ལྟ་བྱེད" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:621 #, c-format msgid "Could not open the file “%s”." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:680 #, c-format msgid "Could not save the file “%s” using the “%s” character encoding." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:683 msgid "" "The document contains one or more characters that cannot be encoded using " "the specified character encoding." msgstr "" "ཡིག་ཆ་འདིའི་ནང་དུ་བེད་མེད་དམིགས་འཛུགས་ཀྱི་ཡིག་རྟགས་སྒྲིག་ཨང་གཅིག་དང་དེ་ལས་མང་" "བོ་གནས་འདུག" #. Translators: the access key chosen for this string should be #. different from other main menu access keys (Open, Edit, View...) #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:756 msgid "D_on't Edit" msgstr "རྩོམ་སྒྲིག་བྱེད་པ་འདོར་བ(_O)" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:766 #, c-format msgid "This file “%s” is already open in another window." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:780 msgid "Do you want to edit it anyway?" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:836 #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:928 #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:1219 msgid "S_ave Anyway" msgstr "མུ་མཐུད་དུ་ཉར་ཚགས་བྱེད་པ(_A)" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:839 #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:931 #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:1222 msgid "D_on't Save" msgstr "ཉར་ཚགས་མི་བྱེད་པ(_O)" #. FIXME: review this message, it's not clear since for the user the "modification" #. * could be interpreted as the changes he made in the document. beside "reading" is #. * not accurate (since last load/save) #. #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:853 #, c-format msgid "The file “%s” has been modified since reading it." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:868 msgid "" "If you save it, all the external changes could be lost. Save it anyway?" msgstr "" "གལ་སྲིད་ཁྱོད་ཀྱིས་ཉར་ཚགས་བྱེད་འདོད་ན " "ཕྱི་ངོས་སུ་བཅོས་བསྒྱུར་བྱས་པ་དག་འདོར་སྲིད། ཁྱོད་ཀྱིས་མུ་མཐུད་དམ" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:950 #, c-format msgid "Could not create a backup file while saving “%s”" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:955 #, c-format msgid "Could not create a temporary backup file while saving “%s”" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:972 msgid "" "Could not back up the old copy of the file before saving the new one. You " "can ignore this warning and save the file anyway, but if an error occurs " "while saving, you could lose the old copy of the file. Save anyway?" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a URI scheme (like for example http:, ftp:, etc.) #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:1032 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot handle “%s:” locations in write mode. Please check that you typed the " "location correctly and try again." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:1040 msgid "" "Cannot handle this location in write mode. Please check that you typed the " "location correctly and try again." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:1049 #, c-format msgid "" "“%s” is not a valid location. Please check that you typed the location " "correctly and try again." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:1056 msgid "" "You do not have the permissions necessary to save the file. Please check " "that you typed the location correctly and try again." msgstr "" "ཁྱོད་ལ་ཡིག་ཆ་ཉར་ཚགས་བྱེད་པར་དགོས་ངེས་ཀྱི་དབང་ཚད་མི་འདུག " "ཁྱོས་ཀྱིས་ཡིག་འཇུག་བྱས་པའི་གནས་ཡུལ་ཡང་དག་ཡིན་མིན་བརྟག་ཞིབ་བྱས་རྗེས་བསྐྱར་སུ་ཚ" "ོད་ལྟ་བྱེད་པ" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:1062 msgid "" "There is not enough disk space to save the file. Please free some disk space " "and try again." msgstr "" "ཡིག་ཆ་ཉར་ཚགས་བྱེད་པར་གསོག་སྡེར་ཐོག་དུ་འདང་ངེས་ཀྱི་ས་སྟོང་མི་འདུག " "གསོག་སྡེར་ཐོག་ཏུ་ས་སྟོང་ཞིག་བཟོས་རྗེས་བསྐྱར་དུ་ཚོད་ལྟ་བྱེད་པ" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:1067 msgid "" "You are trying to save the file on a read-only disk. Please check that you " "typed the location correctly and try again." msgstr "" "ཁྱོད་ཀྱིས་ཀློག་ཙམ་ཡིག་ཆ་གསོག་སྡེར་ཐོག་དུ་ཉར་ཚགས་ཚོད་ལྟ་བྱས་འདུག " "ཁྱོད་དེའི་གནས་ཡུལ་བརྟག་ཞིབ་བྱས་རྗེས་བསྐྱར་དུ་ཚོད་ལྟ་བྱེད་པ" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:1073 msgid "" "A file with the same name already exists. Please use a different name." msgstr "" "མིང་མཚུངས་བའི་ཡིག་ཆ་ཉར་འདུག་པས། ཁྱོད་སྤྱོད་དགོས་པའི་ཡིག་ཆའི་མིང་བརྗེ་བ" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:1078 msgid "" "The disk where you are trying to save the file has a limitation on length of " "the file names. Please use a shorter name." msgstr "" "The disk where you are trying to save the file has a limitation on length of " "the file names. Please use a shorter name." #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:1085 msgid "" "The disk where you are trying to save the file has a limitation on file " "sizes. Please try saving a smaller file or saving it to a disk that does not " "have this limitation." msgstr "" "ཁྱོད་ཀྱིས་ཚོད་ལྟར་ཉར་ཚགས་བྱས་པའི་ཡིག་ཆར་ཚོད་འཛིན་ཐེབས་འདུག " "ཁྱོད་ཀྱིས་ཡིག་ཆ་ཆུང་བ་ཞིག་གམ་ཡིག་ཆ་ཞིག་ཚོད་འཛིན་མེད་པའི་གསོག་སྡེར་ཐོག་དུ་ཉར་འ" "དོད་དམ" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:1101 #, c-format msgid "Could not save the file “%s”." msgstr "" #. FIXME: review this message, it's not clear since for the user the "modification" #. * could be interpreted as the changes he made in the document. beside "reading" is #. * not accurate (since last load/save) #. #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:1145 #, c-format msgid "The file “%s” changed on disk." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:1156 msgid "Drop Changes and _Reload" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:1166 msgid "_Reload" msgstr "བསྐྱར་དུ་འཇུག་པ(_R)" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:1232 #, c-format msgid "Some invalid chars have been detected while saving “%s”" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:1248 msgid "" "If you continue saving this file you can corrupt the document. Save anyway?" msgstr "" #. ex:set ts=8 noet: #: ../gedit/gedit-menu.ui.h:1 msgid "_New Window" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-menu.ui.h:2 msgid "_Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-menu.ui.h:3 ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:49 msgid "_Help" msgstr "རོགས་རམ(_H)" #: ../gedit/gedit-menu.ui.h:4 msgid "_About" msgstr "སྐོར(_A)" #: ../gedit/gedit-menu.ui.h:5 msgid "_Quit" msgstr "" #. Keep in sync with the respective GtkActions #: ../gedit/gedit-notebook-popup-menu.c:167 ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:142 msgid "_Move to New Window" msgstr "སྒེའུ་ཁུང་ནང་དུ་སྤོར(_M)" #: ../gedit/gedit-notebook-popup-menu.c:178 msgid "_Save" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-notebook-popup-menu.c:185 ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:78 msgid "Save _As..." msgstr "ལ་ཉར་ཚགས་བྱེད(_A)..." #: ../gedit/gedit-notebook-popup-menu.c:196 ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:84 msgid "_Print..." msgstr "པར་འདེབས་པ(_P)..." #: ../gedit/gedit-notebook-popup-menu.c:207 msgid "_Close" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-open-tool-button.c:122 ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:55 msgid "Open a file" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་ཁ་ཕྱེ་བ" #: ../gedit/gedit-open-tool-button.c:124 msgid "Open a recently used file" msgstr "ཉེ་ཆར་བེད་སྤྱད་པའི་ཡིག་ཆ་ཁ་ཕྱེ་བ" #: ../gedit/gedit-panel.c:407 ../gedit/gedit-panel.c:588 msgid "Empty" msgstr "སྟོང་བ" #: ../gedit/gedit-panel.c:473 msgid "Hide panel" msgstr "ངོས་པང་ཡིབ་སྐུང" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.c:396 msgid "Click on this button to select the font to be used by the editor" msgstr "" "འོག་གི་མཐེབ་གནོན་མནན་ནས་རྩོམ་སྒྲིག་ཆས་ཡོངས་བེད་སྤྱོད་པའི་ཡིག་ཚུགས་གདམ་ཆོག" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.c:409 #, c-format msgid "_Use the system fixed width font (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.c:641 #, c-format msgid "" "Directory '%s' could not be created: g_mkdir_with_parents() failed: %s" msgstr "དཀར་ཆག་“%s”：g_mkdir_with_parents() དཀར་ཆག་འདི་གསར་འཛུགས་བྱེད་པ：%s" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.c:825 msgid "The selected color scheme cannot be installed." msgstr "ཉིད་ཀྱིས་བདམས་པའི་ཚོས་སྡེབ་ཇུས་གཞི་སྒྲིག་འཇུག་བྱེད་གི་མི་འདུག" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.c:852 msgid "Add Scheme" msgstr "ཇུས་གཞི་ཁ་སྣོན" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.c:859 msgid "A_dd Scheme" msgstr "ཇུས་གཞི་ཁ་སྣོན(_D)" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.c:867 msgid "Color Scheme Files" msgstr "ཚོས་སྡེབ་ཇུས་གཞིའི་ཡིག་ཆ" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.c:919 #, c-format msgid "Could not remove color scheme \"%s\"." msgstr "" #. ex:set ts=8 noet: #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "gedit Preferences" msgstr "མདུན་གྱི་་ཤོག་ངོས" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.ui.h:2 ../gedit/gedit-view.c:466 msgid "_Display line numbers" msgstr "ཐིག་ཨང་ཤར་བ(_D)" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Display right _margin at column:" msgstr "གཡས་ཟུར་གྱི་ཆ་སྙོམས་ཐིག་གི་མངོན་འཆར་གནས་ཡུལ་(རེའུ་མིག)(_M)：" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.ui.h:4 #: ../gedit/gedit-print-preferences.ui.h:9 msgid "Text Wrapping" msgstr "ཡི་གེ་ལྟེབ་པ" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.ui.h:5 #: ../gedit/gedit-print-preferences.ui.h:10 msgid "Enable text _wrapping" msgstr "རང་འགུལ་ཕྲེང་བརྗེ་སྤྱོད་པ" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.ui.h:6 #: ../gedit/gedit-print-preferences.ui.h:11 msgid "Do not _split words over two lines" msgstr "ཡིག་ཐིག་གཉིས་ལས་མ་རྒལ་བ _split" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "Highlighting" msgstr "གསལ་ཚད" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.ui.h:8 msgid "Highlight current _line" msgstr "མིག་སྔའི་_lineགདམ་པ" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "Highlight matching _brackets" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "View" msgstr "འཚོལ་ལྟ" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.ui.h:11 msgid "Tab Stops" msgstr "རེའུ་མིག་བཟོ་གནས" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.ui.h:12 msgid "_Tab width:" msgstr "རྟགས་བྱང་ཞེང་ཚད(_T)：" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.ui.h:13 msgid "Insert _spaces instead of tabs" msgstr "སྟོང་རྟགས་མཚོན་བྱེད་རེའུ་མིག་བཟོ་རྟགས་བར་འཇུག་བྱེད་པ" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.ui.h:14 msgid "_Enable automatic indentation" msgstr "རང་འགུལ་ནང་སྐུམ་བེད་སྤྱོད་པ(_E)" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.ui.h:15 msgid "File Saving" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་ཉར་ཚགས" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.ui.h:16 msgid "Create a _backup copy of files before saving" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.ui.h:17 msgid "_Autosave files every" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆའི་རེ་རེར་ཉར་ཚགས་བྱེད་པ" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.ui.h:18 msgid "_minutes" msgstr "སྐར་མ" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.ui.h:19 msgid "Editor" msgstr "རྩོམ་སྒྲིག་ཆས" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.ui.h:20 #: ../plugins/externaltools/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.externaltools.gschema.xml.in.in.h:3 #: ../plugins/pythonconsole/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.pythonconsole.gschema.xml.in.in.h:7 msgid "Font" msgstr "ཡིག་ཚུགས" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.ui.h:21 msgid "Editor _font: " msgstr "རྩོམ་སྒྲིག་ཆས་ཡིག་ཚུགས " #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.ui.h:22 msgid "Pick the editor font" msgstr "རྩོམ་སྒྲིག་ཆས་ཀྱི་ཡིག་ཚུགས་གདམ་པ" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.ui.h:23 msgid "Color Scheme" msgstr "ཚོས་སྡེབ་ཇུས་གཞི" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.ui.h:24 msgid "column" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.ui.h:25 msgid "Install scheme" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.ui.h:26 msgid "Install Scheme" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.ui.h:27 msgid "Uninstall scheme" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.ui.h:28 msgid "Uninstall Scheme" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.ui.h:29 msgid "Font & Colors" msgstr "ཡིག་ཚུགས་དང་ཚོས་གཞི" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.ui.h:30 msgid "Plugins" msgstr "བསྒར་ལྷུ" #: ../gedit/gedit-print-job.c:565 #, c-format msgid "File: %s" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ：%s" #: ../gedit/gedit-print-job.c:574 msgid "Page %N of %Q" msgstr "ཤོག་ངོས%N སྤྱི་སྡོམ་ཤོག་ངོས%Q" #: ../gedit/gedit-print-job.c:836 msgid "Preparing..." msgstr "གྲ་སྒྲིག་བྱེད་བཞིན་..." #. ex:set ts=8 noet: #: ../gedit/gedit-print-preferences.ui.h:1 msgid "Syntax Highlighting" msgstr "བརྡ་སྤྲོད་གསལ་ཚད" #: ../gedit/gedit-print-preferences.ui.h:2 msgid "Print synta_x highlighting" msgstr "བརྡ་སྤྲོད་གསལ་ཚད་པར་འདེབས(_X)" #: ../gedit/gedit-print-preferences.ui.h:3 msgid "Line Numbers" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-print-preferences.ui.h:4 msgid "Print line nu_mbers" msgstr "ཕྲེང་གྲངས་པར་འདེབས(_M)" #. 'Number every' from 'Number every 3 lines' in the 'Text Editor' tab of the print preferences. #: ../gedit/gedit-print-preferences.ui.h:6 msgid "_Number every" msgstr "གྲངས་རེ་རེ(_N)：" #. 'lines' from 'Number every 3 lines' in the 'Text Editor' tab of the print preferences. #: ../gedit/gedit-print-preferences.ui.h:8 msgid "lines" msgstr "སྟར་ཕྲེང" #: ../gedit/gedit-print-preferences.ui.h:12 msgid "Page header" msgstr "ཤོག་ངོས" #: ../gedit/gedit-print-preferences.ui.h:13 msgid "Print page _headers" msgstr "ཤོག་ངོས་པར་འདེབས(_H)" #: ../gedit/gedit-print-preferences.ui.h:14 msgid "Fonts" msgstr "ཡིག་གཟུགས" #: ../gedit/gedit-print-preferences.ui.h:15 msgid "_Body:" msgstr "མ་ལུས(_B)：" #: ../gedit/gedit-print-preferences.ui.h:16 msgid "_Line numbers:" msgstr "ཕྲེང་གྲངས་(_L)：" #: ../gedit/gedit-print-preferences.ui.h:17 msgid "He_aders and footers:" msgstr "ཤོག་མགོ་དང་ཤོག་ཞབས(_A)：" #: ../gedit/gedit-print-preferences.ui.h:18 msgid "_Restore Default Fonts" msgstr "མངོན་ཆུང་ཡིག་གཟུགས་སླར་གསོ(_R)" #: ../gedit/gedit-print-preview.c:614 #, c-format msgid "Page %d of %d" msgstr "ཐེངས%d ཤོག་ངོས། སྤྱི་སྡོམ་ཤོག་ངོས%d" #. ex:set ts=8 noet: #: ../gedit/gedit-print-preview.ui.h:1 msgid "Show the previous page" msgstr "གོང་གི་ཤོག་ངོས་མངོན་འཆར" #: ../gedit/gedit-print-preview.ui.h:2 msgid "P_revious Page" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-print-preview.ui.h:3 msgid "Show the next page" msgstr "འོག་གི་ཤོག་ངོས་མངོན་འཆར" #: ../gedit/gedit-print-preview.ui.h:4 msgid "_Next Page" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-print-preview.ui.h:5 msgid "Current page (Alt+P)" msgstr "མིག་སྔའི་ཤོག་ངོས(Alt+P)" #. the "of" from "1 of 19" in print preview #: ../gedit/gedit-print-preview.ui.h:7 msgid "of" msgstr "/" #: ../gedit/gedit-print-preview.ui.h:8 msgid "Page total" msgstr "ཤོག་ངོས་གྲངས་འབོར" #: ../gedit/gedit-print-preview.ui.h:9 msgid "The total number of pages in the document" msgstr "ཡིག་ཚགས་ཀྱི་ཤོག་ངོས་གྲངས་འབོར" #: ../gedit/gedit-print-preview.ui.h:10 msgid "Show multiple pages" msgstr "ཤོག་ངོས་མང་བོ་མངོན་འཆར" #: ../gedit/gedit-print-preview.ui.h:11 msgid "Zoom 1:1" msgstr "ཆེ་ཆུང་བཟོ་བ1:1" #: ../gedit/gedit-print-preview.ui.h:12 msgid "Zoom to fit the whole page" msgstr "འོས་མཚམས་ཀྱི་ཤོག་ངོས་ཆེ་ཆུང་བཟོ་བ" #: ../gedit/gedit-print-preview.ui.h:13 msgid "Zoom the page in" msgstr "ཤོག་ངོས་ཆེ་བསྒྱུར" #: ../gedit/gedit-print-preview.ui.h:14 msgid "Zoom the page out" msgstr "ཤོག་ངོས་ཆུང་བསྒྱུར" #: ../gedit/gedit-print-preview.ui.h:15 msgid "Close print preview" msgstr "སྔོན་ལྟ་པར་འདེབས་སྒོ་རྒྱག་པ" #: ../gedit/gedit-print-preview.ui.h:16 msgid "_Close Preview" msgstr "སྔོན་ལྟ་སྒོ་རྒྱག་པ(_C)" #: ../gedit/gedit-print-preview.ui.h:17 msgid "Page Preview" msgstr "ཤོག་ངོས་སྔོན་ལྟ" #: ../gedit/gedit-print-preview.ui.h:18 msgid "The preview of a page in the document to be printed" msgstr "ཡིག་ཚགས་ཤོག་ངོས་ཀྱི་སྔོན་ལྟ་པར་འདེབས" #. ex:set ts=8 noet: #: ../gedit/gedit-replace-dialog.ui.h:1 ../gedit/gedit-window.c:1236 msgid "Replace" msgstr "ཚབ་བརྗེ" #: ../gedit/gedit-replace-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "Replace _All" msgstr "ཐམས་ཅད་ཚབ་བརྗེ(_A)" #: ../gedit/gedit-replace-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "_Search for: " msgstr "འཚོལ་བཤེར " #: ../gedit/gedit-replace-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "Replace _with: " msgstr "དང་མཉམ་དུ་ཚབ་བརྗེ་བ " #: ../gedit/gedit-replace-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "_Match case" msgstr "བྲིས་ཆེ་ཆུང་སྒྲིག་པ" #: ../gedit/gedit-replace-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "Match _entire word only" msgstr "མིང་རྐྱང་ཡོད་ཚད་མཐུན་སྒྲིག་བྱེད་པ(_E)" #: ../gedit/gedit-replace-dialog.ui.h:8 msgid "Match as _regular expression" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-replace-dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "Search _backwards" msgstr "རྒྱབ་ཕྱོགས་འཚོལ་བཤེར(_B)" #: ../gedit/gedit-replace-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "_Wrap around" msgstr "མཐའ་སྐོར" #. Use spaces to leave padding proportional to the font size #: ../gedit/gedit-statusbar.c:66 ../gedit/gedit-statusbar.c:72 msgid "OVR" msgstr "འབྲི་འཇུག" #: ../gedit/gedit-statusbar.c:66 ../gedit/gedit-statusbar.c:72 #| msgid " INS" msgid "INS" msgstr "ནང་འདྲེན" #. Translators: "Ln" is an abbreviation for "Line", Col is an abbreviation for "Column". Please, #. use abbreviations if possible to avoid space problems. #: ../gedit/gedit-statusbar.c:248 #, c-format msgid " Ln %d, Col %d" msgstr " %d，རེའུ་མིག་ %dཕྲེང" #: ../gedit/gedit-statusbar.c:347 #, c-format msgid "There is a tab with errors" msgid_plural "There are %d tabs with errors" msgstr[0] "%dརྟགས་རྒྱག་པར་ནོར་འཁྲུལ་འདུག" #. Translators: the first %s is a file name (e.g. test.txt) the second one #. is a directory (e.g. ssh://master.gnome.org/home/users/paolo) #: ../gedit/gedit-tab.c:766 #, c-format msgid "Reverting %s from %s" msgstr "%2$s འདི་ནས %1$sལ་སླར་གསོ་བྱེད་བཞིན་པ" #: ../gedit/gedit-tab.c:773 #, c-format msgid "Reverting %s" msgstr "%sསླར་གསོ་བྱེད་བཞིན་པ" #. Translators: the first %s is a file name (e.g. test.txt) the second one #. is a directory (e.g. ssh://master.gnome.org/home/users/paolo) #: ../gedit/gedit-tab.c:789 #, c-format msgid "Loading %s from %s" msgstr "%2$s འདི %1$sལ་ནང་འདྲེན་བྱེད་བཞིན་པ" #: ../gedit/gedit-tab.c:796 #, c-format msgid "Loading %s" msgstr "%sནང་འདྲེན་བྱེད་བཞིན་པ" #. Translators: the first %s is a file name (e.g. test.txt) the second one #. is a directory (e.g. ssh://master.gnome.org/home/users/paolo) #: ../gedit/gedit-tab.c:877 #, c-format msgid "Saving %s to %s" msgstr "%2$sའདི་ %1$sལ་ཉར་ཚགས་བྱེད་པ" #: ../gedit/gedit-tab.c:884 #, c-format msgid "Saving %s" msgstr "%sཉར་ཚགས་བྱེད་བཞིན་པ" #. Read only #: ../gedit/gedit-tab.c:1869 msgid "RO" msgstr "ཀློག་པ་ཁོ་ན" #: ../gedit/gedit-tab.c:1916 #, c-format msgid "Error opening file %s" msgstr "%sཡིག་ཆ་ཁ་ཕྱེ་བར་ནོར་འཁྲུལ་བྱུང་འདུག" #: ../gedit/gedit-tab.c:1921 #, c-format msgid "Error reverting file %s" msgstr "%s ཡིག་ཆ་སླར་གསོ་སྐབས་ནོར་འཁྲུལ་བྱུང་འདུག" #: ../gedit/gedit-tab.c:1926 #, c-format msgid "Error saving file %s" msgstr "%sཡིག་ཆ་ཉར་ཚགས་སྐབས་ནོར་འཁྲུལ་བྱུང་འདུག" #: ../gedit/gedit-tab.c:1947 msgid "Unicode (UTF-8)" msgstr "Unicode (UTF-8)" #: ../gedit/gedit-tab.c:1954 msgid "Name:" msgstr "མིང：" #: ../gedit/gedit-tab.c:1955 msgid "MIME Type:" msgstr "MIME རིགས：" #: ../gedit/gedit-tab.c:1956 msgid "Encoding:" msgstr "སྒྲིག་ཨང：" #: ../gedit/gedit-tab-label.c:279 msgid "Close document" msgstr "ཡིག་ཚགས་སྒོ་རྒྱག་པ" #. Toplevel #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:43 msgid "_File" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ(_F)" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:44 msgid "_Edit" msgstr "རྩོམ་སྒྲིག(_E)" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:45 msgid "_View" msgstr "ལྟ་ཀློག(_V)" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:46 msgid "_Search" msgstr "འཚོལ་བཤེར(_S)" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:47 msgid "_Tools" msgstr "ལག་ཆ(_T)" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:48 msgid "_Documents" msgstr "ཡིག་ཚགས(_D)" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:53 msgid "Create a new document" msgstr "ཡི་གེ་གསར་འཛུགས" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:54 msgid "_Open..." msgstr "ཁ་ཕྱེ་བ(_O)..." #. Edit menu #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:58 msgid "Pr_eferences" msgstr "རང་མོས་སྒྲིག་འགོད(_E)" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:59 msgid "Configure the application" msgstr "ཉེར་སྤྱོད་བྱ་རིམ་སྒྲིག་འགོད" #. Help menu #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:62 msgid "_Contents" msgstr "རོགས་རམ(_C)" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:63 msgid "Open the gedit manual" msgstr "Gedit ལག་དེབ་ཁ་ཕྱེ་བ" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:65 msgid "About this application" msgstr "ཉེར་སྤྱོད་འདིའི་སྐོར" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:69 msgid "Leave fullscreen mode" msgstr "འཆར་ངོས་དཔེ་དབྱིབས་ཕྱིར་ཐོན" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:77 msgid "Save the current file" msgstr "མིག་སྔའི་ཡིག་ཆ་ཉར་ཚགས་བྱེད་" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:79 msgid "Save the current file with a different name" msgstr "མིག་སྔའི་ཡིག་ཆའི་ནང་དུ་ཡིག་ཆར་མིང་གསར་བ་ཞིག་བཏགས་ནས་ཉར་ཚགས་བྱེད་པ" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:81 msgid "Revert to a saved version of the file" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:82 msgid "Print Previe_w" msgstr "པར་འདེབས་སྔོན་ལྟ(_W)" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:83 msgid "Print preview" msgstr "པར་འདེབས་སྔོན་ལྟ" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:85 msgid "Print the current page" msgstr "མིག་སྔའི་ཡིག་ཆ་པར་འདེབས་པ" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:89 msgid "Undo the last action" msgstr "ཐེངས་གོང་མའི་བཀོལ་སྤྱོད་འདོར་བ" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:91 msgid "Redo the last undone action" msgstr "ཐེངས་གོང་མར་ཕྱི་དོར་བྱས་པའི་བཀོལ་སྤྱོད་བསྐྱར་བཟོ་བྱེད་པ" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:93 msgid "Cut the selection" msgstr "འདེམས་ངོས་འདྲ་གཏུབ" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:95 msgid "Copy the selection" msgstr "འདེམས་ངོས་འདྲ་བཤུ" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:97 msgid "Paste the clipboard" msgstr "དྲིས་པང་ཐོག་གི་ནང་དོན་སྦྱར་བ" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:99 msgid "Delete the selected text" msgstr "བདམས་ཟིན་པའི་ཡི་གེ་བསུབ་འདོར་" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:100 msgid "Select _All" msgstr "ཡོངས་རྫོགས་འདེམས་པ(_A)" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:101 msgid "Select the entire document" msgstr "ཡིག་ཚགས་ཡོངས་འདེམས་པ" #. View menu #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:104 msgid "_Highlight Mode..." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:105 msgid "Changes the highlight mode of the active document" msgstr "" #. Search menu #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:109 msgid "_Find..." msgstr "འཚོལ་བ(_F)..." #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:110 msgid "Search for text" msgstr "ཡི་གེ་འཚོལ་བ" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:111 msgid "Find Ne_xt" msgstr "འོག་ཏུ་འཚོལ་བ(_X)" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:112 msgid "Search forwards for the same text" msgstr "གཅིག་མཚུངས་ཀྱི་ཡིག་ཆ་འོག་ཏུ་འཚོལ་བ" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:113 msgid "Find Pre_vious" msgstr "གོང་གི་དེ་འཚོལ་བ(_V)" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:114 msgid "Search backwards for the same text" msgstr "གཅིག་མཚུངས་ཀྱི་ཡིག་ཆ་གོང་དུ་འཚོལ་བ" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:116 ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:119 msgid "_Replace..." msgstr "བརྗེ་བ(_R)..." #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:117 ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:120 msgid "Search for and replace text" msgstr "འཚོལ་བཤེར་དང་ཡིག་ཆ་བརྗེ་བ" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:122 msgid "_Clear Highlight" msgstr "གསལ་ཚད་གཙང་བཟོ(_C)" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:123 msgid "Clear highlighting of search matches" msgstr "འཚོལ་བཤེར་བྱས་པའི་གསལ་ཚད་མཐུན་སྒྲིག་གཙང་དག་བཟོ་བ" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:124 msgid "Go to _Line..." msgstr "ཐིག་ཐོག་ཏུ་མཆོང་བ(_L)..." #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:125 msgid "Go to a specific line" msgstr "གཏན་ཁེལ་བྱས་པའི་ཐིག་གི་ཐོག་ཏུ་མཆོང་བ" #. Documents menu #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:128 msgid "_Save All" msgstr "ཡོངས་རྫོགས་ཉར་ཚགས(_S)" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:129 msgid "Save all open files" msgstr "ཁ་ཕྱེས་པའི་ཡིག་ཆ་ཡོངས་ཉར་ཚགས་བྱེད་པ" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:130 msgid "_Close All" msgstr "ཡོངས་རྫོགས་སྒོ་རྒྱག་པ(_C)" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:131 msgid "Close all open files" msgstr "སྒོ་ཕྱེས་པའི་ཡིག་ཆ་ཡོངས་སྒོ་རྒྱག་པ" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:132 msgid "_New Tab Group" msgstr "གསར་འཛུགས་རྟགས་ཀྱི་ཚོགས་པ(_N)" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:133 msgid "Create a new tab group" msgstr "མཚོན་རྟགས་ཁག་གཅིག་འཛུགས་པ" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:134 msgid "P_revious Tab Group" msgstr "གོང་གི་རྟགས་ཁག་གཅིག(_R)" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:135 msgid "Switch to the previous tab group" msgstr "གོང་གི་མཚོན་རྟགས་ཁག་ཏུ་སྤོར་བ" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:136 msgid "Nex_t Tab Group" msgstr "འོག་གི་མཚོན་རྟགས་ཁག་ཏུ་སྤོར་བ(_T)" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:137 msgid "Switch to the next tab group" msgstr "འོག་གི་མཚོན་རྟགས་ཐོག་ཏུ་སྤོར་བ" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:138 msgid "_Previous Document" msgstr "གོང་གི་ཡིག་ཆ(_P)" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:139 msgid "Activate previous document" msgstr "གོང་གི་ཡིག་ཆ་སྒུལ་སློང" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:140 msgid "N_ext Document" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:141 msgid "Activate next document" msgstr "འོག་གི་ཡིག་ཆ་སྒུལ་སློང" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:143 msgid "Move the current document to a new window" msgstr "མིག་སྔའི་ཡིག་ཆ་སྒེའུ་ཁུང་ནང་དུ་སྤོར་བ" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:150 msgid "Close the current file" msgstr "མིག་སྔའི་ཡིག་ཆ་སྒོ་རྒྱག་པ" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:157 msgid "Quit the program" msgstr "བྱ་རིམ་ཕྱིར་འཐེན" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:162 msgid "_Toolbar" msgstr "ལག་ཆའི་གནས(_T)" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:163 msgid "Show or hide the toolbar in the current window" msgstr "མིག་སྔའི་སྒེའུ་ཁུང་ནང་དུ་ཡིབ་སྐུང་བྱས་པའི་ལག་ཆའི་གནས་མངོན་འཆར" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:165 msgid "_Statusbar" msgstr "གནས་སྟངས་གནས(_S)" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:166 msgid "Show or hide the statusbar in the current window" msgstr "མིག་སྔའི་སྒེའུ་ཁུང་ནང་དུ་ཡིབ་སྐུང་བྱས་པའི་གནས་སྟངས་གནས་མངོན་འཆར" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:169 msgid "Edit text in fullscreen" msgstr "འཆར་ངོས་ཡོངས་ཀྱི་ཡི་གེ་རྩོམ་སྒྲིག་ཆས" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:176 msgid "Side _Panel" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:177 msgid "Show or hide the side panel in the current window" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:179 msgid "_Bottom Panel" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:180 msgid "Show or hide the bottom panel in the current window" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-utils.c:931 msgid "Please check your installation." msgstr "ཁྱོད་ཀྱིས་ཡང་དག་པར་སྒྲིག་འཇུག་བྱས་ཡོད་མེད་བརྟག་དཔྱད་བྱེད་པ" #: ../gedit/gedit-utils.c:989 #, c-format msgid "Unable to open UI file %s. Error: %s" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ%sའདི་ཁ་ཕྱེ་མི་ཐུབ་པ། ནོར་འཁྲུལ：%s" #: ../gedit/gedit-utils.c:1008 #, c-format msgid "Unable to find the object '%s' inside file %s." msgstr "%2$sཡིག་ཆའི་ནང་དུ་རྙེད་དགོས་པའི་བྱ་ཡུལ་“%1$s”མི་འདུག" #. Translators: '/ on ' #: ../gedit/gedit-utils.c:1231 #, c-format msgid "/ on %s" msgstr "%s ཐོག་གི /" #. Translators: the first %d is the position of the current search #. * occurrence, and the second %d is the total number of search #. * occurrences. #. #: ../gedit/gedit-view-frame.c:714 #, c-format msgid "%d of %d" msgstr "" #. create "Wrap Around" menu item. #: ../gedit/gedit-view-frame.c:806 msgid "_Wrap Around" msgstr "回到文档头部继续搜索(_W)" #. create "Match as Regular Expression" menu item. #: ../gedit/gedit-view-frame.c:816 msgid "Match as _Regular Expression" msgstr "" #. create "Match Entire Word Only" menu item. #: ../gedit/gedit-view-frame.c:830 msgid "Match _Entire Word Only" msgstr "མཐུན་སྒྲིག་བྱས་པའི་མིང་ཚིག་བཞི་ཙམ(_E)" #. create "Match Case" menu item. #: ../gedit/gedit-view-frame.c:844 msgid "_Match Case" msgstr "བྲིས་ཆེ་ཆུང་དབྱེ་ཁུལ(_M)" #: ../gedit/gedit-view-frame.c:1018 msgid "String you want to search for" msgstr "ཁྱོད་ཀྱིས་འཚོལ་འདོད་པའི་ཡིག་ཕྲེང" #: ../gedit/gedit-view-frame.c:1030 msgid "Line you want to move the cursor to" msgstr "ཁྱོད་ཀྱིས་འོད་རྟགས་སྟར་གྲལ་དུ་སྤྱོད་འདོད་དམ" #. Translators: %s is a URI #: ../gedit/gedit-window.c:1068 #, c-format msgid "Open '%s'" msgstr "“%s”ཁ་ཕྱེ་བ" #: ../gedit/gedit-window.c:1230 msgid "Save" msgstr "ཉར་ཚགས" #: ../gedit/gedit-window.c:1232 msgid "Print" msgstr "པར་འདེབས(_P)..." #: ../gedit/gedit-window.c:1234 msgid "Find" msgstr "འཚོལ་བཤེར" #. Translators: %s is a URI #: ../gedit/gedit-window.c:1398 #, c-format msgid "Activate '%s'" msgstr "“%s”སྒུལ་སློང" #: ../gedit/gedit-window.c:1744 #| msgid "Insert spaces" msgid "Use Spaces" msgstr "སྟོང་རྟགས་སྤྱོད་པ" #: ../gedit/gedit-window.c:1937 msgid "Bracket match is out of range" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-window.c:1942 msgid "Bracket match not found" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-window.c:1947 #, c-format msgid "Bracket match found on line: %d" msgstr "Bracket match found on line: %d" #: ../gedit/gedit-window.c:2131 #, c-format msgid "Tab Width: %u" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-window.c:2486 msgid "There are unsaved documents" msgstr "" #. ex:set ts=8 noet: #: ../plugins/changecase/changecase.plugin.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Change Case" msgstr "བྲིས་ཆེ་ཆུང་བསྒྱུར་བཅོས" #: ../plugins/changecase/changecase.plugin.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Changes the case of selected text." msgstr "བདམས་ཟིན་པའི་ཡི་གེའི་བྲིས་ཆེ་ཆུང་བསྒྱུར་བཅོས" #: ../plugins/changecase/gedit-changecase-plugin.c:242 msgid "C_hange Case" msgstr "ཆེ་ཆུང་འབྲི་བ་བསྒྱུར་བཅོས(_H)" #: ../plugins/changecase/gedit-changecase-plugin.c:243 msgid "All _Upper Case" msgstr "ཡོངས་རྫོགས་ཆེ་འབྲི(_U)" #: ../plugins/changecase/gedit-changecase-plugin.c:244 msgid "Change selected text to upper case" msgstr "འདེམས་ངོས་ནས་ཡི་གེ་ཡོངས་ཆེ་འབྲིར་བསྒྱུར་བ" #: ../plugins/changecase/gedit-changecase-plugin.c:246 msgid "All _Lower Case" msgstr "ཡོངས་རྫོགས་ཆུང་འབྲི(_L)" #: ../plugins/changecase/gedit-changecase-plugin.c:247 msgid "Change selected text to lower case" msgstr "འདེམས་ངོས་ཡི་གེ་ཡོངས་རྫོགས་ཆུང་འབྲིར་བྱེད་པ" #: ../plugins/changecase/gedit-changecase-plugin.c:249 msgid "_Invert Case" msgstr "ཆེ་ཆུང་བསྒྱུར་བ(_I)" #: ../plugins/changecase/gedit-changecase-plugin.c:250 msgid "Invert the case of selected text" msgstr "འདེམས་ངོས་ཀྱི་ཡི་གེ་ཆེ་ཆུང་བསྒྱུར་བ" #: ../plugins/changecase/gedit-changecase-plugin.c:252 msgid "_Title Case" msgstr "མིང་ཚིག་སྔོག་ཡིག་ཆེ་འབྲི(_T)" #: ../plugins/changecase/gedit-changecase-plugin.c:253 msgid "Capitalize the first letter of each selected word" msgstr "འདེམས་ངོས་ཀྱི་མིང་ཚིག་རེ་རེའི་སྔོན་ཡིག་ཆེ་བསྒྱུར་བྱེད་པ" #. ex:set ts=8 noet: #: ../plugins/checkupdate/checkupdate.plugin.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Check update" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/checkupdate/checkupdate.plugin.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Check for latest version of gedit" msgstr "པར་གཞི་གསར་བའི་geditཡོད་མེད་བརྟག་དཔྱད་བྱེད་པ" #: ../plugins/checkupdate/gedit-check-update-plugin.c:257 msgid "There was an error displaying the URI." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/checkupdate/gedit-check-update-plugin.c:294 msgid "_Download" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/checkupdate/gedit-check-update-plugin.c:302 msgid "_Ignore Version" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/checkupdate/gedit-check-update-plugin.c:317 msgid "There is a new version of gedit" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/checkupdate/gedit-check-update-plugin.c:321 msgid "" "You can download the new version of gedit by clicking on the download button " "or ignore that version and wait for a new one" msgstr "" "ཁྱོད་ཀྱིས་ལེན་འཇུག་གནོད་མཐེབ་མནན་ནས་པར་གཞི་ཆས་གསར་བའི་ " "geditལེན་འཇུག་བྱེད་ཆོག ཡང་ན་སྣང་མེད་དུ་བཞག་ཀྱང་ཆོག" #. ex:set ts=8 noet: #: ../plugins/checkupdate/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.checkupdate.gschema.xml.in.in.h:1 msgid "Version to Ignore" msgstr "སྣང་མེད་བྱེད་དགོས་པའི་པར་གཞི" #. This is releated to the next gedit version to be released #: ../plugins/checkupdate/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.checkupdate.gschema.xml.in.in.h:3 msgid "Version to ignore until a newer version is released." msgstr "" #. ex:set ts=8 noet: #: ../plugins/docinfo/docinfo.plugin.desktop.in.h:1 #: ../plugins/docinfo/gedit-docinfo-plugin.ui.h:1 msgid "Document Statistics" msgstr "ཡིག་ཚགས་སྡོམ་རྩིས" #: ../plugins/docinfo/docinfo.plugin.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Report the number of words, lines and characters in a document." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/docinfo/gedit-docinfo-plugin.c:427 msgid "_Document Statistics" msgstr "ཡིག་ཚགས་སྡོམ་འབོར(_D)" #: ../plugins/docinfo/gedit-docinfo-plugin.c:429 msgid "Get statistical information on the current document" msgstr "ཡིག་ཚགས་སྡོམ་འབོར་གྱི་གནས་ཚུལ་ལེན་པ" #: ../plugins/docinfo/gedit-docinfo-plugin.ui.h:2 msgid "_Update" msgstr "གསར་སྒྱུར(_U)" #: ../plugins/docinfo/gedit-docinfo-plugin.ui.h:3 msgid "File Name" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆའི་མིང" #: ../plugins/docinfo/gedit-docinfo-plugin.ui.h:4 #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/tools.ui.h:28 #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/snippets.ui.h:13 msgid " " msgstr "" "represents a space character. Enter a space in the equivalent position in " "the translation. " #: ../plugins/docinfo/gedit-docinfo-plugin.ui.h:5 msgid "Document" msgstr "ཡིག་ཚགས" #: ../plugins/docinfo/gedit-docinfo-plugin.ui.h:6 msgid "Selection" msgstr "འདེམས་ངོས" #: ../plugins/docinfo/gedit-docinfo-plugin.ui.h:7 msgid "Lines" msgstr "བསྟར་གྲངས" #: ../plugins/docinfo/gedit-docinfo-plugin.ui.h:8 msgid "Words" msgstr "མིང་ཚིག" #: ../plugins/docinfo/gedit-docinfo-plugin.ui.h:9 msgid "Characters (with spaces)" msgstr "ཡིག་རྟགས་གྲངས (སྟོང་མཐེབ་འདུས་ཡོད)" #: ../plugins/docinfo/gedit-docinfo-plugin.ui.h:10 msgid "Characters (no spaces)" msgstr "ཡིག་རྟགས་གྲངས (སྟོང་མཐེབ་མི་འདུ་བ)" #: ../plugins/docinfo/gedit-docinfo-plugin.ui.h:11 msgid "Bytes" msgstr "ཡིག་ཚིགས" #: ../plugins/externaltools/data/build.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Build" msgstr "སྒྲིག་གཞི" #: ../plugins/externaltools/data/build.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Run \"make\" in the document directory" msgstr "ཡིག་ཚགས་ཀྱི་དཀར་ཆག་ནང“make”འཁོར་སྐྱོད་བྱེད་པ" #: ../plugins/externaltools/data/open-terminal-here.desktop.in.h:1 #: ../plugins/externaltools/data/open-terminal-here-osx.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Open terminal here" msgstr "འདིར་མཐའ་སྣེ་ཁ་ཕྱེ་བ" #: ../plugins/externaltools/data/open-terminal-here.desktop.in.h:2 #: ../plugins/externaltools/data/open-terminal-here-osx.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Open a terminal in the document location" msgstr "ཡིག་ཚགས་གནས་ཡུལ་དུ་མཐའ་སྣེ་ཁ་ཕྱེ་བ" #: ../plugins/externaltools/data/remove-trailing-spaces.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Remove trailing spaces" msgstr "སྟོང་རྟགས་མེད་པའི་བསྟར་ཕྲེང་འདོར་བ" #: ../plugins/externaltools/data/remove-trailing-spaces.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Remove useless trailing spaces in your file" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆའི་ནང་བེད་མེད་ཀྱི་སྟོང་རྟགས་འདོར་བ" #: ../plugins/externaltools/data/run-command.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Run command" msgstr "བཀའ་བརྡ་འཁོར་སྐྱོད" #: ../plugins/externaltools/data/run-command.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Execute a custom command and put its output in a new document" msgstr "" "རང་མོས་བཀའ་བརྡ་ལག་བསྟར་བྱེད་ཞོར་དུ་ཡིག་ཚགས་གསར་བའི་ནང་འབྲི་འཇུག་བྱེད་པ" #: ../plugins/externaltools/externaltools.plugin.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "External Tools" msgstr "ཕྱི་ངོས་ལག་ཆ" #: ../plugins/externaltools/externaltools.plugin.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Execute external commands and shell scripts." msgstr "ཕྱི་ངོས་བཀའ་བརྡ་དངShell རྐང་མཐུལ་ཁ་ཕྱེ་བ" #: ../plugins/externaltools/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.externaltools.gschema.xml.in.in.h:1 #: ../plugins/pythonconsole/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.pythonconsole.gschema.xml.in.in.h:5 msgid "Whether to use the system font" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/externaltools/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.externaltools.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 msgid "" "If true, the external tools will use the desktop-global standard font if " "it's monospace (and the most similar font it can come up with otherwise)." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/externaltools/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.externaltools.gschema.xml.in.in.h:4 #: ../plugins/pythonconsole/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.pythonconsole.gschema.xml.in.in.h:8 msgid "A Pango font name. Examples are \"Sans 12\" or \"Monospace Bold 14\"." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/capture.py:95 #, python-format msgid "Could not execute command: %s" msgstr "བཀའ་བརྡ་འཁོར་སྐྱོད་བྱེད་མི་ཐུབ་པ：%s" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/functions.py:175 msgid "You must be inside a word to run this command" msgstr "མིང་ཚིག་ནང་འཇུག་བྱས་ནས་བཀའ་བརྡ་འདི་འཁོར་སྐྱོད་བྱེད་པ" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/functions.py:304 msgid "Running tool:" msgstr "ལག་ཆ་འཁོར་སྤྱོད：" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/functions.py:333 msgid "Done." msgstr "ལེགས་འགྲུབ" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/functions.py:335 msgid "Exited" msgstr "ཕྱིར་ཐོན་བྱས་ཟིན་པ" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/manager.py:144 msgid "All languages" msgstr "སྐད་རིགས་ཡོངས" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/manager.py:568 #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/manager.py:572 #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/manager.py:913 #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/tools.ui.h:29 msgid "All Languages" msgstr "སྐད་རིགས་ཡོངས" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/manager.py:685 msgid "New tool" msgstr "ལག་ཆ་གསར་བ" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/manager.py:816 #, python-format msgid "This accelerator is already bound to %s" msgstr "མགྱོག་མཐེབ %sལ་བཟོ་བ" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/manager.py:860 msgid "Type a new accelerator, or press Backspace to clear" msgstr "མགྱོག་མཐེབ་གསར་གནོན་པའམ་ Backspace མནས་ནས་བསུབ་པ" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/manager.py:862 msgid "Type a new accelerator" msgstr "མགྱོག་མཐེབ་གསར་བ་གནོན་པ" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/outputpanel.py:120 msgid "Stopped." msgstr "མཚམས་བཞག་ཟིན་པ" #. ex:ts=4:et: #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/outputpanel.ui.h:1 msgid "Stop Tool" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/tools.ui.h:1 msgid "Always available" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/tools.ui.h:2 msgid "All documents" msgstr "ཡིག་ཚགས་ཡོངས" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/tools.ui.h:3 msgid "All documents except untitled ones" msgstr "ཁ་བྱང་མེད་པའི་ཡིག་ཚགས་ཕུད་པའི་ཡིག་ཚགས་ཡོངས" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/tools.ui.h:4 msgid "Local files only" msgstr "ས་གནས་ཡིག་ཆ་ཙམ" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/tools.ui.h:5 msgid "Remote files only" msgstr "རྒྱང་སྐྱོད་ཡིག་ཆ་ཙམ" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/tools.ui.h:6 msgid "Untitled documents only" msgstr "ཁ་བྱང་མེད་པའི་ཡིག་ཆ་ཙམ" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/tools.ui.h:7 msgid "Nothing" msgstr "མེད་པ" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/tools.ui.h:8 msgid "Current document" msgstr "མིག་སྔའི་ཡིག་ཚགས" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/tools.ui.h:9 msgid "Current selection" msgstr "མིག་སྔའི་འདེམས་ཁུལ" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/tools.ui.h:10 msgid "Current selection (default to document)" msgstr "མིག་སྔའི་འདེམས་ཁུལ (ཡིག་ཚགས་ཡོངས་ལ་མངོན་ཆུང་བྱེད་པ)" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/tools.ui.h:11 msgid "Current line" msgstr "མིག་སྔའི་བསྟར་ཕྲེང" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/tools.ui.h:12 msgid "Current word" msgstr "མིག་སྔའི་མིང་ཚིག" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/tools.ui.h:13 msgid "Display in bottom pane" msgstr "འོག་ངོས་སུ་མངོན་འཆར" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/tools.ui.h:14 msgid "Create new document" msgstr "ཡིག་ཚགས་གསར་འཛུགས" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/tools.ui.h:15 msgid "Append to current document" msgstr "མིག་སྔའི་ཡིག་ཚགས་སུ་སྣོན་པ" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/tools.ui.h:16 msgid "Replace current document" msgstr "མིག་སྔའི་ཡིག་ཆ་བརྗེ་རེས" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/tools.ui.h:17 msgid "Replace current selection" msgstr "འདེམས་ཁུལ་ཚབ་བརྗེ" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/tools.ui.h:18 msgid "Insert at cursor position" msgstr "འོད་རྟགས་སུ་འཇུག་པ" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/tools.ui.h:19 msgid "Manage External Tools" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/tools.ui.h:20 msgid "_Tools:" msgstr "ལག་ཆ(_T)：" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/tools.ui.h:21 msgid "Add a new tool" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/tools.ui.h:22 msgid "Add Tool" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/tools.ui.h:23 msgid "Remove selected tool" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/tools.ui.h:24 msgid "Remove Tool" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/tools.ui.h:25 msgid "Revert tool" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/tools.ui.h:26 msgid "Revert Tool" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/tools.ui.h:27 #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/snippets.ui.h:11 msgid "_Edit:" msgstr "རྩོམ་སྒྲིག(_E)：" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/tools.ui.h:30 msgid "_Applicability:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/tools.ui.h:31 msgid "_Output:" msgstr "ཕྱིར་འདྲེན(_O)：" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/tools.ui.h:32 msgid "_Input:" msgstr "ནང་འདྲེན(_I)：" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/tools.ui.h:33 msgid "_Save:" msgstr "ཉར་ཚགས(_S)：" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/tools.ui.h:34 msgid "Shortcut _key:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/windowactivatable.py:175 msgid "Manage _External Tools..." msgstr "དོ་དམ་ཕྱི་ངོས་ལག་ཆ(_E)..." #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/windowactivatable.py:176 msgid "Opens the External Tools Manager" msgstr "ཕྱི་ངོས་ལག་ཆ་དོ་དམ་ཆས་ཁ་ཕྱེ་བ" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/windowactivatable.py:179 msgid "External _Tools" msgstr "ཕྱི་ངོས་ལག་ཆ" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/windowactivatable.py:180 msgid "External tools" msgstr "ཕྱི་ངོས་ལག་ཆ" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/windowactivatable.py:214 msgid "Tool Output" msgstr "" #. ex:ts=4:et: #: ../plugins/filebrowser/filebrowser.plugin.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "File Browser Panel" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/filebrowser.plugin.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Easy file access from the side panel" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-bookmarks-store.c:206 msgid "Home" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-bookmarks-store.c:232 msgid "File System" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆའི་མ་ལག" #. ex:ts=8:noet: #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-menus.ui.h:1 msgid "_Open" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-menus.ui.h:2 msgid "_Set Root to Active Document" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-menus.ui.h:3 msgid "_New Folder" msgstr "ཡིག་སྣོད་གསར་འཛུགས(_N)" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-menus.ui.h:4 msgid "New F_ile" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་གསར་བ(_I)" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-menus.ui.h:5 msgid "_Rename..." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-menus.ui.h:6 msgid "_Move to Trash" msgstr "སྙིགས་སྣོད་དུ་འདོར་བ(_M)" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-menus.ui.h:7 msgid "_Delete" msgstr "བསུབ་འདོར(_D)" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-menus.ui.h:8 msgid "Re_fresh View" msgstr "མཚོན་རིས་གསར་འདོན(_F)" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-menus.ui.h:9 msgid "_View Folder" msgstr "ཡིག་སྣོད་ལ་ལྟ་ཀློག_V)" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-menus.ui.h:10 msgid "_Open in Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-menus.ui.h:11 msgid "_Filter" msgstr "འཚག་བྱེད་ཆས(_F)" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-menus.ui.h:12 msgid "Show _Hidden" msgstr "ཡུབ་སྐུང་བྱས་པའི་ཡིག་ཆ་མངོན་འཆར་བྱེད་པ(_H)" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-menus.ui.h:13 msgid "Show _Binary" msgstr "གཉིས་འགྲུལ་ལུགས་ཀྱི་ཡིག་མངོན་འཆར(_B)" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-plugin.c:538 msgid "File Browser" msgstr "ཡིག་ལྟ་བཤེར་ཆས" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-plugin.c:681 msgid "An error occurred while creating a new directory" msgstr "དཀར་ཆག་གསར་འཛུགས་སྐབས་ནོར་འཁྲུལ་བྱུང་འདུག" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-plugin.c:684 msgid "An error occurred while creating a new file" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་གསར་འཛུགས་སྐབས་ནོར་འཁྲུལ་བྱུང་འདུག" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-plugin.c:687 msgid "An error occurred while renaming a file or directory" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆའམ་དཀར་ཆག་ལ་མིང་བསྐྱར་འདོག་བྱེད་སྐབས་ནོར་འཁྲུལ་བྱུང་འདུག" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-plugin.c:690 msgid "An error occurred while deleting a file or directory" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆའམ་དཀར་ཆག་བསུབ་འདོར་བྱེད་སྐབས་ནོར་འཁྲུལ་བྱུང་འདུག" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-plugin.c:693 msgid "An error occurred while opening a directory in the file manager" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་དོ་དམ་ཆས་ནང་དུ་དཀར་ཆག་ཁ་ཕྱེ་སྐབས་ནོར་འཁྲུལ་བྱུང་འདུག" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-plugin.c:696 msgid "An error occurred while setting a root directory" msgstr "དཀར་ཆག་སྒྲིག་འགོད་བྱེད་སྐབས་ནོར་འཁྲུལ་བྱུང་འདུག" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-plugin.c:699 msgid "An error occurred while loading a directory" msgstr "དཀར་ཆག་ནང་འདྲེན་བྱེད་སྐབས་ནོར་འཁྲུལ་བྱུང་འདུག" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-plugin.c:702 msgid "An error occurred" msgstr "ནོར་འཁྲུལ་བྱུང་འདུག" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-plugin.c:916 msgid "" "Cannot move file to trash, do you\n" "want to delete permanently?" msgstr "" "ཡིག་ཆ་སྙིགས་སྣོད་དུ་འདོར་མི་ཐུབ་\n" "ཁྱོད་ཀྱིས་གཏན་དུ་བསུབ་འདོར་བྱེད་འདོད་དམ" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-plugin.c:921 #, c-format msgid "The file \"%s\" cannot be moved to the trash." msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ“%s”འདི་སྙིགས་སྣོད་དུ་འདོར་མི་ཐུབ་པ" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-plugin.c:926 msgid "The selected files cannot be moved to the trash." msgstr "བདམས་ཟིན་པའི་ཡིག་ཆ་སྙིགས་སྣོད་དུ་འདོར་མི་ཐུབ་པ" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-plugin.c:958 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to permanently delete \"%s\"?" msgstr "ཁྱོད་ཀྱིས“%s”འདི་གཏན་དུ་འདོར་འདོད་དམ" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-plugin.c:963 msgid "Are you sure you want to permanently delete the selected files?" msgstr "ཁྱོད་ཀྱིས་བདམས་ཟིན་པའི་ཡིག་གཏན་དུ་བསུབ་འདོར་བྱེད་པ་གཏན་ཁེལ་ཡིན་ནམ" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-plugin.c:966 msgid "If you delete an item, it is permanently lost." msgstr "" "གལ་སྲིད་ཁྱོད་ཀྱིས་བསུབ་འདོར་བྱས་ཚེ་མ་འོང་བར་ཡིག་ཆ་སླར་གསོ་བྱེད་མི་ཐུབ་པ" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-store.c:1782 msgid "(Empty)" msgstr "(སྟོང་བ)" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-store.c:3504 msgid "" "The renamed file is currently filtered out. You need to adjust your filter " "settings to make the file visible" msgstr "" "The renamed file is currently filtered out. You need to adjust your filter " "settings to make the file visible" #. Translators: This is the default name of new files created by the file browser pane. #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-store.c:3761 msgid "Untitled File" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-store.c:3789 msgid "" "The new file is currently filtered out. You need to adjust your filter " "settings to make the file visible" msgstr "" "The new file is currently filtered out. You need to adjust your filter " "settings to make the file visible" #. Translators: This is the default name of new directories created by the file browser pane. #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-store.c:3820 msgid "Untitled Folder" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-store.c:3845 msgid "" "The new directory is currently filtered out. You need to adjust your filter " "settings to make the directory visible" msgstr "" "The new directory is currently filtered out. You need to adjust your filter " "settings to make the directory visible" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-widget.c:785 msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "ཡིག་རྟགས" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-widget.c:1979 #, c-format msgid "No mount object for mounted volume: %s" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-widget.c:2056 #, c-format msgid "Could not open media: %s" msgstr "སྨྱན་སྦྱོར་ཁ་ཕྱེ་མི་ཐུབ་པ：%s。" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-widget.c:2103 #, c-format msgid "Could not mount volume: %s" msgstr "བམ་གཟུགས་བཀལ་བ་ཁ་ཕྱེ་མི་ཐུབ་པ：%s" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-widget.c:2739 #, c-format msgid "Error when loading '%s': No such directory" msgstr "" #. ex:ts=8:noet: #: ../plugins/filebrowser/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.filebrowser.gschema.xml.in.in.h:1 msgid "Open With Tree View" msgstr "སྡོང་དབྱིབས་མཚོན་རིས་ཁ་ཕྱེ་བ" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.filebrowser.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 msgid "" "Open the tree view when the file browser plugin gets loaded instead of the " "bookmarks view" msgstr "" "ཡིག་ཆ་ལྟ་བཤེར་ཆས་ཀྱི་སྒར་ལྷུ་ནང་འཇུག་བྱེད་སྐབས་སྡོང་དབྱིབས་མཚོན་རིས་ཁ་ཕྱེ་བ" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.filebrowser.gschema.xml.in.in.h:3 msgid "File Browser Root Directory" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་ལྟ་བཤེར་ཆས་ཀྱི་གཞི་རྩའི་དཀར་ཆག" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.filebrowser.gschema.xml.in.in.h:4 msgid "" "The file browser root directory to use when loading the file browser plugin " "and onload/tree_view is TRUE." msgstr "" "The file browser root directory to use when loading the file browser plugin " "and onload/tree_view is TRUE." #: ../plugins/filebrowser/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.filebrowser.gschema.xml.in.in.h:5 msgid "File Browser Virtual Root Directory" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་ལྟ་བཤེར་ཆས་གཞི་རྩའི་དཀར་ཆག" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.filebrowser.gschema.xml.in.in.h:6 msgid "" "The file browser virtual root directory to use when loading the file browser " "plugin when onload/tree_view is TRUE. The virtual root must always be below " "the actual root." msgstr "" "The file browser virtual root directory to use when loading the file browser " "plugin when onload/tree_view is TRUE. The virtual root must always be below " "the actual root." #: ../plugins/filebrowser/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.filebrowser.gschema.xml.in.in.h:7 msgid "Enable Restore of Remote Locations" msgstr "རྒྱང་སྦྲེལ་གནས་ཡུལ་སླར་གསོ་སྒུལ་སློང" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.filebrowser.gschema.xml.in.in.h:8 msgid "Sets whether to enable restoring of remote locations." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.filebrowser.gschema.xml.in.in.h:9 msgid "Set Location to First Document" msgstr "ཡིག་ཚགས་དང་པོའི་གནས་ཡུལ་གཏན་ཁེལ་བྱེད་པ" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.filebrowser.gschema.xml.in.in.h:10 msgid "" "If TRUE the file browser plugin will view the directory of the first opened " "document given that the file browser hasn't been used yet. (Thus this " "generally applies to opening a document from the command line or opening it " "with Nautilus, etc.)" msgstr "" "If TRUE the file browser plugin will view the directory of the first opened " "document given that the file browser hasn't been used yet. (Thus this " "generally applies to opening a document from the command line or opening it " "with Nautilus, etc.)" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.filebrowser.gschema.xml.in.in.h:11 msgid "File Browser Filter Mode" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་ལྟ་བཤེར་ཆས་འཚག་བྱེད་ཐབས་ཤེས" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.filebrowser.gschema.xml.in.in.h:12 msgid "" "This value determines what files get filtered from the file browser. Valid " "values are: none (filter nothing), hide-hidden (filter hidden files) and " "hide-binary (filter binary files)." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.filebrowser.gschema.xml.in.in.h:13 msgid "File Browser Filter Pattern" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་ལྟ་བཤེར་ཆས་འཚག་བྱེད་ཐབས་ཤེས" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.filebrowser.gschema.xml.in.in.h:14 msgid "" "The filter pattern to filter the file browser with. This filter works on top " "of the filter_mode." msgstr "" "The filter pattern to filter the file browser with. This filter works on top " "of the filter_mode." #: ../plugins/filebrowser/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.filebrowser.gschema.xml.in.in.h:15 msgid "File Browser Binary Patterns" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.filebrowser.gschema.xml.in.in.h:16 msgid "The supplemental patterns to use when filtering binary files." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/modelines/modelines.plugin.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Modelines" msgstr "དཔེ་དབྱིབས་ཕྲེང" #: ../plugins/modelines/modelines.plugin.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Emacs, Kate and Vim-style modelines support for gedit." msgstr "Emacs, Kate and Vim-style modelines support for gedit." #: ../plugins/pythonconsole/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.pythonconsole.gschema.xml.in.in.h:1 msgid "Command Color Text" msgstr "བཀའ་བརྡའི་ཡི་གེའི་ཁ་ཏོག" #: ../plugins/pythonconsole/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.pythonconsole.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 msgid "The command color text" msgstr "བཀའ་བརྡའི་ཡི་གེའི་ཚོས་གཞི་" #: ../plugins/pythonconsole/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.pythonconsole.gschema.xml.in.in.h:3 msgid "Error Color Text" msgstr "ཡི་གེའི་ཚོས་གཞི་ནོར་འཁྲུལ" #: ../plugins/pythonconsole/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.pythonconsole.gschema.xml.in.in.h:4 msgid "The error color text" msgstr "ཡི་གེའི་ཚོས་གཞིའི་ནོར་འཁྲུལ" #: ../plugins/pythonconsole/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.pythonconsole.gschema.xml.in.in.h:6 msgid "" "If true, the terminal will use the desktop-global standard font if it's " "monospace (and the most similar font it can come up with otherwise)." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/pythonconsole/pythonconsole/config.ui.h:1 msgid "C_ommand color:" msgstr "བཀའ་བརྡའི་ཚོས་གཞི(_O)：" #: ../plugins/pythonconsole/pythonconsole/config.ui.h:2 #| msgid "Border color" msgid "_Error color:" msgstr "ནོར་འཁྲུལ་ཚོས་གཞི(_E)：" #. ex:et:ts=4: #: ../plugins/pythonconsole/pythonconsole/__init__.py:52 #: ../plugins/pythonconsole/pythonconsole.plugin.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Python Console" msgstr "Python ཚོད་འཛིན་སྟེགས" #: ../plugins/pythonconsole/pythonconsole.plugin.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Interactive Python console standing in the bottom panel" msgstr "Interactive Python console standing in the bottom panel" #: ../plugins/quickopen/quickopen/__init__.py:71 msgid "Quick Open..." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/quickopen/quickopen/__init__.py:72 msgid "Quickly open documents" msgstr "ཡིག་ཚགས་མགྱོག་མྱུར་ངང་སྒོ་ཕྱེ" #. ex:ts=4:et: #: ../plugins/quickopen/quickopen.plugin.desktop.in.h:1 #: ../plugins/quickopen/quickopen/popup.py:33 msgid "Quick Open" msgstr "མགྱོག་མྱུར་སྒོ་ཕྱེ" #: ../plugins/quickopen/quickopen.plugin.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Quickly open files" msgstr "ཡིག་མཚོག་མྱུར་ངང་སྒོ་ཕྱེ་བ" #: ../plugins/quickopen/quickopen/popup.py:78 msgid "Type to search..." msgstr "" #. ex:ts=8:et: #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/document.py:56 #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets.plugin.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Snippets" msgstr "མཚམས་ཚིག" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/exporter.py:82 #, python-format msgid "The archive \"%s\" could not be created" msgstr "ཡིག་ཚགས་གསར་བ་སྣོན་པ“%s”" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/exporter.py:99 #, python-format msgid "Target directory \"%s\" does not exist" msgstr "དམིགས་ཡུལ་དཀར་ཆག་“%s”ཉར་མི་འདུག" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/exporter.py:102 #, python-format msgid "Target directory \"%s\" is not a valid directory" msgstr "དམིགས་ཡུལ་དཀར་ཆག་“%s”ཕན་མེད་རེད" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/importer.py:47 #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/importer.py:108 #, python-format msgid "File \"%s\" does not exist" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་“rowspan%s”ཉར་མི་འདུག" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/importer.py:50 #, python-format msgid "File \"%s\" is not a valid snippets file" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ“%s”ཕན་ཡོད་ཀྱི་དུམ་ཚིགས་ཡིག་ཆ་ཞིག་མ་རེད" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/importer.py:67 #, python-format msgid "Imported file \"%s\" is not a valid snippets file" msgstr "ནང་འདྲེན་བྱས་པའི་ཡིག་ཆ“%s”ཕན་ཡོད་ཀྱི་དུམ་ཚིགས་ཡིག་ཆ་ཞིག་མ་རེད" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/importer.py:77 #, python-format msgid "The archive \"%s\" could not be extracted" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་“%s”གནོན་བཙིར་བྱེད་མི་ཐུབ་པ" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/importer.py:95 #, python-format msgid "The following files could not be imported: %s" msgstr "འོག་གི་ཡིག་ཆ་ནང་འདྲེན་བྱེད་མི་ཐུབ་པ：%s" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/importer.py:111 #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/importer.py:124 #, python-format msgid "File \"%s\" is not a valid snippets archive" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་“%s”ཕན་ཡོད་ཀྱི་དུམ་ཚིགས་ཡིག་ཆ་རེད་མི་འདུག" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/manager.py:43 msgid "Snippets archive" msgstr "དུམ་ཚིགས་ཡིག་ཆར་ལོག་པ" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/manager.py:67 msgid "Add a new snippet..." msgstr "དུམ་ཚིགས་གསར་ཁ་སྣོན..." #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/manager.py:119 msgid "Global" msgstr "ཡོངས་རྫོགས" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/manager.py:410 msgid "Revert selected snippet" msgstr "འདེམས་ངོས་ཀྱི་དུམ་ཚིགས་སླར་གསོ" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/manager.py:413 #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/snippets.ui.h:5 msgid "Delete selected snippet" msgstr "བདམས་ཟིན་པའི་མཚམས་ཚིགས་བསུབ་འདོར" #. self['hbox_tab_trigger'].set_spacing(3) #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/manager.py:672 msgid "" "This is not a valid Tab trigger. Triggers can either contain alphanumeric " "characters (or _, : and .) or a single (non-alphanumeric) character like: {, " "[, etc." msgstr "" #. self['hbox_tab_trigger'].set_spacing(0) #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/manager.py:679 #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/snippets.ui.h:16 msgid "Single word the snippet is activated with after pressing Tab" msgstr "" "མིང་ཚིག་ཡིགའཇུག་བྱས་རྗེས་ tab མནན་ནས་མཚམས་ཚིག་ནང་འདྲེན་སྒུལ་སློང་བྱེད་ཆོག" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/manager.py:768 #, python-format msgid "The following error occurred while importing: %s" msgstr "ནང་འདྲེན་སྐབས་འོག་གི་གནས་ཚུལ་ལྷག་འདུག：%s" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/manager.py:775 #| msgid "Import succesfully completed" msgid "Import successfully completed" msgstr "ནང་འདྲེན་ལེགས་འགྲུབ" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/manager.py:789 #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/snippets.ui.h:7 msgid "Import snippets" msgstr "མཚམས་ཚིགས་ནང་འདྲེན" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/manager.py:794 #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/manager.py:880 #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/manager.py:943 msgid "All supported archives" msgstr "རྒྱབ་སྐྱོར་གྱི་ཡིག་ཡོངས་རྫོགས་ཕྱིར་ཕྱིར་ལོག" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/manager.py:795 #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/manager.py:881 #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/manager.py:944 msgid "Gzip compressed archive" msgstr "Gzip ཡིག་ཚགས་སྐུམ་བཙིར" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/manager.py:796 #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/manager.py:882 #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/manager.py:945 msgid "Bzip2 compressed archive" msgstr "Bzip2 ཡིག་ཚགས་སྐུམ་བཙིར" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/manager.py:797 msgid "Single snippets file" msgstr "དུམ་ཚིགས་ཡིག་ཆ་གཅིག" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/manager.py:798 #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/manager.py:884 #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/manager.py:947 msgid "All files" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་ཡོངས་རྫོགས" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/manager.py:810 #, python-format msgid "The following error occurred while exporting: %s" msgstr "ནང་འདྲེན་སྐབས་འོག་གི་ནོར་འཁྲུལ་བྱུང་འདུག：%s" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/manager.py:814 #| msgid "Export succesfully completed" msgid "Export successfully completed" msgstr "ནང་འདྲེན་ལེགས་འགྲུབ་བྱུང་འདུག" #. Ask if system snippets should also be exported #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/manager.py:854 #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/manager.py:921 msgid "" "Do you want to include selected system snippets in your export?" msgstr "" "ཁྱོད་ཀྱིས་ནང་འདྲེན་སྐབས་འདེམས་ངོས་ཀྱི་མ་ལག་དངདུམ་ཚིགས་ཚུད་ན་འདོད་དམ？" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/manager.py:869 #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/manager.py:939 msgid "There are no snippets selected to be exported" msgstr "འདེམས་ངོས་སུ་ནང་འདྲེན་དགོས་པའི་དུམ་ཚིགས་མི་འདུག" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/manager.py:874 #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/manager.py:912 msgid "Export snippets" msgstr "དུམ་ཚིགས་ནང་འདྲེན" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/manager.py:1053 msgid "Type a new shortcut, or press Backspace to clear" msgstr "མགྱོག་མཐེབ་གསར་བའམ་ Backspaceམནན་ནས་གཙང་དག་བཟོ་བ" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/manager.py:1055 msgid "Type a new shortcut" msgstr "མགྱོག་མཐེབ་གསར་གནོན་པ" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/placeholder.py:601 #, python-format msgid "" "Execution of the Python command (%s) exceeds the maximum time, execution " "aborted." msgstr "" "Python བཀའ་བརྡ འཁོར་སྐྱོད་བྱེད་པར་(%s)ཆེས་རིང་བའི་དུས་ཡུན་ལས་བརྒལ་འདུག " "འཁོར་སྐྱོད་མཚམས་འཇོག་བྱེད་དམ" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/placeholder.py:609 #, python-format msgid "Execution of the Python command (%s) failed: %s" msgstr "Python བཀའ་བརྡ་འཁོར་སྐྱོད་བྱེད་ (%s) མ་ཐུབ་：%s" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets.plugin.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Insert often-used pieces of text in a fast way" msgstr "རྒྱུན་སྤྱོད་ཀྱི་ཡིག་མགྱོག་མྱུར་ངང་ནང་འདྲེན་བྱེད་པ" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/snippets.ui.h:1 msgid "Manage Snippets" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/snippets.ui.h:2 msgid "_Snippets:" msgstr "དུམ་ཚིགས(_S)：" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/snippets.ui.h:3 msgid "Create new snippet" msgstr "མཚམས་ཚིགས་གསར་འཛུགས" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/snippets.ui.h:4 msgid "Add Snippet" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/snippets.ui.h:6 msgid "Remove Snippet" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/snippets.ui.h:8 msgid "Import Snippets" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/snippets.ui.h:9 msgid "Export selected snippets" msgstr "བདམས་ཟིན་པའི་མཚམས་ཚིགས་ཕྱིར་འདྲེན" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/snippets.ui.h:10 msgid "Export Snippets" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/snippets.ui.h:12 msgid "Activation" msgstr "སྒུལ་སློང" #. "tab" here means the tab key, not the notebook tab! #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/snippets.ui.h:15 msgid "_Tab trigger:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/snippets.ui.h:17 msgid "S_hortcut key:" msgstr "མགྱོག་མཐེབ(_H)：" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/snippets.ui.h:18 msgid "Shortcut key with which the snippet is activated" msgstr "མཚམས་ཚིགས་འདིའི་མགྱོག་མཐེབ་སྒུལ་སློང་བྱས་འདུག" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/snippets.ui.h:19 msgid "_Drop targets:" msgstr "དམིགས་ཡུལ་འདྲིད་འཇོག(_D)：" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/windowactivatable.py:154 msgid "Manage _Snippets..." msgstr "དོ་དམ་དུམ་ཚིགས(_S)..." #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/windowactivatable.py:155 msgid "Manage snippets" msgstr "དོ་དམ་དུམ་ཚིགས" #: ../plugins/sort/gedit-sort-plugin.c:88 msgid "S_ort..." msgstr "རིམ་སྒྲིག(_O)..." #: ../plugins/sort/gedit-sort-plugin.c:90 msgid "Sort the current document or selection" msgstr "མིག་སྔའི་ཡིག་ཚགས་སམ་ཡིག་ཆ་རིམ་སྒྲིག" #. ex:ts=8:noet: #: ../plugins/sort/gedit-sort-plugin.ui.h:1 #: ../plugins/sort/sort.plugin.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Sort" msgstr "རིམ་སྒྲིག" #: ../plugins/sort/gedit-sort-plugin.ui.h:2 msgid "_Sort" msgstr "གོ་རིམ(_S)" #: ../plugins/sort/gedit-sort-plugin.ui.h:3 msgid "_Reverse order" msgstr "གོ་རིམ་ལྡོག་པ(_R)" #: ../plugins/sort/gedit-sort-plugin.ui.h:4 msgid "R_emove duplicates" msgstr "བསྐྱར་གསོའི་ནང་དོན་བསུབ་འདོར(_E)" #: ../plugins/sort/gedit-sort-plugin.ui.h:5 msgid "_Ignore case" msgstr "བྲིས་ཆེ་ཆུང་སྣང་མེད་བྱེད་པ(_I)" #: ../plugins/sort/gedit-sort-plugin.ui.h:6 msgid "S_tart at column:" msgstr "རིམ་སྒྲིག་འགོ་འཛུགས་པ(_T)：" #: ../plugins/sort/gedit-sort-plugin.ui.h:7 msgid "You cannot undo a sort operation" msgstr "རིམ་སྒྲིག་བཀོལ་སྤྱོད་ཕྱིར་འཐེན་བྱེད་མི་ཐུབ་པ" #: ../plugins/sort/sort.plugin.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Sorts a document or selected text." msgstr "ཡིག་ཚགས་སམ་ཡིག་ཆ་རིམ་སྒྲིག" #. Translators: Displayed in the "Check Spelling" dialog if there are no suggestions for the current misspelled word #. Translators: Displayed in the "Check Spelling" dialog if there are no suggestions #. * for the current misspelled word #: ../plugins/spell/gedit-automatic-spell-checker.c:420 #: ../plugins/spell/gedit-spell-checker-dialog.c:444 msgid "(no suggested words)" msgstr "(གྲོས་འཆར་མིང་ཚིག་མི་འདུག)" #: ../plugins/spell/gedit-automatic-spell-checker.c:444 msgid "_More..." msgstr "དེ་ལས་མིང་བ(_M)..." #. Ignore all #: ../plugins/spell/gedit-automatic-spell-checker.c:499 msgid "_Ignore All" msgstr "ཡོངས་རྫོགས་སྣང་མེད(_I)" #. + Add to Dictionary #: ../plugins/spell/gedit-automatic-spell-checker.c:514 msgid "_Add" msgstr "ཁ་སྣོན(_A)" #: ../plugins/spell/gedit-automatic-spell-checker.c:553 msgid "_Spelling Suggestions..." msgstr "གྲོས་ཡིག་འབྲི་བ(_S)..." #: ../plugins/spell/gedit-spell-checker-dialog.c:264 msgid "Check Spelling" msgstr "སྦྱོར་འབྱོར་བརྟག་དཔྱད" #: ../plugins/spell/gedit-spell-checker-dialog.c:275 msgid "Suggestions" msgstr "གྲོས་མོལ" #. Translators: Displayed in the "Check Spelling" dialog if the current word isn't misspelled #: ../plugins/spell/gedit-spell-checker-dialog.c:551 msgid "(correct spelling)" msgstr "(དག་ཆ་ཡང་དག་པ)" #: ../plugins/spell/gedit-spell-checker-dialog.c:692 msgid "Completed spell checking" msgstr "དག་ཆ་ཞུ་དག་བྱས་ཚར་བ" #. Translators: the first %s is the language name, and #. * the second %s is the locale name. Example: #. * "French (France)" #. #: ../plugins/spell/gedit-spell-checker-language.c:378 #: ../plugins/spell/gedit-spell-checker-language.c:384 #, c-format #| msgid "language|%s (%s)" msgctxt "language" msgid "%s (%s)" msgstr "%s (%s)" #. Translators: this refers to an unknown language code #. * (one which isn't in our built-in list). #. #: ../plugins/spell/gedit-spell-checker-language.c:393 #, c-format #| msgid "Unknown" msgctxt "language" msgid "Unknown (%s)" msgstr "མི་ཤེས་པ (%s)" #. Translators: this refers the Default language used by the #. * spell checker #. #: ../plugins/spell/gedit-spell-checker-language.c:499 #| msgid "Use Default Font" msgctxt "language" msgid "Default" msgstr "མངོན་ཆུང" #: ../plugins/spell/gedit-spell-language-dialog.c:140 msgid "Set language" msgstr "སྐད་ཡིག་སྒྲིག་འགོད" #: ../plugins/spell/gedit-spell-language-dialog.c:182 msgid "Languages" msgstr "སྐད་ཡིག" #: ../plugins/spell/gedit-spell-plugin.c:108 #| msgid "_Check Spelling" msgid "_Check Spelling..." msgstr "དག་ཆ་ཞུས་དག(_C)..." #: ../plugins/spell/gedit-spell-plugin.c:110 msgid "Check the current document for incorrect spelling" msgstr "མིག་སྔའི་ཡིག་ཚགས་ཀྱི་དག་ཆ་ནོར་འཁྲུལ་དག་བཅོས" #: ../plugins/spell/gedit-spell-plugin.c:116 msgid "Set _Language..." msgstr "སྐད་ཡིག་སྒྲིག་འགོད(_L)..." #: ../plugins/spell/gedit-spell-plugin.c:118 msgid "Set the language of the current document" msgstr "མིག་སྔའི་ཡིག་ཚགས་ཀྱི་སྐད་ཡིག་སྒྲིག་འགོད" #: ../plugins/spell/gedit-spell-plugin.c:127 msgid "_Highlight Misspelled Words" msgstr "གསལ་ཚད་མཐོ་བའི་ཡི་གེའི་ནོར་འཁྲུལ(_H)" #: ../plugins/spell/gedit-spell-plugin.c:129 msgid "Automatically spell-check the current document" msgstr "མིག་སྔའི་ཡིག་ཚགས་ཀྱི་དག་ཆ་རང་འགུལ་གྱིས་ཞུ་དག་བྱེད་པ" #: ../plugins/spell/gedit-spell-plugin.c:821 msgid "The document is empty." msgstr "ཡིག་ཚགས་འདི་སྟོང་བ་རེད" #: ../plugins/spell/gedit-spell-plugin.c:846 msgid "No misspelled words" msgstr "དག་ཆ་ནོར་བའི་མིང་ཚིག་མི་འདུག" #. ex:ts=8:noet: #: ../plugins/spell/languages-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Set Language" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/spell/languages-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "Select the _language of the current document." msgstr "མིག་སྔའི་ཡིག་ཚགས་ཀྱི་སྐད་ཡིག་འདེམས་པ(_L)。" #: ../plugins/spell/spell-checker.ui.h:1 msgid "Check spelling" msgstr "དག་ཆ་ཞུ་དག" #: ../plugins/spell/spell-checker.ui.h:2 msgid "Misspelled word:" msgstr "དག་ཆ་ནོར་བའི་མིང་ཚིག：" #: ../plugins/spell/spell-checker.ui.h:3 msgid "word" msgstr "མིང་ཚིག" #: ../plugins/spell/spell-checker.ui.h:4 msgid "Change _to:" msgstr "ལ་བསྒྱུར་བ(_T)：" #: ../plugins/spell/spell-checker.ui.h:5 msgid "Check _Word" msgstr "མིང་ཚིག་བརྟག་དཔྱད(_W)" #: ../plugins/spell/spell-checker.ui.h:6 msgid "_Suggestions:" msgstr "གྲོས་འཆར(_S)：" #: ../plugins/spell/spell-checker.ui.h:7 msgid "_Ignore" msgstr "སྣང་མེད(_I)" #: ../plugins/spell/spell-checker.ui.h:8 msgid "Cha_nge" msgstr "བསྒྱུར་བཅོས(_N)" #: ../plugins/spell/spell-checker.ui.h:9 msgid "Ignore _All" msgstr "ཡོངས་རྫོགས་སྣང་མེད་བྱེད(_A)" #: ../plugins/spell/spell-checker.ui.h:10 msgid "Change A_ll" msgstr "ཡོངས་རྫོགས་བསྒྱུར་བཅོས(_L)" #: ../plugins/spell/spell-checker.ui.h:11 msgid "User dictionary:" msgstr "ཚིག་མཛོད་སྤྱོད་པ：" #: ../plugins/spell/spell-checker.ui.h:12 msgid "Add w_ord" msgstr "མིང་ཚིག་ཁ་སྣོན(_O)" #: ../plugins/spell/spell-checker.ui.h:13 msgid "Language:" msgstr "སྐད་ཡིག：" #: ../plugins/spell/spell-checker.ui.h:14 msgid "Language" msgstr "སྐད་ཡིག" #: ../plugins/spell/spell.plugin.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Spell Checker" msgstr "དག་ཆ་ཞུ་དག་ཆས" #: ../plugins/spell/spell.plugin.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Checks the spelling of the current document." msgstr "མིག་སྔའི་ཡིག་ཆའི་དག་ཆ་ཞུ་དག" #: ../plugins/time/gedit-time-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Insert Date and Time" msgstr "ནང་འཇུག་དུས་ཚོད་དང་ཟླ་ཚེས" #: ../plugins/time/gedit-time-dialog.ui.h:2 #: ../plugins/time/gedit-time-setup-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Use the _selected format" msgstr "བདམས་ཟིན་པའི་རྣམ་བཞག་བེད་སྤྱོད(_S)" #: ../plugins/time/gedit-time-dialog.ui.h:3 #: ../plugins/time/gedit-time-setup-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "_Use custom format" msgstr "རང་མོས་རྣམ་བཞག་བེད་སྤྱོད(_U)" #. Translators: Use the more common date format in your locale #: ../plugins/time/gedit-time-dialog.ui.h:5 #: ../plugins/time/gedit-time-setup-dialog.ui.h:8 #, no-c-format msgid "%d/%m/%Y %H:%M:%S" msgstr "%Y/%m/%d %H:%M:%S" #. Translators: This example should follow the date format defined in the entry above #: ../plugins/time/gedit-time-dialog.ui.h:6 #: ../plugins/time/gedit-time-setup-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "01/11/2009 17:52:00" msgstr "2009/01/11 17:52:00" #: ../plugins/time/gedit-time-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "_Insert" msgstr "ནང་འཇུག(_I)" #: ../plugins/time/gedit-time-plugin.c:184 msgid "In_sert Date and Time..." msgstr "ཟླ་ཚེས་དང་དུས་ཚོད་ནང་འཇུག(_S)..." #: ../plugins/time/gedit-time-plugin.c:186 msgid "Insert current date and time at the cursor position" msgstr "འོད་རྟགས་གནས་སུ་ཟླ་ཚེས་དང་དུས་ཚོད་འཇུག་པ" #: ../plugins/time/gedit-time-plugin.c:504 msgid "Available formats" msgstr "སྤྱོད་རུང་རྣམ་བཞག" #. ex:ts=8:noet: #: ../plugins/time/gedit-time-setup-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Configure date/time plugin" msgstr "ཟླ་ཚེས་དང/དུས་ཚོད་སྒར་ལྷུ་མཐུན་སྒྲིག" #: ../plugins/time/gedit-time-setup-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "When inserting date/time..." msgstr "ཟླ་ཚེས་དང་དུས་ཚོད་ནང་འཇུག་སྐབས..." #: ../plugins/time/gedit-time-setup-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "_Prompt for a format" msgstr "སྤྱོད་རུང་རྣམ་བཞག་བརྡ་སྟོན་བྱེད་པ" #: ../plugins/time/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.time.gschema.xml.in.in.h:1 msgid "Prompt Type" msgstr "རིགས་ཀྱི་བརྡ་ཐོ" #: ../plugins/time/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.time.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 msgid "" "If the user should be prompted for a format or if the selected or custom " "format should be used." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/time/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.time.gschema.xml.in.in.h:3 msgid "Selected Format" msgstr "བདམས་ཟིན་པའི་རྣམ་བཞག" #: ../plugins/time/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.time.gschema.xml.in.in.h:4 msgid "The selected format used when inserting the date/time." msgstr "ཟླ་ཚེས་དང་དུས་ཚོད་ནང་འཇུག་སྐབས་བེད་སྤྱོད་པར་བདམས་ཟིན་པའི་རྣམ་བཞག" #: ../plugins/time/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.time.gschema.xml.in.in.h:5 msgid "Custom Format" msgstr "རང་མོས་རྣམ་བཞག" #: ../plugins/time/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.time.gschema.xml.in.in.h:6 msgid "The custom format used when inserting the date/time." msgstr "ཟླ་ཚེས་དང་དུས་ཚོད་ནང་འཇུག་སྐབས་བེད་སྤྱོད་པའི་རང་མོས་རྣམ་བཞག" #: ../plugins/time/time.plugin.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Insert Date/Time" msgstr "ཟླ་ཚེས་དང་དུས་ཚོད་ནང་འཇུག" #: ../plugins/time/time.plugin.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Inserts current date and time at the cursor position." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/zeitgeist/zeitgeist.plugin.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Zeitgeist dataprovider" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/zeitgeist/zeitgeist.plugin.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Logs access and leave event for documents used with gedit" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-bo-base/data/bo/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-keyring.po0000644000000000000000000005121112321561026021263 0ustar # Tibetan translation for gnome-keyring # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-keyring package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-keyring\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:15+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-07-01 13:45+0000\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: Tibetan \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:13+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. TRANSLATORS: This is the label for an keyring created without a label #: ../daemon/dbus/gkd-secret-change.c:86 #: ../daemon/dbus/gkd-secret-change.c:122 #: ../daemon/dbus/gkd-secret-create.c:79 #: ../pkcs11/secret-store/gkm-secret-collection.c:325 #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-login.c:346 #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:754 msgid "Unnamed" msgstr "མིང་བཏགས་མེད་པ" #: ../daemon/dbus/gkd-secret-change.c:91 #, c-format msgid "Enter the old password for the '%s' keyring" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/dbus/gkd-secret-change.c:95 #, c-format msgid "" "An application wants to change the password for the '%s' keyring. Enter the " "old password for it." msgstr "" #: ../daemon/dbus/gkd-secret-change.c:101 #: ../daemon/dbus/gkd-secret-change.c:137 #: ../daemon/dbus/gkd-secret-change.c:148 #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:1144 #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:1256 #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:1291 msgid "Continue" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/dbus/gkd-secret-change.c:127 #, c-format msgid "Choose a new password for the '%s' keyring" msgstr "ལྡེ་མིག་གནས་%sལ་གསང་གྲངས་གསར་བ་འདེམས་པ" #: ../daemon/dbus/gkd-secret-change.c:131 #, c-format msgid "" "An application wants to change the password for the '%s' keyring. Choose the " "new password you want to use for it." msgstr "" "ཉེར་སྤྱོད་ཞིག་གིས་ལྡེ་མིག་གནས་%s་ཡི་གསང་གྲངས་བརྗེ་བཟོ་བྱེད་འདོད་འདུག " "ཁྱོད་ཀྱིས་ལྡེ་མིག་གནས་ལ་གསང་གྲངས་གསར་བ་ཞིག་འདེམས་དགོས" #: ../daemon/dbus/gkd-secret-change.c:144 #: ../daemon/dbus/gkd-secret-create.c:95 msgid "Store passwords unencrypted?" msgstr "གསང་གྲངས་ལ་གསང་སྣོན་མ་བྱས་པར་ཉར་བ" #: ../daemon/dbus/gkd-secret-change.c:146 #: ../daemon/dbus/gkd-secret-create.c:97 msgid "" "By choosing to use a blank password, your stored passwords will not be " "safely encrypted. They will be accessible by anyone with access to your " "files." msgstr "" "གསང་གྲངས་སྟོང་བ་སྤྱད་ཚེ་ཁྱོད་ཀྱིས་གསོག་ཉར་བྱས་པའི་གསང་གྲངས་ལ་བདེ་འཇགས་ངང་གསང་" "སྣོན་མི་བྱེད། " "འདི་འདྲ་ཁྱོད་ཀྱི་ཡིག་ཆ་ལ་འདྲི་ཞིབ་ནུས་པའི་མི་གང་རུང་ཞིག་གིས་གསང་གྲངས་འདི་དག་འ" "དྲི་ཞིབ་བྱེད་ཐུབ" #: ../daemon/dbus/gkd-secret-change.c:154 msgid "The original password was incorrect" msgstr "ཐོག་མའི་གསང་གྲངས་དེ་མ་འགྲིག་པ" #: ../daemon/dbus/gkd-secret-change.c:355 msgid "Change Keyring Password" msgstr "ལྡེ་མིག་གནས་ཀྱི་་གསང་གྲངས་བརྗེ་བཟོ" #: ../daemon/dbus/gkd-secret-create.c:81 #, c-format msgid "" "An application wants to create a new keyring called '%s'. Choose the " "password you want to use for it." msgstr "" "ཉེར་སྤྱོད་ཞིག་གིས་ལྡེ་མིག་གནས་%s གསར་འཛུགས་བྱེད་འདོད་པ། " "ཁྱོད་ཀྱིས་ལྡེ་མིག་གནས་ལ་གསང་གྲངས་ཤིག་འདེམས་དགོས་པ" #: ../daemon/dbus/gkd-secret-create.c:85 msgid "Choose password for new keyring" msgstr "ལྡེ་མིག་གནས་གསར་བར་གསང་གྲངས་འདེམས་པ" #: ../daemon/dbus/gkd-secret-create.c:312 msgid "New Keyring Password" msgstr "ལྡེ་མིག་གནས་གསར་བའི་གསང་གྲངས" #: ../daemon/gnome-keyring-gpg.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "GPG Password Agent" msgstr "GPG གསང་གྲངས་ལག་རོགས" #: ../daemon/gnome-keyring-gpg.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "GNOME Keyring: GPG Agent" msgstr "GNOME ལྡེ་མིག་གནས：GPG ལག་རོགས" #: ../daemon/gnome-keyring-pkcs11.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Certificate and Key Storage" msgstr "དཔང་ཡིག་དང་ལྡེ་མིག་ཉར་སའི་གནས་" #: ../daemon/gnome-keyring-pkcs11.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "GNOME Keyring: PKCS#11 Component" msgstr "GNOME ལྡེ་མིག་གནས：PKCS#11 ལྷུ་ལག" #: ../daemon/gnome-keyring-secrets.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Secret Storage Service" msgstr "གསང་བ་ཉར་ཚགས་ཞབས་ཞུ" #: ../daemon/gnome-keyring-secrets.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "GNOME Keyring: Secret Service" msgstr "GNOME ལྡེ་མིག་གནས：གསང་གནས་ཞབས་ཞུ་བ" #: ../daemon/gnome-keyring-ssh.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "SSH Key Agent" msgstr "SSH ལྡེ་མིག་ལག་རོགས" #: ../daemon/gnome-keyring-ssh.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "GNOME Keyring: SSH Agent" msgstr "GNOME ལྡེ་མིག་གནས：SSH ལག་རོགས" #: ../daemon/gpg-agent/gkd-gpg-agent-ops.c:106 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "མི་ཤེས་པ" #: ../daemon/gpg-agent/gkd-gpg-agent-ops.c:203 #, c-format msgid "PGP Key: %s" msgstr "PGP ལྡེ་མིག：%s" #: ../daemon/gpg-agent/gkd-gpg-agent-ops.c:350 #: ../daemon/gpg-agent/gkd-gpg-agent-ops.c:351 msgid "Enter Passphrase" msgstr "གསང་གྲངས་འཇུག་དགོས" #: ../daemon/gpg-agent/gkd-gpg-agent-ops.c:355 #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:603 #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:631 #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:646 #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:722 #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:768 #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:800 msgid "Unlock" msgstr "ཟྭ་ཕྱེ་བ" #: ../daemon/gpg-agent/gkd-gpg-agent-ops.c:384 msgid "Automatically unlock this key, whenever I'm logged in" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: This is the display label for the login keyring #: ../daemon/login/gkd-login.c:145 msgid "Login" msgstr "ནང་འཛུལ" #: ../egg/dotlock.c:668 #, c-format msgid "failed to create temporary file `%s': %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../egg/dotlock.c:718 #, c-format msgid "error writing to `%s': %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../egg/dotlock.c:782 #, c-format msgid "can't create `%s': %s\n" msgstr "" #. Note: It is unlikley that we get a race here unless a pid is #. reused too fast or a new process with the same pid as the one #. of the stale file tries to lock right at the same time as we. #: ../egg/dotlock.c:1048 #, c-format msgid "removing stale lockfile (created by %d)\n" msgstr "" #: ../egg/dotlock.c:1084 #, c-format msgid "waiting for lock (held by %d%s) %s...\n" msgstr "" #: ../egg/dotlock.c:1085 msgid "(deadlock?) " msgstr "" #: ../egg/dotlock.c:1124 #, c-format msgid "lock `%s' not made: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../egg/dotlock.c:1150 #, c-format msgid "waiting for lock %s...\n" msgstr "" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:41 msgid "Domain Component" msgstr "ཁོངས་ཀྱི་ལྷུ་ལག" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:43 msgid "User ID" msgstr "སྤྱོད་མཁན ID" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:46 msgid "Email Address" msgstr "" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:54 msgid "Date of Birth" msgstr "སྐྱེས་སྐར" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:56 msgid "Place of Birth" msgstr "སྐྱེ་ཡུལ" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:58 msgid "Gender" msgstr "ཕོ་མོ" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:60 msgid "Country of Citizenship" msgstr "རྒྱལ་ཁབ" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:62 msgid "Country of Residence" msgstr "བཅའ་སྡོད་ཀྱི་རྒྱལ་ཁབ" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:65 msgid "Common Name" msgstr "རྒྱུན་སྤྱོད་མིང" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:67 msgid "Surname" msgstr "རུས" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:69 msgid "Serial Number" msgstr "ཁྱད་རྟགས་ཨང་ཀི" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:71 msgid "Country" msgstr "རྒྱལ་ཁབ" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:73 msgid "Locality" msgstr "ས་ཁུལ" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:75 msgid "State" msgstr "ཁུལ་/ཞིང་ཆེན" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:77 msgid "Street" msgstr "ལམ" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:79 msgid "Organization" msgstr "ལས་ཁུང" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:81 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "ལས་ཁུང་གི་ཚན་ཁག" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:83 msgid "Title" msgstr "ཐོབ་ཐང" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:85 msgid "Telephone Number" msgstr "ཁ་པར་ཨར་གྲངས" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:87 msgid "Given Name" msgstr "མིང" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:89 msgid "Initials" msgstr "ཡི་གེ" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:91 msgid "Generation Qualifier" msgstr "པར་གཞི་སྤུས་ཚད་དག་བཤེར་ཆས" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:93 msgid "DN Qualifier" msgstr "DN དག་བཤེར་ཆས" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:95 msgid "Pseudonym" msgstr "སྨྱུག་མིང" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:98 msgid "RSA" msgstr "RSA" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:99 msgid "MD2 with RSA" msgstr "RSAདང་MD2མཉམ་དུ" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:100 msgid "MD5 with RSA" msgstr "RSAདང་MD5མཉམ་དུ" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:101 msgid "SHA1 with RSA" msgstr "SHA1 དང་RSAམཉམ་དུ" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:103 msgid "DSA" msgstr "DSA" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:104 msgid "SHA1 with DSA" msgstr "DSA དང་SHA1མཉམ་དུ" #. Extended Key Usages #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:107 msgid "Server Authentication" msgstr "" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:108 msgid "Client Authentication" msgstr "" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:109 msgid "Code Signing" msgstr "" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:110 msgid "Email Protection" msgstr "" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:111 msgid "Time Stamping" msgstr "" #: ../egg/egg-spawn.c:273 #, c-format msgid "Unexpected error in select() reading data from a child process (%s)" msgstr "" "select() " "ནང་ཡན་ལག་གི་རྒྱུད་རིམ་གི་གྲངས་རྒྱུན་ཀློག་འཇུག་སྐབས་རྒྱུན་ལྡན་མིན་པའི་ནོར་འཁྲུ" "ལ་བྱུང་འདུག(%s)" #: ../egg/egg-spawn.c:320 #, c-format msgid "Unexpected error in waitpid() (%s)" msgstr "waitpid() ནང་རྒྱུན་ལྡན་མིན་པའི་ནོར་འཁྲུལ་བྱུང་འདུག(%s)" #: ../pkcs11/gkm/gkm-certificate.c:581 msgid "Unnamed Certificate" msgstr "མིང་མེད་པའི་དཔང་ཡིག" #: ../pkcs11/ssh-store/gkm-ssh-private-key.c:342 msgid "Couldn't parse public SSH key" msgstr "སྤྱི་སྤྱོདSSH ་ལྡེ་མིག་དབྱེ་འབྱེད་མི་ཐུབ་པ" #. Get the label ready #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-login.c:346 #, c-format msgid "Unlock password for: %s" msgstr "བྱ་རིམ་འདིའི་སྒོ་འབྱེད་གསང་གྲངས %s" #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:591 msgid "Unlock Login Keyring" msgstr "ནང་འཛུལ་སྒོ་འབྱེད་ལྡེ་མིག" #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:593 msgid "Enter password to unlock your login keyring" msgstr "གསང་གྲངས་ཡིག་འཇུག་བྱས་ནས་ཁྱོད་ཀྱི་སྒོ་འབྱེད་ལྡེ་མིག་གནས་ཕྱེ་བ" #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:597 msgid "" "The password you use to log in to your computer no longer matches that of " "your login keyring." msgstr "" "ཁྱོད་ཀྱིས་ནང་འཛུལ་བྱེད་པར་སྤྱོད་པའི་གསང་གྲངས་དང་ནང་འཛུལ་ལྡེ་མིག་གནས་མི་མཚུངས་" "པ" #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:599 msgid "" "The login keyring did not get unlocked when you logged into your computer." msgstr "" "ཁྱེད་རང་རྩིས་འཁོར་ཐོག་ནང་འཛུལ་བྱེད་དུས་ནང་འཛུལ་ལྡེ་མིག་གནས་སྒོ་འབྱེད་མེད་པ" #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:617 msgid "Unlock Keyring" msgstr "ལྡེ་མིག་གནས་ཟྭ་ཕྱེ་བ" #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:619 #, c-format msgid "Enter password for keyring '%s' to unlock" msgstr "ལྡེ་མིག་གནས་%sལ་གསང་གྲངས་འཇུག་ནས་སྒོ་འབྱེད་པ" #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:623 #, c-format msgid "An application wants access to the keyring '%s', but it is locked" msgstr "" "ཉེར་སྤྱོད་ཞིག་གིས་ལྡེ་མིག་གནས་%s ལ་འདྲི་ཞིབ་བྱེད་འདོད་པ། " "ཡིན་ཡང་དེ་ཟྭ་བརྒྱབ་འདུག" #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:629 msgid "Automatically unlock this keyring whenever I'm logged in" msgstr "ང་ནང་འཛུལ་སྐབས་རང་འགུལ་གྱིས་ལྡེ་མིག་གནས་འདི་ཕྱེ་བ" #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:640 msgid "Unlock private key" msgstr "སྒེར་གྱི་ལྡེ་མིག་ཟྭ་ཕྱེ་བ" #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:642 msgid "Unlock certificate" msgstr "དཔང་ཡིག་ཟྭ་ཕྱེ་བ" #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:644 msgid "Unlock public key" msgstr "སྤྱིའི་ལྡེ་མིག་ཟྭ་ཕྱེ་བ" #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:655 msgid "Enter password to unlock the private key" msgstr "གསང་གྲངས་ཡིག་འཇུག་བྱས་ནས་སྒེར་གྱིལྡེ་མིག་གི་སྒོ་ཕྱེ་བ" #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:657 msgid "Enter password to unlock the certificate" msgstr "གསང་གྲངས་ཡིག་འཇུག་བྱས་ནས་དཔང་ཡིག་ཁ་ཕྱེ་བ" #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:659 msgid "Enter password to unlock the public key" msgstr "གསང་གྲངས་ཡིག་འཇུག་བྱས་ནས་སྤྱིའི་ལྡེ་མིག་སྒོ་ཕྱེ་བ" #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:661 msgid "Enter password to unlock" msgstr "གསང་གྲངས་ཡིག་འཇུག་བྱས་ནས་སྒོ་ཕྱེ་བ" #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:671 msgid "Automatically unlock this key whenever I'm logged in" msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:673 msgid "Automatically unlock this certificate whenever I'm logged in" msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:675 #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:797 #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:1141 #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:1289 msgid "Automatically unlock whenever I'm logged in" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: The private key is locked #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:686 #, c-format msgid "An application wants access to the private key '%s', but it is locked" msgstr "" "ཉེར་སྤྱོད་བྱ་རིམ་ཞིག་གིས་སྒེར་གྱི་ལྡེ་མིག་%sལ་འདྲི་ཞིབ་བྱེད་འདོད་འདུག " "ཡིན་ཡང་དེ་ཟྭ་བརྒྱབ་འདུག" #. TRANSLATORS: The certificate is locked #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:689 #, c-format msgid "An application wants access to the certificate '%s', but it is locked" msgstr "" "ཉེར་སྤྱོད་བྱ་རིམ་ཞིག་གིས་དཔང་ཡིག་%s ལ་འདྲི་ཞིབ་བྱེད་འདོད་འདུག " "ཡིན་ཡང་དེ་ཟྭ་བརྒྱབ་འདུག" #. TRANSLATORS: The public key is locked #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:692 #, c-format msgid "An application wants access to the public key '%s', but it is locked" msgstr "" "ཉེར་སྤྱོད་བྱ་རིམ་ཞིག་གིས་སྤྱིའི་ལྡེ་མིག་%sལ་འདྲི་ཞིབ་བྱེད་འདོད་འདུག " "ཡིན་ཡང་དེ་ཟྭ་བརྒྱབ་འདུག" #. TRANSLATORS: The object '%s' is locked #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:695 #, c-format msgid "An application wants access to '%s', but it is locked" msgstr "" "བྱ་རིམ་ཞིག་གིས་'%s'ལ་འདྲི་ཞིབ་བྱེད་འདོད་འདུག ཡིན་ཡང་དེ་དག་ཟྭ་བརྒྱབ་འདུག" #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:766 msgid "The unlock password was incorrect" msgstr "སྒོ་འབྱེད་གསང་གྲངས་མི་འགྲིག་པ" #. Build up the prompt #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:787 msgid "Unlock certificate/key storage" msgstr "དཔང་ཡིག/ལྡེ་མིག་གསོག་ཉར་གནས་སྒོ་ཕྱེ་བ" #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:788 msgid "Enter password to unlock the certificate/key storage" msgstr "" "གསང་གྲངས་ཡིག་འཇུག་བྱས་ནས་ཟྭ་བརྒྱབས་པའི་དཔང་ཡིག/ལྡེ་མིག་གསོག་གནས་སྒོ་ཕྱེ་བ" #. TRANSLATORS: The storage is locked, and needs unlocking before the application can use it. #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:791 #, c-format msgid "" "An application wants access to the certificate/key storage '%s', but it is " "locked" msgstr "" "ཉེར་སྤྱོད་བྱ་རིམ་ཞིག་གིས་དཔང་ཡིག/ལྡེ་མིག་གསོག་ཉར་གནས་%sལ་འདྲི་ཞིབ་བྱེད་འདོད་པ" " ཡིན་ན་ཡང་དེ་དག་ཟྭ་བརྒྱབ་འདུག" #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:1132 msgid "New Password Required" msgstr "གསང་གྲངས་གསར་བ་ཞིག་དགོས་པ" #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:1133 msgid "New password required for secure storage" msgstr "གསང་གྲངས་གསར་བ་ཞིག་གིས་བདེ་འཇགས་གསོག་གནས་སྲུང་སྐྱོབ་བྱེད་དགོས་པ" #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:1135 #, c-format msgid "" "In order to prepare '%s' for storage of certificates or keys, a password is " "required" msgstr "" "དཔང་ཡིག་གམ་ལྡེ་མིག་ཉར་ཚགས་བྱེད་པར་ %s " "གྲ་སྒྲིག་བྱེད་དགོས་པས་གསང་གྲངས་གསར་པ་ཞིག་ངེས་པར་དུ་དགོས་པ" #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:1249 #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:1280 msgid "Change Password" msgstr "གསང་གྲངས་བརྗེ་བཟོ" #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:1250 msgid "Original password for secure storage" msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:1252 #, c-format msgid "To change the password for '%s', the original password is required" msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:1281 msgid "Change password for secure storage" msgstr "གསོག་གནས་ཀྱི་བདེ་འཇགས་ཆེད་གསང་གྲངས་བརྗེ་བཟོ་བྱེད་པ" #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:1283 #, c-format msgid "Type a new password for '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../tool/gkr-tool.c:102 #, c-format msgid "usage: gnome-keyring command [options]\n" msgstr "" #: ../tool/gkr-tool.c:104 msgid "commands: " msgstr "" #. Translators: keep same length as translated message "commands: " #: ../tool/gkr-tool.c:108 msgid " " msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-bo-base/data/bo/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-menus-3.0.po0000644000000000000000000002253112321561026021243 0ustar # Tibetan translation for gnome-menus # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-menus package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-menus\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-17 06:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-18 08:11+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Launchpad Translations Administrators \n" "Language-Team: Tibetan \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:14+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../desktop-directories/AudioVideo.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Sound & Video" msgstr "སྒྲ་དང་བརྙན་རིས" #: ../desktop-directories/AudioVideo.directory.in.h:2 msgid "Multimedia menu" msgstr "སྒྲ་བརྙན་འདེམས་ཐོ" #: ../desktop-directories/Development.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Programming" msgstr "བྱ་རིམ་སྒྲིག་བཟོ" #: ../desktop-directories/Development.directory.in.h:2 msgid "Tools for software development" msgstr "མཉེན་ཆས་གསར་སྤེལ་གྱི་ལག་ཆ" #: ../desktop-directories/Education.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Education" msgstr "སློབ་གསོ" #: ../desktop-directories/Game.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Games" msgstr "རྩེད་རིགས" #: ../desktop-directories/Game.directory.in.h:2 msgid "Games and amusements" msgstr "རྩེད་རིགས་དང་སྤྲོ་སྐྱིད" #: ../desktop-directories/Graphics.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Graphics" msgstr "རི་མོ" #: ../desktop-directories/Graphics.directory.in.h:2 msgid "Graphics applications" msgstr "རི་མོའི་ཉེར་སྤྱོད" #: ../desktop-directories/Network.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Internet" msgstr "དྲ་རྒྱ" #: ../desktop-directories/Network.directory.in.h:2 msgid "Programs for Internet access such as web and email" msgstr "དྲ་བ་དང་ཡིག་ཟམ་ལྟ་བའི་དྲ་རྒྱ་སྤྱོད་པའི་བྱ་རིམ" #: ../desktop-directories/Office.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Office" msgstr "གཞུང་དོན" #: ../desktop-directories/Office.directory.in.h:2 msgid "Office Applications" msgstr "གཞུང་དོན་ཉེར་སྤྱོད" #: ../desktop-directories/System-Tools.directory.in.h:1 msgid "System Tools" msgstr "མ་ལག་ལག་ཆ" #: ../desktop-directories/System-Tools.directory.in.h:2 msgid "System configuration and monitoring" msgstr "མ་ལག་སྒྲིག་བཟོ་དང་ལྟ་རྟོག།" #: ../desktop-directories/Utility-Accessibility.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Universal Access" msgstr "ཁྱོན་ཡོངས་འཛུལ་སྤྱོད" #: ../desktop-directories/Utility-Accessibility.directory.in.h:2 msgid "Universal Access Settings" msgstr "ཁྱོན་ཡོངས་འཛུལ་སྤྱོད་སྒྲིག་སྟངས" #: ../desktop-directories/Utility.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Accessories" msgstr "ཡན་ལག་མཁོ་ཆས" #: ../desktop-directories/Utility.directory.in.h:2 msgid "Desktop accessories" msgstr "མདུན་ངོས་ཡན་ལག་མཁོ་ཆས།" #: ../desktop-directories/X-GNOME-Menu-Applications.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Applications" msgstr "ཉེར་སྤྱོད" #: ../desktop-directories/X-GNOME-Other.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Other" msgstr "གཞན་པ" #: ../desktop-directories/X-GNOME-Other.directory.in.h:2 msgid "Applications that did not fit in other categories" msgstr "དབྱེ་བའི་རིགས་ནང་མ་གཏོགས་པའི་ཉེར་སྤྱོད" #: ../desktop-directories/X-GNOME-Sundry.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Sundry" msgstr "" #: ../desktop-directories/X-GNOME-Utilities.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Utilities" msgstr "" #: ../desktop-directories/X-GNOME-Utilities.directory.in.h:2 msgid "Small but useful GNOME tools" msgstr "" #: ../desktop-directories/X-GNOME-WebApplications.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Web Applications" msgstr "" #: ../desktop-directories/X-GNOME-WebApplications.directory.in.h:2 msgid "Applications and sites saved from Web" msgstr "" #: ../debian/desktop-files/ActionGames.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Action" msgstr "རྩལ་རྩེད" #: ../debian/desktop-files/ActionGames.directory.in.h:2 msgid "Action games" msgstr "རྩལ་རྩེད་རིགས" #: ../debian/desktop-files/AdventureGames.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Adventure" msgstr "ཉེན་མཆོང་རིགས" #: ../debian/desktop-files/AdventureGames.directory.in.h:2 msgid "Adventure style games" msgstr "ཉེན་མཆོང་རིགས་ཀྱི་རྩེད་རིགས" #: ../debian/desktop-files/ArcadeGames.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Arcade" msgstr "Arcade" #: ../debian/desktop-files/ArcadeGames.directory.in.h:2 msgid "Arcade style games" msgstr "Arcade་རིགས་ཀྱི་རྩེད་རིགས" #: ../debian/desktop-files/BlocksGames.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Falling blocks" msgstr "སྒམ་བརྩེགས" #: ../debian/desktop-files/BlocksGames.directory.in.h:2 msgid "Falling blocks games" msgstr "སྒམ་བརྩེགས་རྩེད་རིགས" #: ../debian/desktop-files/BoardGames.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Board" msgstr "པང་ལེབ" #: ../debian/desktop-files/BoardGames.directory.in.h:2 msgid "Board games" msgstr "པང་ལེབ་རྩེད་རིགས" #: ../debian/desktop-files/CardGames.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Cards" msgstr "ཤོག་བག" #: ../debian/desktop-files/CardGames.directory.in.h:2 msgid "Card games" msgstr "ཤོག་བག་རྩེད་རིགས" #: ../debian/desktop-files/Debian.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Debian" msgstr "Debian" #: ../debian/desktop-files/Debian.directory.in.h:2 msgid "The Debian menu" msgstr "Debian་གྱི་འདེམས་ངོས" #: ../debian/desktop-files/GnomeScience.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Science" msgstr "ཚན་རིག" #: ../debian/desktop-files/GnomeScience.directory.in.h:2 msgid "Scientific applications" msgstr "ཚན་རྩལ་འབྲེལ་བའི་ཉེར་སྤྱོད" #: ../debian/desktop-files/KidsGames.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Kids" msgstr "བྱིས་པ" #: ../debian/desktop-files/KidsGames.directory.in.h:2 msgid "Games for kids" msgstr "བྱིས་པའི་རྩེ་མོ" #: ../debian/desktop-files/LogicGames.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Logic" msgstr "ཚན་མ" #: ../debian/desktop-files/LogicGames.directory.in.h:2 msgid "Logic and puzzle games" msgstr "ཚན་མ་དང་གབ་ཚིག་གི་རྩེད་རིགས" #: ../debian/desktop-files/RolePlayingGames.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Role playing" msgstr "འཁྲབ་སྟོན" #: ../debian/desktop-files/RolePlayingGames.directory.in.h:2 msgid "Role playing games" msgstr "འཁྲབ་སྟོན་གྱི་རྩེད་མོ" #: ../debian/desktop-files/Settings-System.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Administration" msgstr "བདག་སྐྱོང་" #: ../debian/desktop-files/Settings-System.directory.in.h:2 msgid "Change system-wide settings (affects all users)" msgstr "མ་ལག་ཡོངས་ཀྱི་སྒྲིག་འཛུགས་བཟོ་བཅོས(སྤྱོད་མཁན་ཡོད་ཚད་ལ་ཐེ་གཏོགས་ཡོད)" #: ../debian/desktop-files/Settings.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Preferences" msgstr "རང་མོས་སྒྲིག་འགོད" #: ../debian/desktop-files/Settings.directory.in.h:2 msgid "Personal preferences" msgstr "སོ་སོའི་རང་མོས་སྒྲིག་འགོད" #: ../debian/desktop-files/SimulationGames.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Simulation" msgstr "འདྲ་བཟོ" #: ../debian/desktop-files/SimulationGames.directory.in.h:2 msgid "Simulation games" msgstr "འདྲ་བཟོའི་རྩེད་རིགས" #: ../debian/desktop-files/SportsGames.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Sports" msgstr "ལུས་རྩལ" #: ../debian/desktop-files/SportsGames.directory.in.h:2 msgid "Sports games" msgstr "ལུས་རྩལ་གྱི་རྩེད་རིགས" #: ../debian/desktop-files/StrategyGames.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Strategy" msgstr "ཐབས་ཤེས" #: ../debian/desktop-files/StrategyGames.directory.in.h:2 msgid "Strategy games" msgstr "ཐབས་ཤེས་ཀྱི་རྩེད་རིགས" #: ../desktop-directories/Hardware.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Hardware" msgstr "སྲ་ཆས་" #: ../desktop-directories/Hardware.directory.in.h:2 msgid "Settings for several hardware devices" msgstr "སྲ་ཆས་ཁ་ཤས་ཀྱི་སྒྲིག་འཛུགས" #. Translators: this is Personal as in "Personal settings" #: ../desktop-directories/Personal.directory.in.h:2 msgid "Personal" msgstr "རང་སྒེར" #: ../desktop-directories/Personal.directory.in.h:3 msgid "Personal settings" msgstr "རང་སྒེར་སྒྲིག་འཛུགས" #: ../desktop-directories/System.directory.in.h:1 msgid "System" msgstr "མ་ལག" #: ../desktop-directories/System.directory.in.h:2 msgid "System settings" msgstr "མ་ལག་སྒྲིག་སྟངས" language-pack-gnome-bo-base/data/bo/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-system-monitor.po0000644000000000000000000011726412321561027022640 0ustar # Tibetan translation for gnome-system-monitor # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-system-monitor package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-system-monitor\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 18:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-19 01:08+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Launchpad Translations Administrators \n" "Language-Team: Tibetan \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:18+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../gnome-system-monitor.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../data/interface.ui.h:1 #: ../src/callbacks.cpp:184 ../src/procman-app.cpp:360 msgid "System Monitor" msgstr "མ་ལག་ལྟ་རྟོགས་པ" #: ../gnome-system-monitor.desktop.in.in.h:2 #: ../gnome-system-monitor-kde.desktop.in.in.h:2 ../src/callbacks.cpp:185 msgid "View current processes and monitor system state" msgstr "ད་ལྟའི་བརྒྱུད་རིམ་དང་མ་ལག་གི་གནས་སྟངས་ཀློག་པ" #: ../gnome-system-monitor.desktop.in.in.h:3 #: ../gnome-system-monitor-kde.desktop.in.in.h:3 msgid "Monitor;System;Process;CPU;Memory;Network;History;Usage;" msgstr "" #: ../gnome-system-monitor-kde.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "GNOME System Monitor" msgstr "" #: ../org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.policy.in.in.h:1 msgid "Kill process" msgstr "" #: ../org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.policy.in.in.h:2 msgid "Privileges are required to kill process" msgstr "" #: ../org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.policy.in.in.h:3 msgid "Renice process" msgstr "" #: ../org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.policy.in.in.h:4 msgid "Privileges are required to renice process" msgstr "" #: ../data/interface.ui.h:2 msgid "View" msgstr "" #: ../data/interface.ui.h:3 msgid "End _Process" msgstr "བརྒྱུད་རིམ་མཇུག་རྫོགས(_P)" #: ../data/interface.ui.h:4 ../data/preferences.ui.h:9 msgid "Processes" msgstr "བརྒྱུད་རིམ" #: ../data/interface.ui.h:5 msgid "CPU History" msgstr "CPU ཟིན་ཐོ" #: ../data/interface.ui.h:6 msgid "Memory and Swap History" msgstr "ཡིད་འཛིན་དང་བརྗེ་རེས་ཀྱི་ཟིན་ཐོ" #: ../data/interface.ui.h:7 ../src/interface.cpp:249 #: ../src/procproperties.cpp:133 ../src/proctable.cpp:211 msgid "Memory" msgstr "ཡིད་འཛིན" #: ../data/interface.ui.h:8 ../src/interface.cpp:261 msgid "Swap" msgstr "བརྗེ་རེས" #: ../data/interface.ui.h:9 msgid "Network History" msgstr "དྲ་བ་ཟིན་ཐོ" #: ../data/interface.ui.h:10 ../src/interface.cpp:288 msgid "Receiving" msgstr "འབྱོར་བཞིན་པ" #: ../data/interface.ui.h:11 msgid "Total Received" msgstr "ཁྱོན་ཡོངས་ཐོབ་ཟིན་པ" #: ../data/interface.ui.h:12 msgid "Sent" msgstr "" #: ../data/interface.ui.h:13 msgid "Total Sent" msgstr "སྐྱེལ་ཟིན་པ་ཡོངས" #: ../data/interface.ui.h:14 ../data/preferences.ui.h:13 msgid "Resources" msgstr "གཏེར་མཛོད" #: ../data/interface.ui.h:15 ../data/preferences.ui.h:16 msgid "File Systems" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆའི་མ་ལག" #: ../data/lsof.ui.h:1 msgctxt "Window title for 'Search for Open Files' dialog" msgid "Search for Open Files" msgstr "" #: ../data/lsof.ui.h:2 msgid "_Name contains:" msgstr "མིང་ནང་དུ་ཚུད་པ(_N)：" #: ../data/lsof.ui.h:3 msgid "Case insensitive matching" msgstr "ཡི་གེ་ཆེ་ཆུང་དབྱེ་བ་" #: ../data/lsof.ui.h:4 msgid "C_lear" msgstr "" #: ../data/lsof.ui.h:5 msgid "S_earch results:" msgstr "འཚོལ་བཤེར་འཇུག་འབྲས(_E)：" #: ../data/menus.ui.h:1 msgctxt "Menu item to Open 'Search for Open Files' dialog" msgid "Search for Open Files" msgstr "" #: ../data/menus.ui.h:2 msgid "Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../data/menus.ui.h:3 msgid "Help" msgstr "" #: ../data/menus.ui.h:4 msgid "About" msgstr "" #: ../data/menus.ui.h:5 msgid "Quit" msgstr "" #: ../data/openfiles.ui.h:1 msgid "Open Files" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་ཁ་ཕྱེ" #: ../data/preferences.ui.h:1 msgid "System Monitor Preferences" msgstr "མ་ལག་དོ་དམ་ཆས་རང་མོས་སྒྲིག་འགོད་ངོས" #: ../data/preferences.ui.h:2 msgid "Behavior" msgstr "བྱ་སྤྱོད" #: ../data/preferences.ui.h:3 msgid "_Update interval in seconds:" msgstr "སྐར་ཆ་ཁ་ཤས་ནང་བར་གསང་སགར་སྒྱུར་བྱེད(_U)：" #: ../data/preferences.ui.h:4 msgid "Enable _smooth refresh" msgstr "མཉམ་ཤུད་གསར་འདོན་འགོ་འཛུགས(_S)" #: ../data/preferences.ui.h:5 msgid "Alert before ending or _killing processes" msgstr "བརྒྱུད་རིམ་སྔོན་གྱི་ཉེན་བརྡ་མཇུག་རྫོགས་པའམ་མེད་པར་བཟོས་པ(_K)" #: ../data/preferences.ui.h:6 msgid "_Divide CPU usage by CPU count" msgstr "" #: ../data/preferences.ui.h:7 msgid "Information Fields" msgstr "གནས་ཚུལ་གྲོང" #: ../data/preferences.ui.h:8 msgid "Process i_nformation shown in list:" msgstr "རེའུ་མིག་འདིའི་ནང་དུ་མངོན་འཆར་བྱས་པའི་བརྒྱུད་རིམ་གནས་ཚུལ(_N)：" #: ../data/preferences.ui.h:10 msgid "Graphs" msgstr "པར་རིས" #: ../data/preferences.ui.h:11 msgid "_Show network speed in bits" msgstr "" #: ../data/preferences.ui.h:12 msgid "_Draw CPU chart as stacked area chart" msgstr "" #: ../data/preferences.ui.h:14 msgid "Show _all file systems" msgstr "" #: ../data/preferences.ui.h:15 msgid "File system i_nformation shown in list:" msgstr "རེའུ་མིག་ནང་ཡིག་ཆའི་མ་ལག་གི་གནས་ཚུལ་མངོན་འཆར(_n)：" #: ../data/renice.ui.h:1 msgid "Change _Priority" msgstr "གོ་རིམ་སྒྱུར་བ(_P)" #: ../data/renice.ui.h:2 msgid "_Nice value:" msgstr "བཟང་པོའི་ཐོབ་གྲངས_N：" #: ../data/renice.ui.h:3 msgid "" "Note: The priority of a process is given by its nice value. " "A lower nice value corresponds to a higher priority." msgstr "" #: ../src/argv.cpp:20 msgid "Show the Processes tab" msgstr "" #: ../src/argv.cpp:25 msgid "Show the Resources tab" msgstr "" #: ../src/argv.cpp:30 msgid "Show the File Systems tab" msgstr "" #: ../src/callbacks.cpp:195 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Tennom https://launchpad.net/~tennomyathog" #: ../src/disks.cpp:304 ../src/memmaps.cpp:361 msgid "Device" msgstr "སྒྲིག་ཆས" #: ../src/disks.cpp:305 msgid "Directory" msgstr "འཇུག་སྣོད་" #: ../src/disks.cpp:306 ../src/gsm_color_button.c:223 ../src/openfiles.cpp:252 msgid "Type" msgstr "དབྱེ་རིགས" #: ../src/disks.cpp:307 msgid "Total" msgstr "ཁྱོན་བསྡོམས" #: ../src/disks.cpp:308 msgid "Free" msgstr "ཁོམ་པ" #: ../src/disks.cpp:309 msgid "Available" msgstr "མཁོ་སྤྱོད་རུང་བ" #: ../src/disks.cpp:310 msgid "Used" msgstr "སྤྱད་ཚར་བ" #. xgettext: ? stands for unknown #: ../src/e_date.c:155 msgid "?" msgstr "?" #: ../src/e_date.c:162 msgid "Today %l:%M %p" msgstr "དེ་རིང་%l:%M %p" #: ../src/e_date.c:171 msgid "Yesterday %l:%M %p" msgstr "ཁ་སངས་ %l:%M %p" #: ../src/e_date.c:183 msgid "%a %l:%M %p" msgstr "%a %l:%M %p" #: ../src/e_date.c:191 msgid "%b %d %l:%M %p" msgstr "%b %d %l:%M %p" #: ../src/e_date.c:193 msgid "%b %d %Y" msgstr "%Y %b %d" #: ../src/gsm_color_button.c:199 msgid "Fraction" msgstr "ཆ་གྲངས" #. TRANSLATORS: description of the pie color picker's (mem, swap) filled percentage property #: ../src/gsm_color_button.c:201 msgid "Percentage full for pie color pickers" msgstr "" #: ../src/gsm_color_button.c:208 msgid "Title" msgstr "ཁ་བྱང་།" #: ../src/gsm_color_button.c:209 msgid "The title of the color selection dialog" msgstr "ཁ་དོག་འདེམས་ངོས་གླེང་སྒྲོམ་གྱི་ཁ་བྱང་།" #: ../src/gsm_color_button.c:210 ../src/gsm_color_button.c:628 msgid "Pick a Color" msgstr "ཚོས་གཞི་གདམ་པ" #: ../src/gsm_color_button.c:216 msgid "Current Color" msgstr "དང་ཐོག་གི་ཚོས་གཞི" #: ../src/gsm_color_button.c:217 msgid "The selected color" msgstr "བདམས་་ཟིན་པའི་ཁ་དོག" #: ../src/gsm_color_button.c:224 msgid "Type of color picker" msgstr "ཚོས་གཞི་གདམ་བྱེད་ཀྱི་རིགས" #: ../src/gsm_color_button.c:550 msgid "Received invalid color data\n" msgstr "ཕན་ནུས་མེད་པའི་ཚོས་གཞིའི་གྲངས་ཐོབ་\n" #: ../src/gsm_color_button.c:651 msgid "Click to set graph colors" msgstr "གནོན་རྡེབ་བྱས་ནས་གཟུགས་རིས་ཁ་དོག་འཐུ་བ" #: ../src/interface.cpp:47 msgid "_View" msgstr "ལྟ་ཀློག(_V)" #: ../src/interface.cpp:49 msgid "_Stop Process" msgstr "བརྒྱུད་རིམ་མཚམས་བཞག(_S)" #: ../src/interface.cpp:50 msgid "Stop process" msgstr "བརྒྱུད་རིམ་མཚམས་བཞག" #: ../src/interface.cpp:51 msgid "_Continue Process" msgstr "བརྒྱུད་རིམ་མུ་མཐུད(_C)" #: ../src/interface.cpp:52 msgid "Continue process if stopped" msgstr "གལ་སྲིད་བརྒྱུད་རིམ་མཚམས་བཞག་ཟིན་ན་མུ་མཐུད་པ" #: ../src/interface.cpp:54 ../src/procdialogs.cpp:92 msgid "_End Process" msgstr "བརྒྱུད་རིམ་མཇུག་རྫོགས(_E)" #: ../src/interface.cpp:55 msgid "Force process to finish normally" msgstr "ཨུ་ཚུགས་ཀྱིས་བརྒྱུད་རིམ་ཞིག་རྒྱུན་ལྡན་ངང་མཚམས་འཇོག" #: ../src/interface.cpp:56 ../src/procdialogs.cpp:81 msgid "_Kill Process" msgstr "བརྒྱུད་རིམ་བསུབ་པ(_K)" #: ../src/interface.cpp:57 msgid "Force process to finish immediately" msgstr "ཨུ་ཚུགས་ཀྱིས་བརྒྱུད་རིམ་ཞིག་དེ་འཕྲལ་མཚམས་བཞག" #: ../src/interface.cpp:58 msgid "_Change Priority" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:59 msgid "Change the order of priority of process" msgstr "བརྒྱུད་རིམ་གྱི་གོ་རིམ་བཟོ་བཅོས" #: ../src/interface.cpp:61 msgid "_Refresh" msgstr "གསར་འདོན(_R)" #: ../src/interface.cpp:62 msgid "Refresh the process list" msgstr "བརྒྱུད་རིམ་ཐོ་འགོད་གསར་འདོན" #: ../src/interface.cpp:64 msgid "_Memory Maps" msgstr "ཡིད་འཛིན་ས་ཁྲ(_M)" #: ../src/interface.cpp:65 msgid "Open the memory maps associated with a process" msgstr "བརྒྱུད་རིམ་དང་སྦྲེལ་བའི་ཡིད་འཛིན་ས་ཁྲ་ཁ་ཕྱེ" #. Translators: this means 'Files that are open' (open is no verb here) #: ../src/interface.cpp:67 msgid "Open _Files" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་ཁ་ཕྱེ(_F)" #: ../src/interface.cpp:68 msgid "View the files opened by a process" msgstr "བརྒྱུད་རིམ་ཞིག་ཁ་ཕྱེས་པའི་ཡིག་ཆ་རྣམས་ལྟ་ཀློག" #: ../src/interface.cpp:69 msgid "_Properties" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:70 msgid "View additional information about a process" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:75 msgid "_Dependencies" msgstr "འཁོར་འབངས(_D)" #: ../src/interface.cpp:76 msgid "Show parent/child relationship between processes" msgstr "བརྒྱུད་རིམ་བར་གྱི་ཡན་ལག་འབྲེལ་བ་མངོན་འཆར" #: ../src/interface.cpp:83 msgid "_Active Processes" msgstr "འགུལ་སྐྱོད་བྱེད་བཞིན་པའི་བརྒྱུད་རིམ(_A)" #: ../src/interface.cpp:84 msgid "Show active processes" msgstr "འགུལ་སྐྱོད་བྱེད་བཞིན་པའི་བརྒྱུད་རིམ་མངོན་" #: ../src/interface.cpp:85 msgid "A_ll Processes" msgstr "བརྒྱུད་རིམ་ཡོངས་རྫོགས(_L)" #: ../src/interface.cpp:86 msgid "Show all processes" msgstr "བརྒྱུད་རིམ་ཡོངས་རྫོགས་ཤར་བ" #: ../src/interface.cpp:87 msgid "M_y Processes" msgstr "ངའི་བརྒྱུད་རིམ(_Y)" #: ../src/interface.cpp:88 msgid "Show only user-owned processes" msgstr "སྤྱོད་མཁན་ལ་གཏོགས་པའི་བརྒྱུད་རིམ་མངོན་པ" #: ../src/interface.cpp:93 ../src/util.cpp:217 msgid "Very High" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:94 msgid "Set process priority to very high" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:95 ../src/util.cpp:219 msgid "High" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:96 msgid "Set process priority to high" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:97 ../src/util.cpp:221 msgid "Normal" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:98 msgid "Set process priority to normal" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:99 ../src/util.cpp:223 msgid "Low" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:100 msgid "Set process priority to low" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:101 ../src/util.cpp:225 msgid "Very Low" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:102 msgid "Set process priority to very low" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:103 msgid "Custom" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:104 msgid "Set process priority manually" msgstr "" #. Translators: color picker title, %s is CPU, Memory, Swap, Receiving, Sending #: ../src/interface.cpp:178 #, c-format msgid "Pick a Color for '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:214 ../src/procproperties.cpp:139 msgid "CPU" msgstr "CPU" #: ../src/interface.cpp:216 #, c-format msgid "CPU%d" msgstr "CPU%d" #: ../src/interface.cpp:304 msgid "Sending" msgstr "སྐྱེལ་བཞིན་པ" #: ../src/load-graph.cpp:170 #, c-format msgid "%u second" msgid_plural "%u seconds" msgstr[0] "སྐར་ཆ%u" #: ../src/load-graph.cpp:379 msgid "not available" msgstr "" #. xgettext: 540MiB (53 %) of 1.0 GiB #: ../src/load-graph.cpp:382 #, c-format msgid "%s (%.1f%%) of %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/lsof.cpp:125 msgid "Error" msgstr "" #: ../src/lsof.cpp:126 #, c-format msgid "'%s' is not a valid Perl regular expression." msgstr "" #: ../src/lsof.cpp:272 msgid "Process" msgstr "བརྒྱུད་རིམ" #: ../src/lsof.cpp:284 msgid "PID" msgstr "བརྒྱུད་རིམ་ཚབས་གྲངས" #: ../src/lsof.cpp:294 ../src/memmaps.cpp:339 msgid "Filename" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆའི་མིང" #. xgettext: virtual memory start #: ../src/memmaps.cpp:341 msgid "VM Start" msgstr "VM འགོ་འཛུགས" #. xgettext: virtual memory end #: ../src/memmaps.cpp:343 msgid "VM End" msgstr "VM མཇུག་རྫོགས" #. xgettext: virtual memory syze #: ../src/memmaps.cpp:345 msgid "VM Size" msgstr "VM ཆེ་ཆུང" #: ../src/memmaps.cpp:346 msgid "Flags" msgstr "མཚོན་རྟགས" #. xgettext: virtual memory offset #: ../src/memmaps.cpp:348 msgid "VM Offset" msgstr "VM སྒྲིག་འཛུགས་བྱེས་མེད་པ" #. xgettext: memory that has not been modified since #. it has been allocated #: ../src/memmaps.cpp:351 msgid "Private clean" msgstr "རང་སྒེར་ཡིད་འཛིན་གཙང་མ" #. xgettext: memory that has been modified since it #. has been allocated #: ../src/memmaps.cpp:354 msgid "Private dirty" msgstr "རང་སྒེར་ཡིད་འཛིན་བཙོག་པ" #. xgettext: shared memory that has not been modified #. since it has been allocated #: ../src/memmaps.cpp:357 msgid "Shared clean" msgstr "མཉམ་སྤྱོད་ཡིད་འཛིན་གཙང་མ" #. xgettext: shared memory that has been modified #. since it has been allocated #: ../src/memmaps.cpp:360 msgid "Shared dirty" msgstr "མཉམ་སྤྱོད་ཡིད་འཛིན་བཙོག་པ" #: ../src/memmaps.cpp:362 msgid "Inode" msgstr "Inode" #: ../src/memmaps.cpp:467 msgid "Memory Maps" msgstr "ཡིད་འཛིན་ས་ཁྲ" #: ../src/memmaps.cpp:479 #, c-format msgid "_Memory maps for process \"%s\" (PID %u):" msgstr "བརྒྱུད་རིམ་%s”(PID %u)གི་ཡིད་འཛིན་ས་ཁྲ(_M)：" #: ../src/openfiles.cpp:38 msgid "file" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ" #: ../src/openfiles.cpp:40 msgid "pipe" msgstr "སྦུག་ལམ" #: ../src/openfiles.cpp:42 msgid "IPv6 network connection" msgstr "IPv6 དྲ་བ་སྦྲེལ་མཐུད" #: ../src/openfiles.cpp:44 msgid "IPv4 network connection" msgstr "IPv4 དྲ་བ་སྦྲེལ་མཐུད" #: ../src/openfiles.cpp:46 msgid "local socket" msgstr "ས་གནས་ཀྱི་རྒྱུད་འཛུགས་ཡི་གེ" #: ../src/openfiles.cpp:48 msgid "unknown type" msgstr "མི་ཤེས་པའི་དབྱེ་རིགས་" #. Translators: "FD" here means "File Descriptor". Please use #. a very short translation if possible, and at most #. 2-3 characters for it to be able to fit in the UI. #: ../src/openfiles.cpp:251 msgid "FD" msgstr "FD" #: ../src/openfiles.cpp:253 msgid "Object" msgstr "བྱ་ཡུལ" #: ../src/openfiles.cpp:347 #, c-format msgid "_Files opened by process \"%s\" (PID %u):" msgstr "བརྒྱུད་རིམ་%s”(PID %u)ཁ་ཕྱེའི་ཡིག་ཆ(_F)：" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Main Window width" msgstr "རྩ་བའི་སྒེའུ་ཁུང་གི་ཞེང་ཚད" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Main Window height" msgstr "རྩ་བའི་སྒེའུ་ཁུང་གི་མཐོ་ཚད" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Main Window should open maximized" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Main Window X position" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Main Window Y position" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "Show process dependencies in tree form" msgstr "བརྒྱུད་རིམ་གོ་རིམ་སྡོང་བོའི་གཟུགས་བཞིན་འཆར་བ" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Solaris mode for CPU percentage" msgstr "CPU་རྒྱ་ཆའི་ཚད་Solaris རྣམ་པ" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "" "If TRUE, system-monitor operates in 'Solaris mode' where a task's CPU usage " "is divided by the total number of CPUs. Otherwise, it operates in 'Irix " "mode'." msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Show CPU chart as stacked area chart" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "" "If TRUE, system-monitor shows the CPU chart as a stacked area chart instead " "of a line chart." msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Enable/Disable smooth refresh" msgstr "ཁོད་སྙོམས་པོའི་གསར་འདོན་ནུས་ལྡན་ནམ་ནུས་མེད་བསྒྱུར་བ" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Show warning dialog when killing processes" msgstr "བརྒྱུད་རིམ་འདོར་བ་དང་ཉེན་ཟོན་གླེང་སྒྲོམ་འཆར་པ" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Time in milliseconds between updates of the process view" msgstr "བརྒྱུད་རིམ་ལྟ་ཀློག་གི་གསར་སྒྱུར་དུས་ཚོད" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Time in milliseconds between updates of the graphs" msgstr "པར་རིས་གསར་སྒྱུར་གྱི་དུས་ཚོད་" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Whether information about all file systems should be displayed" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "" "Whether to display information about all file systems (including types like " "'autofs' and 'procfs'). Useful for getting a list of all currently mounted " "file systems." msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Time in milliseconds between updates of the devices list" msgstr "སྒྲིག་ཆས་ཐོ་འགོད་གསར་སྒྱུར་གྱི་དུས་ཚོད" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "" "Determines which processes to show by default. 0 is All, 1 is user, and 2 is " "active" msgstr "" "སྔོན་འཛུགས་ཐོག་མངོན་དགོས་པའི་བརྒྱུད་རིམ། 0 ཡོངས་རྫོགས 1 ་སྤྱོད་མཁན 2 བྱ་འགུལ" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "Saves the currently viewed tab" msgstr "མིག་སྔར་ཀློག་པའི་ཤོག་བྱང་གསོག་འཇོག" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "" "0 for the System Info, 1 for the processes list, 2 for the resources and 3 " "for the disks list" msgstr "" "0་མ་ལག་ཆ་འཕྲིན། 1་བརྒྱུད་རིམ་ཐོ་འགོད། 2 ་གཏེར་མཛོད་དང་ 3 གསོག་སྡེར་མིང་ཐོ་ཡིན" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "CPU colors" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:22 msgid "Each entry is in the format (CPU#, Hexadecimal color value)" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:23 msgid "Default graph memory color" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "Default graph swap color" msgstr "བརྗེ་རེས་ས་ཁོངས་སྔོན་འཛུགས་ཁ་དོག" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:25 msgid "Default graph incoming network traffic color" msgstr "དྲ་བའི་ནང་དུ་རྒྱུ་བའི་འགྲིམ་འགྲིལ་གྱི་སྔོན་འཛུགས་ཁ་དོག" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:26 msgid "Default graph outgoing network traffic color" msgstr "དྲ་བའི་ཕྱི་རུ་རྒྱུ་བའི་འགྲིམ་འགྲིལ་གྱི་སྔོན་འཛུགས་ཁ་དོག" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:27 msgid "Show network traffic in bits" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:28 msgid "Process view sort column" msgstr "བརྒྱུད་རིམ་ལྟ་ཀློག་གི་དབྱེ་རིགས་གྱེན་ཕྲེང་།" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:29 msgid "Process view columns order" msgstr "བརྒྱུད་རིམ་ལྟ་ཀློག་གི་གྱེན་ཕྲེང་གོ་རིམ" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:30 msgid "Process view sort order" msgstr "བརྒྱུད་རིམ་ལྟ་ཀློག་གི་དབྱེ་རིགས་གོ་རིམ" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:31 msgid "Width of process 'Name' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:32 msgid "Show process 'Name' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:33 msgid "Width of process 'User' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:34 msgid "Show process 'User' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:35 msgid "Width of process 'Status' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:36 msgid "Show process 'Status' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:37 msgid "Width of process 'Virtual Memory' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:38 msgid "Show process 'Virtual Memory' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:39 msgid "Width of process 'Resident Memory' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:40 msgid "Show process 'Resident Memory' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:41 msgid "Width of process 'Writable Memory' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:42 msgid "Show process 'Writable Memory' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:43 msgid "Width of process 'Shared Memory' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:44 msgid "Show process 'Shared Memory' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:45 msgid "Width of process 'X Server Memory' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:46 msgid "Show process 'X Server Memory' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:48 #, no-c-format msgid "Width of process 'CPU %' column" msgstr "བརྒྱུད་རིམCPUརྒྱ་ཆའི་ཚད་ཀྱི་ཞེང་ཚད" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:50 #, no-c-format msgid "Show process 'CPU %' column on startup" msgstr "འགོ་འཛུགས་པ་དང་ 'CPU %'་ཀྱི་རྒྱ་ཆའི་ཚད་བརྒྱུད་རིམ་རེའུ་མིག་ཐོག་ཤར་བ" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:51 msgid "Width of process 'CPU Time' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:52 msgid "Show process 'CPU Time' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:53 msgid "Width of process 'Started' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:54 msgid "Show process 'Started' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:55 msgid "Width of process 'Nice' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:56 msgid "Show process 'Nice' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:57 msgid "Width of process 'PID' column" msgstr "་བརྒྱུད་རིམPID རེའུ་མིག་ཞེང་ཚད" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:58 msgid "Show process 'PID' column on startup" msgstr "འགོ་འཛུགས་པ་དང་PID་་བརྒྱུད་རིམ་ཚབ་གྲངས་་རེའུ་མིག་བརྒྱུད་རིམ་ཐོག་ཤར་བ" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:59 msgid "Width of process 'SELinux Security Context' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:60 msgid "Show process 'SELinux Security Context' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:61 msgid "Width of process 'Command Line' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:62 msgid "Show process 'Command Line' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:63 msgid "Width of process 'Memory' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:64 msgid "Show process 'Memory' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:65 msgid "Width of process 'Waiting Channel' column" msgstr "རྒྱུད་རིམ་རེ་སྒུག་རེའུ་མིག་བ" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:66 msgid "Show process 'Waiting Channel' column on startup" msgstr "འགོ་འཛུགས་པ་དང་་སྒུག་མཁན་བརྒྱུད་ལམ་རེའུ་མིག་བརྒྱུད་རིམ་ཐོག་ཤར་བ" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:67 msgid "Width of process 'Control Group' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:68 msgid "Show process 'Control Group' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:69 msgid "Width of process 'Unit' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:70 msgid "Show process 'Unit' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:71 msgid "Width of process 'Session' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:72 msgid "Show process 'Session' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:73 msgid "Width of process 'Seat' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:74 msgid "Show process 'Seat' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:75 msgid "Width of process 'Owner' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:76 msgid "Show process 'Owner' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:77 msgid "Width of process 'Priority' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:78 msgid "Show process 'Priority' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:79 msgid "Disk view sort column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:80 msgid "Disk view sort order" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:81 msgid "Disk view columns order" msgstr "གསོག་སྡེར་ལྟ་ཀློག་གི་གྱེན་ཕྲེང་གོ་རིམ" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:82 msgid "Width of disk view 'Device' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:83 msgid "Show disk view 'Device' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:84 msgid "Width of disk view 'Directory' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:85 msgid "Show disk view 'Directory' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:86 msgid "Width of disk view 'Type' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:87 msgid "Show disk view 'Type' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:88 msgid "Width of disk view 'Total' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:89 msgid "Show disk view 'Total' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:90 msgid "Width of disk view 'Free' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:91 msgid "Show disk view 'Free' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:92 msgid "Width of disk view 'Available' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:93 msgid "Show disk view 'Available' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:94 msgid "Width of disk view 'Used' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:95 msgid "Show disk view 'Used' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:96 msgid "Memory map sort column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:97 msgid "Memory map sort order" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:98 msgid "Open files sort column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:99 msgid "Open files sort order" msgstr "" #: ../src/procactions.cpp:76 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot change the priority of process with PID %d to %d.\n" "%s" msgstr "" #: ../src/procactions.cpp:156 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot kill process with PID %d with signal %d.\n" "%s" msgstr "" #. xgettext: primary alert message #: ../src/procdialogs.cpp:74 #, c-format msgid "Kill the selected process “%s” (PID: %u)?" msgstr "" #. xgettext: secondary alert message #: ../src/procdialogs.cpp:78 msgid "" "Killing a process may destroy data, break the session or introduce a " "security risk. Only unresponsive processes should be killed." msgstr "" #. xgettext: primary alert message #: ../src/procdialogs.cpp:85 #, c-format msgid "End the selected process “%s” (PID: %u)?" msgstr "" #. xgettext: secondary alert message #: ../src/procdialogs.cpp:89 msgid "" "Ending a process may destroy data, break the session or introduce a security " "risk. Only unresponsive processes should be ended." msgstr "" #: ../src/procdialogs.cpp:171 #, c-format msgid "Change Priority of Process “%s” (PID: %u)" msgstr "" #: ../src/procdialogs.cpp:189 msgid "Note:" msgstr "དྲན་སྐུལ།" #: ../src/procdialogs.cpp:190 msgid "" "The priority of a process is given by its nice value. A lower nice value " "corresponds to a higher priority." msgstr "" "The priority of a process is given by its nice value. A lower nice value " "corresponds to a higher priority." #: ../src/procdialogs.cpp:362 ../src/procman-app.cpp:462 msgid "Icon" msgstr "མཚོན་རིས" #: ../src/procman-app.cpp:576 msgid "A simple process and system monitor." msgstr "བརྒྱུད་རིམ་དཀྱུས་མ་ཞིག་དང་མ་ལག་ལྟ་རྟོགས་པ" #: ../src/procproperties.cpp:104 ../src/util.cpp:434 msgid "N/A" msgstr "" #: ../src/procproperties.cpp:130 ../src/proctable.cpp:196 msgid "Process Name" msgstr "བརྒྱུད་རིམ་མིང" #: ../src/procproperties.cpp:131 ../src/proctable.cpp:197 msgid "User" msgstr "སྤྱོད་མཁན" #: ../src/procproperties.cpp:132 ../src/proctable.cpp:198 msgid "Status" msgstr "གནས་སྟངས" #: ../src/procproperties.cpp:134 ../src/proctable.cpp:199 msgid "Virtual Memory" msgstr "རྟོགས་བཟོའི་ཡིད་འཛིན" #: ../src/procproperties.cpp:135 ../src/proctable.cpp:200 msgid "Resident Memory" msgstr "ནང་འཛུགས་ཡིད་འཛིན" #: ../src/procproperties.cpp:136 ../src/proctable.cpp:201 msgid "Writable Memory" msgstr "འབྲི་རུང་བའི་ཡིད་འཛིན" #: ../src/procproperties.cpp:137 ../src/proctable.cpp:202 msgid "Shared Memory" msgstr "མཉམ་སྤྱོད་ཡིད་འཛིན" #: ../src/procproperties.cpp:138 ../src/proctable.cpp:203 msgid "X Server Memory" msgstr "X ཞབས་ཞུ་བའི་ཡིད་འཛིན" #: ../src/procproperties.cpp:140 ../src/proctable.cpp:205 msgid "CPU Time" msgstr "CPU དུས་ཚོད" #: ../src/procproperties.cpp:140 #, c-format msgid "%lld second" msgid_plural "%lld seconds" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/procproperties.cpp:141 ../src/proctable.cpp:206 msgid "Started" msgstr "འགོ་འཛུགས་པ" #: ../src/procproperties.cpp:142 ../src/proctable.cpp:207 msgid "Nice" msgstr "Nice" #: ../src/procproperties.cpp:143 ../src/proctable.cpp:221 msgid "Priority" msgstr "" #: ../src/procproperties.cpp:144 ../src/proctable.cpp:208 msgid "ID" msgstr "ID" #: ../src/procproperties.cpp:145 ../src/proctable.cpp:209 msgid "Security Context" msgstr "བདེ་སྲུང་ཁོར་ཡུག" #: ../src/procproperties.cpp:146 ../src/proctable.cpp:210 msgid "Command Line" msgstr "བཀའ་བརྡ་ཡིག་ཕྲེང" #. xgettext: combined noun, the function the process is waiting in, see wchan ps(1) #: ../src/procproperties.cpp:147 ../src/proctable.cpp:213 msgid "Waiting Channel" msgstr "རྒྱུ་ལམ་སྒུག་པ" #: ../src/procproperties.cpp:148 ../src/proctable.cpp:214 msgid "Control Group" msgstr "" #: ../src/procproperties.cpp:258 msgid "Process Properties" msgstr "" #: ../src/procproperties.cpp:278 #, c-format msgid "Properties of process \"%s\" (PID %u):" msgstr "" #: ../src/proctable.cpp:204 #, no-c-format msgid "% CPU" msgstr "% CPU" #: ../src/proctable.cpp:215 msgid "Unit" msgstr "" #: ../src/proctable.cpp:216 msgid "Session" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Seat = i.e. the physical seat the session of the process belongs to, only #. for multi-seat environments. See http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Multiseat_configuration #: ../src/proctable.cpp:219 msgid "Seat" msgstr "" #: ../src/proctable.cpp:220 msgid "Owner" msgstr "" #: ../src/proctable.cpp:1032 #, c-format msgid "Load averages for the last 1, 5, 15 minutes: %0.2f, %0.2f, %0.2f" msgstr "འདིའི་སྔོན་སྐར་མ་ ༡, ༥, ༡༥ ནང་གི་ཆ་སྙོམས་ཀློག་འཇུག：%0.2f，%0.2f，%0.2f" #: ../src/util.cpp:30 msgid "Running" msgstr "བེད་སྤྱོད་བཞིན་པ" #: ../src/util.cpp:34 msgid "Stopped" msgstr "མཚམས་བཞག་ཟིན" #: ../src/util.cpp:38 msgid "Zombie" msgstr "རོ་ལང" #: ../src/util.cpp:42 msgid "Uninterruptible" msgstr "གཅོད་མི་ཉན་པ" #: ../src/util.cpp:46 msgid "Sleeping" msgstr "ངལ་གསོ་བཞིན་པ" #. xgettext: weeks, days #: ../src/util.cpp:101 #, c-format msgid "%uw%ud" msgstr "གཟའ་%u་ཉིན་%u" #. xgettext: days, hours (0 -> 23) #: ../src/util.cpp:105 #, c-format msgid "%ud%02uh" msgstr "%uཉིན་གྱི་དུས་ཚོད%02u" #. xgettext: hours (0 -> 23), minutes, seconds #: ../src/util.cpp:109 #, c-format msgid "%u:%02u:%02u" msgstr "%u:%02u:%02u" #. xgettext: minutes, seconds, centiseconds #: ../src/util.cpp:112 #, c-format msgid "%u:%02u.%02u" msgstr "%u:%02u.%02u" #: ../src/util.cpp:166 #, c-format msgid "%.1f KiB" msgstr "སྟོང་ཚིག %.1f" #: ../src/util.cpp:167 #, c-format msgid "%.1f MiB" msgstr "ས་ཡ་ཚིག %.1f" #: ../src/util.cpp:168 #, c-format msgid "%.1f GiB" msgstr "ཐེར་འབུམ་ཚིག %.1f" #: ../src/util.cpp:169 #, c-format msgid "%.1f TiB" msgstr "" #: ../src/util.cpp:170 #, c-format msgid "%.3g kbit" msgstr "" #: ../src/util.cpp:171 #, c-format msgid "%.3g Mbit" msgstr "" #: ../src/util.cpp:172 #, c-format msgid "%.3g Gbit" msgstr "" #: ../src/util.cpp:173 #, c-format msgid "%.3g Tbit" msgstr "" #: ../src/util.cpp:188 #, c-format msgid "%u bit" msgid_plural "%u bits" msgstr[0] "འབྲུ %u" #: ../src/util.cpp:189 #, c-format msgid "%u byte" msgid_plural "%u bytes" msgstr[0] "ཚིག %u" #: ../src/util.cpp:232 msgid "Very High Priority" msgstr "" #: ../src/util.cpp:234 msgid "High Priority" msgstr "" #: ../src/util.cpp:236 msgid "Normal Priority" msgstr "" #: ../src/util.cpp:238 msgid "Low Priority" msgstr "" #: ../src/util.cpp:240 msgid "Very Low Priority" msgstr "" #. xgettext: rate, 10MiB/s or 10Mbit/s #: ../src/util.cpp:632 #, c-format msgid "%s/s" msgstr "%s/s" language-pack-gnome-bo-base/data/bo/LC_MESSAGES/gtk20.po0000644000000000000000000037607212321561027017457 0ustar # Tibetan translation for gtk+2.0 # Copyright (c) 2010 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2010 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gtk+2.0 package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+2.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-17 21:52-0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-11-30 00:15+0000\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: Tibetan \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:22+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: gdk/gdk.c:103 #, c-format msgid "Error parsing option --gdk-debug" msgstr "ནོར་འཁྲུལ་དབྱེ་ཞིབ་འདེམས་སྟངས --gdk-debug" #: gdk/gdk.c:123 #, c-format msgid "Error parsing option --gdk-no-debug" msgstr "ནོར་འཁྲུལ་དབྱེ་ཞིབ་འདེམས་སྟངས --gdk-no-debug" #. Description of --class=CLASS in --help output #: gdk/gdk.c:151 msgid "Program class as used by the window manager" msgstr "སྒེའུ་ཁུང་དོ་དམ་པས་བེད་སྤྱོད་པའི་བྱ་རིམ་དབྱེ་རིགས་ནང་བཞིན།" #. Placeholder in --class=CLASS in --help output #: gdk/gdk.c:152 msgid "CLASS" msgstr "དབྱེ་རིགས།" #. Description of --name=NAME in --help output #: gdk/gdk.c:154 msgid "Program name as used by the window manager" msgstr "སྒེའུ་ཁུང་དོ་དམ་པས་བེད་སྤྱོད་པའི་བྱ་རིམ་མིང་ནང་བཞིན།" #. Placeholder in --name=NAME in --help output #: gdk/gdk.c:155 msgid "NAME" msgstr "མིང༌།" #. Description of --display=DISPLAY in --help output #: gdk/gdk.c:157 msgid "X display to use" msgstr "བེད་སྤྱོད་དགོས་པའི་Xའཆར་སྟངས" #. Placeholder in --display=DISPLAY in --help output #: gdk/gdk.c:158 msgid "DISPLAY" msgstr "མངོན་འཆར།" #. Description of --screen=SCREEN in --help output #: gdk/gdk.c:160 msgid "X screen to use" msgstr "བེད་སྤྱོད་དགོས་པའི་X འཆར་ངོས" #. Placeholder in --screen=SCREEN in --help output #: gdk/gdk.c:161 msgid "SCREEN" msgstr "འཆར་ངོས" #. Description of --gdk-debug=FLAGS in --help output #: gdk/gdk.c:164 msgid "GDK debugging flags to set" msgstr "འཛུགས་དགོས་པའི་(GTK+)སྐྱོན་སེལ་རྟགས" #. Placeholder in --gdk-debug=FLAGS in --help output #. Placeholder in --gdk-no-debug=FLAGS in --help output #. Placeholder in --gtk-debug=FLAGS in --help output #. Placeholder in --gtk-no-debug=FLAGS in --help output #: gdk/gdk.c:165 gdk/gdk.c:168 gtk/gtkmain.c:460 gtk/gtkmain.c:463 msgid "FLAGS" msgstr "མཚོན་རྟགས།" #. Description of --gdk-no-debug=FLAGS in --help output #: gdk/gdk.c:167 msgid "GDK debugging flags to unset" msgstr "འཛུགས་མི་དགོས་པའི་(GTK+)སྐྱོན་སེལ་རྟགས" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3940 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "BackSpace" msgstr "བར་སྟོང་ཕྱིར་སྐྱོད" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3941 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Tab" msgstr "Tab" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3942 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Return" msgstr "Return" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3943 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Pause" msgstr "བར་མཚམས་མཐེབ" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3944 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Scroll_Lock" msgstr "Scroll_Lock" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3945 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Sys_Req" msgstr "Sys_Req" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3946 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Escape" msgstr "Escape" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3947 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Multi_key" msgstr "Multi_key" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3948 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Home" msgstr "Home" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3949 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Left" msgstr "གཡོན" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3950 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Up" msgstr "གོང" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3951 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Right" msgstr "གཡས" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3952 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Down" msgstr "འོག" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3953 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Page_Up" msgstr "ཤོག་ལེབ་གོང་མ_U" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3954 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Page_Down" msgstr "ཤོག་ལེབ་འོག་མ_D" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3955 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "End" msgstr "མཐའ" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3956 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Begin" msgstr "འགོ་འཛུགས" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3957 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Print" msgstr "པར་འདེབས" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3958 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Insert" msgstr "བར་དུ་འཇུག" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3959 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Num_Lock" msgstr "ཨང་ཀི་ཟྭ_L" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3960 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "KP_Space" msgstr "KP_Space" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3961 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "KP_Tab" msgstr "KP_Tab" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3962 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "KP_Enter" msgstr "KP_Enter" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3963 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "KP_Home" msgstr "KP_Home" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3964 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "KP_Left" msgstr "KP_Left" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3965 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "KP_Up" msgstr "KP_Up" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3966 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "KP_Right" msgstr "KP_Right" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3967 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "KP_Down" msgstr "KP_Down" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3968 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "KP_Page_Up" msgstr "KP_Page_Up" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3969 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "KP_Prior" msgstr "KP_Prior" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3970 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "KP_Page_Down" msgstr "KP_Page_Down" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3971 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "KP_Next" msgstr "KP_Next" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3972 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "KP_End" msgstr "KP_End" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3973 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "KP_Begin" msgstr "KP_Begin" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3974 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "KP_Insert" msgstr "KP_Insert" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3975 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "KP_Delete" msgstr "KP_Delete" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3976 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Delete" msgstr "བསུབ" #. Description of --sync in --help output #: gdk/win32/gdkmain-win32.c:54 msgid "Don't batch GDI requests" msgstr "Don't batch GDI requests" #. Description of --no-wintab in --help output #: gdk/win32/gdkmain-win32.c:56 msgid "Don't use the Wintab API for tablet support" msgstr "Don't use the Wintab API for tablet support" #. Description of --ignore-wintab in --help output #: gdk/win32/gdkmain-win32.c:58 msgid "Same as --no-wintab" msgstr "--no-wintab དང་གཅིག་མཚུངས་ཡིན" #. Description of --use-wintab in --help output #: gdk/win32/gdkmain-win32.c:60 msgid "Do use the Wintab API [default]" msgstr "Do use the Wintab API [default]" #. Description of --max-colors=COLORS in --help output #: gdk/win32/gdkmain-win32.c:62 msgid "Size of the palette in 8 bit mode" msgstr "Size of the palette in 8 bit mode" #. Placeholder in --max-colors=COLORS in --help output #: gdk/win32/gdkmain-win32.c:63 msgid "COLORS" msgstr "ཚོས་གཞི།" #. Description of --sync in --help output #: gdk/x11/gdkmain-x11.c:93 msgid "Make X calls synchronous" msgstr "X ་བརྡ་མཉམ་བཟོ་བྱེད་པ" #: gdk/x11/gdkapplaunchcontext-x11.c:306 #, c-format msgid "Starting %s" msgstr "%sའགོ་འཛུགས་བཞིན་པ" #: gdk/x11/gdkapplaunchcontext-x11.c:319 #, c-format msgid "Opening %s" msgstr "%s་ཁ་འབྱེད་བཞིན་པ" #: gdk/x11/gdkapplaunchcontext-x11.c:324 #, c-format msgid "Opening %d Item" msgid_plural "Opening %d Items" msgstr[0] "དོན་ཚན་%d་ཁ་འབྱེད་བཞིན་པ" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:245 msgid "Could not show link" msgstr "སྦྲེལ་མཐུད་སྟོན་མི་ཐུབ་པ" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:399 gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:2286 msgid "License" msgstr "ཆོག་ཡིག" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:400 msgid "The license of the program" msgstr "བྱ་རིམ་གྱི་ཆོག་ཡིག" #. Add the credits button #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:646 msgid "C_redits" msgstr "གཟེངས་བསྟོད(_r)" #. Add the license button #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:660 msgid "_License" msgstr "ཆོག་ཡིག(_L)" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:966 #, c-format msgid "About %s" msgstr "%s ཡི་སྐོར།" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:2209 msgid "Credits" msgstr "གཟེངས་བསྟོད་།" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:2238 msgid "Written by" msgstr "རྩོམ་མཁན" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:2241 msgid "Documented by" msgstr "ཡིག་ཐོག་ཏུ་བཀོད་མཁན" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:2253 msgid "Translated by" msgstr "སྐད་བསྒྱུར་མཁན" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:2257 msgid "Artwork by" msgstr "རི་མོ་བ" #. This is the text that should appear next to menu accelerators #. * that use the shift key. If the text on this key isn't typically #. * translated on keyboards used for your language, don't translate #. * this. #. #: gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:146 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Shift" msgstr "Shift" #. This is the text that should appear next to menu accelerators #. * that use the control key. If the text on this key isn't typically #. * translated on keyboards used for your language, don't translate #. * this. #. #: gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:152 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Ctrl" msgstr "Ctrl" #. This is the text that should appear next to menu accelerators #. * that use the alt key. If the text on this key isn't typically #. * translated on keyboards used for your language, don't translate #. * this. #. #: gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:158 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Alt" msgstr "Alt" #. This is the text that should appear next to menu accelerators #. * that use the super key. If the text on this key isn't typically #. * translated on keyboards used for your language, don't translate #. * this. #. #: gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:743 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Super" msgstr "Super" #. This is the text that should appear next to menu accelerators #. * that use the hyper key. If the text on this key isn't typically #. * translated on keyboards used for your language, don't translate #. * this. #. #: gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:756 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Hyper" msgstr "Hyper" #. This is the text that should appear next to menu accelerators #. * that use the meta key. If the text on this key isn't typically #. * translated on keyboards used for your language, don't translate #. * this. #. #: gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:770 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Meta" msgstr "Meta" #: gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:787 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Space" msgstr "བར་སྟོང" #: gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:790 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Backslash" msgstr "Backslash" #: gtk/gtkbuilderparser.c:343 #, c-format msgid "Invalid type function on line %d: '%s'" msgstr "ཕྲེང་%d་ཐོག་ཕན་མེད་ཀྱི་འབྲི་འཇུག་རྩོལ་ནུས། '%s'" #: gtk/gtkbuilderparser.c:407 #, c-format msgid "Duplicate object ID '%s' on line %d (previously on line %d)" msgstr "" "ཕྲེང་%2$d ཐོག་དངོས་པོ་'%1$s'ཡི་ID ནི་འདྲ་བཟོ་ཡིན་པ " "(ཐོག་མ་དེ་ཕྲེང་%3$d་ཐོག་ཡོད)" #: gtk/gtkbuilderparser.c:859 #, c-format msgid "Invalid root element: '%s'" msgstr "ཕན་མེད་ཀྱི་རྩ་བའི་གྲུབ་ཆ། '%s'" #: gtk/gtkbuilderparser.c:898 #, c-format msgid "Unhandled tag: '%s'" msgstr "བེད་སྤྱོད་མ་བྱས་པའི་བསྣར་བྱང་། '%s'" #. Translate to calendar:YM if you want years to be displayed #. * before months; otherwise translate to calendar:MY. #. * Do *not* translate it to anything else, if it #. * it isn't calendar:YM or calendar:MY it will not work. #. * #. * Note that the ordering described here is logical order, which is #. * further influenced by BIDI ordering. Thus, if you have a default #. * text direction of RTL and specify "calendar:YM", then the year #. * will appear to the right of the month. #. #: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:799 msgid "calendar:MY" msgstr "ལོ་ཟླ: YM" #. Translate to calendar:week_start:0 if you want Sunday to be the #. * first day of the week to calendar:week_start:1 if you want Monday #. * to be the first day of the week, and so on. #. #: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:837 msgid "calendar:week_start:0" msgstr "ལོ་ཐོ་: གཟའ་འཁོར་འགོ་འཛུགས་པ། 1(_s)" #. Translators: This is a text measurement template. #. * Translate it to the widest year text #. * #. * If you don't understand this, leave it as "2000" #. #: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:1890 msgctxt "year measurement template" msgid "2000" msgstr "2000" #. Translators: this defines whether the day numbers should use #. * localized digits or the ones used in English (0123...). #. * #. * Translate to "%Id" if you want to use localized digits, or #. * translate to "%d" otherwise. #. * #. * Note that translating this doesn't guarantee that you get localized #. * digits. That needs support from your system and locale definition #. * too. #. #: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:1921 gtk/gtkcalendar.c:2584 #, c-format msgctxt "calendar:day:digits" msgid "%d" msgstr "%Id" #. Translators: this defines whether the week numbers should use #. * localized digits or the ones used in English (0123...). #. * #. * Translate to "%Id" if you want to use localized digits, or #. * translate to "%d" otherwise. #. * #. * Note that translating this doesn't guarantee that you get localized #. * digits. That needs support from your system and locale definition #. * too. #. #: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:1953 gtk/gtkcalendar.c:2447 #, c-format msgctxt "calendar:week:digits" msgid "%d" msgstr "%Id" #. Translators: This dictates how the year is displayed in #. * gtkcalendar widget. See strftime() manual for the format. #. * Use only ASCII in the translation. #. * #. * Also look for the msgid "2000". #. * Translate that entry to a year with the widest output of this #. * msgid. #. * #. * "%Y" is appropriate for most locales. #. #: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:2235 msgctxt "calendar year format" msgid "%Y" msgstr "%Y" #. This label is displayed in a treeview cell displaying #. * a disabled accelerator key combination. #. #: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:244 msgctxt "Accelerator" msgid "Disabled" msgstr "ནུས་མེད་བསྒྱུར་ཟིན" #. This label is displayed in a treeview cell displaying #. * an accelerator key combination that is not valid according #. * to gtk_accelerator_valid(). #. #: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:254 msgctxt "Accelerator" msgid "Invalid" msgstr "ཕན་མེད" #. This label is displayed in a treeview cell displaying #. * an accelerator when the cell is clicked to change the #. * acelerator. #. #: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:389 gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:663 msgid "New accelerator..." msgstr "མྱུར་བཟོ་བ་གསར་པ་་་" #: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:361 gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:448 #, c-format msgctxt "progress bar label" msgid "%d %%" msgstr "%d %%" #: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:178 gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:459 msgid "Pick a Color" msgstr "ཚོས་གཞི་གཅིག་གདམ་པ།" #: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:352 msgid "Received invalid color data\n" msgstr "ནུས་མེད་ཀྱི་ཚོས་གཞིའི་གྲངས་ཞིག་ཐོབ་།\n" #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:363 msgid "" "Select the color you want from the outer ring. Select the darkness or " "lightness of that color using the inner triangle." msgstr "" "ཕྱི་རིམ་སྒོར་ཐིག་ནས་ཁྱོད་རང་ལ་དགོས་པའི་ཚོས་གཞི་འདེམས། " "ནང་རིམ་གྱི་གྲུ་གསུམ་སྤྱད་ནས་གསལ་ཚད་གདམ་དགོས" #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:387 msgid "" "Click the eyedropper, then click a color anywhere on your screen to select " "that color." msgstr "(eyedropper)ལ་མནན་པ་དང་འཆར་ངོས་ཐོག་གི་ཁ་དོག་ལ་བསྣུན་ནས་ཁ་དོག་དེ་གདམ" #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:396 msgid "_Hue:" msgstr "ཚོན་མདངས།(_H)" #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:397 msgid "Position on the color wheel." msgstr "ཚོས་གཞི་འཁོར་ལོའི་ཐོག་གི་གནས་ས།" #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:399 msgid "_Saturation:" msgstr "མཐའ་ཡི་སྤུས་ཚད།(_S)" #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:400 msgid "\"Deepness\" of the color." msgstr "ཚོས་གཞིའི་ \"Deepness\"" #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:401 msgid "_Value:" msgstr "ཐོབ་གྲངས་(_V)" #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:402 msgid "Brightness of the color." msgstr "ཚོས་གཞིའི་གསལ་ཚད" #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:403 msgid "_Red:" msgstr "དམརཔོ།(_R)" #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:404 msgid "Amount of red light in the color." msgstr "ཚོས་གཞིའི་ནང་ནས་དམར་མདངས་ཆེ་ཆུང༌།" #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:405 msgid "_Green:" msgstr "ལྗང་ཁུ་:(_G)" #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:406 msgid "Amount of green light in the color." msgstr "ཚོས་གཞིའི་ནང་ནས་ལྗིང་མདངས་ཆེ་ཆུང༌།" #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:407 msgid "_Blue:" msgstr "སྔོན་པོ།(_B)" #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:408 msgid "Amount of blue light in the color." msgstr "ཚོས་གཞིའི་ནང་ནས་སྔོན་མདངས་ཆེ་ཆུང༌།" #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:411 msgid "Op_acity:" msgstr "དྭངས་གསལ་ཚད།(_a)" #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:418 gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:428 msgid "Transparency of the color." msgstr "ཚོས་གཞིའི་དྭངས་གསལ་ཚད" #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:435 msgid "Color _name:" msgstr "ཚོས་གཞིའི་མིང་།(_n)" #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:449 msgid "" "You can enter an HTML-style hexadecimal color value, or simply a color name " "such as 'orange' in this entry." msgstr "" "ཁྱོད་ཀྱིས་(HTML)-" "དབྱིབས་ཅན་གྱི་བཅུ་དྲུག་ལུགས་ཀྱི་ཚོས་གཞིའི་ཐོབ་གྲངས་འཇུག་པ་དང་ཡང་ན་ཚོས་གཞིའི་མ" "ིང་དཔེར་ན་ 'ལི་ཁྲི'ལྟ་བུ་ཞིག་འཇུག་དགོས" #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:479 msgid "_Palette:" msgstr "ཚོས་གཞི་པང་།(_P)" #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:508 msgid "Color Wheel" msgstr "ཚོས་གཞིའི་འཁོར་ལོ།" #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:967 msgid "" "The previously-selected color, for comparison to the color you're selecting " "now. You can drag this color to a palette entry, or select this color as " "current by dragging it to the other color swatch alongside." msgstr "" "སྔོན་མ་བདམས་ཟིན་པའི་ཚོས་གཞི ད་ལྟ་འདེམས་བཞིན་པ་དང་བསྡུར་དགོས་ན་སྤྱོད་ཆོག་པ། " "ཁྱོད་ཀྱིས་ཚོས་གཞི་འདི་འདེམས་ཐོ་འཇུག་སྣོད་དུ་སྤོར་བ་དང" #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:970 msgid "" "The color you've chosen. You can drag this color to a palette entry to save " "it for use in the future." msgstr "" "ཁྱོད་ཀྱིས་འདེམས་པའི་ཚོས་གཞི་དེ་ཚོས་གཞིའི་པང་ནང་དུ་དྲུད་ནས་དེར་ཉར་ཚགས་བྱས་ཆོག" #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:975 msgid "" "The previously-selected color, for comparison to the color you're selecting " "now." msgstr "" "སྔོན་མ་བདམས་པའི་ཚོས་གཞི ཁྱོད་ཀྱིས་འདེམས་བཞིན་པའི་ཚོས་གཞི་དང་བསྡུར་ན་སྤྱོད་ཆོག" #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:978 msgid "The color you've chosen." msgstr "ཁྱོད་ཀྱིས་བདམས་པའི་ཚོས་གཞི" #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1391 msgid "_Save color here" msgstr "ཚོས་གཞི་འདིར་ཉར་བ(_S)" #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1595 msgid "" "Click this palette entry to make it the current color. To change this entry, " "drag a color swatch here or right-click it and select \"Save color here.\"" msgstr "" "Click this palette entry to make it the current color. To change this entry, " "drag a color swatch here or right-click it and select \"Save color here.\"" #: gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:170 msgid "Color Selection" msgstr "ཚོས་གཞི་བདམས་ཡོད་པ" #. Translate to the default units to use for presenting #. * lengths to the user. Translate to default:inch if you #. * want inches, otherwise translate to default:mm. #. * Do *not* translate it to "predefinito:mm", if it #. * it isn't default:mm or default:inch it will not work #. #: gtk/gtkcustompaperunixdialog.c:118 msgid "default:mm" msgstr "སྔོན་སྒྲིག:mm" #. And show the custom paper dialog #: gtk/gtkcustompaperunixdialog.c:373 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3235 msgid "Manage Custom Sizes" msgstr "སྲོལ་སྒྲིག་ཆེ་ཆུང་དོ་དམ་" #: gtk/gtkcustompaperunixdialog.c:533 gtk/gtkpagesetupunixdialog.c:778 msgid "inch" msgstr "inch" #: gtk/gtkcustompaperunixdialog.c:535 gtk/gtkpagesetupunixdialog.c:776 msgid "mm" msgstr "མི་ལེ་རྨིད" #: gtk/gtkcustompaperunixdialog.c:580 msgid "Margins from Printer..." msgstr "པར་འཕྲུལ་ནང་གི་ཤོག་ཟུར་་་" #: gtk/gtkcustompaperunixdialog.c:746 #, c-format msgid "Custom Size %d" msgstr "རང་ལུགས་ཀྱི་ཆེ་ཆུང་%d།" #: gtk/gtkcustompaperunixdialog.c:1054 msgid "_Width:" msgstr "ཞེང་ཚད།(_W)" #: gtk/gtkcustompaperunixdialog.c:1066 msgid "_Height:" msgstr "མཐོ་ཚད།(_H)" #: gtk/gtkcustompaperunixdialog.c:1078 msgid "Paper Size" msgstr "ཤོག་བུ་ཆེ་ཆུང་།" #: gtk/gtkcustompaperunixdialog.c:1087 msgid "_Top:" msgstr "གོང་།(_T)" #: gtk/gtkcustompaperunixdialog.c:1099 msgid "_Bottom:" msgstr "འོག (_B)" #: gtk/gtkcustompaperunixdialog.c:1111 msgid "_Left:" msgstr "གཡོན། (_L)" #: gtk/gtkcustompaperunixdialog.c:1123 msgid "_Right:" msgstr "གཡས།(_R)" #: gtk/gtkcustompaperunixdialog.c:1164 msgid "Paper Margins" msgstr "ཤོག་བུའི་ཟུར།" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:8748 gtk/gtktextview.c:7976 msgid "Input _Methods" msgstr "ནང་འཇུག་ལམ་ལུགས(_M)" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:8762 gtk/gtktextview.c:7990 msgid "_Insert Unicode Control Character" msgstr "(Unicode) ཚད་འཛིན་ཡི་གེ་བཅུག་པ(_I)" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:10142 msgid "Caps Lock is on" msgstr "ཆེ་འབྲི་མཐེབ་གནོན་ཡོད" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:64 msgid "Select a File" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:65 gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:1803 msgid "Desktop" msgstr "མདུན་ངོས" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:66 msgid "(None)" msgstr "(ཅི་མེད།)" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:2025 msgid "Other..." msgstr "གཞན་་་" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:151 msgid "Type name of new folder" msgstr "ཡིག་སྣོད་གསར་པའི་མིང་བྲིས།" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:953 msgid "Could not retrieve information about the file" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་དེའི་སྐོར་བསྐྱར་གསོ་བྱེད་མ་ཐུབ" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:964 msgid "Could not add a bookmark" msgstr "ཡིག་རྟགས་ཞིག་སྣོན་མ་ཐུབ།" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:975 msgid "Could not remove bookmark" msgstr "ཡིག་རྟགས་བསུབ་མ་ཐུབ།" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:986 msgid "The folder could not be created" msgstr "ཡིག་སྣོད་གསར་བསྐྲུན་བྱེད་མ་ཐུབ།" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:999 msgid "" "The folder could not be created, as a file with the same name already " "exists. Try using a different name for the folder, or rename the file first." msgstr "" "མིང་གཅིག་ཡིན་པའི་ཡིག་ཆ་ཞིག་གནས་ཡོད་པས་ཡིག་སྣོད་གསར་བཟོ་མི་ཐུབ། " "ཡིག་སྣོད་ལ་མིང་གཞན་འདོགས་པ་དང་ཡང་ན་ཡིག་ཆའི་མིང་བསྒྱུར་རོགས" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:1013 msgid "You need to choose a valid filename." msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:1016 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create a file under %s as it is not a folder" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:1028 msgid "" "You may only select folders. The item that you selected is not a folder; " "try using a different item." msgstr "" "ཁྱོད་ཀྱིས་ཡིག་སྣོད་ཁོ་ན་འདེམས་རུང་བ། ཁྱོད་ཀྱིས་བདམས་པ་དེ་ཡིག་སྣོད་ཞིག་མ་རེད། " "དོན་ཚན་གཞན་ཞིག་སྤྱད་ནས་ཚོད་ལྟ་བྱེས་རོགས" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:1038 msgid "Invalid file name" msgstr "ནུས་མེད་ཀྱི་ཡིག་ཆའི་མིང་།" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:1048 msgid "The folder contents could not be displayed" msgstr "ཡིག་སྣོད་ནང་གི་ཡིག་ཆ་འཆར་མི་ཐུབ།" #. Translators: the first string is a path and the second string #. * is a hostname. Nautilus and the panel contain the same string #. * to translate. #. #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:1575 #, c-format msgid "%1$s on %2$s" msgstr "%2$s ཐོག་གི་ %1$s" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:1724 msgid "Search" msgstr "འཚོལ་བ" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:1748 gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:4797 msgid "Recently Used" msgstr "ཉེ་ཆར་སྤྱད་པའི།" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:2333 msgid "Select which types of files are shown" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆའི་རིགས་གང་ཞིག་སྟོན་དགོས་པ་གདམ་པ" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:2692 #, c-format msgid "Add the folder '%s' to the bookmarks" msgstr "ཡིག་སྣོད་ ’%s’ དེ་ཡིག་རྟགས་ནང་སྣོན་པ" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:2736 #, c-format msgid "Add the current folder to the bookmarks" msgstr "ད་ལྟའི་ཡིག་སྣོད་དེ་ཡིག་རྟགས་ནང་དུ་སྣོན་པ" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:2738 #, c-format msgid "Add the selected folders to the bookmarks" msgstr "བདམས་ཟིན་པའི་ཡིག་སྣོན་ཡིག་རྟགས་ནང་དུ་སྣོན་པ" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:2776 #, c-format msgid "Remove the bookmark '%s'" msgstr "ཡིག་རྟགས་ ’%s’ དེ་ཕྱིར་ཕུད་པ" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:2778 #, c-format msgid "Bookmark '%s' cannot be removed" msgstr "ཡིག་རྟགས་'%s'དེ་བསུབ་མ་ཐུབ།" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:2785 gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:3663 msgid "Remove the selected bookmark" msgstr "བདམས་ཟིན་པའི་ཡིག་རྟགས་དེ་བསུབ་མ་ཐུབ།" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:3348 msgid "Remove" msgstr "བསུབ་པ།" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:3357 msgid "Rename..." msgstr "བསྐྱར་དུ་མིང་འདོགས་་་" #. Accessible object name for the file chooser's shortcuts pane #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:3520 msgid "Places" msgstr "ས་གནས།" #. Column header for the file chooser's shortcuts pane #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:3577 msgid "_Places" msgstr "ས་གནས་(_p)" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:3651 msgid "Add the selected folder to the Bookmarks" msgstr "བདམས་ཟིན་པའི་ཡིག་སྣོད་དེ་ཡིག་རྟགས་ནང་སྣོན་པ" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:3795 msgid "Could not select file" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་བདམས་མ་ཐུབ།" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:3968 msgid "_Add to Bookmarks" msgstr "ཡིག་རྟགས་ནང་དུ་སྣོན་པ(_A)" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:3981 msgid "Show _Hidden Files" msgstr "ཡིབ་བཞིན་པའི་ཡིག་ཆ་རྣམས་སྟོན།(_H)" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:3988 msgid "Show _Size Column" msgstr "རྣམ་གྲངས་ཀྱི་ཆེ་ཆུང་སྟོན་པ_S" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:4212 gtk/gtkfilesel.c:730 msgid "Files" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:4263 msgid "Name" msgstr "མིང༌།" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:4286 msgid "Size" msgstr "ཆེ་ཆུང" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:4300 msgid "Modified" msgstr "བཟོ་བཅོས་ཚར་བ" #. Label #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:4395 gtk/gtkprinteroptionwidget.c:832 msgid "_Name:" msgstr "མིང་།(_N)" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:4635 msgid "Type a file name" msgstr "་ཡིག་ཆ་ཞིག་གི་མིང་བྲིས།" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:4682 gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:4693 msgid "Please select a folder below" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:4688 msgid "Please type a file name" msgstr "" #. Create Folder #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:4759 msgid "Create Fo_lder" msgstr "ཡིག་སྣོད་གསར་བསྐྲུན(_l)" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:4807 msgid "Search:" msgstr "འཚོལ་བཤེར།" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:4858 msgid "_Location:" msgstr "གནས་ཁོངས་:(_L)" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:5308 msgid "Save in _folder:" msgstr "ཡིག་སྣོད་ནང༌དུ་ཉར་ཚགས་བྱེད།(_f)" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:5310 msgid "Create in _folder:" msgstr "ཡིག་སྣོད་ནང་དུ་གསར་བསྐྲུན།(_f)" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:6403 #, c-format msgid "Could not read the contents of %s" msgstr "%s་ནང་དོན་ཀློག་མ་ཐུབ།" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:6407 msgid "Could not read the contents of the folder" msgstr "ཡིག་སྣོད་གྱི་ནང་དོན་ཀློག་མ་ཐུབ།" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:6500 gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:6568 #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:6720 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "མ་ཤེས་པ།" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:6515 msgid "%H:%M" msgstr "%H:%M" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:6517 msgid "Yesterday at %H:%M" msgstr "ཁ་སང་གི་ %H:%M" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:7192 msgid "Cannot change to folder because it is not local" msgstr "རང་ཁུལ་གྱི་ཡིག་སྣོད་མིན་པས་བསྒྱུར་བཅོས་བྱེད་མི་ཐུབ།" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:7792 gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:7813 #, c-format msgid "Shortcut %s already exists" msgstr "མགྱོག་མཐེབ་ %s གནས་འདུག" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:7903 #, c-format msgid "Shortcut %s does not exist" msgstr "མགྱོག་མཐེབ་%s མི་འདུག" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:8146 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:480 #, c-format msgid "A file named \"%s\" already exists. Do you want to replace it?" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆའི་མིང་\"%s\"གནས་འདུག དེ་ཡི་ཚབ་ཏུ་འཛུགས་དགོས་སམ།" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:8149 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:484 #, c-format msgid "" "The file already exists in \"%s\". Replacing it will overwrite its contents." msgstr "" "\"%s\" ནང་ཡིག་ཆ་དེ་གནས་འདུག དེའི་ཚབ་བཙུགས་ན་ " "དེ་ཡི་ནང་དོན་ཚང་མ་བཅོས་འབྲི་བྱེད་དོ" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:8154 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:491 msgid "_Replace" msgstr "ཚབ་བཅུག(_R)" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:8961 msgid "Could not start the search process" msgstr "འཚོལ་བཤེར་བརྒྱུད་རིམ་འགོ་འཛུགས་མ་ཐུབ།" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:8962 msgid "" "The program was not able to create a connection to the indexer daemon. " "Please make sure it is running." msgstr "" "བྱ་རིམ་གྱིས་ཐོ་འགོད་ལག་ཆ་དང་སྦྲེལ་མ་ཐུབ་པས་ཁྱོད་ཀྱིས་དེ་སྤྱོད་བཞིན་ཡོད་མེད་གཟ" "ིགས་རོགས" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:8976 msgid "Could not send the search request" msgstr "འཚོལ་བཤེར་གྱི་དགོས་འདོད་སྐུར་མ་ཐུབ" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:9577 #, c-format msgid "Could not mount %s" msgstr "%s འཛུགས་མ་ཐུབ།" #. Translators: this is shown in the feedback for Tab-completion in a file #. * chooser's text entry, when the user enters an invalid path. #: gtk/gtkfilechooserentry.c:702 gtk/gtkfilechooserentry.c:1170 #: gtk/gtkfilesystem.c:738 #, c-format msgid "Invalid path" msgstr "ཕན་མེད་ཀྱི་བརྒྱུད་ལམ" #. translators: this text is shown when there are no completions #. * for something the user typed in a file chooser entry #. #: gtk/gtkfilechooserentry.c:1102 msgid "No match" msgstr "མཚུངས་པ་མེད" #. translators: this text is shown when there is exactly one completion #. * for something the user typed in a file chooser entry #. #: gtk/gtkfilechooserentry.c:1113 msgid "Sole completion" msgstr "ཆ་ཚང་བ" #. translators: this text is shown when the text in a file chooser #. * entry is a complete filename, but could be continued to find #. * a longer match #. #: gtk/gtkfilechooserentry.c:1129 msgid "Complete, but not unique" msgstr "ཆ་ཚང་བ་ཡིན་ནའང་གཅིག་རང་ཞིག་མིན་པ" #. Translators: this text is shown while the system is searching #. * for possible completions for filenames in a file chooser entry. #: gtk/gtkfilechooserentry.c:1161 msgid "Completing..." msgstr "ལེགས་འགྲུབ་བྱེད་བཞིན་པ་་་" #. hostnames in a local_only file chooser? user error #. Translators: this is shown in the feedback for Tab-completion in a #. * file chooser's text entry when the user enters something like #. * "sftp://blahblah" in an app that only supports local filenames. #: gtk/gtkfilechooserentry.c:1183 gtk/gtkfilechooserentry.c:1208 msgid "Only local files may be selected" msgstr "ཕལ་ཆེར་ས་གནས་ཀྱི་ཡིག་ཆ་ཁོ་ན་གདམ་པ" #. Another option is to complete the hostname based on the remote volumes that are mounted #. Translators: this is shown in the feedback for Tab-completion in a #. * file chooser's text entry when the user hasn't entered the first '/' #. * after a hostname and yet hits Tab (such as "sftp://blahblah[Tab]") #: gtk/gtkfilechooserentry.c:1192 msgid "Incomplete hostname; end it with '/'" msgstr "ཆ་མི་ཚང་བའི་རྩ་འཛུགས་མིང་། དེའི་མཐའ་ལ་'/'འཇོག་་དགོས" #. Translators: this is shown in the feedback for Tab-completion in a file #. * chooser's text entry when the user enters a path that does not exist #. * and then hits Tab #: gtk/gtkfilechooserentry.c:1203 msgid "Path does not exist" msgstr "བརྒྱུད་ལམ་གནས་མེད་པ" #: gtk/gtkfilechoosersettings.c:481 gtk/gtkfilesel.c:1349 #: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:1360 #, c-format msgid "Error creating folder '%s': %s" msgstr "'%s'གསར་བཟོ་བྱེད་པར་ནོར་འཁྲུལ། '%s'" #: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:694 msgid "Folders" msgstr "ཡིག་སྣོད" #: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:698 msgid "Fol_ders" msgstr "ཡིག་སྣོད(_d)" #: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:734 msgid "_Files" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ(_F)" #: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:821 gtk/gtkfilesel.c:2154 #, c-format msgid "Folder unreadable: %s" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་ཀློག་མི་ཐུབ་པ། :%s" #: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:905 #, c-format msgid "" "The file \"%s\" resides on another machine (called %s) and may not be " "available to this program.\n" "Are you sure that you want to select it?" msgstr "" "ཡིག་ཆ་ \"%s\"འཕྲུལ་འཁོར་གཞན་པ(མིང་ལ་%sཟེར་བའི)ཐོག་ཡོད་པ " "ཕལ་ཆེར་ཉེར་སྤྱོད་འདིའི་ཐོག་སྤྱོད་མི་རུང་བ\n" "ཁྱོད་ཀྱིས་དངོས་གནས་་འདི་གདམ་དགོས་པ་ཡིན་ནམ" #: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:1020 msgid "_New Folder" msgstr "ཡིག་སྣོད་གསར་པ།(_N)" #: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:1031 msgid "De_lete File" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་བསུབ(_l)" #: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:1042 msgid "_Rename File" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་ལ་མིང་གཞན་འདོགས།(_R)" #: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:1347 #, c-format msgid "" "The folder name \"%s\" contains symbols that are not allowed in filenames" msgstr "" "ཡིག་སྣོད་མིང་ \"%s\"་ནང་ཡིག་ཆའི་མིང་ནང་སྤྱོད་མི་རུང་བའི་མཚོན་རྟགས་འདུག" #: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:1394 msgid "New Folder" msgstr "ཡིག་སྣོད་གསར་པ།" #: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:1409 msgid "_Folder name:" msgstr "ཡིག་སྣོད་གྱི་མིང༌།(_F)" #: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:1433 msgid "C_reate" msgstr "གསར་བསྐྲུན(_r)" #: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:1476 gtk/gtkfilesel.c:1585 gtk/gtkfilesel.c:1598 #, c-format msgid "" "The filename \"%s\" contains symbols that are not allowed in filenames" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆའི་མིང་\"%s\" ནང་སྤྱོད་མི་རུང་བའི་མཚོན་རྟགས་འདུག" #: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:1479 gtk/gtkfilesel.c:1491 #, c-format msgid "Error deleting file '%s': %s" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་ '%s'བསུབ་པར་ནོར་འཁྲུལ: %s" #: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:1534 #, c-format msgid "Really delete file \"%s\"?" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་ \"%s\"བསུབ་པར་གཏན་ཁེལ་ཡིན་ནམ" #: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:1539 msgid "Delete File" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་བསུབ་པ" #: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:1587 #, c-format msgid "Error renaming file to \"%s\": %s" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆའི་མིང་\"%s\"ལ་བསྒྱུར་བའི་ནོར་འཁྲུལ: %s" #: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:1600 #, c-format msgid "Error renaming file \"%s\": %s" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆར་མིང་\"%s\"མིང་འདོགས་པར་ནོར་འཁྲུལ: %s" #: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:1611 #, c-format msgid "Error renaming file \"%s\" to \"%s\": %s" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆའི་མིང་ \"%s\" ནས \"%s\"བསྒྱུར་བར་ནོར་འཁྲུལ:%s" #: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:1658 msgid "Rename File" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆར་མིང་བསྐྱར་འདོགས་" #: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:1673 #, c-format msgid "Rename file \"%s\" to:" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ \"%s\"ལ་མིང་བསྐྱར་འདོགས" #: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:1702 msgid "_Rename" msgstr "མིང་བསྐྱར་འདོགས(_R)" #: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:2134 msgid "_Selection: " msgstr "བདམས་ཟིན་པ(_S) " #: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:3056 #, c-format msgid "" "The filename \"%s\" couldn't be converted to UTF-8. (try setting the " "environment variable G_FILENAME_ENCODING): %s" msgstr "" "ཡིག་ཆ་མིང་\"%s\"UTF-8 ལ་བསྒྱུར་མི་ཐུབ་པ " "(ཁོར་ཡུག་གི་དོན་ཚན་G_FILENAME_ENCODINGསྒྲིག་འགོད་བྱས་ནས་ཚོད་ལྟ་གྱིས): %s" #: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:3059 msgid "Invalid UTF-8" msgstr "ནུས་མེད་ཀྱི(UTF-8)།" #: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:3935 msgid "Name too long" msgstr "མིང་རིང་དྲག་པ" #: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:3937 msgid "Couldn't convert filename" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆའི་མིང་བསྒྱུར་མ་ཐུབ།" #. The pointers we return for a GtkFileSystemVolume are opaque tokens; they are #. * really pointers to GDrive, GVolume or GMount objects. We need an extra #. * token for the fake "File System" volume. So, we'll return a pointer to #. * this particular string. #. #: gtk/gtkfilesystem.c:52 msgid "File System" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆའི་མ་ལག།" #: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:144 gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:266 msgid "Pick a Font" msgstr "ཡིག་གཟུགས་ཤིག་འདེམས།" #. Initialize fields #: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:260 msgid "Sans 12" msgstr "Sans 12" #: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:785 msgid "Font" msgstr "ཡིག་གཟུགས།" #. This is the default text shown in the preview entry, though the user #. can set it. Remember that some fonts only have capital letters. #: gtk/gtkfontsel.c:75 msgid "abcdefghijk ABCDEFGHIJK" msgstr "ཀ་ཁ་ག་ང་། abcdEFGH" #: gtk/gtkfontsel.c:343 msgid "_Family:" msgstr "ཁོངས་གཏོགས_F" #: gtk/gtkfontsel.c:349 msgid "_Style:" msgstr "བཟོ་དབྱིབས(_S)" #: gtk/gtkfontsel.c:355 msgid "Si_ze:" msgstr "ཆ་ཚད།(_z)" #. create the text entry widget #: gtk/gtkfontsel.c:532 msgid "_Preview:" msgstr "སྔོན་ལྟ།(_P)" #: gtk/gtkfontsel.c:1649 msgid "Font Selection" msgstr "ཡིག་གཟུགས་འདེམས་པ" #: gtk/gtkgamma.c:410 msgid "Gamma" msgstr "Gamma" #: gtk/gtkgamma.c:420 msgid "_Gamma value" msgstr "Gamma ཐོབ་གྲངས(_G)" #. Remove this icon source so we don't keep trying to #. * load it. #. #: gtk/gtkiconfactory.c:1354 #, c-format msgid "Error loading icon: %s" msgstr "མཚོན་རྟགས་ཀློག་འཇུག་སྐབས་ནོར་འཁྲུལ་འདུག:%s" #: gtk/gtkicontheme.c:1365 #, c-format msgid "" "Could not find the icon '%s'. The '%s' theme\n" "was not found either, perhaps you need to install it.\n" "You can get a copy from:\n" "\t%s" msgstr "" "མཚོན་རྟགས་ '%s' དེ་འཚོལ་མ་ཐུབ། བརྗོད་གཞི་'%s' \n" " ཡང་རྙེད་མ་སོང་ ཕལ་ཆེར་སྒྲིག་འཇུག་དགོས་འདུག\n" " ཁྱོད་ཀྱིས་གནས་འདི་ནས་འདྲ་བཤུ་བྱེད་ཆོག \t%s" #: gtk/gtkicontheme.c:1546 #, c-format msgid "Icon '%s' not present in theme" msgstr "མཚོན་རྟགས་ ’%s’ དེ་བརྗོད་གཞིའི་ནང་མི་འདུག" #: gtk/gtkicontheme.c:3086 msgid "Failed to load icon" msgstr "མཚོན་རྟགས་ཀློག་འཇུག་བྱེད་མ་ཐུབ།" #: gtk/gtkimmodule.c:527 msgid "Simple" msgstr "སྤྱིར་བཏང" #: gtk/gtkimmulticontext.c:563 msgctxt "input method menu" msgid "System" msgstr "མ་ལག་" #: gtk/gtkimmulticontext.c:573 msgctxt "input method menu" msgid "None" msgstr "ཅི་ཡང་མེད" #: gtk/gtkimmulticontext.c:656 #, c-format msgctxt "input method menu" msgid "System (%s)" msgstr "མ་ལག་(%s)" #: gtk/gtkinputdialog.c:192 msgid "Input" msgstr "ནང་འཇུག" #: gtk/gtkinputdialog.c:207 msgid "No extended input devices" msgstr "རྒྱ་བསྐྱེད་བྱས་པའི་ནང་འཇུག་སྒྲིག་ཆས་མི་འདུག" #: gtk/gtkinputdialog.c:220 msgid "_Device:" msgstr "སྒྲིག་ཆས།(_D)" #: gtk/gtkinputdialog.c:237 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "ནུས་མེད་བསྒྱུར་ཟིན" #: gtk/gtkinputdialog.c:244 msgid "Screen" msgstr "འཆར་ངོས" #: gtk/gtkinputdialog.c:251 msgid "Window" msgstr "སྒེའུ་ཁུང" #: gtk/gtkinputdialog.c:258 msgid "_Mode:" msgstr "རྣམ་པ།(_M)" #. The axis listbox #: gtk/gtkinputdialog.c:279 msgid "Axes" msgstr "ཚད་ཐིག" #. Keys listbox #: gtk/gtkinputdialog.c:297 msgid "Keys" msgstr "ལྡེ་མིག" #: gtk/gtkinputdialog.c:524 msgid "_X:" msgstr "འཕྲེད་ཐིག_X" #: gtk/gtkinputdialog.c:525 msgid "_Y:" msgstr "གྱེན་ཐིག(_Y)" #: gtk/gtkinputdialog.c:526 msgid "_Pressure:" msgstr "སྣོན་ཤུགས་:(_P)" #: gtk/gtkinputdialog.c:527 msgid "X _tilt:" msgstr "འཕྲེད་ཐིག་གི་ཡོ་ཚད(_t)" #: gtk/gtkinputdialog.c:528 msgid "Y t_ilt:" msgstr "གྱེན་ཐིག་གི་ཡོ་ཚད(_i)" #: gtk/gtkinputdialog.c:529 msgid "_Wheel:" msgstr "འཁོར་ལོ་:(_W)" #: gtk/gtkinputdialog.c:581 msgid "none" msgstr "ཅི་མེད།" #: gtk/gtkinputdialog.c:618 gtk/gtkinputdialog.c:654 msgid "(disabled)" msgstr "(ནུས་མེད་བཟོས་ཚར)" #: gtk/gtkinputdialog.c:647 msgid "(unknown)" msgstr "(མ་ཤེསཔ།)" #. and clear button #: gtk/gtkinputdialog.c:751 msgid "Cl_ear" msgstr "གཙང་དག་བཟོ(_e)" #. Open Link #: gtk/gtklabel.c:5702 msgid "_Open Link" msgstr "སྦྲེལ་མཐུད་ཁ་འབྱེད_O" #. Copy Link Address #: gtk/gtklabel.c:5714 msgid "Copy _Link Address" msgstr "སྦྲེལ་མཐུད་ཁ་ཡིག་འདྲ་བཤུ_L" #: gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:428 msgid "Copy URL" msgstr "(URL)འདྲ་བཤུ" #: gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:586 msgid "Invalid URI" msgstr "ནུས་མེད་ཀྱི(URI)" #. Description of --gtk-module=MODULES in --help output #: gtk/gtkmain.c:453 msgid "Load additional GTK+ modules" msgstr "(GTK+)དཔེ་གཞི་གཞན་པ་ཀློག་འཇུག" #. Placeholder in --gtk-module=MODULES in --help output #: gtk/gtkmain.c:454 msgid "MODULES" msgstr "དཔེ་གཞི།" #. Description of --g-fatal-warnings in --help output #: gtk/gtkmain.c:456 msgid "Make all warnings fatal" msgstr "ཉེན་བརྡ་ཡོངས་རྫོགས་ཚབ་ཆེན་པོར་བཟོ" #. Description of --gtk-debug=FLAGS in --help output #: gtk/gtkmain.c:459 msgid "GTK+ debugging flags to set" msgstr "(GTK+)སྐྱོན་སེལ་རྟགས་འཛུགས་པ" #. Description of --gtk-no-debug=FLAGS in --help output #: gtk/gtkmain.c:462 msgid "GTK+ debugging flags to unset" msgstr "(GTK+)སྐྱོན་སེལ་རྟགས་མི་འཛུགས་པ" #. Translate to default:RTL if you want your widgets #. * to be RTL, otherwise translate to default:LTR. #. * Do *not* translate it to "predefinito:LTR", if it #. * it isn't default:LTR or default:RTL it will not work #. #: gtk/gtkmain.c:743 msgid "default:LTR" msgstr "default:LTR" #: gtk/gtkmain.c:808 #, c-format msgid "Cannot open display: %s" msgstr "འདི་ཕྱིར་མངོན་མི་ཐུབ་པ: %s" #: gtk/gtkmain.c:845 msgid "GTK+ Options" msgstr "(GTK+)འདེམས་སྟངས" #: gtk/gtkmain.c:845 msgid "Show GTK+ Options" msgstr "GTK+་འདེམས་སྟངས་མངོན་པ" #: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:489 msgid "Co_nnect" msgstr "སྦྲེལ་བ_n" #: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:556 msgid "Connect _anonymously" msgstr "མིང་མ་བཀོད་པར་སྦྲེལ་བ" #: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:565 msgid "Connect as u_ser:" msgstr "སྤྱོད་མཁན་ནང་བཞིན་སྦྲེལ་བ" #: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:603 msgid "_Username:" msgstr "སྤྱོད་མཁན་མིང_U" #: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:608 msgid "_Domain:" msgstr "ཁོངས" #: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:614 msgid "_Password:" msgstr "གསང་གྲངས།" #: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:632 msgid "Forget password _immediately" msgstr "གསང་གྲངས་ལམ་སེང་བརྗེད་པ_i" #: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:642 msgid "Remember password until you _logout" msgstr "གསང་གྲངས་ཕྱིར་འདོན་མ་བྱས་པར་དུ་ཡིད་ལ་འཛིན_l" #: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:652 msgid "Remember _forever" msgstr "ནམ་ཡང་ཡིད་ལ་བཟུང_f" #: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:881 #, c-format msgid "Unknown Application (PID %d)" msgstr "རྒྱུས་མེད་པའི་པའི་ཉེར་སྤྱོད (pid %d)" #: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:1064 #, c-format msgid "Unable to end process" msgstr "བརྒྱུད་རིམ་མཚམས་འཇོག་མ་ཐུབ་པ།" #: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:1101 msgid "_End Process" msgstr "རྒྱུད་རིམ་མཚམས་འཇོག་པ།_E" #: gtk/gtkmountoperation-stub.c:64 #, c-format msgid "Cannot kill process with PID %d. Operation is not implemented." msgstr "བརྒྱུད་རིམ་ཚབས་ཨང་%dམཚམས་འཇོག་མ་ཐུབ་པ། བཀའ་བཀོད་ལེགས་འགྲུབ་མ་ཐུབ" #. translators: this string is a name for the 'less' command #: gtk/gtkmountoperation-x11.c:872 msgid "Terminal Pager" msgstr "མཐའ་སྣེའི་ཤོག་ལེབ་བསྒྱུར་བྱེད" #: gtk/gtkmountoperation-x11.c:873 msgid "Top Command" msgstr "རིམ་པ་གོང་མའི་བཀའ་བརྡ" #: gtk/gtkmountoperation-x11.c:874 msgid "Bourne Again Shell" msgstr "Bourne Again Shell" #: gtk/gtkmountoperation-x11.c:875 msgid "Bourne Shell" msgstr "Bourne Shell" #: gtk/gtkmountoperation-x11.c:876 msgid "Z Shell" msgstr "Z Shell" #: gtk/gtkmountoperation-x11.c:973 #, c-format msgid "Cannot end process with PID %d: %s" msgstr "བརྒྱུད་རིམ་ཚབ་ཨང་%d མཚམས་འཇོག་མ་ཐུབ་པ།: %s" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:4744 gtk/gtknotebook.c:7350 #, c-format msgid "Page %u" msgstr "ཤོག་གྲངས %u" #: gtk/gtkpagesetup.c:597 gtk/gtkpapersize.c:826 gtk/gtkpapersize.c:868 msgid "Not a valid page setup file" msgstr "ཤོག་ལེབ་སྒྲིག་འགོད་ཡིག་ཆ་ཕན་ནུས་ཅན་ཞིག་མིན་པ" #: gtk/gtkpagesetupunixdialog.c:167 msgid "Any Printer" msgstr "པར་འཕྲུལ་གང་རུང་བ" #: gtk/gtkpagesetupunixdialog.c:167 msgid "For portable documents" msgstr "སྤོར་འགུལ་རུང་བའི་ཡིག་ཆ" #: gtk/gtkpagesetupunixdialog.c:797 #, c-format msgid "" "Margins:\n" " Left: %s %s\n" " Right: %s %s\n" " Top: %s %s\n" " Bottom: %s %s" msgstr "" "ཤོག་ཟུར:\n" "གཡོན་: %s %s\n" "གཡས་: %s %s\n" "གོང: %s %s\n" "འོག: %s %s" #: gtk/gtkpagesetupunixdialog.c:846 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3286 msgid "Manage Custom Sizes..." msgstr "རང་བཟོས་ཆེ་ཆུང་དོ་དམ་་་" #: gtk/gtkpagesetupunixdialog.c:894 msgid "_Format for:" msgstr "འདིའི་བཟོ་བཀོད(_F)" #: gtk/gtkpagesetupunixdialog.c:916 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3458 msgid "_Paper size:" msgstr "ཤོག་ལེབ་ཆ་ཚད་:(_P)" #: gtk/gtkpagesetupunixdialog.c:947 msgid "_Orientation:" msgstr "ཁ་ཕྱོགས་:(_O)" #: gtk/gtkpagesetupunixdialog.c:1011 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3520 msgid "Page Setup" msgstr "ཤོག་ངོས་སྒྲིག་འཛུགས" #: gtk/gtkpathbar.c:151 msgid "Up Path" msgstr "གོང་གི་བརྒྱུད་ལམ།" #: gtk/gtkpathbar.c:153 msgid "Down Path" msgstr "འོག་གི་བརྒྱུད་ལམ" #: gtk/gtkpathbar.c:1469 msgid "File System Root" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆའི་མ་ལག་རྩ་བ" #: gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:749 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "ཐོབ་ཐང་ངོས་འཛིན" #: gtk/gtkprinteroptionwidget.c:725 msgid "Not available" msgstr "སྤྱོད་མི་རུང་བ" #: gtk/gtkprinteroptionwidget.c:844 msgid "_Save in folder:" msgstr "ཡིག་སྣོད་ནང༌ཉར་ཚགས(_S)" #. translators: this string is the default job title for print #. * jobs. %s gets replaced by the application name, %d gets replaced #. * by the job number. #. #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:190 #, c-format msgid "%s job #%d" msgstr "%s ཡི་པར་འདེབས་རྒྱུ ་#%d" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1687 msgctxt "print operation status" msgid "Initial state" msgstr "དང་ཐོག་གི་གནས་སྟངས" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1688 msgctxt "print operation status" msgid "Preparing to print" msgstr "པར་འདེབས་གྲ་སྒྲིག་བྱེད་བཞིན་པ" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1689 msgctxt "print operation status" msgid "Generating data" msgstr "ཆ་འཕྲིན་གྲངས་འགོ་སློང་བཞིན་པ" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1690 msgctxt "print operation status" msgid "Sending data" msgstr "ཆ་འཕྲིན་གྲངས་སྐུར་བཞིན་པ" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1691 msgctxt "print operation status" msgid "Waiting" msgstr "སྒུག་བཞིན་པ" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1692 msgctxt "print operation status" msgid "Blocking on issue" msgstr "གནས་ཚུལ་ཐོག་ཏུ་བཀར་བ" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1693 msgctxt "print operation status" msgid "Printing" msgstr "པར་འདེབས་བཞིན་པ" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1694 msgctxt "print operation status" msgid "Finished" msgstr "མཇུག་རྫོགས་ཚར་བ" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1695 msgctxt "print operation status" msgid "Finished with error" msgstr "ནོར་འཁྲུལ་དང་ཕྲད་ནས་མཇུག་རྫོགས་ཚར" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:2254 #, c-format msgid "Preparing %d" msgstr "%dགྲ་སྒྲིག་བྱེད་བཞིན་པ" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:2256 gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:2875 #, c-format msgid "Preparing" msgstr "གྲ་སྒྲིག་བྱེད་བཞིན་པ" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:2259 #, c-format msgid "Printing %d" msgstr "%dཔར་འདེབས་བཞིན་པ" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:2905 #, c-format msgid "Error creating print preview" msgstr "པར་འདེབས་སྔོན་ལྟ་གསར་བཟོ་བྱེད་པར་ནོར་འཁྲུལ" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:2908 #, c-format msgid "" "The most probable reason is that a temporary file could not be created." msgstr "རྒྱུ་རྐྱེན་ནི་ཕལ་ཆེར་གནས་སྐབས་ཡིག་ཆ་གསར་འཛུགས་མི་ཐུབ་པ" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation-unix.c:297 gtk/gtkprintoperation-unix.c:314 #, c-format msgid "Error launching preview" msgstr "སྔོན་ལྟ་འགོ་འཛུགས་སྐབས་ནོར་འཁྲུལ" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation-unix.c:358 #, c-format msgid "Error printing" msgstr "པར་འདེབས་སྐབས་ནོར་འཁྲུལ" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation-unix.c:494 gtk/gtkprintoperation-win32.c:1447 msgid "Application" msgstr "ཉེར་སྤྱོད" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation-win32.c:612 msgid "Printer offline" msgstr "དྲ་བྲལ་བའི་པར་འཕྲུལ" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation-win32.c:614 msgid "Out of paper" msgstr "ཤོག་བུ་རྫོགས་ཚར" #. Translators: this is a printer status. #: gtk/gtkprintoperation-win32.c:616 #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:2068 msgid "Paused" msgstr "བར་མཚམས་བཞག་ཚར" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation-win32.c:618 msgid "Need user intervention" msgstr "སྤྱོད་མཁན་གྱི་ཚོད་འཛིན་དགོས་པ" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation-win32.c:718 msgid "Custom size" msgstr "སྲོལ་སྒྲིག་གི་ཚད།" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation-win32.c:1539 msgid "No printer found" msgstr "པར་འཕྲུལ་མ་རྙེད་པ" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation-win32.c:1566 msgid "Invalid argument to CreateDC" msgstr "Invalid argument to CreateDC" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation-win32.c:1602 gtk/gtkprintoperation-win32.c:1829 msgid "Error from StartDoc" msgstr "Error from StartDoc" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation-win32.c:1684 gtk/gtkprintoperation-win32.c:1707 #: gtk/gtkprintoperation-win32.c:1755 msgid "Not enough free memory" msgstr "ཡིད་འཛིན་གྱིས་འདང་མི་འདུག" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation-win32.c:1760 msgid "Invalid argument to PrintDlgEx" msgstr "Invalid argument to PrintDlgEx" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation-win32.c:1765 msgid "Invalid pointer to PrintDlgEx" msgstr "Invalid pointer to PrintDlgEx" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation-win32.c:1770 msgid "Invalid handle to PrintDlgEx" msgstr "Invalid handle to PrintDlgEx" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation-win32.c:1775 msgid "Unspecified error" msgstr "གཏན་འབེབས་མ་བྱས་པའི་ནོར་འཁྲུལ" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:614 msgid "Getting printer information failed" msgstr "པར་འཕྲུལ་གྱི་གནས་ཚུལ་འདོན་མི་ཐུབ་པ" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:1862 msgid "Getting printer information..." msgstr "པར་འཕྲུལ་གྱི་གནས་ཚུལ་འདོན་བཞིན་པ་་་" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:2132 msgid "Printer" msgstr "པར་འཕྲུལ།" #. Translators: this is the header for the location column in the print dialog #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:2142 msgid "Location" msgstr "གནས་ཁོངས།" #. Translators: this is the header for the printer status column in the print dialog #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:2153 msgid "Status" msgstr "གནས་སྟངས" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:2179 msgid "Range" msgstr "རྒྱ་ཁྱོན" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:2183 msgid "_All Pages" msgstr "ཤོག་ལེབ་ཡོངས་རྫོགས_A" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:2190 msgid "C_urrent Page" msgstr "ད་ལྟའི་ཤོག་གྲངས_u" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:2200 msgid "Se_lection" msgstr "བདམས་ཟིན་པ_l" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:2209 msgid "Pag_es:" msgstr "ཤོག་གྲངས།_e" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:2210 msgid "" "Specify one or more page ranges,\n" " e.g. 1-3,7,11" msgstr "" "ཤོག་གྲངས་ཚད་གཏན་འབེབས་བྱེད་པ\n" " e.g. 1-3,7,11" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:2221 msgid "Pages" msgstr "ཤོག་གྲངས" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:2234 msgid "Copies" msgstr "འདྲ་བཤུ" #. FIXME chpe: too much space between Copies and spinbutton, put those 2 in a hbox and make it span 2 columns #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:2239 msgid "Copie_s:" msgstr "འདྲ་བཤུ་གྲངས།(_s)" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:2258 msgid "C_ollate" msgstr "གནས་སྟོན་པ(_o)" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:2266 msgid "_Reverse" msgstr "མགོ་རྟིང་ལོག(_R)" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:2286 msgid "General" msgstr "སྤྱི་ཡོངས" #. Translators: These strings name the possible arrangements of #. * multiple pages on a sheet when printing (same as in gtkprintbackendcups.c) #. #. Translators: These strings name the possible arrangements of #. * multiple pages on a sheet when printing #. #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3019 #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3615 msgid "Left to right, top to bottom" msgstr "གཡོན་ནས་གཡས་དང་གོང་ནས་འོག" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3019 #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3615 msgid "Left to right, bottom to top" msgstr "གཡོན་ནས་གཡས་དང་འོག་ནས་གོང" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3020 #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3616 msgid "Right to left, top to bottom" msgstr "གཡས་ནས་གཡོན་དང་གོང་ནས་འོག" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3020 #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3616 msgid "Right to left, bottom to top" msgstr "གཡས་ནས་གཡོན་དང་འོག་ནས་གོང" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3021 #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3617 msgid "Top to bottom, left to right" msgstr "གོང་ནས་འོག་དང་གཡོན་ནས་གཡས" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3021 #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3617 msgid "Top to bottom, right to left" msgstr "གོང་ནས་འོག་དང་གཡས་ནས་གཡོན" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3022 #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3618 msgid "Bottom to top, left to right" msgstr "འོག་ནས་གོང་དང་གཡོན་ནས་གཡས" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3022 #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3618 msgid "Bottom to top, right to left" msgstr "འོག་ནས་གོང་དང་གཡས་ནས་གཡོན" #. Translators, this string is used to label the option in the print #. * dialog that controls in what order multiple pages are arranged #. #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3026 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3039 #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3650 msgid "Page Ordering" msgstr "ཤོག་གྲངས་གོ་རིམ" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3055 msgid "Left to right" msgstr "གཡོན་ནས་གཡས" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3056 msgid "Right to left" msgstr "གཡས་ནས་གཡོན" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3068 msgid "Top to bottom" msgstr "གོང་ནས་འོག" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3069 msgid "Bottom to top" msgstr "འོག་ནས་གོང" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3309 msgid "Layout" msgstr "སྒྲིག་འགོད།" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3313 msgid "T_wo-sided:" msgstr "ཕྱོགས་གཉིས་ལྡན་:(_w)" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3328 msgid "Pages per _side:" msgstr "ངོས་རེ་ལ་ཤོག་གྲངས_s།" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3345 msgid "Page or_dering:" msgstr "ཤོག་ལེབ་གོ་རིམ_d" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3361 msgid "_Only print:" msgstr "པར་འདེབས་ཁོ་ན(_O)" #. In enum order #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3376 msgid "All sheets" msgstr "ཤོག་ལེབ་ཡོངས་རྫོགས" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3377 msgid "Even sheets" msgstr "ཆ་ཅན་ཤོག་གྲངས" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3378 msgid "Odd sheets" msgstr "ཡ་ཅན་ཤོག་གྲངས།" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3381 msgid "Sc_ale:" msgstr "ཚད་ཤིང་།(_a)" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3408 msgid "Paper" msgstr "ཤོག་བུ" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3412 msgid "Paper _type:" msgstr "ཤོག་བུའི་རིགས།(_t)" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3427 msgid "Paper _source:" msgstr "ཤོག་བའི་གནས་ཁུངས།(_s)" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3442 msgid "Output t_ray:" msgstr "ཕྱིར་འདོན་སྣོད།(_r)" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3482 msgid "Or_ientation:" msgstr "ཁ་ཕྱོགས_i" #. In enum order #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3497 msgid "Portrait" msgstr "གྱེན་སློང" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3498 msgid "Landscape" msgstr "འཕྲེད་ཉལ" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3499 msgid "Reverse portrait" msgstr "ལྡོག་པའི་གྱེན་སློང" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3500 msgid "Reverse landscape" msgstr "ལྡོག་པའི་འཕྲེད་ཉལ" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3545 msgid "Job Details" msgstr "པར་འདེབས་རྒྱུ ་རྒྱས་བཤད།" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3551 msgid "Pri_ority:" msgstr "གཙོ་རིམ།(_o)" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3566 msgid "_Billing info:" msgstr "རིམ་འབབས་བརྡ་དོན།(_B)" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3584 msgid "Print Document" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་པར་འདེབས" #. Translators: this is one of the choices for the print at option #. * in the print dialog #. #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3593 msgid "_Now" msgstr "ད་ལྟ།(_N)" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3604 msgid "A_t:" msgstr "ལ:(_t)" #. Translators: Ability to parse the am/pm format depends on actual locale. #. * You can remove the am/pm values below for your locale if they are not #. * supported. #. #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3610 msgid "" "Specify the time of print,\n" " e.g. 15:30, 2:35 pm, 14:15:20, 11:46:30 am, 4 pm" msgstr "" "པར་འདེབས་ལ་དུས་བཀག་བཟོ་བ དཔེར་ན། 15:30, 2:35 ཕྱི་དྲོ 14:15:20, 11:46:30 " "སྔ་དྲོ 4 ཕྱི་དྲོ" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3620 msgid "Time of print" msgstr "པར་འདེབས་ཀྱི་དུས་ཚོད" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3636 msgid "On _hold" msgstr "ཡིད་ལ་ཟུངས(_h)" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3637 msgid "Hold the job until it is explicitly released" msgstr "པར་འདེབས་རྒྱུ ་དེ་པར་འདེབས་མ་རན་བར་དུ་འཛིན་པ" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3657 msgid "Add Cover Page" msgstr "ཕྱི་ཤོག་ཁ་སྣོན" #. Translators, this is the label used for the option in the print #. * dialog that controls the front cover page. #. #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3666 msgid "Be_fore:" msgstr "དེའི་སྔོན:(_f)" #. Translators, this is the label used for the option in the print #. * dialog that controls the back cover page. #. #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3684 msgid "_After:" msgstr "དེའི་རྗེས:(_A)" #. Translators: this is the tab label for the notebook tab containing #. * job-specific options in the print dialog #. #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3702 msgid "Job" msgstr "པར་འདེབས་རྒྱུ" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3768 msgid "Advanced" msgstr "མཐོ་རིམ" #. Translators: this will appear as tab label in print dialog. #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3803 msgid "Image Quality" msgstr "གཟུགས་བརྙན་གྱི་སྤུས་ཚད།" #. Translators: this will appear as tab label in print dialog. #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3807 msgid "Color" msgstr "ཚོས་གཞི།" #. Translators: this will appear as tab label in print dialog. #. It's a typographical term, as in "Binding and finishing" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3812 msgid "Finishing" msgstr "མཇུག་རྫོགས་བཞིན་པ" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3822 msgid "Some of the settings in the dialog conflict" msgstr "གླེང་སྒྲོམ་ནང་གི་སྒྲིག་སྟངས་འགའ་འཁྲུག་འདུག" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3845 msgid "Print" msgstr "པར་འདེབས།" #: gtk/gtkrc.c:2886 #, c-format msgid "Unable to find include file: \"%s\"" msgstr "ཚུད་དགོས་པའི་ཡིག་ཆ་མ་རྙེད་པ \"%s\"" #: gtk/gtkrc.c:3516 gtk/gtkrc.c:3519 #, c-format msgid "Unable to locate image file in pixmap_path: \"%s\"" msgstr "" "ཚོན་གྲངས་ས་ཁྲའི་བརྒྱུད་ལམ་ནང་གཟུགས་བརྙན་ཡིག་ཆའི་གནས་འཚོལ་མི་ཐུབ་པ \"%s\"(_p)" #: gtk/gtkrecentaction.c:154 gtk/gtkrecentaction.c:162 #: gtk/gtkrecentchoosermenu.c:588 gtk/gtkrecentchoosermenu.c:596 #, c-format msgid "This function is not implemented for widgets of class '%s'" msgstr "དབྱེ་རིགས་ཀྱི་མཁོ་ཆས'%s'རྩོལ་ནུས་ལེགས་འགྲུབ་མི་ཐུབ་པ" #: gtk/gtkrecentchooserdefault.c:481 msgid "Select which type of documents are shown" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆའི་རིགས་གང་ཞིག་འཆར་དགོས་པ་གདམ་པ" #: gtk/gtkrecentchooserdefault.c:1134 gtk/gtkrecentchooserdefault.c:1171 #, c-format msgid "No item for URI '%s' found" msgstr "(URI)'%s'རྣམ་གྲངས་མེད་པ" #: gtk/gtkrecentchooserdefault.c:1298 msgid "Untitled filter" msgstr "ཁ་བྱང་མེད་པའི་ཚགས་བྱེད་ཡོ་ཆས" #: gtk/gtkrecentchooserdefault.c:1651 msgid "Could not remove item" msgstr "རྣམ་གྲངས་འདོར་མ་ཐུབ།" #: gtk/gtkrecentchooserdefault.c:1695 msgid "Could not clear list" msgstr "ཐོ་ཡིག་གཙང་དག་བཟོ་མ་ཐུབ།" #: gtk/gtkrecentchooserdefault.c:1779 msgid "Copy _Location" msgstr "གནས་ཁོངས་འདྲ་(_L)" #: gtk/gtkrecentchooserdefault.c:1792 msgid "_Remove From List" msgstr "ཐོ་ཡིག་ནང་ནས་འདོར་བ(_R)" #: gtk/gtkrecentchooserdefault.c:1801 msgid "_Clear List" msgstr "ཐོ་ཡིག་གཙང་མ་བཟོ(_C)" #: gtk/gtkrecentchooserdefault.c:1815 msgid "Show _Private Resources" msgstr "སྒེར་གྱི་ཐོན་ཁུངས་སྟོན(_P)" #. we create a placeholder menuitem, to be used in case #. * the menu is empty. this placeholder will stay around #. * for the entire lifetime of the menu, and we just hide it #. * when it's not used. we have to do this, and do it here, #. * because we need a marker for the beginning of the recent #. * items list, so that we can insert the new items at the #. * right place when idly populating the menu in case the #. * user appended or prepended custom menu items to the #. * recent chooser menu widget. #. #: gtk/gtkrecentchoosermenu.c:342 msgid "No items found" msgstr "རྣམ་གྲངས་གཅིག་ཀྱང་མ་རྙེད།" #: gtk/gtkrecentchoosermenu.c:508 gtk/gtkrecentchoosermenu.c:564 #, c-format msgid "No recently used resource found with URI `%s'" msgstr "(URI)%sཡོད་པའི་ཐོན་ཁུངས་གང་ཡང་མ་རྙེད" #: gtk/gtkrecentchoosermenu.c:774 #, c-format msgid "Open '%s'" msgstr "'%s'ཁ་ཕྱེ།" #: gtk/gtkrecentchoosermenu.c:804 msgid "Unknown item" msgstr "མ་ཤེས་པའི་རྣམ་གྲངས།" #. This is the label format that is used for the first 10 items #. * in a recent files menu. The %d is the number of the item, #. * the %s is the name of the item. Please keep the _ in front #. * of the number to give these menu items a mnemonic. #. #: gtk/gtkrecentchoosermenu.c:815 #, c-format msgctxt "recent menu label" msgid "_%d. %s" msgstr "_%d. %s" #. This is the format that is used for items in a recent files menu. #. * The %d is the number of the item, the %s is the name of the item. #. #: gtk/gtkrecentchoosermenu.c:820 #, c-format msgctxt "recent menu label" msgid "%d. %s" msgstr "%d. %s" #: gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:1159 gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:1172 #: gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:1310 gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:1320 #: gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:1373 gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:1382 #: gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:1397 #, c-format msgid "Unable to find an item with URI '%s'" msgstr "(URI)'%s'ཡོད་པའི་རྣམ་གྲངས་ཅིག་མ་རྙེད" #: gtk/gtkspinner.c:458 msgctxt "throbbing progress animation widget" msgid "Spinner" msgstr "འཁོར་ལོ" #: gtk/gtkspinner.c:459 msgid "Provides visual indication of progress" msgstr "མཐོང་ནུས་ཀྱི་བརྒྱུད་རིམ་སྟེར་བ" #. KEEP IN SYNC with gtkiconfactory.c stock icons, when appropriate #: gtk/gtkstock.c:315 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "Information" msgstr "བརྡ་འཕྲིན" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:316 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "Warning" msgstr "ཉེན་བརྡ" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:317 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "Error" msgstr "ནོར་འཁྲུལ" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:318 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "Question" msgstr "དྲི་བ" #. FIXME these need accelerators when appropriate, and #. * need the mnemonics to be rationalized #. #: gtk/gtkstock.c:323 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_About" msgstr "སྐོར_A" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:324 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Add" msgstr "ཁ་སྣོན_A" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:325 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Apply" msgstr "བེད་སྤྱོད་གཏོང་།_A" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:326 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Bold" msgstr "སྦོམ་གཟུགས_B" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:327 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Cancel" msgstr "རྩིས་མེད་གཏོང_C" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:328 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_CD-Rom" msgstr "འོད་སྡེར་ཀློག་ཆས_C" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:329 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Clear" msgstr "གཙང་དག_C" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:330 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Close" msgstr "ཁ་རྒྱག_C" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:331 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "C_onnect" msgstr "སྦྲེལ་བ_o" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:332 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Convert" msgstr "བཟོ་བཀོད་བསྒྱུར་བ་_C" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:333 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Copy" msgstr "འདྲ་བཤུ_C" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:334 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "Cu_t" msgstr "གཅོད_t" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:335 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Delete" msgstr "བསུབ་པ_D" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:336 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Discard" msgstr "དབྱུག_D" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:337 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Disconnect" msgstr "སྦྲེལ་མཐུད་དོར་_D" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:338 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Execute" msgstr "བཀོལ་སྤྱོད_E" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:339 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Edit" msgstr "བསྒྱུར་བཅོས_E" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:340 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Find" msgstr "འཚོལ_E" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:341 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "Find and _Replace" msgstr "འཚོལ་ནས་ཚབ་བཅུག_R" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:342 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Floppy" msgstr "_Floppy" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:343 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Fullscreen" msgstr "འཆར་ངོས་ཧྲིལ་པོ_F" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:344 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Leave Fullscreen" msgstr "འཆར་ངོས་ཧྲིལ་པོ་ཁ་བྲལ_L" #. This is a navigation label as in "go to the bottom of the page" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:346 msgctxt "Stock label, navigation" msgid "_Bottom" msgstr "འོག_B" #. This is a navigation label as in "go to the first page" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:348 msgctxt "Stock label, navigation" msgid "_First" msgstr "ཐོག་མ_F" #. This is a navigation label as in "go to the last page" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:350 msgctxt "Stock label, navigation" msgid "_Last" msgstr "མཐའ་མ_L" #. This is a navigation label as in "go to the top of the page" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:352 msgctxt "Stock label, navigation" msgid "_Top" msgstr "གོང་མ_T" #. This is a navigation label as in "go back" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:354 msgctxt "Stock label, navigation" msgid "_Back" msgstr "རྒྱབ་_B" #. This is a navigation label as in "go down" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:356 msgctxt "Stock label, navigation" msgid "_Down" msgstr "མར_D" #. This is a navigation label as in "go forward" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:358 msgctxt "Stock label, navigation" msgid "_Forward" msgstr "མདུན་སྐྱོད_F" #. This is a navigation label as in "go up" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:360 msgctxt "Stock label, navigation" msgid "_Up" msgstr "ཡར_U" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:361 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Harddisk" msgstr "སྲ་སྡེར_H" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:362 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Help" msgstr "རོགས་སྐྱོར_H" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:363 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Home" msgstr "གཙོ་ངོས_H" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:364 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "Increase Indent" msgstr "བར་སྟོང་ཆེ་རུ་འགྲོ" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:365 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "Decrease Indent" msgstr "བར་སྟོང་ཆུང་དུ་འགྲོ" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:366 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Index" msgstr "ཐོ་འགོད_I" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:367 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Information" msgstr "གནས་ཚུལ_I" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:368 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Italic" msgstr "ཡོ་གཟུགས_I" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:369 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Jump to" msgstr "དེ་ལ་མཆོང་འགྲོ་བ_J" #. This is about text justification, "centered text" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:371 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Center" msgstr "དཀྱིལ_C" #. This is about text justification #: gtk/gtkstock.c:373 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Fill" msgstr "ཁ་སྐོང_F" #. This is about text justification, "left-justified text" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:375 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Left" msgstr "གཡོན_L" #. This is about text justification, "right-justified text" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:377 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Right" msgstr "གཡས_R" #. Media label, as in "fast forward" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:380 msgctxt "Stock label, media" msgid "_Forward" msgstr "མདུན་སྐྱོད_F" #. Media label, as in "next song" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:382 msgctxt "Stock label, media" msgid "_Next" msgstr "རྗེས་མ_N" #. Media label, as in "pause music" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:384 msgctxt "Stock label, media" msgid "P_ause" msgstr "བར་མཚམས་_a" #. Media label, as in "play music" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:386 msgctxt "Stock label, media" msgid "_Play" msgstr "གཏོང_P" #. Media label, as in "previous song" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:388 msgctxt "Stock label, media" msgid "Pre_vious" msgstr "གོང་མ_v" #. Media label #: gtk/gtkstock.c:390 msgctxt "Stock label, media" msgid "_Record" msgstr "སྒྲ་སྡུད_R" #. Media label #: gtk/gtkstock.c:392 msgctxt "Stock label, media" msgid "R_ewind" msgstr "ཡར་ལྡོག_e" #. Media label #: gtk/gtkstock.c:394 msgctxt "Stock label, media" msgid "_Stop" msgstr "མཚམས་འཇོག_S" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:395 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Network" msgstr "དྲ་རྒྱ_N" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:396 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_New" msgstr "གསར་པ_N" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:397 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_No" msgstr "མིན_N" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:398 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_OK" msgstr "རེད_O" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:399 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Open" msgstr "ཁ་ཕྱེ_O" #. Page orientation #: gtk/gtkstock.c:401 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "Landscape" msgstr "འཕྲེད་ཉལ" #. Page orientation #: gtk/gtkstock.c:403 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "Portrait" msgstr "གྱེན་སློང་" #. Page orientation #: gtk/gtkstock.c:405 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "Reverse landscape" msgstr "མགོ་རྟིང་སློག་པའི་འཕྲེད་ཉལ" #. Page orientation #: gtk/gtkstock.c:407 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "Reverse portrait" msgstr "མགོ་རྟིང་སློག་པའི་གྱེན་སློང" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:408 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "Page Set_up" msgstr "ཤོག་བུ་སྒྲིག་འཛུགས_u" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:409 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Paste" msgstr "སྦྱར་བ_P" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:410 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Preferences" msgstr "རང་མོས་སྒྲིག་འགོད_P" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:411 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Print" msgstr "པར་འདེབས" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:412 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "Print Pre_view" msgstr "པར་འདེབས་སྔོན་ལྟ" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:413 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Properties" msgstr "ངོ་བོ" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:414 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Quit" msgstr "མཚམས་བཞག" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:415 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Redo" msgstr "སླར་བཟོ" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:416 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Refresh" msgstr "བསྐྱར་འཇུག" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:417 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Remove" msgstr "འདོར་བ" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:418 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Revert" msgstr "བསྐྱར་གསོ" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:419 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Save" msgstr "ཉར་ཚགས" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:420 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "Save _As" msgstr "ཉར་ཚགས་བྱེད་ཚུལ" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:421 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "Select _All" msgstr "ཚང་མ་འདེམས_A" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:422 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Color" msgstr "ཚོན་མདོག_C" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:423 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Font" msgstr "ཡིག་གཟུགས།_F" #. Sorting direction #: gtk/gtkstock.c:425 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Ascending" msgstr "གོ་རིམ་བཞིན_A" #. Sorting direction #: gtk/gtkstock.c:427 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Descending" msgstr "ལྡོག་པའི་གོ་རིམ_D" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:428 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Spell Check" msgstr "ཡིག་ནོར་འཚོལ་བཤེར_S" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:429 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Stop" msgstr "མཚམས་འཇོག_S" #. Font variant #: gtk/gtkstock.c:431 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Strikethrough" msgstr "_Strikethrough" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:432 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Undelete" msgstr "མི་བསུབ་པ_U" #. Font variant #: gtk/gtkstock.c:434 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Underline" msgstr "འོག་ཐིག_U" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:435 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Undo" msgstr "མི་བྱེད་པ_U" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:436 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Yes" msgstr "རེད_Y" #. Zoom #: gtk/gtkstock.c:438 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Normal Size" msgstr "རྒྱུན་ལྡན་གྱི་ཆེ་ཆུང_N" #. Zoom #: gtk/gtkstock.c:440 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "Best _Fit" msgstr "རན་པོ་འགྲིག་པ_F" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:441 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "Zoom _In" msgstr "གམ་དུ་བཅར_I" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:442 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "Zoom _Out" msgstr "རྒྱང་བསྐྱེད_O" #: gtk/gtktextbufferrichtext.c:652 #, c-format msgid "Unknown error when trying to deserialize %s" msgstr "%s ཨང་རིམ་མེད་པར་བཟོ་སྐབས་མི་ཤེས་པའི་ནོར་འཁྲུལ་འདུག" #: gtk/gtktextbufferrichtext.c:711 #, c-format msgid "No deserialize function found for format %s" msgstr "བཟོ་བཀོད %sནང་ཨང་རིམ་མེད་པ་བཟོ་བྱེད་ཀྱི་རྩོལ་ནུས་མ་རྙེད།" #: gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:796 gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:822 #, c-format msgid "Both \"id\" and \"name\" were found on the <%s> element" msgstr "\"ཚབ་ཡིག\" དང་ \"མིང\" གཉིས་ཀ་ཆ་ཤས་<%s>ཐོག་འདུག" #: gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:806 gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:832 #, c-format msgid "The attribute \"%s\" was found twice on the <%s> element" msgstr "ཆ་ཚད་\"%s\"དེ་<%s> ནང་ཚན་ཐོག་ཐེངས་གཉིས་མ་རྙེད་པ" #: gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:846 #, c-format msgid "<%s> element has invalid ID \"%s\"" msgstr "ནང་ཚན<%s> ལ་ཕན་ནུས་མེད་པའི་ID \"%s\"ཡོད་པ" #: gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:856 #, c-format msgid "<%s> element has neither a \"name\" nor an \"id\" attribute" msgstr "<%s> element has neither a \"name\" nor an \"id\" attribute" #: gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:943 #, c-format msgid "Attribute \"%s\" repeated twice on the same <%s> element" msgstr "Attribute \"%s\" repeated twice on the same <%s> element" #: gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:961 gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:986 #, c-format msgid "Attribute \"%s\" is invalid on <%s> element in this context" msgstr "Attribute \"%s\" is invalid on <%s> element in this context" #: gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:1022 #, c-format msgid "Tag \"%s\" has not been defined." msgstr "བསྣར་བྱང་\"%s\"འདི་གཏན་འབེབས་བྱས་མི་འདུག" #: gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:1034 msgid "Anonymous tag found and tags can not be created." msgstr "མིང་མེད་པའི་བསྣར་བྱང་རྙེད་པས། བསྣར་བྱང་གསར་བསྐྲུན་བྱེད་མི་ཐུབ" #: gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:1045 #, c-format msgid "Tag \"%s\" does not exist in buffer and tags can not be created." msgstr "Tag \"%s\" does not exist in buffer and tags can not be created." #: gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:1144 gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:1219 #: gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:1320 gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:1394 #, c-format msgid "Element <%s> is not allowed below <%s>" msgstr "Element <%s> is not allowed below <%s>" #: gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:1175 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" is not a valid attribute type" msgstr "\"%s\" is not a valid attribute type" #: gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:1183 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" is not a valid attribute name" msgstr "\"%s\" is not a valid attribute name" #: gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:1193 #, c-format msgid "" "\"%s\" could not be converted to a value of type \"%s\" for attribute \"%s\"" msgstr "" "\"%s\" could not be converted to a value of type \"%s\" for attribute \"%s\"" #: gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:1202 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" is not a valid value for attribute \"%s\"" msgstr "\"%s\" is not a valid value for attribute \"%s\"" #: gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:1285 #, c-format msgid "Tag \"%s\" already defined" msgstr "བསྣར་བྱང་\"%s\"དེ་གཏན་འབེབས་བྱས་མི་འདུག" #: gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:1296 #, c-format msgid "Tag \"%s\" has invalid priority \"%s\"" msgstr "Tag \"%s\" has invalid priority \"%s\"" #: gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:1349 #, c-format msgid "Outermost element in text must be not <%s>" msgstr "Outermost element in text must be not <%s>" #: gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:1358 gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:1374 #, c-format msgid "A <%s> element has already been specified" msgstr "ཆ་ཤས་ <%s> འདི་དམིགས་འཛུགས་ཚར་འདུག" #: gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:1380 msgid "A element can't occur before a element" msgstr "A element can't occur before a element" #: gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:1779 msgid "Serialized data is malformed" msgstr "ཨང་རིམ་བཟོས་པའི་ཆ་འཕྲིན་གྲངས་དེ་གྲུབ་སྟངས་ནོར་འདུག" #: gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:1857 msgid "" "Serialized data is malformed. First section isn't GTKTEXTBUFFERCONTENTS-0001" msgstr "" "ཨང་རིམ་བཟོས་པའི་ཆ་འཕྲིན་གྲངས་དེ་གྲུབ་སྟངས་ནོར་འདུག དབྱེ་ཚན་དང་པོ་ " "GTKTEXTBUFFERCONTENTS-0001 རེད་མི་འདུག" #: gtk/gtktextutil.c:61 msgid "LRM _Left-to-right mark" msgstr "LRM _Left-to-right mark" #: gtk/gtktextutil.c:62 msgid "RLM _Right-to-left mark" msgstr "RLM _Right-to-left mark" #: gtk/gtktextutil.c:63 msgid "LRE Left-to-right _embedding" msgstr "LRE Left-to-right _embedding" #: gtk/gtktextutil.c:64 msgid "RLE Right-to-left e_mbedding" msgstr "RLE Right-to-left e_mbedding" #: gtk/gtktextutil.c:65 msgid "LRO Left-to-right _override" msgstr "LRO Left-to-right _override" #: gtk/gtktextutil.c:66 msgid "RLO Right-to-left o_verride" msgstr "RLO Right-to-left o_verride" #: gtk/gtktextutil.c:67 msgid "PDF _Pop directional formatting" msgstr "PDF _Pop directional formatting" #: gtk/gtktextutil.c:68 msgid "ZWS _Zero width space" msgstr "ZWS ཞེང་ཚད་བར་སྟོང་ཀླད་ཀོར་ཡིན་པ།(_Z)" #: gtk/gtktextutil.c:69 msgid "ZWJ Zero width _joiner" msgstr "ZWJ ཞེང་ཚད་མཐུད་བྱེད་ཀླད་ཀོར་ཡིན་པ(_j)" #: gtk/gtktextutil.c:70 msgid "ZWNJ Zero width _non-joiner" msgstr "ZWNJ མཐུད་བྱེད་མིན་པའི་ཞེང་ཚད་ཀླད་ཀོར་ཡིན་པ(_n)" #: gtk/gtkthemes.c:71 #, c-format msgid "Unable to locate theme engine in module_path: \"%s\"," msgstr "" "བརྗོད་གཞི་སྒུལ་སློང་བས་དཔེ་གཞི་བརྒྱུད་ལམ་གཏན་འབེབས་བྱེད་མི་ཐུབ་པ། \"%s\"(_p)" #: gtk/gtktipsquery.c:188 msgid "--- No Tip ---" msgstr "---རོགསརམ་མེད་པ ---" #: gtk/gtkuimanager.c:1505 #, c-format msgid "Unexpected start tag '%s' on line %d char %d" msgstr "Unexpected start tag '%s' on line %d char %d" #: gtk/gtkuimanager.c:1595 #, c-format msgid "Unexpected character data on line %d char %d" msgstr "Unexpected character data on line %d char %d" #: gtk/gtkuimanager.c:2427 msgid "Empty" msgstr "སྟོང་པ།" #: gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c:83 msgid "Volume" msgstr "སྐད་ཆེ་ཆུང" #: gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c:85 msgid "Turns volume down or up" msgstr "སྐད་ཆེ་ཆུང་གཏོང" #: gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c:88 msgid "Adjusts the volume" msgstr "སྐད་ཆེ་ཆུང་གཏོང" #: gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c:91 gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c:94 msgid "Volume Down" msgstr "སྐད་ཆུང་དུགཏོང" #: gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c:93 msgid "Decreases the volume" msgstr "སྐད་ཆུང་དུགཏོང" #: gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c:97 gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c:100 msgid "Volume Up" msgstr "སྐད་ཆེ་རུ་གཏོང" #: gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c:99 msgid "Increases the volume" msgstr "སྐད་ཆེ་རུ་གཏོང" #: gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c:157 msgid "Muted" msgstr "སྐད་མེད་བཟོས་ཚར" #: gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c:161 msgid "Full Volume" msgstr "སྐད་ཆེ་ཤོས" #. Translators: this is the percentage of the current volume, #. * as used in the tooltip, eg. "49 %". #. * Translate the "%d" to "%Id" if you want to use localised digits, #. * or otherwise translate the "%d" to "%d". #. #: gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c:174 #, c-format msgctxt "volume percentage" msgid "%d %%" msgstr "%Id %%" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:4 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "asme_f" msgstr "asme_f" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:5 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A0x2" msgstr "A0x2" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:6 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A0" msgstr "A0" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:7 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A0x3" msgstr "A0x3" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:8 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A1" msgstr "A1" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:9 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A10" msgstr "A10" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:10 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A1x3" msgstr "A1x3" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:11 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A1x4" msgstr "A1x4" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:12 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A2" msgstr "A2" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:13 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A2x3" msgstr "A2x3" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:14 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A2x4" msgstr "A2x4" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:15 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A2x5" msgstr "A2x5" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:16 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A3" msgstr "A3" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:17 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A3 Extra" msgstr "A3 Extra" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:18 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A3x3" msgstr "A3x3" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:19 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A3x4" msgstr "A3x4" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:20 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A3x5" msgstr "A3x5" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:21 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A3x6" msgstr "A3x6" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:22 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A3x7" msgstr "A3x7" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:23 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A4" msgstr "A4" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:24 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A4 Extra" msgstr "A4 Extra" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:25 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A4 Tab" msgstr "A4 Tab" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:26 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A4x3" msgstr "A4x3" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:27 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A4x4" msgstr "A4x4" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:28 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A4x5" msgstr "A4x5" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:29 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A4x6" msgstr "A4x6" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:30 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A4x7" msgstr "A4x7" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:31 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A4x8" msgstr "A4x8" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:32 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A4x9" msgstr "A4x9" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:33 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A5" msgstr "A5" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:34 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A5 Extra" msgstr "A5 Extra" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:35 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A6" msgstr "A6" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:36 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A7" msgstr "A7" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:37 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A8" msgstr "A8" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:38 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A9" msgstr "A9" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:39 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "B0" msgstr "B0" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:40 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "B1" msgstr "B1" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:41 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "B10" msgstr "B10" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:42 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "B2" msgstr "B2" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:43 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "B3" msgstr "B3" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:44 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "B4" msgstr "B4" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:45 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "B5" msgstr "B5" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:46 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "B5 Extra" msgstr "B5 Extra" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:47 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "B6" msgstr "B6" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:48 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "B6/C4" msgstr "B6/C4" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:49 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "B7" msgstr "B7" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:50 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "B8" msgstr "B8" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:51 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "B9" msgstr "B9" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:52 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "C0" msgstr "C0" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:53 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "C1" msgstr "C1" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:54 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "C10" msgstr "C10" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:55 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "C2" msgstr "C2" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:56 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "C3" msgstr "C3" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:57 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "C4" msgstr "C4" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:58 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "C5" msgstr "C5" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:59 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "C6" msgstr "C6" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:60 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "C6/C5" msgstr "C6/C5" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:61 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "C7" msgstr "C7" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:62 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "C7/C6" msgstr "C7/C6" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:63 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "C8" msgstr "C8" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:64 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "C9" msgstr "C9" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:65 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "DL Envelope" msgstr "DL ཡིག་སྐོག" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:66 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "RA0" msgstr "RA0" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:67 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "RA1" msgstr "RA1" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:68 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "RA2" msgstr "RA2" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:69 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "SRA0" msgstr "SRA0" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:70 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "SRA1" msgstr "SRA1" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:71 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "SRA2" msgstr "SRA2" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:72 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "JB0" msgstr "JB0" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:73 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "JB1" msgstr "JB1" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:74 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "JB10" msgstr "JB10" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:75 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "JB2" msgstr "JB2" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:76 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "JB3" msgstr "JB3" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:77 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "JB4" msgstr "JB4" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:78 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "JB5" msgstr "JB5" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:79 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "JB6" msgstr "JB6" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:80 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "JB7" msgstr "JB7" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:81 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "JB8" msgstr "JB8" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:82 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "JB9" msgstr "JB9" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:83 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "jis exec" msgstr "jis exec" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:84 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Choukei 2 Envelope" msgstr "Choukei 2 ཡིག་སྐོག" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:85 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Choukei 3 Envelope" msgstr "Choukei 3 ཡིག་སྐོག" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:86 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Choukei 4 Envelope" msgstr "Choukei 4 ཡིག་སྐོག" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:87 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "hagaki (postcard)" msgstr "hagaki (སྦྲག་སྲིད་ཤོག་ལེབ)" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:88 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "kahu Envelope" msgstr "kahu ཡིག་སྐོག" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:89 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "kaku2 Envelope" msgstr "kaku2 ཡིག་སྐོག" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:90 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "oufuku (reply postcard)" msgstr "oufuku (སྦྲག་སྲིད་ཤོག་ལེབ་ལ་ཡིག་ལན་སློག་པ)" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:91 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "you4 Envelope" msgstr "you4 ཡིག་སྐོག" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:92 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "10x11" msgstr "10x11" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:93 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "10x13" msgstr "10x13" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:94 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "10x14" msgstr "10x14" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:95 gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:96 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "10x15" msgstr "10x15" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:97 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "11x12" msgstr "11x12" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:98 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "11x15" msgstr "11x15" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:99 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "12x19" msgstr "12x19" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:100 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "5x7" msgstr "5x7" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:101 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "6x9 Envelope" msgstr "6x9 ཡིག་སྐོག" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:102 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "7x9 Envelope" msgstr "7x9 ཡིག་སྐོག" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:103 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "9x11 Envelope" msgstr "9x11 ཡིག་སྐོག" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:104 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "a2 Envelope" msgstr "a2 ཡིག་སྐོག" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:105 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Arch A" msgstr "Arch A" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:106 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Arch B" msgstr "Arch B" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:107 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Arch C" msgstr "Arch C" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:108 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Arch D" msgstr "Arch D" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:109 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Arch E" msgstr "Arch E" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:110 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "b-plus" msgstr "b-plus" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:111 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "c" msgstr "c" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:112 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "c5 Envelope" msgstr "c5 ཡིག་སྐོག" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:113 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "d" msgstr "d" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:114 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "e" msgstr "e" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:115 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "edp" msgstr "edp" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:116 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "European edp" msgstr "European edp" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:117 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Executive" msgstr "Executive" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:118 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "f" msgstr "f" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:119 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "FanFold European" msgstr "FanFold European" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:120 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "FanFold US" msgstr "FanFold US" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:121 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "FanFold German Legal" msgstr "FanFold German Legal" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:122 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Government Legal" msgstr "སྲིད་གཞུང་ཆ་ཚད" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:123 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Government Letter" msgstr "སྲིད་གཞུང་ཡིག་གེ" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:124 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Index 3x5" msgstr "Index 3x5" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:125 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Index 4x6 (postcard)" msgstr "Index 4x6 (postcard)" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:126 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Index 4x6 ext" msgstr "Index 4x6 ext" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:127 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Index 5x8" msgstr "Index 5x8" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:128 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Invoice" msgstr "Invoice" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:129 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Tabloid" msgstr "Tabloid" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:130 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "US Legal" msgstr "US Legal" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:131 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "US Legal Extra" msgstr "US Legal Extra" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:132 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "US Letter" msgstr "US Letter" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:133 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "US Letter Extra" msgstr "US Letter Extra" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:134 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "US Letter Plus" msgstr "US Letter Plus" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:135 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Monarch Envelope" msgstr "རྒྱལ་པའི་ཡིག་སྐོག" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:136 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "#10 Envelope" msgstr "#10 ཡིག་སྐོག" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:137 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "#11 Envelope" msgstr "#11 ཡིག་སྐོག" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:138 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "#12 Envelope" msgstr "#12 ཡིག་སྐོག" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:139 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "#14 Envelope" msgstr "#14 ཡིག་སྐོག" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:140 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "#9 Envelope" msgstr "#9 ཡིག་སྐོག" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:141 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Personal Envelope" msgstr "སྒེར་གྱི་ཡིག་སྐོག" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:142 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Quarto" msgstr "Quarto" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:143 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Super A" msgstr "Super A" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:144 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Super B" msgstr "Super B" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:145 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Wide Format" msgstr "Wide Format" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:146 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Dai-pa-kai" msgstr "Dai-pa-kai" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:147 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Folio" msgstr "Folio" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:148 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Folio sp" msgstr "Folio sp" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:149 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Invite Envelope" msgstr "Invite Envelope" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:150 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Italian Envelope" msgstr "Italian Envelope" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:151 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "juuro-ku-kai" msgstr "juuro-ku-kai" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:152 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "pa-kai" msgstr "pa-kai" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:153 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Postfix Envelope" msgstr "Postfix ཡིག་སྐོག" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:154 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Small Photo" msgstr "འདྲ་པར་ཆུང་ངུ" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:155 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "prc1 Envelope" msgstr "prc1 ཡིག་སྐོག" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:156 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "prc10 Envelope" msgstr "prc10 ཡིག་སྐོག" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:157 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "prc 16k" msgstr "prc 16k" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:158 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "prc2 Envelope" msgstr "prc2 ཡིག་སྐོག" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:159 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "prc3 Envelope" msgstr "prc3 ཡིག་སྐོག" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:160 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "prc 32k" msgstr "prc 32k" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:161 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "prc4 Envelope" msgstr "prc4 ཡིག་སྐོག" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:162 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "prc5 Envelope" msgstr "prc5 ཡིག་སྐོག" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:163 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "prc6 Envelope" msgstr "prc6 ཡིག་སྐོག" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:164 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "prc7 Envelope" msgstr "prc7 ཡིག་སྐོག" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:165 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "prc8 Envelope" msgstr "prc8 ཡིག་སྐོག" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:166 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "prc9 Envelope" msgstr "prc9 ཡིག་སྐོག" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:167 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "ROC 16k" msgstr "ROC 16k" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:168 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "ROC 8k" msgstr "ROC 8k" #: gtk/updateiconcache.c:492 gtk/updateiconcache.c:552 #, c-format msgid "different idatas found for symlinked '%s' and '%s'\n" msgstr "different idatas found for symlinked '%s' and '%s'\n" #: gtk/updateiconcache.c:1374 #, c-format msgid "Failed to write header\n" msgstr "འགོ་བརྗོད་འབྲི་མ་ཐུབ།\n" #: gtk/updateiconcache.c:1380 #, c-format msgid "Failed to write hash table\n" msgstr "Failed to write hash table\n" #: gtk/updateiconcache.c:1386 #, c-format msgid "Failed to write folder index\n" msgstr "Failed to write folder index\n" #: gtk/updateiconcache.c:1394 #, c-format msgid "Failed to rewrite header\n" msgstr "འགོ་བརྗོད་བསྐྱར་འབྲི་མི་ཐུབ་པ\n" #: gtk/updateiconcache.c:1488 #, c-format msgid "Failed to open file %s : %s\n" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་%s ཁ་ཕྱེ་མ་ཐུབ་པ: %s\n" #: gtk/updateiconcache.c:1496 gtk/updateiconcache.c:1526 #, c-format msgid "Failed to write cache file: %s\n" msgstr "གནས་སྐབས་ཡིག་ཆ་ལ་འབྲི་མ་ཐུབ་པ: %s\n" #: gtk/updateiconcache.c:1537 #, c-format msgid "The generated cache was invalid.\n" msgstr "འགོ་སློང་བའི་གནས་སྐབས་ཡིག་ཆ་ལ་ཕན་འབྲས་མེད\n" #: gtk/updateiconcache.c:1551 #, c-format msgid "Could not rename %s to %s: %s, removing %s then.\n" msgstr "%s ནས %sམིང་བསྒྱུར་མ་ཐུབ་པ: %s་ཡང་ན་%sབསུབ་དགོས\n" #: gtk/updateiconcache.c:1565 #, c-format msgid "Could not rename %s to %s: %s\n" msgstr "%s ནས %sམིང་བསྒྱུར་མ་ཐུབ་པ: %s\n" #: gtk/updateiconcache.c:1575 #, c-format msgid "Could not rename %s back to %s: %s.\n" msgstr "%s དེ་ %sལ་མིང་བསྒྱུར་མི་ཐུབ་པ: %s\n" #: gtk/updateiconcache.c:1602 #, c-format msgid "Cache file created successfully.\n" msgstr "གནས་སྐབས་ཡིག་ཆ་གསར་འཛུགས་ལེགས་འགྲུབ་ཐོབ་པ\n" #: gtk/updateiconcache.c:1641 msgid "Overwrite an existing cache, even if up to date" msgstr "" "གསར་བསྒྱུར་ཚར་ནའང་གནས་ཡོད་པའི་གནས་སྐབས་ཡིག་ཆ་ལ་བསུབ་འབྲི་བྱེད་མི་ཐུབ་པ" #: gtk/updateiconcache.c:1642 msgid "Don't check for the existence of index.theme" msgstr "Don't check for the existence of index.theme" #: gtk/updateiconcache.c:1643 msgid "Don't include image data in the cache" msgstr "Don't include image data in the cache" #: gtk/updateiconcache.c:1644 msgid "Output a C header file" msgstr "Output a C header file" #: gtk/updateiconcache.c:1645 msgid "Turn off verbose output" msgstr "Turn off verbose output" #: gtk/updateiconcache.c:1646 msgid "Validate existing icon cache" msgstr "Validate existing icon cache" #: gtk/updateiconcache.c:1713 #, c-format msgid "File not found: %s\n" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་མ་རྙེད་པ: %s\n" #: gtk/updateiconcache.c:1719 #, c-format msgid "Not a valid icon cache: %s\n" msgstr "Not a valid icon cache: %s\n" #: gtk/updateiconcache.c:1732 #, c-format msgid "No theme index file.\n" msgstr "No theme index file.\n" #: gtk/updateiconcache.c:1736 #, c-format msgid "" "No theme index file in '%s'.\n" "If you really want to create an icon cache here, use --ignore-theme-index.\n" msgstr "" "No theme index file in '%s'.\n" "If you really want to create an icon cache here, use --ignore-theme-index.\n" #. ID #: modules/input/imam-et.c:454 msgid "Amharic (EZ+)" msgstr "Amharic (EZ+)" #. ID #: modules/input/imcedilla.c:92 msgid "Cedilla" msgstr "Cedilla" #. ID #: modules/input/imcyrillic-translit.c:217 msgid "Cyrillic (Transliterated)" msgstr "Cyrillic (Transliterated)" #. ID #: modules/input/iminuktitut.c:127 msgid "Inuktitut (Transliterated)" msgstr "Inuktitut (Transliterated)" #. ID #: modules/input/imipa.c:145 msgid "IPA" msgstr "IPA" #. ID #: modules/input/immultipress.c:31 msgid "Multipress" msgstr "Multipress" #. ID #: modules/input/imthai.c:35 msgid "Thai-Lao" msgstr "Thai-Lao" #. ID #: modules/input/imti-er.c:453 msgid "Tigrigna-Eritrean (EZ+)" msgstr "Tigrigna-Eritrean (EZ+)" #. ID #: modules/input/imti-et.c:453 msgid "Tigrigna-Ethiopian (EZ+)" msgstr "Tigrigna-Ethiopian (EZ+)" #. ID #: modules/input/imviqr.c:244 msgid "Vietnamese (VIQR)" msgstr "Vietnamese (VIQR)" #. ID #: modules/input/imxim.c:28 msgid "X Input Method" msgstr "X ནང་འཇུག་ཐབས་ཤེས།" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:867 #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:1086 msgid "Username:" msgstr "སྤྱོད་མཁན་མིང" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:868 #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:1095 msgid "Password:" msgstr "གསང་གྲངས" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:907 #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:1108 #, c-format msgid "Authentication is required to print document '%s' on printer %s" msgstr "པར་འཕྲུལ་ %2$s ཐོག་ཡིག་ཆ་ %1$s པར་འདེབས་བྱེད་པར་ངོས་འཛིན་དགོས་འདུག" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:909 #, c-format msgid "Authentication is required to print a document on %s" msgstr "%s ཐོག་ཡིག་ཆ་ཞིག་པར་འདེབས་བྱེད་པར་ངོས་འཛིན་དགོས་འདུག" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:913 #, c-format msgid "Authentication is required to get attributes of job '%s'" msgstr "པར་འདེབས་རྒྱུའི་ཚད་%s་འདོན་པར་ངོས་འཛིན་དགོས་འདུག" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:915 msgid "Authentication is required to get attributes of a job" msgstr "པར་འདེབས་རྒྱུའི་ཚད་ཞིག་འདོན་པར་ངོས་འཛིན་དགོས་འདུག" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:919 #, c-format msgid "Authentication is required to get attributes of printer %s" msgstr "%s པར་འཕྲུལ་པར་འདེབས་རྒྱུའི་ཚད་འདོན་པར་ངོས་འཛིན་དགོས་འདུག" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:921 msgid "Authentication is required to get attributes of a printer" msgstr "པར་འདེབས་ལས་བྱ་འདོན་པར་ངོས་འཛིན་དགོས་འདུག" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:924 #, c-format msgid "Authentication is required to get default printer of %s" msgstr "%s་ཡི་སྔོན་སྒྲིག་པར་འཕྲུལ་འདོན་པར་ངོས་འཛིན་དགོས་འདུག" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:927 #, c-format msgid "Authentication is required to get printers from %s" msgstr "%s ནས་པར་འཕྲུལ་འདོན་པར་ངོས་འཛིན་དགོས་འདུག" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:932 #, c-format msgid "Authentication is required to get a file from %s" msgstr "%sནས་ཡིག་ཆ་ལེན་པར་ངོས་འཛིན་དགོས་འདུག" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:934 #, c-format msgid "Authentication is required on %s" msgstr "%s ལ་ངོས་འཛིན་དགོས་འདུག" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:1080 msgid "Domain:" msgstr "ཁོངས" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:1110 #, c-format msgid "Authentication is required to print document '%s'" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་%sཔར་འདེབས་བྱེད་པར་ངོས་འཛིན་དགོས་འདུག" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:1115 #, c-format msgid "Authentication is required to print this document on printer %s" msgstr "པར་འཕྲུལ་%sཐོག་ཡིག་ཆ་འདི་པར་འདེབས་བྱེད་པར་ངོས་འཛིན་དགོས་འདུག" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:1117 msgid "Authentication is required to print this document" msgstr "ཡི་གེ་འདི་པར་འདེབས་བྱེད་པར་ངོས་འཛིན་དགོས་འདུག" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:1742 #, c-format msgid "Printer '%s' is low on toner." msgstr "པར་འཕྲུལ་'%s'ཀྱི་སྣག་ཚ་ཉུང་ཙམ་ལས་ལྷག་མི་འདུག" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:1743 #, c-format msgid "Printer '%s' has no toner left." msgstr "པར་འཕྲུལ་'%s'འདི་ལ་སྣག་ཚ་ལྷག་མི་འདུག" #. Translators: "Developer" like on photo development context #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:1745 #, c-format msgid "Printer '%s' is low on developer." msgstr "པར་འཕྲུལ་'%s'ཀྱི་པར་འཁྲུ་ཆས་ཉུང་ཙམ་ལས་ལྷག་མི་འདུག" #. Translators: "Developer" like on photo development context #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:1747 #, c-format msgid "Printer '%s' is out of developer." msgstr "པར་འཕྲུལ་'%s'ཀྱི་པར་འཁྲུ་ཆས་ལྷག་མི་འདུག" #. Translators: "marker" is one color bin of the printer #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:1749 #, c-format msgid "Printer '%s' is low on at least one marker supply." msgstr "པར་འཕྲུལ་'%s'་ཡི་ཚོས་སྨྱུག་མཐའ་མ་དེའང་ཉུང་ངུ་ལས་ལྷག་མེད་པ" #. Translators: "marker" is one color bin of the printer #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:1751 #, c-format msgid "Printer '%s' is out of at least one marker supply." msgstr "པར་འཕྲུལ་'%s'ཡི་ཚོས་སྨྱུག་མཐའ་མ་དེའང་རྫོགས་ཚར་བ" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:1752 #, c-format msgid "The cover is open on printer '%s'." msgstr "པར་འཕྲུལ་'%s'་ཁ་ཁེབ་སྒོ་ཕྱེས་འདུག" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:1753 #, c-format msgid "The door is open on printer '%s'." msgstr "པར་འཕྲུལ་'%s'སྒོ་ཕྱེས་འདུག" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:1754 #, c-format msgid "Printer '%s' is low on paper." msgstr "པར་འཕྲུལ་'%s'ལ་ཤོག་བུ་ཉུང་ཙམ་འདུག" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:1755 #, c-format msgid "Printer '%s' is out of paper." msgstr "པར་འཕྲུལ་'%s'ལ་ཤོག་བུ་མི་འདུག" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:1756 #, c-format msgid "Printer '%s' is currently offline." msgstr "པར་འཕྲུལ་'%s'འདི་དྲ་ལམ་དང་བྲལ་འདུག" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:1757 #, c-format msgid "There is a problem on printer '%s'." msgstr "པར་འཕྲུལ་'%s'ལ་སྐྱོན་འདུག" #. Translators: this is a printer status. #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:2316 msgid "Paused; Rejecting Jobs" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is a printer status. #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:2071 msgid "Rejecting Jobs" msgstr "པར་འདེབས་རྒྱུངོས་ལེན་མི་བྱེད" #. Translators: this string connects multiple printer states together. #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:2364 msgid "; " msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:2847 msgid "Two Sided" msgstr "ཕྱོགས་གཉིས་ལྡན།" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:2848 msgid "Paper Type" msgstr "ཤོག་བུའི་རིགས།" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:2849 msgid "Paper Source" msgstr "ཤོག་བུ་འབྱུང་ཁོངས" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:2850 msgid "Output Tray" msgstr "ཕྱིར་སྟོན་ཤོག་སྣོད།" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:2851 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "པར་གསལ་ཚད" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:2852 msgid "GhostScript pre-filtering" msgstr "GhostScript pre-filtering" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:2861 msgid "One Sided" msgstr "ཕྱོགས་གཅིག" #. Translators: this is an option of "Two Sided" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:2863 msgid "Long Edge (Standard)" msgstr "ཟུར་རིང་པོ (ཚད་ལྡན)" #. Translators: this is an option of "Two Sided" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:2865 msgid "Short Edge (Flip)" msgstr "ཟུར་ཐུང་ངུ (ངོས་གཞན་དེ་སློག)" #. Translators: this is an option of "Paper Source" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:2867 #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:2869 #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:2877 msgid "Auto Select" msgstr "རང་འགུལ་གྱིས་གདམ" #. Translators: this is an option of "Paper Source" #. Translators: this is an option of "Resolution" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:2871 #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:2873 #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:2875 #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:2879 #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3375 msgid "Printer Default" msgstr "པར་འཕྲུལ་སྔོན་སྒྲིག" #. Translators: this is an option of "GhostScript" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:2881 msgid "Embed GhostScript fonts only" msgstr "Embed GhostScript fonts only" #. Translators: this is an option of "GhostScript" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:2883 msgid "Convert to PS level 1" msgstr "Convert to PS level 1" #. Translators: this is an option of "GhostScript" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:2885 msgid "Convert to PS level 2" msgstr "Convert to PS level 2" #. Translators: this is an option of "GhostScript" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:2887 msgid "No pre-filtering" msgstr "No pre-filtering" #. Translators: "Miscellaneous" is the label for a button, that opens #. up an extra panel of settings in a print dialog. #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:2896 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "སྣ་ཚོགས" #. Translators: These strings name the possible values of the #. * job priority option in the print dialog #. #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3610 msgid "Urgent" msgstr "ཛ་དྲག་ཆེ་བ" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3610 msgid "High" msgstr "མཐོ།" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3610 msgid "Medium" msgstr "འབྲིང" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3610 msgid "Low" msgstr "དམའ" #. Cups specific, non-ppd related settings #. Translators, this string is used to label the pages-per-sheet option #. * in the print dialog #. #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3634 msgid "Pages per Sheet" msgstr "ཡིག་ཚགས་རེའི་ཤོག་གྲངས" #. Translators, this string is used to label the job priority option #. * in the print dialog #. #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3671 msgid "Job Priority" msgstr "པར་འདེབས་གོ་རིམ" #. Translators, this string is used to label the billing info entry #. * in the print dialog #. #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3682 msgid "Billing Info" msgstr "རིན་འབབ་སྐོར" #. Translators, these strings are names for various 'standard' cover #. * pages that the printing system may support. #. #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3697 msgid "None" msgstr "ཅི་མེད།" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3697 msgid "Classified" msgstr "དབྱེ་བ་བྱས་ཚར་བ" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3697 msgid "Confidential" msgstr "གསང་བྱ།" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3697 msgid "Secret" msgstr "གསང་བ།" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3697 msgid "Standard" msgstr "ཚད་ལྡན།" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3697 msgid "Top Secret" msgstr "མཐོ་རིམ་གསང་བ།" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3697 msgid "Unclassified" msgstr "དབྱེ་བ་བྱས་མེད་པ" #. Translators, this is the label used for the option in the print #. * dialog that controls the front cover page. #. #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3732 msgid "Before" msgstr "གོང་མ" #. Translators, this is the label used for the option in the print #. * dialog that controls the back cover page. #. #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3747 msgid "After" msgstr "རྗེས་མ" #. Translators: this is the name of the option that controls when #. * a print job is printed. Possible values are 'now', a specified time, #. * or 'on hold' #. #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3767 msgid "Print at" msgstr "པར་འདེབས་པ" #. Translators: this is the name of the option that allows the user #. * to specify a time when a print job will be printed. #. #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3778 msgid "Print at time" msgstr "པར་འདེབས་པའི་དུས་ཚོད" #. Translators: this format is used to display a custom paper #. * size. The two placeholders are replaced with the width and height #. * in points. E.g: "Custom 230.4x142.9" #. #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3813 #, c-format msgid "Custom %sx%s" msgstr "རང་བཟོས %sx%s" #. default filename used for print-to-file #: modules/printbackends/file/gtkprintbackendfile.c:250 #, c-format msgid "output.%s" msgstr "དོན་སྒོ %s" #: modules/printbackends/file/gtkprintbackendfile.c:493 msgid "Print to File" msgstr "པར་འདེམས་སའི་ཡིག་ཆ" #: modules/printbackends/file/gtkprintbackendfile.c:619 msgid "PDF" msgstr "PDF" #: modules/printbackends/file/gtkprintbackendfile.c:619 msgid "Postscript" msgstr "སྦྲག་ཡིག་ཨང་རྟགས" #: modules/printbackends/file/gtkprintbackendfile.c:619 msgid "SVG" msgstr "SVG" #: modules/printbackends/file/gtkprintbackendfile.c:632 #: modules/printbackends/test/gtkprintbackendtest.c:503 msgid "Pages per _sheet:" msgstr "ཐུམ་བུ་རེ་རེའི་ཤོག་གྲངས། (_s)" #: modules/printbackends/file/gtkprintbackendfile.c:691 msgid "File" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ།" #: modules/printbackends/file/gtkprintbackendfile.c:701 msgid "_Output format" msgstr "དོན་སྒོའི་རིགས(_O)" #: modules/printbackends/lpr/gtkprintbackendlpr.c:395 msgid "Print to LPR" msgstr "LPR་ལ་པར་འདེབས་པ" #: modules/printbackends/lpr/gtkprintbackendlpr.c:421 msgid "Pages Per Sheet" msgstr "ཐུམ་བུ་རེ་རེའི་ཤོག་གྲངས།" #: modules/printbackends/lpr/gtkprintbackendlpr.c:428 msgid "Command Line" msgstr "བཀའ་བརྡ" #. SUN_BRANDING #: modules/printbackends/papi/gtkprintbackendpapi.c:811 msgid "printer offline" msgstr "དྲ་བ་དང་བྲལ་བའི་པར་འཕྲུལ" #. SUN_BRANDING #: modules/printbackends/papi/gtkprintbackendpapi.c:829 msgid "ready to print" msgstr "པར་འདེབས་རན་པ" #. SUN_BRANDING #: modules/printbackends/papi/gtkprintbackendpapi.c:832 msgid "processing job" msgstr "པར་འདེམས་བྱེད་བཞིན་པ" #. SUN_BRANDING #: modules/printbackends/papi/gtkprintbackendpapi.c:836 msgid "paused" msgstr "བར་མཚམས་ཚར" #. SUN_BRANDING #: modules/printbackends/papi/gtkprintbackendpapi.c:839 msgid "unknown" msgstr "མི་ཤེས་པ" #. default filename used for print-to-test #: modules/printbackends/test/gtkprintbackendtest.c:234 #, c-format msgid "test-output.%s" msgstr "ཕྱིར་འདོན་ཚོད་ལྟ %s" #: modules/printbackends/test/gtkprintbackendtest.c:467 msgid "Print to Test Printer" msgstr "པར་འཕྲུལ་ཚོད་ལྟ་བྱེད་པར་པར་འདེབས་པ" #: tests/testfilechooser.c:207 #, c-format msgid "Could not get information for file '%s': %s" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ ’%s’ལ་བརྡ་ཡིག་རག་མི་ཐུབ། %s" #: tests/testfilechooser.c:222 #, c-format msgid "Failed to open file '%s': %s" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་ '%s': %s ཁ་ཕྱེ་མ་ཐུབ།" #: tests/testfilechooser.c:267 #, c-format msgid "" "Failed to load image '%s': reason not known, probably a corrupt image file" msgstr "" "གཟུགས་བརྙན་ %s ་ཀློག་འཇུག་བྱེད་མ་ཐུབ། རྒྱུ་མཚན་གང་ཡིན་མ་ཤེས་ " "ཕལ་ཆེར་འཐོར་རླགས་ཐེབས་པའི་གཟུགས་བརྙན་ཡིག་ཆ་ཞིག་རེད" language-pack-gnome-bo-base/data/bo/LC_MESSAGES/libgnomeui-2.0.po0000644000000000000000000013502012321561027021141 0ustar # Tibetan translation for libgnomeui # Copyright (c) 2009 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2009 # This file is distributed under the same license as the libgnomeui package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2009. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: libgnomeui\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 19:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-04-27 11:24+0000\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: Tibetan \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:38+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../demos/mdi_demo.c:128 msgid "Child Item 1" msgstr "ཡན་ལག་ཚན་པ་དང་པོ།" #: ../demos/mdi_demo.c:129 msgid "Hint for item 1" msgstr "ཡན་ལག་ཚན་པ་དང་པོའི་གསལ་འདེབས།" #: ../demos/mdi_demo.c:131 msgid "Child Item 2" msgstr "ཡན་ལག་ཚན་པ་གཉིས་པ།" #: ../demos/mdi_demo.c:132 msgid "Hint for item 2" msgstr "ཡན་ལག་ཚན་པ་གཉིས་པའི་གསལ་འདེབས།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-about.c:187 msgid "Credits" msgstr "གཟེངས་བསྟོད་ཐོབ་ཡུལ།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-about.c:219 msgid "Written by" msgstr "འབྲི་མཁན" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-about.c:234 msgid "Documented by" msgstr "ཡིག་ཐོག་བཀོད་མཁན།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-about.c:249 msgid "Translated by" msgstr "སྐད་བསྒྱུར་བ་" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-about.c:312 msgid "C_redits" msgstr "གཟེངས་བསྟོད་ཐོབ་ཡུལ།(_r)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-about.c:365 msgid "Program name" msgstr "བྱ་རིམ་གྱི་མིང༌།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-about.c:366 msgid "The name of the program" msgstr "བྱ་རིམ་གྱི་མིང།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-about.c:373 msgid "Program version" msgstr "བྱ་རིམ་གྱི་པར་གཞི།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-about.c:374 msgid "The version of the program" msgstr "བྱ་རིམ་གྱི་པར་གཞི།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-about.c:380 msgid "Copyright string" msgstr "འདྲ་བཤུ་ཐོབ་ཐང་གི་ཡིག་རྒྱུན་།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-about.c:381 msgid "Copyright information for the program" msgstr "བྱ་རིམ་འདིའི་འདྲ་བཤུའི་ཐོབ་ཐང་སྐོར།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-about.c:388 msgid "Comments string" msgstr "མཆན་འགྲེལ་གྱི་ཡིག་རྒྱུན།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-about.c:389 msgid "Comments about the program" msgstr "བྱ་རིམ་སྐོར་གྱི་མཆན་འགྲེལ།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-about.c:395 msgid "Authors" msgstr "རྩོམ་མཁན" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-about.c:396 msgid "List of authors of the programs" msgstr "བྱ་རིམ་འདི་རྩོམ་མཁན་གྱི་མིང་ཐོ།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-about.c:398 msgid "Author entry" msgstr "རྩོམ་མཁན་གྱི་འཇུག་སྒོ།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-about.c:399 msgid "A single author entry" msgstr "རྩོམ་མཁན་སོ་སོའི་འཇུག་སྒོ།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-about.c:406 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "ཡིག་ཐོག་བཀོད་མཁན།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-about.c:407 msgid "List of people documenting the program" msgstr "བྱ་རིམ་ཡིག་ཐོག་བཀོད་མཁན་གྱི་མིང་ཐོ།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-about.c:409 msgid "Documenter entry" msgstr "ཡིག་ཐོག་བཀོད་མཁན་གྱི་འཇུག་སྒོ།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-about.c:410 msgid "A single documenter entry" msgstr "ཡིག་ཐོག་བཀོད་མཁན་སོ་སོའི་འཇུག་སྒོ།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-about.c:418 msgid "Translator credits" msgstr "ཡིག་བསྒྱུར་བ་གཟེངས་བསྟོད" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-about.c:419 msgid "" "Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable" msgstr "" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-about.c:426 #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:123 msgid "Logo" msgstr "ཁ་རྟགས།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-about.c:427 msgid "A logo for the about box" msgstr "དེའི་སྐོར་སྒྲོམ་གྱི་ཁ་རྟགས།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-about.c:506 #, c-format msgid "About %s" msgstr "%s ་ཡི་སྐོར།་" #. Some standard menus #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:85 ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.h:551 #: ../test-gnome/testgnome.xml.h:5 msgid "_File" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ།(_F)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:86 msgid "_File/" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ།/ (_F)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:87 ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.h:554 msgid "_Edit" msgstr "བསྒྱུར་བཅོས(_E)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:88 msgid "_Edit/" msgstr "བསྒྱུར་བཅོས/(_E)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:89 ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.h:557 msgid "_View" msgstr "ལྟ་ཀློག(_V)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:90 msgid "_View/" msgstr "ལྟ་ཀློག/ (_V)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:91 ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.h:560 msgid "_Settings" msgstr "སྒྲིག་འཛུགས(_S)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:92 msgid "_Settings/" msgstr "སྒྲིག་འཛུགས/(_S)" #. If you have more then one New type, use this tree #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:93 ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.h:326 msgid "_New" msgstr "གསར་བ(_N)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:94 msgid "_New/" msgstr "གསར་བ/(_N)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:95 ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.h:563 msgid "Fi_les" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ།(_l)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:96 msgid "Fi_les/" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ།/(_l)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:97 ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.h:566 msgid "_Windows" msgstr "སྒེའུ་ཁུང་།(_W)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:98 ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.h:572 msgid "_Game" msgstr "རྩེད་རིགས(_G)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:99 ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.h:569 #: ../test-gnome/testgnome.xml.h:6 msgid "_Help" msgstr "རོགས་རམ།(_H)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:100 msgid "_Windows/" msgstr "སྒེའུ་ཁུང་།/(_W)" #. Open #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:112 msgid "_Open..." msgstr "ཁ་ཕྱེ།...(_O)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:112 msgid "Open a file" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་ཅིག་ཁ་ཕྱེ།" #. Save #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:117 msgid "_Save" msgstr "ཉར་ཚགས་བྱེད(_S)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:117 msgid "Save the current file" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་འདི་ཉར་ཚགས་བྱེད།" #. Save As #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:122 msgid "Save _As..." msgstr "ཉར་སྟངས་་་(_A)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:123 msgid "Save the current file with a different name" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་འདིར་མིང་གཞན་བཏགས་ནས་ཉར།" #. Revert #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:128 msgid "_Revert" msgstr "སླར་གསོ(_R)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:129 msgid "Revert to a saved version of the file" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་འདིའི་སྔར་ཉར་ཡོད་པའི་པར་གཞི་ལ་སླར་གསོ་བྱེད།" #. Print #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:134 msgid "_Print..." msgstr "པར་རྒྱག།་་་(_P)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:134 msgid "Print the current file" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་འདི་པར་རྒྱག།" #. Print Setup #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:139 msgid "Print S_etup..." msgstr "པར་རྒྱག་སྟངས་སྒྲིག་བཟོ་་་(_e)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:140 msgid "Setup the page settings for your current printer" msgstr "པར་འཕྲུལ་འདིའི་ཤོག་ངོས་བཀོད་པ་སྒྲིག་བཟོ" #. Close #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:145 msgid "_Close" msgstr "ཁ་རྒྱག།(_C)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:145 msgid "Close the current file" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་འདི་ཁ་རྒྱག།" #. Exit #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:150 msgid "_Quit" msgstr "མཚམས་འཇོག།(_Q)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:150 msgid "Quit the application" msgstr "ཉེར་སྤྱོད་འདི་མཚམས་འཇོག།" #. #. * The "Edit" menu #. #. Cut #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:158 msgid "Cu_t" msgstr "འབྲེད།(_t)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:158 msgid "Cut the selection" msgstr "བདམས་ཟིན་པ་དེ་གཅོད།" #. 10 #. Copy #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:164 msgid "_Copy" msgstr "འདྲ་བཤུ(_C)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:164 msgid "Copy the selection" msgstr "བདམས་ཟིན་པ་པ་དེ་འདྲ་བཤུ" #. Paste #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:169 msgid "_Paste" msgstr "སྦྱར།(_P)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:169 msgid "Paste the clipboard" msgstr "དྲས་པང་ཐོག་དེ་ཚུར་སྦྱར།" #. Clear #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:174 msgid "C_lear" msgstr "གཙང་དག་བཟོ(_l)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:174 msgid "Clear the selection" msgstr "བདམས་ཟིན་པ་དེ་གཙང་དག་བཟོ" #. Undo #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:179 msgid "_Undo" msgstr "ཕྱིར་བཤོལ(_U)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:179 msgid "Undo the last action" msgstr "རྗེས་མའི་ལས་འགུལ་དེ་ཕྱིར་བཤོལ་བྱེད།" #. Redo #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:184 msgid "_Redo" msgstr "སླར་བཟོ་བ།(_R)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:184 msgid "Redo the undone action" msgstr "ཕྱིར་བཤོལ་བྱུང་བའི་ལས་འགུལ་དེ་སླར་བཟོ་བ།" #. Find #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:189 msgid "_Find..." msgstr "འཚོལ།...(_F)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:189 msgid "Search for a string" msgstr "ཡིག་གེ་སྟར་ཅིག་འཚོལ་བ།" #. Find Again #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:194 msgid "Find Ne_xt" msgstr "འདིའི་རྗེས་དེ་འཚོལ།(_x)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:195 msgid "Search again for the same string" msgstr "ཡི་གེ་ལྟར་དེ་རང་ཡང་བསྐྱར་འཚོལ།" #. Replace #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:200 msgid "R_eplace..." msgstr "ཚབ་བཅུག་པ་...(_e)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:200 msgid "Replace a string" msgstr "ཡིག་རྒྱུན་ལ་ཚབ་བཅུག་པ།" #. Properties #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:205 msgid "_Properties" msgstr "ངོ་བོ(_P)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:206 msgid "Modify the file's properties" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་འདིའི་ངོ་བོ་བསྒྱུར་བཅོས།" #. #. * The Settings menu #. #. Settings #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:214 msgid "Prefere_nces" msgstr "རང་མོས་སྒྲིག་འགོད།(_n)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:215 msgid "Configure the application" msgstr "ཉེར་སྤྱོད་དེར་སྒྲིག་བཟོ་བྱེད་པ།" #. 20 #. #. * And the "Help" menu #. #. About #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:224 ../test-gnome/testgnome.xml.h:4 msgid "_About" msgstr "འདིའི་སྐོར།(_A)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:225 ../test-gnome/testgnome.xml.h:3 msgid "About this application" msgstr "ཉེར་སྤྱོད་འདིའི་སྐོར།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:228 msgid "Select _All" msgstr "ཡོད་ཚད་འདེམས་པ།(_A)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:229 msgid "Select everything" msgstr "ཡོད་ཚད་འདེམས་པ།" #. #. * Window menu #. #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:237 msgid "Create New _Window" msgstr "སྒེའུ་ཁུང་གསར་པ་བཟོ་བ།(_W)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:238 msgid "Create a new window" msgstr "སྒེའུ་ཁུང་གསར་པ་ཞིག་བཟོ་བ།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:242 msgid "_Close This Window" msgstr "སྒེའུ་ཁུང་འདི་ཁ་རྒྱག་པ།(_C)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:243 ../test-gnome/testgnome.xml.h:1 msgid "Close the current window" msgstr "སྒེའུ་ཁུང་འདི་ཁ་རྒྱག་པ།" #. #. * The "Game" menu #. #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:251 msgid "_New Game" msgstr "རྩེད་མོ་གསར་པ།(_N)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:252 msgid "Start a new game" msgstr "རྩེད་མོ་གསར་པ་ཅིག་འགོ་འཛུགས།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:256 msgid "_Pause Game" msgstr "རྩེད་མོ་སྐབས་མཚམས་བཞག་པ།(_P)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:257 msgid "Pause the game" msgstr "རྩེད་མོ་སྐབས་མཚམས་བཞག་པ།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:261 msgid "_Restart Game" msgstr "རྩེད་མོ་འགོ་བསྐྱར་འཛུགས།(_R)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:262 msgid "Restart the game" msgstr "རྩེད་མོ་འགོ་བསྐྱར་འཛུགས།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:266 msgid "_Undo Move" msgstr "འགུལ་བསྐྱོད་དེ་ཕྱིར་བཤོལ་བ།(_U)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:267 msgid "Undo the last move" msgstr "རྗེས་མའི་འགུལ་སྐྱོད་དེ་ཕྱིར་བཤོལ་བ།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:271 msgid "_Redo Move" msgstr "འགུལ་སྐྱོད་བསྐྱར་དུ་བྱེད་པ།(_R)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:272 msgid "Redo the undone move" msgstr "ཕྱིར་བཤོལ་བྱུང་བའི་འགུལ་སྐྱོད་དེ་བསྐྱར་དུ་་བྱེད་པ།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:276 msgid "_Hint" msgstr "གསལ་འདེབས།(_H)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:277 msgid "Get a hint for your next move" msgstr "རྗེས་མའི་འགུལ་སྐྱོད་ལ་གསལ་འདེབས་འདོན་པ།" #. 30 #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:282 msgid "_Scores..." msgstr "ཐོབ་སྐར་...(_S)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:283 msgid "View the scores" msgstr "ཐོབ་སྐར་སྟོན་པ།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:287 msgid "_End Game" msgstr "རྩེདམོ་མཇུག་སྒྲིལ་བ།(_E)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:288 msgid "End the current game" msgstr "རྩེདམོ་འདི་མཇུག་སྒྲིལ་བ།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:1150 msgid "_Contents" msgstr "ནང་ཚན།(_C)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:1153 msgid "View help for this application" msgstr "བྱ་རིམ་འདིའི་གསལ་བཤད་སྟོན་པ།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:2524 msgid "Text Below Icons" msgstr "མཚོན་རྟགས་འོག་མིང་།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:2525 msgid "Priority Text Beside Icons" msgstr "མཚོན་རྟགས་འགྲམ་མིང་གི་གོ་རིམ།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:2526 msgid "Icons Only" msgstr "མཚོན་རྟགས་རྐྱང་པ།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:2527 msgid "Text Only" msgstr "མིང་གཅིག་པུ།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-helper.c:2588 #, c-format msgid "Use Desktop Default (%s)" msgstr "སྒྲོག་སྟེགས་ཐོག་(%s)མཁོ་སྤྱོད་པ།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-util.c:98 msgid " (press return)" msgstr " ༜ཕྱིར་ལོག༜གནོན" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-util.c:140 msgid "ERROR: " msgstr "ནོར་འཁྲུལ། " #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-util.c:177 msgid "Warning: " msgstr "ཉེན་བརྡ། " #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-util.c:315 msgid "y" msgstr "y" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-util.c:316 msgid "yes" msgstr "ཡིན" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-util.c:319 msgid "n" msgstr "n" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-util.c:320 msgid "no" msgstr "མིན" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-util.c:355 msgid " (yes or no)" msgstr " (ཡིན་ནམ་མིན།)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-util.c:356 msgid " - OK? (yes or no)" msgstr " ཨེ་ཡིན། (ཡིན་ནམ་མིན།)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app-util.c:684 msgid "Progress" msgstr "ཡར་བསྐྱེད" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app.c:153 msgid "App ID" msgstr "ཉེར་སྤྱོད་ཚབ་ཡིག" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-app.c:154 msgid "The application ID string" msgstr "ཉེར་སྤྱོད་ཚབ་ཡིག" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-appbar.c:743 msgid "Has Progress" msgstr "ཡར་བསྐྱེད་འདུག" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-appbar.c:744 msgid "Create a progress widget." msgstr "ཡར་བསྐྱེད་འགྲོ་ལུགས་ཀྱི་མཁོ་བྱད་ཞིག་བཟོ་བ།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-appbar.c:751 msgid "Has Status" msgstr "གནས་སྟངས་ཡོད་པ" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-appbar.c:752 msgid "Create a status widget." msgstr "གནས་སྟངས་ཀྱི་མཁོ་བྱད་ཞིག་གསར་འཛུགས" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-appbar.c:759 msgid "Interactivity" msgstr "ཕན་ཚུན་འབྲེལ་འདྲིས།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-appbar.c:760 msgid "Level of user activity required." msgstr "སྤྱོད་མཁན་གྱི་བྱ་འགུལ་ཚད་དགོས་པ།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-authentication-manager.c:84 #, c-format msgid "Your HTTP Proxy requires you to log in.\n" msgstr "ཁྱོད་ཀྱི་HTTPཚབ་བྱེད་ལ་ངོས་འཛིན་མིང་འཇུག་དགོས།\n" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-authentication-manager.c:85 #, c-format msgid "" "You must log in to access \"%s\".\n" "%s" msgstr "" "ཁྱོད་ཀྱིས་ངོས་འཛིན་མིང་བཅུག་ནས\"%s\"ནང་འཛུལ་དགོས།\n" " %s" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-authentication-manager.c:88 msgid "Your password will be transmitted unencrypted." msgstr "ཁྱོད་ཀྱི་གསང་གྲངས་དེ་གསང་བ་མ་བྱས་པ༌གཏོང་རྩིས་འདུག" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-authentication-manager.c:89 msgid "Your password will be transmitted encrypted." msgstr "ཁྱོད་ཀྱི་གསང་གྲངས་དེ་གསང་བ་མ་བྱས་ནས༌གཏོང་ངེས་སོ།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-authentication-manager.c:92 #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-authentication-manager.c:311 msgid "Authentication Required" msgstr "ཆོག་མཆན་གནང་རོགས།" #. Translators: "You must log in to acces user@server.com/share domain MYWINDOWSDOMAIN." #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-authentication-manager.c:303 #, c-format msgid "You must log in to access %s domain %s\n" msgstr "ངེས་པར་དུ་ངོས་འཛིན་མིང་བཅུག་ནས%sཁོངས་གཏོགས་ལ་འཛུལ་དགོས། %s\n" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-authentication-manager.c:305 #, c-format msgid "You must log in to access %s\n" msgstr "ངེས་པར་དུ་ངོས་འཛིན་མིང་བཅུག་ནས་%s བེད་སྤྱོད་དགོས\n" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-client.c:1000 ../libgnomeui/gnome-client.c:1034 msgid "Specify session management ID" msgstr "ལེ་ཚན་དོ་དམ་གི་ཚབ་ཡིག་དམིགས་དུ་གསལ་བ།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-client.c:1000 ../libgnomeui/gnome-client.c:1034 msgid "ID" msgstr "ཨའི་ཌི།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-client.c:1003 ../libgnomeui/gnome-client.c:1037 msgid "Specify prefix of saved configuration" msgstr "" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-client.c:1003 ../libgnomeui/gnome-client.c:1037 msgid "PREFIX" msgstr "སྔོན་འཇུག" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-client.c:1006 ../libgnomeui/gnome-client.c:1040 msgid "Disable connection to session manager" msgstr "དུས་ཡུན་དོ་དམ་པ་དང་འབྲེལ་འདྲིས་བཅད་པ" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-client.c:1014 msgid "Session management:" msgstr "ལེ་ཚན་དོ་དམ" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-client.c:1015 msgid "Show session management options" msgstr "ལེ་ཚན་དོ་དམ་གྱི་འདེམས་ཐོ་སྟོན་པ" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-client.c:1046 msgid "Session management" msgstr "ལེ་ཚན་དོ་དམ" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-client.c:2580 msgid "Cancel Logout" msgstr "ཕྱིར་བསྐྱོད་རྩིས་མེད་གཏོང" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-color-picker.c:404 msgid "Received invalid color data\n" msgstr "རྒྱུས་མེད་པའི་ཚོས་གཞིའི་གྲངས་དང་ཕྲད་པ།\n" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-color-picker.c:458 msgid "Open a dialog to specify the color" msgstr "གླེང་གཞི་ཁ་ཕྱེས་ནས་ཚོས་གཞི་དེ་དམིགས་དུ་གསལ་བ།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-color-picker.c:480 msgid "Pick a color" msgstr "ཚོས་གཞི་ཅིག་འཐུ།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-dateedit.c:497 ../libgnomeui/gnome-dateedit.c:804 msgid "Time" msgstr "དུས་ཚོད།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-dateedit.c:498 msgid "The time currently selected" msgstr "ད་ལྟ་སྒྲིག་ཡོད་པའི་དུས་ཚོད།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-dateedit.c:510 msgid "DateEdit Flags" msgstr "ཚེས་གྲངས་བསྒྱུར་བཅོས་གི་ཟུར་རྟགས།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-dateedit.c:511 msgid "Flags for how DateEdit looks" msgstr "" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-dateedit.c:520 msgid "Lower Hour" msgstr "འོག་གི་ཆུ་ཚོད།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-dateedit.c:521 msgid "Lower hour in the time popup selector" msgstr "" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-dateedit.c:531 msgid "Upper Hour" msgstr "" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-dateedit.c:532 msgid "Upper hour in the time popup selector" msgstr "" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-dateedit.c:542 msgid "Initial Time" msgstr "ཐོག་མའི་དུས་ཚོད།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-dateedit.c:543 msgid "The initial time" msgstr "ཐོག་མའི་དུས་ཚོད་།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-dateedit.c:767 ../libgnomeui/gnome-scores.c:96 msgid "Date" msgstr "ཚེས་གྲངས།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-dateedit.c:780 msgid "Select Date" msgstr "ཚེས་གྲངས་སྒྲིག་པ།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-dateedit.c:780 msgid "Select the date from a calendar" msgstr "ལོ་ཐོ་ནང་ནས་ཚེས་གྲངས་འདོན་པ།" #. Calendar label, only shown if the date editor has a time field #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-dateedit.c:791 msgid "Calendar" msgstr "ལོ་ཐོ།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-dateedit.c:812 msgid "Select Time" msgstr "དུས་ཚོད་སྒྲིག་པ།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-dateedit.c:812 msgid "Select the time from a list" msgstr "རེའུ་མིག་ནང་ནས་དུས་ཚོད་འཐུ་བ།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-dateedit.c:1031 msgid "gnome_date_edit_get_date deprecated, use gnome_date_edit_get_time" msgstr "" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:115 #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-font-picker.c:147 msgid "Title" msgstr "ཁ་བྱང་།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:116 msgid "Title of the druid" msgstr "" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:124 msgid "Logo image" msgstr "ཁ་རྟགས།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:131 msgid "Top Watermark" msgstr "མགོའི་ཆུ་རྟགས།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:132 msgid "Watermark image for the top" msgstr "མགོའི་ཆུ་རྟགས་གཟུགས་བརྙན།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:139 msgid "Title Foreground" msgstr "ཁ་བྱང་མདུན་ཤོག" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:140 msgid "Foreground color of the title" msgstr "ཁ་བྱང་མདུན་ཤོག་གི་ཚོས་གཞི།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:147 msgid "Title Foreground Color" msgstr "ཁ་བྱང་མདུན་ཤོག་གི་ཚོས་གཞི།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:148 msgid "Foreground color of the title as a GdkColor" msgstr "" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:155 msgid "Title Foreground color set" msgstr "ཁ་བྱང་མདུན་ཤོག་གི་ཚོས་གཞི་སྒྲིག་སྦྱོར།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:156 msgid "Foreground color of the title is set" msgstr "ཁ་བྱང་མདུན་ཤོག་གི་ཚོས་གཞི་བསྒྲིགས་ཟིན།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:163 #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:171 msgid "Background Color" msgstr "རྒྱབ་ལྗོངས་ཚོས་གཞི།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:164 msgid "Background color" msgstr "རྒྱབ་ལྗོངས་ཚོས་གཞི།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:172 msgid "Background color as a GdkColor" msgstr "རྒྱབ་གཞིའི་ཚོས་གཞི་ GdkColor" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:179 msgid "Background color set" msgstr "རྒྱབ་ལྗོངས་ཀྱི་ཚོས་གཞི་སྒྲིག་སྦྱོར།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:180 msgid "Background color is set" msgstr "རྒྱབ་ལྗོངས་ཀྱི་ཚོས་གཞི་བསྒྲིགས་ཟིན།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:187 #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:195 msgid "Contents Background Color" msgstr "ནང་དོན་གྱི་རྒྱབ་ལྗོངས་ཚོས་གཞི།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:188 msgid "Contents Background color" msgstr "ནང་དོན་གྱི་རྒྱབ་ལྗོངས་ཚོས་གཞི།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:196 msgid "Contents Background color as a GdkColor" msgstr "ནང་དོན་གྱི་ རྒྱབ་གཞིའི་ཚོས་གཞི་ GdkColor" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:203 msgid "Contents Background color set" msgstr "ནང་དོན་གྱི་རྒྱབ་ལྗོངས་ལ་ཚོས་གཞི་སྒྲིག་སྦྱོར།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:204 msgid "Contents Background color is set" msgstr "ནང་དོན་གྱི་རྒྱབ་ལྗོངས་ཚོས་གཞི་བསྒྲིགས་ཟིན" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:210 #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:218 msgid "Logo Background Color" msgstr "ཁ་རྟགས་ཚོས་གཞི།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:211 msgid "Logo Background color" msgstr "ལས་རྟགས་ཀྱི་རྒྱབ་གཞིའི་ཚོས་གཞི།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:219 msgid "Logo Background color as a GdkColor" msgstr "" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:226 msgid "Logo Background color set" msgstr "" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:227 msgid "Logo Background color is set" msgstr "" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid.c:153 msgid "Show Finish" msgstr "༜མཇུག་བསྡུ༜་སྟོན་པ།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid.c:154 msgid "Show the 'Finish' button instead of the 'Next' button" msgstr "༜རྗེས་མ༜མཐེབ་ཀྱི་ཚབ་ལ་༜མཇུག་བསྡུ༜མཐེབ་སྟོན་པ།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid.c:161 msgid "Show Help" msgstr "༜གསལ་བཤད༜སྟོན་པ།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid.c:162 msgid "Show the 'Help' button" msgstr "༜གསལ་བཤད༜མཐེབ་སྟོན་པ།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-entry.c:192 ../libgnomeui/gnome-entry.c:193 #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-file-entry.c:233 ../libgnomeui/gnome-icon-entry.c:169 msgid "History ID" msgstr "ཟིན་ཐོའི་ཚབ་ཡིག།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-entry.c:199 msgid "GTK entry" msgstr "GTK འཇུག་སྒོ།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-entry.c:200 msgid "The GTK entry" msgstr "GTK་ཡི་འཇུག་སྒོ" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-file-entry.c:234 msgid "" "Unique identifier for the file entry. This will be used to save the history " "list." msgstr "" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-file-entry.c:242 ../libgnomeui/gnome-icon-entry.c:178 msgid "Browse Dialog Title" msgstr "ལྟ་བཤེར་གླེང་སྒྲོམ་གྱི་ཁ་བྱང་།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-file-entry.c:243 msgid "Title for the Browse file dialog." msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་ལྟ་བཤེར་གླེང་སྒྲོམ་གྱི་ཁ་བྱང༌།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-file-entry.c:250 msgid "Directory Entry" msgstr "བླུག་སྣོད་ཀྱི་འཇུག་སྒོ" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-file-entry.c:251 msgid "" "Whether the file entry is being used to enter directory names or complete " "filenames." msgstr "" "ཡིག་ཆའི་འཇུག་སྒོ་དེ་བླུགས་སྣོད་ཀྱི་མིང་བླུག་པའམ་ཡང་ན་ཡིག་ཆའི་ཁ་བྱང་ཁ་སྐོང་བའི" "་ཆེད་དུ་བེད་སྤྱད་བཞིན་ཡོད།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-file-entry.c:259 msgid "Modal" msgstr "དབྱིབས།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-file-entry.c:260 msgid "Whether the Browse file window should be modal." msgstr "" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-file-entry.c:267 ../libgnomeui/gnome-icon-entry.c:194 msgid "Filename" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆའི་ཁ་བྱང་།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-file-entry.c:268 msgid "Filename that should be displayed in the file entry." msgstr "ཡིག་ཆའི་འཇུག་སྒོའི་ནང་ཤར་ནུས་པའི་ཡིག་ཆ་ཁ་བྱང་།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-file-entry.c:276 msgid "Default Path" msgstr "སྔོན་བསྒྲིགས་བྱས་ཟིན་པའི་བརྒྱུད་ལམ" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-file-entry.c:277 msgid "Default path for the Browse file window." msgstr "" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-file-entry.c:284 msgid "GnomeEntry" msgstr "" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-file-entry.c:285 msgid "" "GnomeEntry that the file entry uses for entering filenames. You can use " "this property to get the GnomeEntry if you need to modify or query any of " "its parameters." msgstr "" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-file-entry.c:295 msgid "GtkEntry" msgstr "" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-file-entry.c:296 msgid "" "GtkEntry that the file entry uses for entering filenames. You can use this " "property to get the GtkEntry if you need to modify or query any of its " "parameters." msgstr "" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-file-entry.c:306 msgid "Use GtkFileChooser" msgstr "" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-file-entry.c:307 msgid "" "Whether to use the new GtkFileChooser widget or the GtkFileSelection widget " "to select files." msgstr "" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-file-entry.c:316 msgid "GtkFileChooser Action" msgstr "" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-file-entry.c:317 msgid "The type of operation that the file selector is performing." msgstr "" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-file-entry.c:652 ../libgnomeui/gnome-file-entry.c:689 msgid "Select file" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་འཐུ་བ།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-file-entry.c:814 msgid "Path" msgstr "འཇུག་ལམ།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-file-entry.c:814 msgid "Path to file" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་་དང་སྦྲེལ་བའི་འཇུག་ལམ།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-file-entry.c:843 msgid "_Browse..." msgstr "ལྟ་བཤེར།...(_B)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-file-entry.c:844 msgid "Pop up a file selector to choose a file" msgstr "ཡིག་ཆ་འདོན་མཁན་ཞིག་བསྟན་ནས་ཡིག་ཆ་ཞིག་འདེམས་པ།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-font-picker.c:58 msgid "sans 12" msgstr "sans 12" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-font-picker.c:59 msgid "AaBbCcDdEeFfGgHhIiJjKkLlMmNnOoPpQqRrSsTtUuVvWwXxYyZz" msgstr "AaBbCcDdEeFfGgHhIiJjKkLlMmNnOoPpQqRrSsTtUuVvWwXxYyZz" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-font-picker.c:60 msgid "Pick a Font" msgstr "ཡིག་གཟུགས་ཞིག་འདེམས་པ།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-font-picker.c:148 msgid "The title of the selection dialog box" msgstr "འདེམས་སྒྲུག་གླེང་སྒྲོམ་གྱི་མིང༌།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-font-picker.c:156 msgid "Mode" msgstr "རྣམ་པ།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-font-picker.c:157 msgid "The mode of operation of the font picker" msgstr "ཡིག་གཟུགས་འདེམས་བྱེད་ཀྱི་བཀོལ་སྤྱོད་རྣམ་པ།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-font-picker.c:166 msgid "Font name" msgstr "ཡིག་གཟུགས་ཀྱི་མིང༌།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-font-picker.c:167 msgid "Name of the selected font" msgstr "བདམས་ཟིན་པ་པའི་ཡིག་གཟུགས་་ཀྱི་མིང༌།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-font-picker.c:176 ../libgnomeui/gnome-font-picker.c:972 msgid "Font" msgstr "ཡིག་གཟུགས།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-font-picker.c:177 msgid "The selected GtkFont" msgstr "སེལ་འཐུ་འབད་མི་ GtkFont།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-font-picker.c:184 msgid "Preview text" msgstr "" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-font-picker.c:185 msgid "Preview text shown in the dialog" msgstr "གླེང་སྒྲོམ་ནང་གི་ཡི་གེ་ལ་སྔོན་ལྟ་བྱེད་པ།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-font-picker.c:193 msgid "Use font in label" msgstr "ཡིག་གཟུགས་ཁ་བྱང་ཐོག་བཀོལ་བ།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-font-picker.c:194 msgid "Use font in the label in font info mode" msgstr "ཡིག་གཟུགས་གསལ་གཤད་རྣམ་པའི་འོག་ཁ་བྱང་ལ་ཡིག་གཟུགས་བཀོལ་བ།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-font-picker.c:202 msgid "Font size for label" msgstr "ཁ་བྱང་གི་ཡི་གེ་ཆེ་ཆུང་།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-font-picker.c:203 msgid "Font size for label in font info mode" msgstr "ཡིག་གཟུགས་གསལ་གཤད་རྣམ་པའི་འོག་ཁ་བྱང་གི་ཡིག་གཟུགས་ཆེ་ཆུང་།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-font-picker.c:213 msgid "Show size" msgstr "ཆེ་ཆུང་གི་ཚད་སྟོན་པ།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-font-picker.c:214 msgid "Show size in font info mode" msgstr "ཡིག་གཟུགས་གསལ་གཤད་རྣམ་པའི་འོག་ཆེ་ཆུང་གི་ཚད་སྟོན་པ།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-gconf-ui.c:61 msgid "GNOME GConf UI Support" msgstr "" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-gconf-ui.c:96 msgid "_Details" msgstr "རྒྱས་བཤད།(_D)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-gconf-ui.c:171 #, c-format msgid "" "The application \"%s\" attempted to change an aspect of your configuration " "that your system administrator or operating system vendor does not allow you " "to change. Some of the settings you have selected may not take effect, or " "may not be restored next time you use the application." msgstr "" "བྱ་རིམ་\"%s\"་ཡིས་དོ་དམ་པའམ་མ་ལག་ཚོང་གཉེར་བའི་ཆོག་མཆན་དང་འཛོལ་བའི་བསྒྱུར་བཅོས" "་བྱེད་གྲབས་འདུག " "་བསྒྱུར་བཅོས་འདིའི་ནང་ནས་འགའ་ཞིག་མངོན་འགྱུར་མི་ཡོངས་ཉེན་ཡོད་པ་དང་ཡང་ན་བྱ་རིམ་" "འདི་ཐེངས་རྗེས་མར་གསོག་འཇོག་བྱས་མེད" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-gconf-ui.c:178 #, c-format msgid "" "An error occurred while loading or saving configuration information for %s. " "Some of your configuration settings may not work properly." msgstr "" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-href.c:102 msgid "URL" msgstr "" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-href.c:103 msgid "The URL that GnomeHRef activates" msgstr "" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-href.c:110 msgid "Text" msgstr "ཡི་གེ" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-href.c:111 msgid "The text on the button" msgstr "མཐེབ་སྟེང་གི་ཡི་གེ" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-href.c:112 msgid "End World Hunger" msgstr "" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-href.c:118 msgid "Link color" msgstr "" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-href.c:119 msgid "Color used to draw the link" msgstr "" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-href.c:150 msgid "This button will take you to the URI that it displays." msgstr "" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-href.c:386 msgid "" "An error has occurred while trying to launch the default web browser.\n" "Please check your settings in the 'Preferred Applications' preference tool." msgstr "" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-icon-entry.c:170 msgid "" "Unique identifier for the icon entry. This will be used to save the history " "list." msgstr "" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-icon-entry.c:179 msgid "Title for the Browse icon dialog." msgstr "" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-icon-entry.c:186 msgid "Pixmap Directory" msgstr "" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-icon-entry.c:187 msgid "Directory that will be searched for icons." msgstr "" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-icon-entry.c:195 msgid "Filename that should be displayed in the icon entry." msgstr "" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-icon-entry.c:203 msgid "Picker dialog" msgstr "" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-icon-entry.c:204 msgid "" "Icon picker dialog. You can use this property to get the GtkDialog if you " "need to modify or query any of its properties." msgstr "" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-icon-entry.c:312 ../libgnomeui/gnome-icon-entry.c:996 msgid "Choose Icon" msgstr "མཚོན་རྟགས་ཞིག་འདེམས་པ" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-icon-entry.c:766 msgid "Icon selection dialog" msgstr "མཚོན་རྟགས་འདེམས་ངོས་ཀྱི་གླེང་སྒྲོམ" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-icon-entry.c:767 msgid "This dialog box lets you select an icon." msgstr "གླེང་སྒྲོམ་འདིས་ཁྱོད་ལ་མཚོན་རྟགས་ཞིག་འདེམས་བཅུག་པ" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-icon-entry.c:773 ../libgnomeui/gnome-icon-entry.c:999 msgid "Icon Selector" msgstr "མཚོན་རྟགས་འདེམས་ཆས" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-icon-entry.c:774 msgid "Please pick the icon you want." msgstr "ཁྱོད་ལ་དགོས་པའི་མཚོན་རྟགས་ཞིག་གདམ་རོགས" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-icon-entry.c:1000 msgid "This button will open a window to let you select an icon." msgstr "" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-icon-entry.c:1022 msgid "Browse" msgstr "ལྟ་བཤེར" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-icon-entry.c:1025 msgid "Icon path" msgstr "མཚོན་རྟགས་འགྲུལ་ལམ།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-icon-entry.c:1026 msgid "" "Here you should enter the name of the directory where icon images are " "located." msgstr "" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-icon-sel.c:293 #, c-format msgid "GnomeIconSelection: '%s' does not exist or is not a directory" msgstr "" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-icon-sel.c:301 #, c-format msgid "GnomeIconSelection: couldn't open directory '%s'" msgstr "ཇི་ནོམ་མཚོན་རྟགས་འདེམས་ངོས: འཇུག་ཐོ་’%s’ ཁ་ཕྱེ་མ་ཐུབ" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-icon-sel.c:405 msgid "Loading Icons..." msgstr "མཚོན་རྟགས་ལེན་འཇུག་བྱེད་བཞིན་པ..." #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-messagebox.c:107 msgid "Information" msgstr "ཆ་འཕྲིན།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-messagebox.c:112 msgid "Warning" msgstr "ཉེན་བརྡ།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-messagebox.c:118 msgid "Error" msgstr "ནོར་འཁྲུལ།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-messagebox.c:124 msgid "Question" msgstr "དྲི་བ།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-messagebox.c:129 msgid "Message" msgstr "འཕྲིན་ཐུང་།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-password-dialog.c:196 msgid "_Username:" msgstr "ལག་ལེན་པའི་མིང༌།(_U)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-password-dialog.c:199 msgid "_Domain:" msgstr "ཌོ་མེན་:(_D)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-password-dialog.c:202 msgid "_Password:" msgstr "གསང་གྲངས(_P)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-password-dialog.c:205 msgid "_New password:" msgstr "གསང་གྲངས་གསརཔ(_N)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-password-dialog.c:206 msgid "Con_firm password:" msgstr "གསང་གྲངས་གཏན་འབེབས་བྱེད་པ(_f)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-password-dialog.c:209 msgid "Password quality:" msgstr "གསང་གྲངས་གི་སྤུས་ཚད་:" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-password-dialog.c:324 msgid "Co_nnect" msgstr "མཐུད་པ།(_n)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-password-dialog.c:357 msgid "Connect _anonymously" msgstr "མིང་མ་བྲིས་པར་མཐུད་པ།(_a)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-password-dialog.c:362 msgid "Connect as u_ser:" msgstr "ལག་ལེན་པའི་སྦྲེལ་་མཐུད་:(_s)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-password-dialog.c:424 msgid "_Forget password immediately" msgstr "གསང་གྲངས་དེ་འཕྲལ་བརྗེད་ཚར་བ(_F)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-password-dialog.c:430 msgid "_Remember password until you logout" msgstr "ཕྱིར་འདོན་མ་བྱས་བར་དུ་གསང་གྲངས་ཡིད་ལ་བཟུང་བ(_R)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-password-dialog.c:436 msgid "_Remember forever" msgstr "རྟག་པར་ཡིད་ལ་བཟུང་བ(_R)" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-pixmap-entry.c:104 msgid "Do Preview" msgstr "སྔོན་ལྟ་གྱིས།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-pixmap-entry.c:105 msgid "Whether the pixmap entry should have a preview." msgstr "" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-pixmap-entry.c:179 #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-pixmap-entry.c:473 msgid "No Image" msgstr "གཟུགས་བརྙན་མི་འདུག" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-pixmap-entry.c:196 msgid "Image Preview" msgstr "གཟུགས་བརྙན་སྔོན་ལྟ།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-pixmap-entry.c:197 msgid "A preview of the image currently specified" msgstr "གཟུགས་བརྙན་འདིའི་སྔོན་ལྟ་ཞིག་དང་ཐོག་དམིགས་འཛུགས་བྱས་ཚར་བ" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-pixmap-entry.c:408 msgid "Can't find an hbox, using a normal file selection" msgstr "" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-pixmap-entry.c:414 msgid "Preview" msgstr "སྔོན་ལྟ།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-scores.c:77 msgid "Top Ten" msgstr "ཡག་ཤོས་བཅུ" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-scores.c:90 msgid "User" msgstr "སྤྱོད་མཁན" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-scores.c:93 msgid "Score" msgstr "ཐོབ་སྐར།" #. TRANSLATORS NOTE: Date format used when showing scores in games. #. * Please refer to manpage of strftime(3) for complete reference. #. #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-scores.c:193 msgid "%a %b %d %T %Y" msgstr "%a %b %d %T %Y།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-scores.c:394 msgid "Sans 14" msgstr "Sans 14" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-stock-icons.c:139 msgid "Table Borders" msgstr "དྲ་མིག་གི་ཟུར།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-stock-icons.c:140 msgid "Table Fill" msgstr "དྲ་མིག་སྐོང་བྱེད།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-stock-icons.c:141 msgid "Bulleted List" msgstr "ཡིག་ཕྲེང་མགོ་འདྲེན་འདེམས་ཐོ" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-stock-icons.c:142 msgid "Numbered List" msgstr "གྲངས་རིམ་པའི་རེའུ་མིག" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-stock-icons.c:143 msgid "Indent" msgstr "ཡིག་ཕྲེང་འགོའི་སྟོང་ཆ" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-stock-icons.c:144 msgid "Un-Indent" msgstr "ཡིག་ཕྲེང་འགོའི་སྟོང་ཆ་མེད་པ" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-stock-icons.c:145 msgid "About" msgstr "དེའིསྐོར།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-ui-init.c:134 ../libgnomeui/gnome-ui-init.c:160 msgid "Disable Crash Dialog" msgstr "འཐོར་བརླག་གི་གླེང་སྒྲོམ་ནུས་མེད་བཟོ" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-ui-init.c:143 msgid "GNOME GUI Library:" msgstr "GNOME GUIམཛོད་:" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-ui-init.c:144 msgid "Show GNOME GUI options" msgstr "GNOME GUI་ཡི་འདེམས་ངོས་མངོན་པ" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-ui-init.c:162 msgid "X display to use" msgstr "བེད་སྤྱོད་དགོས་པའི་X འཆར་སྟངས" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-ui-init.c:162 msgid "DISPLAY" msgstr "སྟོན་པ།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-ui-init.c:167 msgid "GNOME GUI Library" msgstr "GNOME GUIམཛོད།" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-ui-init.c:232 msgid "Could not open link" msgstr "སྦྲེལ་ལམ་ཁ་ཕྱེ་ཐུབ་མི་འདུག" #: ../test-gnome/testgnome.xml.h:2 msgid "Exit the test" msgstr "ཚོད་ལྟ་མཚམས་བཞག་པ།" language-pack-gnome-bo-base/data/bo/LC_MESSAGES/metacity.po0000644000000000000000000014376612321561027020351 0ustar # Tibetan translation for metacity # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the metacity package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: metacity\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 20:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-08-04 13:15+0000\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: Tibetan \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:42+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Navigation" msgstr "ཕྱོགས་སྟོན་ཆས" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Move window to workspace 1" msgstr "བཟོ་སྟེགས་དུ་སྒེའུ་ཁུང་སྤོར་བ 1" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Move window to workspace 2" msgstr "བཟོ་སྟེགས་དུ་སྒེའུ་ཁུང་སྤོར་བ 2" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Move window to workspace 3" msgstr "བཟོ་སྟེགས་དུ་སྒེའུ་ཁུང་སྤོར་བ 3" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Move window to workspace 4" msgstr "བཟོ་སྟེགས་དུ་སྒེའུ་ཁུང་སྤོར་བ 4" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:6 msgid "Move window one workspace to the left" msgstr "སྒེའུ་ཁུང་གཡོན་ཕྱོགས་སུ་སྤོར་བ་" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Move window one workspace to the right" msgstr "སྒེའུ་ཁུང་གཡས་ཕྱོགས་སུ་སྤོར་བ" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Move window one workspace up" msgstr "སྒེའུ་ཁུང་ལས་གནས་སྟེང་ཕྱོགས་སུ་སྤོར་བ" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Move window one workspace down" msgstr "སྒེའུ་ཁུང་འོག་ཕྱོགས་སུ་སྤོར་བ" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Switch windows" msgstr "" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Switch applications" msgstr "ཉེར་སྤྱོད་བརྗེ་རེས" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Switch windows of an application" msgstr "ཉེར་སྤྱོད་ཞིག་གི་སྒེའུ་ཁུང་བར་བརྗེ་རེས་བྱེད" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Switch system controls" msgstr "མ་ལག་གི་དོ་དམ་ཆས་བརྗེ་རེས" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Switch windows directly" msgstr "སྒེའུ་ཁུང་ཐད་ཀར་བརྗེ་རེས" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Switch windows of an app directly" msgstr "ཉེར་སྤྱོད་ཞིག་གི་སྒེའུ་ཁུང་བར་ཐད་ཀར་བརྗེ་རེས་བྱེད" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:16 msgid "Switch system controls directly" msgstr "" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Hide all normal windows" msgstr "རྒྱུན་ལྡན་གྱི་སྒེའུ་ཁུང་ཡོངས་ཡིབ" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Switch to workspace 1" msgstr "བཟོ་སྟེགས་1་ལ་བརྗེ་བ" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:19 msgid "Switch to workspace 2" msgstr "བཟོ་སྟེགས་2་པ་ལ་བརྗེ་བ" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Switch to workspace 3" msgstr "བཟོ་སྟེགས་3་པ་ལ་བརྗེ་བ" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:21 msgid "Switch to workspace 4" msgstr "ལབཟོ་སྟེགས་4་བ་ལ་བརྗེ་བ" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:22 msgid "Move to workspace left" msgstr "བཟོ་སྟེགས་གཡོན་ལ་སྤོར་བ" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:23 msgid "Move to workspace right" msgstr "བཟོ་སྟེགས་གཡས་སུ་སྤོར་བ" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:24 msgid "Move to workspace above" msgstr "བཟོ་སྟེགས་གོང་ལ་སྤོར་བ" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:25 msgid "Move to workspace below" msgstr "བཟོ་སྟེགས་འོག་ལ་སྤོར་བ" #: ../src/50-metacity-system.xml.in.h:1 msgid "System" msgstr "མ་ལག" #: ../src/50-metacity-system.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Show the run command prompt" msgstr "འཁོར་སྐྱོད་བཀའ་བརྡའི་དྲན་སྐུལ་མངོན་པ" #: ../src/50-metacity-system.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Show the activities overview" msgstr "" #: ../src/50-metacity-windows.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Windows" msgstr "སྒེའུ་ཁུང" #: ../src/50-metacity-windows.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Activate the window menu" msgstr "སྒེའུ་ཁུང་འདེམས་ཐོ་སྒུལ་སློང" #: ../src/50-metacity-windows.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Toggle fullscreen mode" msgstr "འཆར་ངོས་དཔེ་དབྱིབས་བརྗེ་རེས" #: ../src/50-metacity-windows.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Toggle maximization state" msgstr "ཆེ་སྒྱུར་གནས་སྟངས་བརྗེ་རེས" #: ../src/50-metacity-windows.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Maximize window" msgstr "ཆེ་སྒྱུར་སྒེའུ་ཁུང" #: ../src/50-metacity-windows.xml.in.h:6 msgid "Restore window" msgstr "སྒེའུ་ཁུང་སླར་གསོ" #: ../src/50-metacity-windows.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Toggle shaded state" msgstr "གྲིབ་གཟུགས་རྣམ་པའི་ཆ་རུ" #: ../src/50-metacity-windows.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Close window" msgstr "སྒེའུ་ཁུང་སྒོ་རྒྱག་པ" #: ../src/50-metacity-windows.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Minimize window" msgstr "སྒེའུ་ཁུང་ཆུང་སྒྱུར" #: ../src/50-metacity-windows.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Move window" msgstr "སྒེའུ་ཁུང་སྤོ་འགུལ" #: ../src/50-metacity-windows.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Resize window" msgstr "སྒེའུ་ཁུང་ཆེ་ཆུང་བཟོ་བ" #: ../src/50-metacity-windows.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Toggle window on all workspaces or one" msgstr "སྒེའུ་ཁུང་དེ་བཟོ་སྟེགས་ཡོངས་རྫོགས་སམ་གཅིག་ལ་འཆར་བའི་བརྗེ་རེས་མཐེབ" #: ../src/50-metacity-windows.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Raise window if covered, otherwise lower it" msgstr "" "སྒེའུ་ཁུང་དེ་སྒེའུ་ཁུང་གཞན་པ་ཞིག་གིས་བཀབ་བཞིན་ཡོད་ན་དེ་ཡར་བཀྱག་པ་དང་དེ་མིན་ན་" "དེ་མར་དམའ་བ" #: ../src/50-metacity-windows.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Raise window above other windows" msgstr "རྗེས་སུ་སྒེའུ་ཁུང་སྒེའུ་ཁུང་གཞན་གྱི་གོང་དུ་ཡར་བཀྱག་པ" #: ../src/50-metacity-windows.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Lower window below other windows" msgstr "རྗེས་སུ་སྒེའུ་ཁུང་སྒེའུ་ཁུང་གཞན་གྱི་འོག་དཏུ་མར་ཕབ་པ" #: ../src/50-metacity-windows.xml.in.h:16 msgid "Maximize window vertically" msgstr "སྒེའུ་ཁུང་གོང་འོག་ཆེ་ཤོས་བསྒྱུར" #: ../src/50-metacity-windows.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Maximize window horizontally" msgstr "སྒེའུ་ཁུང་གཡས་གཡོན་ཆེ་ཤོས་བསྒྱུར་བ" #: ../src/core/bell.c:296 msgid "Bell event" msgstr "དྲིལ་བརྡ" #: ../src/core/core.c:206 #, c-format msgid "Unknown window information request: %d" msgstr "མི་ཤེས་པའི་སྒེའུ་ཁུང་ཆ་འཕྲིན་རེ་ཞུ：%d" #. Translators: %s is a window title #: ../src/core/delete.c:96 #, c-format msgid "%s is not responding." msgstr "%s ཨ་ལན་བྱེད་བཞིན་མེད་པ" #: ../src/core/delete.c:101 msgid "" "You may choose to wait a short while for it to continue or force the " "application to quit entirely." msgstr "" "ཁྱོད་ཀྱིས་དེ་ཏོག་ཙམ་སྒུག་པ་དང་ཡང་ན་བཙན་ཤེད་ཀྱིས་ཉེར་སྤྱོད་ཕྱིར་འཐེན་བྱེད་པ" #: ../src/core/delete.c:110 msgid "_Wait" msgstr "སྒུག་པ(_W)" #: ../src/core/delete.c:110 msgid "_Force Quit" msgstr "བཙན་ཤེད་ཀྱིས་ཕྱིར་འཐེན(_F)" #: ../src/core/delete.c:208 #, c-format msgid "Failed to get hostname: %s\n" msgstr "རྩ་འཛུགས་བའི་མིང་ཐོབ་མི་ཐུབ་པ：%s\n" #: ../src/core/display.c:263 #, c-format msgid "Missing %s extension required for compositing" msgstr "བཟོ་བསྐྲུན་བྱེད་པར་དགོས་པའི་སྣེ་མཐུད་%s་མི་ཚང་བ" #: ../src/core/display.c:341 #, c-format msgid "Failed to open X Window System display '%s'\n" msgstr "%s་མངོན་འཆར་བྱེད་པར་X ་སྒེའུ་ཁུང་མ་ལག་ཁ་ཕྱེ་མི་ཐུབ་པ\n" #: ../src/core/errors.c:272 #, c-format msgid "" "Lost connection to the display '%s';\n" "most likely the X server was shut down or you killed/destroyed\n" "the window manager.\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/core/errors.c:279 #, c-format msgid "Fatal IO error %d (%s) on display '%s'.\n" msgstr "%3$s་མངོན་འཆར་བྱེད་པར་ཚབ་ཆེན་གྱི་IO ནོར་འཁྲུལ %1$d (%2$s)\n" #: ../src/core/keybindings.c:731 #, c-format msgid "" "Some other program is already using the key %s with modifiers %x as a " "binding\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/core/main.c:131 #, c-format msgid "" "metacity %s\n" "Copyright (C) 2001-%s Havoc Pennington, Red Hat, Inc., and others\n" "This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.\n" "There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A " "PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/core/main.c:269 msgid "Disable connection to session manager" msgstr "ལེ་ཚན་དོ་དམ་ཆས་དང་སྦྲེལ་མཐུད་བྱེད་པ་མཚམས་འཇོག" #: ../src/core/main.c:275 msgid "Replace the running window manager with Metacity" msgstr "ད་ལྟ་སྤྱོད་བཞིན་པའི་སྒེའུ་ཁུང་དོ་དམ་པ་དེའི་ཚབ་ལ་Metacity་འཇོག" #: ../src/core/main.c:281 msgid "Specify session management ID" msgstr "ལེ་ཚན་དོ་དམ་IDདམིགས་འཛུགས་བྱེད" #: ../src/core/main.c:286 msgid "X Display to use" msgstr "བེད་སྤྱོད་དགོས་པའི X མངོན་འཆར" #: ../src/core/main.c:292 msgid "Initialize session from savefile" msgstr "ཉར་ཚགས་ཡིག་ཆ་ནས་ལེ་ཚན་འགོ་སློང" #: ../src/core/main.c:298 msgid "Print version" msgstr "པར་འདེབས་པར་གཞི" #: ../src/core/main.c:304 msgid "Make X calls synchronous" msgstr "X མཉམ་བགྲོད་མཐུན་སྒྲིག་འཛུགས་པ" #: ../src/core/main.c:310 msgid "Turn compositing on" msgstr "སྣ་འདུས་བརྙན་མདངས་ཁ་ཕྱེ་བ" #: ../src/core/main.c:316 msgid "Turn compositing off" msgstr "སྣ་འདུས་བརྙན་མདངས་སྒོ་རྒྱག་པ" #: ../src/core/main.c:322 msgid "" "Don't make fullscreen windows that are maximized and have no decorations" msgstr "" #: ../src/core/main.c:527 #, c-format msgid "Failed to scan themes directory: %s\n" msgstr "བརྗོད་གཞིའི་འཇུག་ཐོ་རྟོགས་ཞིབ་ལེགས་འགྲུབ་མ་བྱུང་བ：%s\n" #: ../src/core/main.c:543 #, c-format msgid "" "Could not find a theme! Be sure %s exists and contains the usual themes.\n" msgstr "" "བརྗོད་གཞི་ཞིག་རྙེད་མི་ཐུབ་པ། " "%s་གནས་ཡོད་པ་དང་རྒྱུན་ལྡན་བརྗོད་གཞི་ཚུད་ཡོད་པར་གཏན་ཁེལ་གྱིས\n" #: ../src/core/main.c:602 #, c-format msgid "Failed to restart: %s\n" msgstr "འགོ་སྐྱར་འཛུགས་མི་ཐུབ：%s\n" #: ../src/core/prefs.c:880 msgid "" "Workarounds for broken applications disabled. Some applications may not " "behave properly.\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/core/prefs.c:949 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse font description \"%s\" from GSettings key %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/core/prefs.c:1015 #, c-format msgid "" "\"%s\" found in configuration database is not a valid value for mouse button " "modifier\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/core/prefs.c:1494 #, c-format msgid "" "\"%s\" found in configuration database is not a valid value for keybinding " "\"%s\"\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/core/prefs.c:1601 #, c-format msgid "Workspace %d" msgstr "བཟོ་སྟེགས་%d" #: ../src/core/screen.c:357 #, c-format msgid "Screen %d on display '%s' is invalid\n" msgstr "འཆར་ངོས་%d་ཡིས་'%s'འཆར་བ་ནུས་མེད་རེད་འདུག\n" #: ../src/core/screen.c:373 #, c-format msgid "" "Screen %d on display \"%s\" already has a window manager; try using the --" "replace option to replace the current window manager.\n" msgstr "" "འཆར་ངོས་%d་ཡིས་'%s'འཆར་བ་ར་སྒེའུ་ཁུང་དོ་དམ་པ་གནས་ཡོད་པས --" "replaceའདེམས་སྟངས་སྤྱད་ནས་དང་ཐོག་གི་སྒེའུ་ཁུང་དོ་དམ་པ་བརྗེ་རོགས\n" #: ../src/core/screen.c:400 #, c-format msgid "" "Could not acquire window manager selection on screen %d display \"%s\"\n" msgstr "འཆར་ངོས་ %d ཡིས་ \"%s\"སྟོན་པར་སྒེའུ་ཁུང་དོ་དམ་པ་ཐོབ་མི་ཐུབ\n" #: ../src/core/screen.c:458 #, c-format msgid "Screen %d on display \"%s\" already has a window manager\n" msgstr "" "%dའཆར་ངོས་ཐོག\"%s\" མངོན་འཆར་བྱེད་པར་སྒེའུ་ཁུང་དོ་དམ་ཆས་ཤིག་གནས་འདུག\n" #: ../src/core/screen.c:668 #, c-format msgid "Could not release screen %d on display \"%s\"\n" msgstr "“%2$s”འཆར་བར་འཆར་ངོས་ %1$dའདོན་མི་ཐུབ\n" #: ../src/core/session.c:842 ../src/core/session.c:849 #, c-format msgid "Could not create directory '%s': %s\n" msgstr "%s་མཇུག་ཐོ་གསར་འཛུགས་བྱེད་མི་ཐུབ་པ：%s\n" #: ../src/core/session.c:859 #, c-format msgid "Could not open session file '%s' for writing: %s\n" msgstr "ཡིག་འཇུག་བྱེད་པར་ལེ་ཚན་ཡིག་ཆ་%sཁ་ཕྱེ་མི་ཐུབ་པ：%s\n" #: ../src/core/session.c:1000 #, c-format msgid "Error writing session file '%s': %s\n" msgstr "%s་ལེ་ཚན་ཡིག་ཆར་ཡིག་འཇུག་བྱེད་སྐབས་ནོར་འཁྲུལ་བྱུང་འདུག：%s\n" #: ../src/core/session.c:1005 #, c-format msgid "Error closing session file '%s': %s\n" msgstr "ལེ་ཚན་ཡིག་ཆ་%s་སྒོ་རྒྱག་སྐབས་ནོར་འཁྲུལ་བྱུང་འདུག：%s\n" #: ../src/core/session.c:1135 #, c-format msgid "Failed to parse saved session file: %s\n" msgstr "ཉར་ཚགས་བྱས་པའི་ལེ་ཚན་ཡིག་ཆ་དབྱེ་ཞིབ་བྱེད་མི་ཐུབ་པ：%s\n" #: ../src/core/session.c:1184 #, c-format msgid " attribute seen but we already have the session ID" msgstr "" #: ../src/core/session.c:1197 ../src/core/session.c:1272 #: ../src/core/session.c:1304 ../src/core/session.c:1376 #: ../src/core/session.c:1436 #, c-format msgid "Unknown attribute %s on <%s> element" msgstr "<%2$s> ཚན་པ་ཐོག་གི་མི་ཤེས་པའི་ངོ་བོ %1$s" #: ../src/core/session.c:1214 #, c-format msgid "nested tag" msgstr "བྱེའུ་ཚང་འདྲ ཤོག་བྱང" #: ../src/core/session.c:1456 #, c-format msgid "Unknown element %s" msgstr "མི་ཤེས་པའི་ཚན་ཁག %s" #: ../src/core/session.c:1808 msgid "" "These windows do not support "save current setup" and will have to " "be restarted manually next time you log in." msgstr "" #: ../src/core/util.c:101 #, c-format msgid "Failed to open debug log: %s\n" msgstr "སྐྱོན་སེལ་ཐོ་ཡིག་ཁ་ཕྱེ་མི་ཐུབ་པ：%s\n" #: ../src/core/util.c:111 #, c-format msgid "Failed to fdopen() log file %s: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/core/util.c:117 #, c-format msgid "Opened log file %s\n" msgstr "ཁ་ཕྱེས་པའི་ཐོ་ཡིག %s\n" #: ../src/core/util.c:136 ../src/tools/metacity-message.c:208 #, c-format msgid "Metacity was compiled without support for verbose mode\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/core/util.c:236 msgid "Window manager: " msgstr "སྒེའུ་ཁུང་དོ་དམ་ཆས： " #: ../src/core/util.c:388 msgid "Bug in window manager: " msgstr "སྒེའུ་ཁུང་དོ་དམ་ཆས་ནང་གི་ནོར་འཁྲུལ： " #: ../src/core/util.c:421 msgid "Window manager warning: " msgstr "སྒེའུ་ཁུང་དོ་དམ་ཆས་ཉེན་བརྡ： " #: ../src/core/util.c:449 msgid "Window manager error: " msgstr "སྒེའུ་ཁུང་དོ་དམ་ཆས་ནོར་འཁྲུལ： " #. Translators: This is the title used on dialog boxes #: ../src/core/util.c:570 ../src/metacity.desktop.in.h:1 #: ../src/metacity-wm.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Metacity" msgstr "Metacityསྒེའུ་ཁུང་དོ་དམ་པ" #. first time through #: ../src/core/window.c:5710 #, c-format msgid "" "Window %s sets SM_CLIENT_ID on itself, instead of on the WM_CLIENT_LEADER " "window as specified in the ICCCM.\n" msgstr "" #. We ignore mwm_has_resize_func because WM_NORMAL_HINTS is the #. * authoritative source for that info. Some apps such as mplayer or #. * xine disable resize via MWM but not WM_NORMAL_HINTS, but that #. * leads to e.g. us not fullscreening their windows. Apps that set #. * MWM but not WM_NORMAL_HINTS are basically broken. We complain #. * about these apps but make them work. #. #: ../src/core/window.c:6332 #, c-format msgid "" "Window %s sets an MWM hint indicating it isn't resizable, but sets min size " "%d x %d and max size %d x %d; this doesn't make much sense.\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/core/window-props.c:235 #, c-format msgid "Application set a bogus _NET_WM_PID %lu\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: the title of a window from another machine #: ../src/core/window-props.c:353 #, c-format msgid "%s (on %s)" msgstr "%s ( %s་ཐོག)" #: ../src/core/window-props.c:1335 #, c-format msgid "Invalid WM_TRANSIENT_FOR window 0x%lx specified for %s.\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/core/xprops.c:155 #, c-format msgid "" "Window 0x%lx has property %s\n" "that was expected to have type %s format %d\n" "and actually has type %s format %d n_items %d.\n" "This is most likely an application bug, not a window manager bug.\n" "The window has title=\"%s\" class=\"%s\" name=\"%s\"\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/core/xprops.c:401 #, c-format msgid "Property %s on window 0x%lx contained invalid UTF-8\n" msgstr "0x%2$lxསྒེའུ་ཁུང་ཐོག་གི་%1$s་ངོ་བོ་ལ་ཕན་མེད་ཀྱི UTF-8ཚུད་པ\n" #: ../src/core/xprops.c:484 #, c-format msgid "" "Property %s on window 0x%lx contained invalid UTF-8 for item %d in the list\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.metacity.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Compositing Manager" msgstr "མཉམ་སྦྱོར་དོ་དམ་ཆས" #: ../src/org.gnome.metacity.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Determines whether Metacity is a compositing manager." msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.metacity.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "If true, trade off usability for less resource usage" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.metacity.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "" "If true, metacity will give the user less feedback by using wireframes, " "avoiding animations, or other means. This is a significant reduction in " "usability for many users, but may allow legacy applications to continue " "working, and may also be a useful tradeoff for terminal servers. However, " "the wireframe feature is disabled when accessibility is on." msgstr "" #: ../src/tools/metacity-message.c:178 #, c-format msgid "Usage: %s\n" msgstr "བེད་སྤྱོད：%s\n" #: ../src/ui/frames.c:1114 msgid "Close Window" msgstr "སྒེའུ་ཁུང་སྒོ་རྒྱག" #: ../src/ui/frames.c:1117 msgid "Window Menu" msgstr "སྒེའུ་ཁུང་འདེམས་ཐོ" #: ../src/ui/frames.c:1120 msgid "Minimize Window" msgstr "སྒེའུ་ཁུང་ཆུང་སྒྱུར" #: ../src/ui/frames.c:1123 msgid "Maximize Window" msgstr "སྒེའུ་ཁུང་ཆེ་སྒྱུར" #: ../src/ui/frames.c:1126 msgid "Restore Window" msgstr "སྒེའུ་ཁུང་སླར་གསོ" #: ../src/ui/frames.c:1129 msgid "Roll Up Window" msgstr "སྒེའུ་ཁུང་བསྡུ་རུགས" #: ../src/ui/frames.c:1132 msgid "Unroll Window" msgstr "སྒེའུ་ཁུང་བཀྲམ་པ" #: ../src/ui/frames.c:1135 msgid "Keep Window On Top" msgstr "སྒེའུ་ཁུང་ཐོག་ལ་ཉར་བ" #: ../src/ui/frames.c:1138 msgid "Remove Window From Top" msgstr "ཐོག་གི་སྒེའུ་ཁུང་འདོར་བ" #: ../src/ui/frames.c:1141 msgid "Always On Visible Workspace" msgstr "རྟག་པར་བཟོ་སྟེགས་འཆར་བ" #: ../src/ui/frames.c:1144 msgid "Put Window On Only One Workspace" msgstr "སྒེའུ་ཁུང་བཟོ་སྟེགས་གཅིག་གི་ཐོག་འཇོག་པ" #. Translators: Translate this string the same way as you do in libwnck! #: ../src/ui/menu.c:70 msgid "Mi_nimize" msgstr "ཆུང་སྒྱུར(_N)" #. Translators: Translate this string the same way as you do in libwnck! #: ../src/ui/menu.c:72 msgid "Ma_ximize" msgstr "ཆེ་སྒྱུར(_X)" #. Translators: Translate this string the same way as you do in libwnck! #: ../src/ui/menu.c:74 msgid "Unma_ximize" msgstr "ཆེ་སྒྱུར་རྩིས་མེད(_X)" #. Translators: Translate this string the same way as you do in libwnck! #: ../src/ui/menu.c:76 msgid "Roll _Up" msgstr "བསྡུ་རུགས(_U)" #. Translators: Translate this string the same way as you do in libwnck! #: ../src/ui/menu.c:78 msgid "_Unroll" msgstr "བཀྲམ་པ(_U)" #. Translators: Translate this string the same way as you do in libwnck! #: ../src/ui/menu.c:80 msgid "_Move" msgstr "སྤོ་འགུལ(_M)" #. Translators: Translate this string the same way as you do in libwnck! #: ../src/ui/menu.c:82 msgid "_Resize" msgstr "ཆེ་ཆུང་བཟོ་བཅོས(_R)" #. Translators: Translate this string the same way as you do in libwnck! #: ../src/ui/menu.c:84 msgid "Move Titlebar On_screen" msgstr "་འཆར་ངོས་ཐོག་ཏུ་ཁ་བྱང་འཆར་ས་སྤོར་བ(_S)" #. separator #. Translators: Translate this string the same way as you do in libwnck! #: ../src/ui/menu.c:87 ../src/ui/menu.c:89 msgid "Always on _Top" msgstr "རྟག་པར་གོང་ལ(_T)" #. Translators: Translate this string the same way as you do in libwnck! #: ../src/ui/menu.c:91 msgid "_Always on Visible Workspace" msgstr "རྟག་པར་བཟོ་སྟེགས་མཐོང་ནུས(_A)" #. Translators: Translate this string the same way as you do in libwnck! #: ../src/ui/menu.c:93 msgid "_Only on This Workspace" msgstr "བཟོ་སྟེགས་འདི་ཁོ་ན(_O)" #. Translators: Translate this string the same way as you do in libwnck! #: ../src/ui/menu.c:95 msgid "Move to Workspace _Left" msgstr "བཟོ་སྟེགས་གཡོན་ལ་སྤོར་པ(_L)" #. Translators: Translate this string the same way as you do in libwnck! #: ../src/ui/menu.c:97 msgid "Move to Workspace R_ight" msgstr "བཟོ་སྟེགས་གཡས་སུ་སྤོར་བ(_I)" #. Translators: Translate this string the same way as you do in libwnck! #: ../src/ui/menu.c:99 msgid "Move to Workspace _Up" msgstr "བཟོ་སྟེགས་གོང་ལ་སྤོར་བ(_U)" #. Translators: Translate this string the same way as you do in libwnck! #: ../src/ui/menu.c:101 msgid "Move to Workspace _Down" msgstr "བཟོ་སྟེགས་འོག་ལ་སྤོར་བ(_D)" #. separator #. Translators: Translate this string the same way as you do in libwnck! #: ../src/ui/menu.c:105 msgid "_Close" msgstr "སྒོ་རྒྱག་པ(_C)" #: ../src/ui/menu.c:205 #, c-format msgid "Workspace %d%n" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/menu.c:215 #, c-format msgid "Workspace 1_0" msgstr "བཟོ་སྟེགས་1_0" #: ../src/ui/menu.c:217 #, c-format msgid "Workspace %s%d" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/menu.c:398 msgid "Move to Another _Workspace" msgstr "ལས་གནས་གཞན་དུ་སྤོར་བ(_W)" #. This is the text that should appear next to menu accelerators #. * that use the shift key. If the text on this key isn't typically #. * translated on keyboards used for your language, don't translate #. * this. #. #: ../src/ui/metaaccellabel.c:80 msgid "Shift" msgstr "Shift" #. This is the text that should appear next to menu accelerators #. * that use the control key. If the text on this key isn't typically #. * translated on keyboards used for your language, don't translate #. * this. #. #: ../src/ui/metaaccellabel.c:86 msgid "Ctrl" msgstr "Ctrl" #. This is the text that should appear next to menu accelerators #. * that use the alt key. If the text on this key isn't typically #. * translated on keyboards used for your language, don't translate #. * this. #. #: ../src/ui/metaaccellabel.c:92 msgid "Alt" msgstr "Alt" #. This is the text that should appear next to menu accelerators #. * that use the meta key. If the text on this key isn't typically #. * translated on keyboards used for your language, don't translate #. * this. #. #: ../src/ui/metaaccellabel.c:98 msgid "Meta" msgstr "Meta" #. This is the text that should appear next to menu accelerators #. * that use the super key. If the text on this key isn't typically #. * translated on keyboards used for your language, don't translate #. * this. #. #: ../src/ui/metaaccellabel.c:104 msgid "Super" msgstr "Super" #. This is the text that should appear next to menu accelerators #. * that use the hyper key. If the text on this key isn't typically #. * translated on keyboards used for your language, don't translate #. * this. #. #: ../src/ui/metaaccellabel.c:110 msgid "Hyper" msgstr "Hyper" #. This is the text that should appear next to menu accelerators #. * that use the mod2 key. If the text on this key isn't typically #. * translated on keyboards used for your language, don't translate #. * this. #. #: ../src/ui/metaaccellabel.c:116 msgid "Mod2" msgstr "Mod2" #. This is the text that should appear next to menu accelerators #. * that use the mod3 key. If the text on this key isn't typically #. * translated on keyboards used for your language, don't translate #. * this. #. #: ../src/ui/metaaccellabel.c:122 msgid "Mod3" msgstr "Mod3" #. This is the text that should appear next to menu accelerators #. * that use the mod4 key. If the text on this key isn't typically #. * translated on keyboards used for your language, don't translate #. * this. #. #: ../src/ui/metaaccellabel.c:128 msgid "Mod4" msgstr "Mod4" #. This is the text that should appear next to menu accelerators #. * that use the mod5 key. If the text on this key isn't typically #. * translated on keyboards used for your language, don't translate #. * this. #. #: ../src/ui/metaaccellabel.c:134 msgid "Mod5" msgstr "Mod5" #. Translators: This represents the size of a window. The first number is #. * the width of the window and the second is the height. #. #: ../src/ui/resizepopup.c:113 #, c-format msgid "%d x %d" msgstr "%d x %d" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:255 msgid "top" msgstr "སྟེང" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:257 msgid "bottom" msgstr "འོག" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:259 msgid "left" msgstr "གཡོན" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:261 msgid "right" msgstr "གཡས" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:288 #, c-format msgid "frame geometry does not specify \"%s\" dimension" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:307 #, c-format msgid "frame geometry does not specify dimension \"%s\" for border \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:344 #, c-format msgid "Button aspect ratio %g is not reasonable" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:356 #, c-format msgid "Frame geometry does not specify size of buttons" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1059 #, c-format msgid "Gradients should have at least two colors" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1230 #, c-format msgid "" "GTK color specification must have the state in brackets, e.g. gtk:fg[NORMAL] " "where NORMAL is the state; could not parse \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1244 #, c-format msgid "" "GTK color specification must have a close bracket after the state, e.g. " "gtk:fg[NORMAL] where NORMAL is the state; could not parse \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1255 #, c-format msgid "Did not understand state \"%s\" in color specification" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1268 #, c-format msgid "Did not understand color component \"%s\" in color specification" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1298 #, c-format msgid "" "Blend format is \"blend/bg_color/fg_color/alpha\", \"%s\" does not fit the " "format" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1309 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse alpha value \"%s\" in blended color" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1319 #, c-format msgid "Alpha value \"%s\" in blended color is not between 0.0 and 1.0" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1366 #, c-format msgid "" "Shade format is \"shade/base_color/factor\", \"%s\" does not fit the format" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1377 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse shade factor \"%s\" in shaded color" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1387 #, c-format msgid "Shade factor \"%s\" in shaded color is negative" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1416 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse color \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1670 #, c-format msgid "Coordinate expression contains character '%s' which is not allowed" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1697 #, c-format msgid "" "Coordinate expression contains floating point number '%s' which could not be " "parsed" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1711 #, c-format msgid "Coordinate expression contains integer '%s' which could not be parsed" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1833 #, c-format msgid "" "Coordinate expression contained unknown operator at the start of this text: " "\"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1890 #, c-format msgid "Coordinate expression was empty or not understood" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:2001 ../src/ui/theme.c:2011 ../src/ui/theme.c:2045 #, c-format msgid "Coordinate expression results in division by zero" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:2053 #, c-format msgid "" "Coordinate expression tries to use mod operator on a floating-point number" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:2109 #, c-format msgid "" "Coordinate expression has an operator \"%s\" where an operand was expected" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:2118 #, c-format msgid "Coordinate expression had an operand where an operator was expected" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:2126 #, c-format msgid "Coordinate expression ended with an operator instead of an operand" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:2136 #, c-format msgid "" "Coordinate expression has operator \"%c\" following operator \"%c\" with no " "operand in between" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:2283 ../src/ui/theme.c:2324 #, c-format msgid "Coordinate expression had unknown variable or constant \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:2378 #, c-format msgid "Coordinate expression parser overflowed its buffer." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:2407 #, c-format msgid "" "Coordinate expression had a close parenthesis with no open parenthesis" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:2471 #, c-format msgid "" "Coordinate expression had an open parenthesis with no close parenthesis" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:2482 #, c-format msgid "Coordinate expression doesn't seem to have any operators or operands" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:2686 ../src/ui/theme.c:2706 ../src/ui/theme.c:2726 #, c-format msgid "Theme contained an expression that resulted in an error: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:4394 #, c-format msgid "" "